DSAC Agenda 10/29/2024
If you have any questions or wish to meet with staff,
please contact,
Rey Torres Fuentes at (239) 252-5727 or
Rey.TorresFuentes@colliercountyfl.gov
Growth Management Community Development
Development Services Advisory Committee
Utility Subcommittee
Tuesday, October 29, 2024
2:00 pm
2800 N. Horseshoe Dr.
Naples, FL 34104
Growth Management Community Development
Department
Conference Room 609/610
For more information, please contact Rey Torres Fuentes at (239) 252-5727
or at Rey.TorresFuentes@colliercountyfl.gov
Development Services Advisory Committee
Utility Subcommittee
Agenda
Tuesday, October 29, 2024
2:00 pm
2800 N. Horseshoe Dr., Naples, FL 34104
Growth Management Community Development, Conference Rooms 609/610
NOTICE:
Persons wishing to speak on any Agenda item will receive up to three (3) minutes unless the Chairman adjusts the
time. Speakers are required to fill out a “Speaker Registration Form”, list the topic they wish to address, and hand
it to the Staff member before the meeting begins. Please wait to be recognized by the Chairman and speak into a
microphone. State your name and affiliation before commenting. During the discussion, Committee Members may
direct questions to the speaker.
Please silence cell phones and digital devices. There may not be a break in this meeting. Please leave the room to
conduct any personal business. All parties participating in the public meeting are to observe Roberts Rules of Order
and wait to be recognized by the Chairman. Please speak one at a time and into the microphone so the Hearing
Reporter can record all statements being made.
1. Call to order - Chairman.
2. Approval of Agenda
3. New Business
a. Revision to the Utilities Standard Manual
4. Old Business
5. Public Speakers
6. Adjourn
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
1
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change to Developer (Approx.)
Introduction
1
Introduction Modified third paragraph to ‘introduction’ explaining PE responsibilities. Web page reference change. None
Section 1 – Design Criteria
2 Cover Page Web page reference change. None
3 Table of Contents Modified Table of Contents to reflect changes and correct scrivener’s
errors. None
4 3.3 Wastewater pump
stations
Revised section 3.3 Wastewater Pump Stations. Added section 3.3.1
Private Pump Stations. None
Section 2 - Technical Specifications
5 Cover Page Web page reference change. None
6 Table of Contents Modified Table of Contents to reflect changes. None
7 017839 Project Record
Documents
Corrected scrivener’s error on paragraph 1.3.C. Added notes m and n
to part (3.2 B.6) identifying that m) meter boxes and n) Locations of
direct bury, conduits, handholes, junction boxes and vaults for buried
electric and communication cables shall be depicted from source to
County asset found in associated rights-of-way and utility easements be
included on record drawings.
None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
2
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change to Developer (Approx.)
8 020500 Connections to existing systems
Revised section 1.3 General Requirements (F.2 and F.3). Inserted new
Sunshine 811 website. Changed language regarding utility conflicts.
Removed pager number and provided new emergency number.
None
9 221336 Diesel Backup Pump Add sections 1.1 B, 2.5A, and 2.5B on platform requirements. $10,000 - $30,000
Depending on site
10 263213.13 Standby Diesel
Generators Add sections 1.01.A.12, 2.05A, 2.05B, and 2.05C on platform
requirements. $10,000 - $30,000
Depending on site
11 330518 Laying and jointing
buried pipelines
Changed language in Part 3.2 A.2. to decrease vertical dip tolerance
from 1.5” to 1.0”. None
12 331619 Hydrants Revised section 3.1 A to indicate that hydrant clearance shall be based
upon manufacturers recommendations. None
13 312316 Excavation – Earth and
Rock
Revised section 1.4 Site Conditions (C.2 and C.3). Inserted new
Sunshine 811 website. Changed language regarding utility conflicts.
Removed pager number and provided new emergency number.
None
14 330502
High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE)
Pipe and Fittings
Revised section 2.1A eliminating PE3408 and added PE4710. Revised
section 2.1F eliminating PE3408 and added PE4710. Removed cell
classification 345434C and 345434E and added cell classifications
445574C and 445574E.
None
15 333200 Pump Stations
Added language to 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK ‘FOR COUNTY PUMP
STATIONS’. Added language to 1.1.A. This section includes the
following items for ‘COUNTY owned and operated pump stations:’
None
16 333200 Pump Stations Add section 1.2 ‘Scope of Work for Private Grinder Pump Stations’ None
17 333200 Pump Stations Add language to 1.1F to include gates. None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
3
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change to Developer (Approx.)
18 333200 Pump Stations Added communications (1.1G.) note requesting letter of availability None
19 333200 Pump Stations Add sections 1.1 H, 2.1 R, and 2.1 S on platform requirements. $10,000 - $30,000
Depending on site
20 333200 Pump Stations Add ‘For County Pump Stations’ to section 2.1 heading. None
21 333200 Pump Stations Revised section 2.1 J. Added language for 2-Watt digital radio. Added
pump controller type to be utilized. None
22 333200 Pump Stations Added section 2.2 ‘Materials for Private Pump Stations’. Added section
3.1 ‘Installation’. None
23 409500
Fiber-Optic
Communication
Standards
New Fiber-Optic Communication Standards
$15,000 approx. cost to
install equipment for a
fiber connected site.
Additional cost will be
required to install fiber to
the pump station from the
County’s network.
Section 3 - Utilities Detail Drawings
24 Cover Page Web page reference change. None
25 Table of Contents Modified Table of Contents to reflect changes and correct scrivener’s
errors. None
26 Various Details – Title Block Addition
Collier County title block added to details: G-1, G-4, G-5, G-6, G-10, NP-
E1, NP-E2, NP-E3, NP-E4, NP-E5, NP-E6, NP-E7, NP-E8, NP-E9, W-5,
W-6, W-11A, W-16, WW-1, WW-4, WW-5, WW-6, WW-10, WW-15,
WW-16, WW-17, WW-18, WW-18A.
None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
4
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
27 G-10 Pipe Restraint
Schedule
The detail was modified to include additional restrained pipe length
tables for vertical bends. None
28 G-12 IT Fiber-Optic
Telecommunications New Detail
$15,000 approx. cost to
install equipment for a
fiber connected site.
Additional cost will be
required to install fiber to
the pump station from the
County’s network.
29 W-1
Temporary Blowoff
Assembly with Bacterial
Sample Point Detail
Corrected PDF to reflect 2014 revision. None
30 W-2 Automatic Water Main
Flushing Device Detail Corrected PDF to reflect 2014 revision. None
31 W-3 Fire Hydrant
Detail
Replaced FH connection point range (MIN 18”, MAX 24”) with note
‘Height of the hydrant was set based upon manufacturers
recommendation'. None
32 W-3 Fire Hydrant
Detail
Added distance from EOP/Curb to fire hydrant based on rural or urban
area. None
33
W-6 Permanent Bacterial
Sample Point Detail
Brass models added to approved product list. Stainless steel models
removed. Potential cost savings
34 W-12
Typical short and long side
water service meter setting
detail for connection to
water main
Temporary construction fence graphic added around the water meter
boxes, with note referencing ‘Note 8’ on Detail W-12A. Revised meter
callout to ‘AMI/AMR meter’.
$200/installation
35 W-12A Service connection sizing
chart and notes
Added note # 8 to Equipment Specifications, calling out temporary
construction fence installation. $200/installation
36 W-13 3” and over potable water
meter assembly detail
Added note # 9 to Equipment Specifications including maintenance
access in County CUE or R/W. None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
5
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
37 W-14
4” and over potable water
fire and domestic meter
assembly detail
Added note #10 to Equipment Specifications including maintenance
access in County CUE or R/W. None
38 WW-2
Private Force Main
Connection to County
Force Main Detail Corrected PDF to reflect 2018 revision. None
39 WW-3 Precast reinforced
concrete manhole detail
Removed rebar callouts on MH sidewall and base slab. Replaced with
ASTM callouts. Added min slab and sidewall thicknesses notes. None
40 WW-4 Shallow manhole detail Removed rebar callouts on MH sidewall and base slab. Replaced with
ASTM callouts. Added min slab and sidewall thicknesses notes. None
41 WW-5 Drop manhole detail Removed rebar callouts on MH sidewall and base slab. Replaced with
ASTM callouts. Added min slab and sidewall thicknesses notes. None
42 WW-6 Manhole ring and cover
detail Updated new required manhole dimensions. None
43 WW-6 Manhole ring and cover
detail Added note to call out for revised ring and cover models. None
44 WW-7 Pump Station Detail -
Profile Mark # 3 for access door was modified by adding, ‘(Opposite discharge
piping)’. Also added to detail callout. None
45 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Mark # 4 was modified by adding the sentence ‘No spacers permitted
between check and plug valves’. None
46 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Mark # 7 was modified by adding the sentence ‘RAM-NEK may be used
in lieu of o-ring rubber gaskets (see specification Section 034100)’. None
47 WW-7 Pump Station Detail -
Profile
Mark #7 was modified by adding the sentence, ‘Pump Station wetwell
shall be designed by a Florida Professional Engineer and signed and
sealed shop drawings shall be submitted.’
None. Already a
requirement
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
6
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
48 WW-7 Pump Station Detail -
Profile Mark # 8 was modified by adding the text ‘with external weight/lever’. None
49 WW-7 Pump Station Detail -
Profile Added reference to plan sheets under profile callout ‘Section A-A’. None
50 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile
Removed rebar callouts for base slab and top slab. Added note, ‘Wall
reinforcing per ASTM C-478. Added note, ‘Top slab, 8” min thickness’.
Revised footer dimension to ‘A+32” min’. Added mark references.
None
51 WW-7D Private Grinder Pump
Station Detail Detail added to County detail set. None
52 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Mark # 4 was modified by adding the sentence ‘No spacers permitted
between check and plug valves’. None
53 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Mark # 8 was modified by adding the text “with external weight/lever”. None
54 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Mark # 14 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to
open away from wetwell”. None
55 WW-8
Pump Station Detail - Plan
Callout for access drive material was modified by deleting the option for
grass covered porous pavement and leaving only the option for
concrete or asphalt.
Access drive dimension was set as the distance between the fence and
the wetwell top.
Potential cost savings
56 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Note added next to section A-A, referencing plan view on detail WW-7. None
57 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Note added next to Dimension Table, ‘(To be completed by EOR)’. None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
7
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
58 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator Detail -
Plan
Mark # 4 was modified by adding the sentence ‘No spacers permitted
between check and plug valves’. None
59 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator Detail -
Plan
Mark # 7 was added: “Fiber-optic handhole: See technical details
specification 409500 and detail G-12, where applicable”.
Conduit and handhole graphic added to the detail.
$15,000 approx. cost to
install equipment for a fiber
connected site. Additional
cost will be required to
install fiber to the pump
station from the County’s
network.
60 WW-8A
Community Pump Station
with Generator Detail - Plan Mark # 8 was modified by adding the text “with external weight/lever”. None
61 WW-8A
Community Pump Station
with Generator Detail - Plan
Mark # 10 was added: “IT telecommunications panel: See technical
specification 409500 and detail G-12, where applicable”.
IT telecommunications graphic added to the detail.
$15,000 approx. cost to
install equipment for a fiber
connected site. Additional
cost will be required to
install fiber to the pump
station from the County’s
network.
62 WW-8A
Community Pump Station
with Generator Detail - Plan
Mark # 14 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to
open away from wetwell”. None
63 WW-8A
Community Pump Station
with Generator Detail - Plan
Callout for access drive material was modified by deleting the option for
grass covered porous pavement and leaving only the option for
concrete or asphalt.
Access drive dimension was set as the distance between the fence and
the wetwell top.
Potential cost savings
64 WW-8A
Community Pump Station
with Generator Detail -
Plan Note added next to section A-A, referencing plan view on detail WW-7. None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
8
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
65 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator Detail - Plan Note added next to Dimension Table, ‘(To be completed by EOR)’. None
66 WW-8B
Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail -
Plan
Mark # 2 was added: “Fiber-optic handhole: See technical details
specification 409500 and detail G-12, where applicable”.
Conduit and handhole graphic added to the detail.
$15,000 approx. cost to
install equipment for a
fiber connected site.
Additional cost will be
required to install fiber to
the pump station from the
County’s network.
67 WW-8B
Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail -
Plan
Mark # 4 was modified by adding the sentence “No spacers permitted
between check and plug valves”. None
68 WW-8B
Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail -
Plan
Mark # 7 was added: “Fiber-optic handhole: See technical details
specification 409500 and detail G-12, where applicable”.
Conduit and handhole graphic added to the detail.
$15,000 approx. cost to
install equipment for a fiber
connected site. Additional
cost will be required to
install fiber to the pump
station from the County’s
network.
69 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Mark # 8 was modified by adding the text “with external weight/lever”. None
70 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Mark # 14 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to
open away from wetwell”. None
71 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Callout for access drive material was modified by deleting the option for
grass covered porous pavement and leaving only the option for concrete
or asphalt.
Potential cost savings
72 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
An additional concrete post was added to the control panel. Approx. $500
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
9
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
73 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Note added next to Dimension Table, ‘(To be completed by EOR)’. None
74 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Note added next to section A-A, referencing plan view on detail WW-7. None
75 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 3 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to
open away from wetwell”. None
76 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Added callouts to details: ‘Square D Powerblocks to be installed in j-box’
& ’Plastic Unistrut endcap callout’
$50/pump station for
Square D Powerblocks
77 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 9 was added: “Side panel penetrations are acceptable with the
use of Myers Hubs”.
$250.00/Hub (Only used
when necessary)
78 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 10 was added: “Phase monitor to be installed parallel with FPL
meter (on FPL side)”.
$100-$350/Monitor (Prices
vary with voltages)
79 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 11 was added: “CHICO used to seal-off in explosion proof fittings
under J-box, putty for all other conduit openings”. $50/pump station
80 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 12 was added: ‘’All uni-struts to be mounted flush with post and
penetrate post with stainless steel hardware”. None
81 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 13 was added: “All mounted equipment must be evenly spaced,
level, plumb, and installed in a workmanlike manner”. None
82 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Pump controls conduit graphic brought forward ‘in front of’ panel controls
conduit on detail. None
83 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
Note # 3 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to
open away from wetwell”. None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
10
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
84 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
An additional concrete post graphic was added to the panel. Approx. $500
85 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
Added callout to detail: ‘Square D Powerblocks to be utilized in j-box’. $50/pump station
86 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
Note # 8 was added: “Side panel penetrations are acceptable with the
use of Myers Hubs”
$250.00/Hub (Only used
when necessary)
87 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
Note # 9 was added: “Phase monitor to be installed parallel with FPL
meter (on FPL side)”.
$100-$350/Monitor (Prices
vary with voltages)
88 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
Note # 10 was added: “CHICO used to seal-off in explosion proof fittings
under J-box, putty for all other conduit openings”. Updated detail to
show fittings under control panel.
$50/pump station
89 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
Note # 11 was added: “Add emergency stop for generator and fire
extinguisher on post furthest from generator with appropriate signage”.
Fire Extinguisher Class C –
Approx. $500
90 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
Note # 12 was added: ‘’All uni-struts to be mounted flush with post and
penetrate post with stainless steel hardware” None
91 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
Note # 13 was added: “All mounted equipment must be evenly spaced,
level, plumb, and installed in a workmanlike manner”. None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
11
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
92 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station with
Generator
Pump controls conduit graphic brought forward ‘in front of’ panel controls
conduit on detail. None
93 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 3 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to
open away from wetwell”. None
94 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD Station
with Generator
An additional concrete post graphic was added to the panel. Approx. $500
95 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD Station
with Generator
Added callout to detail: ‘Square D Powerblocks to be utilized in j-box’. $50/pump station
96 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 8 was added: “Side panel penetrations are acceptable with the
use of Myers Hubs”
$250.00/Hub (Only used
when necessary)
97 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 9 was added: “Phase monitor to be installed parallel with FPL
meter (on FPL side)”.
$100-$350/Monitor (Prices
vary with voltages)
98 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 10 was added: “CHICO used to seal-off in explosion proof fittings
under J-box, putty for all other conduit openings”.
$50/pump station
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
12
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
99 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 11 was added: “Add emergency stop for generator and fire
extinguisher on post furthest from generator with appropriate signage”.
Fire Extinguisher Class C –
Approx. $500
100 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 12 was added: ‘’All uni-struts to be mounted flush with post and
penetrate post with stainless steel hardware”
None
101 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 13 was added: “All mounted equipment must be evenly spaced,
level, plumb, and installed in a workmanlike manner”.
None
102 WW-12 Sewer Clean-out Detail
- Non Paved Areas
Corrected PDF to reflect 2014 revision.
None
Section 4 – Appendices
103 Cover Page Web page reference change. None
104 Table of Contents Modified Table of Contents to reflect changes None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 01/2025
13
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary Fiscal Impact of change
to Developer (Approx.)
105
Appendix B Water Meter Sizing
Form
The demand range table on the Water meter sizing form (pg.1) was
updated and taken from AWWA M22 Table 6-1 (Third Edition). The
flow ranges for 3/4", 1”, 1 ½”, and 2” meter sizes are flow ranges for
positive displacement meters. The flow ranges for 3”, 4”, 6”, 8” and 10”
meter sizes are flow ranges for turbine class II meters. (This table can
vary depending on meter type).
Modified language on signature line (pg.1). Replaced ‘Stamp’ with
‘Seal’.
The fixture flow value worksheet (pg.2) was updated and taken from
the Florida Building Code (2023 Edition).
None
106 Appendix F Approved Products List • Appendix F was revised to include new products that are to be
placed on the approved product list.
Approx. $100 increase for
water and IQ meter boxes
(only identified fiscal impact
to Developers)
107 Appendix G Approved Backflow
Devices
• Added LF to models that are used in residential service and
available in both Lead Free and Not Lead Free
• Changed 4000B-LBV (less ball valve) to 4000B so all models in
that section are comparable and include ball valves
• Deleted 4000B-FP since it is not available lead free and this
section serves residential requiring lead free
• Deleted OSY on 975XL since it is not available lead free – All
models in that section would include ball valves – No one offers
a lead free ¾” – 2” OSY valve
• Changed Wilkins model number to include bypass 950XLTDA –
All models in this section are not lead free since these are
dedicated Fire Lines – This is allowable – All models shown are
standard w/OSY valves
• Added large diameter stainless models
None
108 Appendix H IQ User Application and
Agreement
Added basic User Application & Agreement for Delivery and Reuse of
Irrigation Quality (IQ) Water None
COLLIER COUNTY
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
This Manual has been established by action of the Board of County Commissioners and is
authorized by County Ordinance 2004-31, as amended.
This Utilities Standards Manual has been prepared to guide the design, construction, and asset
management of potable water, non-potable irrigation water, and wastewater system extensions
to Collier County Water-Sewer District (COUNTY) utilities; the Manual applies to utilities in new
developments in the County, as well as County Projects involving utilities.
The following standards shall be included in the design and preparation of plans and specifications
for all utilities construction projects for Collier County, including utilities and services connected to
the COUNTY’s utilities systems or constructed for future transfer of ownership to the COUNTY.
These standards are provided for uniformity in utilities construction within Collier County, and
represent MINIMUM standards acceptable to the COUNTY. The Engineer of Record shall review
these MINIMUM standards for applicability and acceptance for the proposed construction project.
Where necessary, additional design features shall be provided to prevent system failures, severe
damage to other property or serious injury to persons. The Engineer of Record shall be
responsible for the specific project under their control.
Not all specification details may apply to an individual project; however, approval of
utilities construction within Collier County will require conformance to applicable
requirements of these specifications. Approval of any deviation from the specifications must
be obtained utilizing the appropriate form included in Appendix A, Utility Deviation Form.
NOTE: Go to Collier County Public Utilities Engineering and Project Management
Resources Webpage for the latest revisions to the Utilities Standards Manual.
COLLIER COUNTY
INTRODUCTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
COLLIER COUNTY
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 of 6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 DESIGN CRITERIA
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Pipeline Separation Requirements
1.2 Horizontal Directional Drilling
PART 2 POTABLE WATER AND NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER
SYSTEMS
2.1 Pipe and Fitting Material
2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location
2.2.1 Water Pipeline Sizing Criteria
2.2.2 Distribution System Layout
2.2.3 Valve Locations
2.3 Conflict Crossings
2.3.1 Subaqueous Canal Crossings
2.4 Fire Service Systems
2.4.1 Fire Service Meters for Residential Systems
2.4.2 Fire Service Meters for Commercial and Other Non-residential
Systems
2.5 Connections to Collier County Facilities
2.6 Water Services
2.6.1 Service Pipelines
2.6.2 Water Meters
2.7 Air Release Assemblies
2.8 Concrete Collars
2.9 Testing and Clearance Procedures
2.9.1 Pigging
2.9.2 Flushing
2.9.3 Line Filling
2.9.4 Chlorination
2.9.5 Post Chlorination Flushes
2.9.6 Bacteriological Samples
2.10 Laboratory Testing and Sample Collection
PART 3 WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
3.1 Gravity Sewer Systems
3.1.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials
3.1.2 Design of Pipeline Size, Depth and Location
3.1.3 Gravity Sewer Main Extension Stubs
3.1.4 Gravity Sewer Laterals
3.1.5 Manholes
3.2 Force Mains
3.2.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials
3.2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location
3.2.3 Valves
COLLIER COUNTY
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 of 6
3.2.4 Force Main Extension Stubs
3.2.5 Air Release Assemblies
3.3 Wastewater Pump Stations
3.3.1 Private Pump Stations
3.4 Connections to Collier County Facilities
3.5 Tests and Inspections
3.6 Wastewater Pump Station Asset Management
PART 4 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
4.1 Electrical and Control System Material
SECTION 2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
011000 Summary of Work
014127 NPDES Requirements for Construction Activities Impacting More Than
One Acre
014200 References
014500 Quality Control
015000 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
015526 Traffic Regulation and Public Safety
015713 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control for Construction Activities
Impacting Less Than One Acre, including Construction Requiring
Dewatering
016100 Material and Equipment
017300 Miscellaneous Work and Cleanup
017416 Site Clearing
017423 Cleaning
017823 Operation and Maintenance Manuals
017839 Project Record Documents
DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
020500 Connections to Existing Systems
022100 Lines and Grades
022200 Pre-Construction Audio-Video Recording
022501 Leakage Tests
024100 Demolition
025400 Disinfection
DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE
031100 Concrete Formwork
032000 Concrete Reinforcement
033100 Concrete, Masonry Mortar and Grout
034100 Precast Concrete Structures
COLLIER COUNTY
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 3 of 6
DIVISION 5 – METALS
055600 Metal Castings
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES
099723 Concrete Coatings
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
221336 Diesel Backup Pump
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
263213.13 Standby Diesel Generators
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
312316 Excavation – Earth and Rock
312319 Groundwater Control for Open Cut Excavation
312323 Backfilling
314000 Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENT
320117 Pavement Repair and Restoration
321300 Sidewalks, Driveways and Curbs
323113 Chain Link Fencing and Gates
329200 Restoration by Sodding or Seeding
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES
330130.16 Televising and Inspection of Gravity Sewer Systems 330201 Roadway Crossings by Open Cut
330502 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings 330503 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings
330504 Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Fittings 330518 Laying and Jointing Buried Pipelines
330520 Pipe Removal and Abandonment
330523.13 Horizontal Directional Drilling 330523.16 Jacking, Augering and Mining
331200 Water Valves and Appurtenances 331619 Hydrants
333200 Pump Stations
333313 Wastewater Valves and Appurtenances
333913 Sewer Manholes 334713 HDPE Irrigation Pond Liner
DIVISION 40 – PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS
409500 Fiber Optic Communication Standards
COLLIER COUNTY
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 4 of 6
SECTION 3 UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS
Drawing Revision
No. Title Date
General Details
G-1 Unpaved Area Trench Backfill Detail 04/2006
G-2
G-2A
Paved Area Trench Restoration Detail for Private Roads
State Road, Major County Road, and Numbered County Road
Flowable Fill Road/Trench Restoration
07/2018
07/2018
G-2B Road and Trench Restoration for Local Roads 07/2018
G-3 Pipe Separation Detail 07/2018
G-4 Pipe Conflict Detail 04/2006
G-5 Jack and Bore Detail 08/2008
G-6 Thrust Block Detail for Existing A / C Pipe 04/2006
G-7 Typical Valve Setting Detail 07/2018
G-8 Typical Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) Under a Roadway 07/2018
G-9 Typical Subaqueous Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) 07/2018
G-9A Subaqueous Water Main Valve Detail 07/2018
G-10 Pipe Restraint Schedule 01/2025
G-11 Vehicular Guard Post Detail 07/2018
G-12 IT Fiber-Optic Telecommunications Detail 01/2025
Drawing
No.
Title
Revision
Date
Non-Potable Irrigation Water Details
NP-1
NP-2
Standard Irrigation Water Non-Telemetry Meter
Assembly 3” and Larger Typical Irrigation Service Meter Setting Detail for Connection
07/2018
To Irrigation Main 05/2009
NP-3 Not Used
NP-4 Reuse, Raw, and Supplemental Water Air Release Valve Detail 05/2009
NP-E1 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site General Note and Keynotes 04/2006
NP-E2 Standard Irrigation Water Meter Assembly 3” and Larger - Telemetry 07/2018
NP-E3 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Layout & Elementary 08/2008
NP-E4 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Open/Closed MOV
Control Diagram 04/2006
NP-E5 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Equipment Elevations 08/2008
NP-E6 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve
Single Control Panel Site Level Transducer Mounting Details 08/2008
NP-E7 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Details 08/2008
NP-E8 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Details 04/2006
NP-E9 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
COLLIER COUNTY
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 5 of 6
Valve Single Control Panel Site Typical RTU Antenna
Tower Details
08/2008
Drawing
No.
Title Revision Date
Water Details
W-1 Temporary Blowoff Assembly with Bacterial Sample Point Detail 01/2014
W-2 Automatic Water Main Flushing Device Detail 01/2014
W-3 Fire Hydrant Detail 01/2025
W-4 Connection to Existing Water Main Detail (Gap Configuration) 07/2018
W-5 Potable Water Air Release Valve Detail 08/2008
W-6
W-7
W-8
Permanent Bacterial Sample Point Detail
Not Used 2-1/2” and Smaller Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail
01/2025
07/2018
W-9
W-9A
W-10
Temporary Backflow Preventer and Fire Protection
Meter Tie-In Assembly
Alternate Temporary Backflow Preventer and Fire Protection
Meter Tie-in Assembly Not Used
01/2009
01/2009
W-10A
W-11
Not Used
3” and Larger Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail 07/2018
W-11A
W-12
4” Through 10” Only Compact Fire System Detector Check
Assembly Detail
Typical Short and Long Side Water Service Meter Setting Detail for
Connection to Water Main
07/2011
01/2025
W-12A Service Connection Sizing Chart and Notes 01/2025
W-13
W-14
3” and Over Potable Water Meter Assembly Detail
4” and Over Potable Water Fire and Domestic Meter Assembly Detail
01/2025
01/2025
W-14A
W-15
W-16
Maintenance Driveway for Water Meters 3” and Larger
Not Used
Fire Service Dual Detector Check Assembly Over 10” Fire
Main Detail (Dual 8” Assemblies)
07/2018
07/2011
Drawing
No.
Title Revision Date
Wastewater Details
WW-1 Force Main Connection to Gravity Sanitary Sewer Detail 04/2006
WW-2 Private Force Main Connection to County Force Main Detail 07/2018
WW-3 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Detail 01/2025
WW-4 Shallow Manhole Detail 01/2025
WW-5 Drop Manhole Detail 01/2025
WW-6 Manhole Ring and Cover Detail 01/2025
WW-7 Pump Station Detail – Profile 01/2025
WW-7A Pump Station and Wastewater Details 01/2015
WW-7B Pump Station Concrete Details 01/2015
WW-7C Pump Station and Wastewater Details 07/2018
WW-7D Private Grinder Pump Station Detail 01/2025
COLLIER COUNTY
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 6 of 6
WW-8 Pump Station Detail – Plan 01/2025
WW-8A Community Pump Station with Generator Detail – Plan 01/2025
WW-8B Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail – Plan 01/2025
WW-9 Pump Station Control Panel Detail 01/2025
WW-9A Community Pump Station Control Panel Detail –
VFD Station with Generator 01/2025
WW-9B Community Pump Station Control Panel Detail –
Non-VFD Station with Generator 01/2025
WW-9C Pump Station Lightning Protection Details 01/2015
WW-9D Community Pump Station – Riser Diagram with Generator Backup 01/2015
WW-9E Community Pump Station – Riser Diagram with Diesel Backup Pump 01/2015
WW-10 Sewer Connection Details – Property, ROW or Easement Line 05/2009
WW-11 Sewer Clean-out Detail - Paved Areas 07/2018
WW-12 Sewer Clean-out Detail - Non Paved Areas 01/2014
WW-13 Force Main Air Release Valve Detail 01/2015
WW-14 Not Used
WW-15 Typical Flow Line Channels Detail 04/2006
WW-16 Double Sewer Clean-out Detail 05/2009
WW-17 Telemetry Antenna Mount Detail 08/2008
WW-18 Grease Interceptor 08/2008
WW-18A Grease Interceptor Tables 04/2006
SECTION 4 APPENDICES
Appendix A Utility Deviation Form
Appendix B Water Meter Sizing Form
Appendix C Final Waiver of Liens - Conveyance of Utilities Facilities to County
Appendix D Utilities Conveyance Checklist
Appendix E Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form
Appendix F County Approved Product List
Appendix G Approved Backflow Devices
Appendix H Basic User Application & Agreement for Delivery and Reuse of IQ Water
SECTION 1
DESIGN CRITERIA
For the latest revisions to the Design Criteria, please visit:
Collier County Public Utilities
Engineering and Project Management Resources Webpage.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 2
COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT
UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL
SECTION 1
DESIGN CRITERIA
Table of Contents
SECTION 1 DESIGN CRITERIA
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 Pipeline Separation Requirements
1.2 Horizontal Directional Drilling
PART 2 POTABLE WATER AND NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER
SYSTEMS
2.1 Pipe and Fitting Material
2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location
2.2.1 Water Pipeline Sizing Criteria
2.2.2 Distribution System Layout
2.2.3 Valve Locations
2.3 Conflict Crossings
2.3.1 Subaqueous Canal Crossings
2.4 Fire Service Systems
2.4.1 Fire Service Meters for Residential Systems
2.4.2 Fire Service Meters for Commercial and Other Non-residential
Systems
2.5 Connections to Collier County Facilities
2.6 Water Services
2.6.1 Service Pipelines
2.6.2 Water Meters
2.7 Air Release Assemblies
2.8 Concrete Collars
2.9 Testing and Clearance Procedures
2.9.1 Pigging
2.9.2 Flushing
2.9.3 Line Filling
2.9.4 Chlorination
2.9.5 Post Chlorination Flushes
2.9.6 Bacteriological Samples
2.10 Laboratory Testing and Sample Collection
PART 3 WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
3.1 Gravity Sewer Systems
3.1.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials
3.1.2 Design of Pipeline Size, Depth and Location
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2 of 2
3.1.3 Gravity Sewer Main Extension Stubs
3.1.4 Gravity Sewer Laterals
3.1.5 Manholes
3.2 Force Mains
3.2.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials
3.2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location
3.2.3 Valves
3.2.4 Force Main Extension Stubs
3.2.5 Air Release Assemblies
3.3 Wastewater Pump Stations
3.3.1 Private Pump Stations
3.4 Connections to Collier County Facilities
3.5 Tests and Inspections
3.6 Wastewater Pump Station Asset Management
PART 4 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
4.1 Electrical and Control System Material
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 1 of 21
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1. Pipeline Separation Requirements
1. Potable water pipelines shall be separated from wastewater lines and /or stormwater lines by a
minimum clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of 10 feet. The 18 inches minimum vertical separation distance does not apply to separations of sewer laterals and potable
water pipeline installations. 57 stone shall be utilized for separation between wastewater lines
and stormwater lines if separation is less than 18 inches.
2. Non-potable irrigation water pipelines two inches and larger shall be separated from potable water
mains, wastewater lines and/or stormwater lines by a minimum clear vertical distance of 18 inches
and a horizontal distance of five feet as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings.
3. Wastewater lines shall be separated from stormwater lines by a minimum clear vertical distance
of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of five feet. All pipeline crossings with vertical clearance less than 18 inches shall be made using a full 20 foot length of thickness Class 200 AWWA C900
PVC pipe or Class 235 AWWA C905 PVC pipe, centered on the crossing. The sewer pipe in these
locations shall be back-filled with bedding stone or sand to a height six inches above the crown
of the pipe.
4. Potable water, non-potable irrigation water, and wastewater pipelines shall be separated from
telephone, power, cable and gas sleeves/lines and any other underground utilities by a minimum
clear vertical distance of 18 inches and horizontal distance of five feet.
5. Potable water, non-potable irrigation water, and wastewater lines shall be separated from raw
water mains by a clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of 10 feet.
Stormwater lines shall be separated from raw water mains by a clear vertical distance of 18 inches
and a horizontal distance of five feet.
6. Wastewater lines shall be separated from public drinking water supply wells by a horizontal
distance of 100 feet. Wastewater lines shall be separated from private drinking water supply wells
by a horizontal distance of 75 feet.
7. Also see separation requirements in Section 020500, 1.3.F.
8. Potable water mains, non-potable irrigation water mains, and wastewater force mains shall have
a minimum setback of five feet from the centerline of the pipe to residential roadways, curb and
gutters, structures, fence posts, walls, or plantings not specifically allowed by ordinance. Also,
potable water mains, non-potable irrigation water mains, and wastewater force mains shall have
a minimum setback of 10 feet from the centerline of the pipe to a building and shall not be placed
beneath any existing or proposed building or structure. Additionally, potable water mains, non-
potable irrigation water mains, and wastewater force mains shall have a five-foot minimum
setback from the center line of pipe to the edge of a right of way (ROW) or County utility easement
(CUE), unless there is an adjacent CUE.
1.2. Horizontal Directional Drilling
When horizontal directional drilling is used on any capital improvement project for the Public
Utilities Department, detailed construction drawings shall be prepared by a Licensed
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 2 of 21
Professional Engineer registered in the State of Florida which, at a minimum, show the following
information:
1. The proposed entry and exit point of the drill
2. The overall geometry of the drill include entry and exit angles, minimum and maximum
bending radii, and the horizontal and vertical path of the drill
3. The minimum and maximum depth of the drill
4. Minimum separation distances between adjacent pipes, structures, watercourses, etc.
5. The estimated pull back force required for the drill
The design Engineer shall calculate the estimated pull back force required for the directional drill
and ensure that it does not exceed the maximum allowable safe pull back forces as defined by
the Plastic Pipe Institute’s (PPI) Handbook for Polyethylene Pipe, Chapter 12 – Horizontal
Directional Drilling.
Safe Pull Back Force, lbs.
Size Nom. OD DR 9 DR 11
4 4.800 8,217 6,876
6 6.900 16,980 14,208
8 9.050 29,210 24,442
10 11.100 43,942 36,770
12 13.200 62,141 51,998
14 15.300 83,486 69,859
16 17.400 107,977 90,353
18 19.500 135,613 113,478
20 21.600 166,395 139,235
24 25.800 237,395 198,647
30 32.000 365,201 305,592
36 38.300 N.A. 437,764
Source: Table 6, “PE4xxx 12 hour Pull DIPS Size”, Handbook for Polyethylene Pipe, Second
Edition, Plastic Pipe Institute
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 3 of 21
PART 2 POTABLE WATER AND NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER SYSTEMS
All potable water, non-potable irrigation (including reclaimed or reuse) water and raw water pipe,
material, equipment and appurtenances shall be new, and shall conform to Section 2, Technical
Specifications and Section 3, Utilities Detail Drawings.
All material and equipment designed or used in connection with a potable (drinking) water system
shall conform to the requirements of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Standard 61,
“Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects” and the Reduction of Lead in Drinking
Water Act amending the Safe Drinking Water Act.
2.1 Pipe and Fitting Material
All potable water or non-potable irrigation water pipelines shall be constructed of ductile iron,
HDPE, or PVC pipe, and shall utilize pipe meeting the requirements of the Technical
Specifications. HDPE shall not be used for pipelines with service connections.
All pipe and pipe fittings shall contain no lead pursuant to the Reduction in Lead in Drinking Water
Act. All pipe and pipe fittings installed shall be color coded or marked in accordance with F.A.C.
62-555.320(21)(b)3.
Potable water pipelines shall be blue in color. Raw water pipelines shall be white in color. Non-
potable irrigation, reclaimed, and reuse water pipelines shall be pantone purple in color.
All Ductile Iron buried water main pipelines shall have blue stripes applied to the pipe wall. If tape
or paint is used to stripe pipe during installation, the tape or paint shall be applied in a continuous
line that runs parallel to the axis of the pipe and that is located along the top of the pipe.
All buried water pipelines and mains, except those installed by horizontal directional drilling or
jack-and-bore methods, shall be marked using metalized warning tape for HDPE and PVC pipe
and non-magnetic for ductile iron pipe. The locator tape shall be placed in the pipe trench two
feet below grade or one-half the pipe’s bury, whichever is less, and labeled “potable water” or
“non-potable water” as applicable. Horizontal directional drilling shall include installation of at
least two locating tone wires as described in the Technical Specifications.
All water main aerial crossings shall be Pressure Class 350 flanged ductile iron pipe and shall be
coated on the exterior using a suitable grade of appropriately colored, field applied (or factory
applied with field touch-up as required) epoxy coating. Potable water mains shall be painted
Federal Safety Blue. Raw water mains shall be painted white. Non-potable irrigation, reclaimed,
and reuse water mains shall be painted Pantone Purple 522C. Specific colors shall be subject to
approval of the County Manager or designee. All nuts and bolts used in aerial crossings shall be
stainless steel. All canal, river, or creek crossings shall be aerial, unless otherwise approved by
the County Manager or designee. Aerial crossings shall be designed to incorporate valves or
other flow regulation devices in accordance with F.A.C. 62-555.320(21)(b). Aerial crossings shall
be designed to maintain existing or required navigational capabilities within the waterway and to
reserve riparian rights of adjacent property Owners. Submit aerial pipe and flange computations,
including support and anchor design, for review. The submittal must be signed and sealed by a
Florida registered Licensed Professional Engineer.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 4 of 21
2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location
2.2.1 Water Pipeline Sizing Criteria
All potable water mains to be maintained by the COUNTY shall be a minimum of six inches in
diameter. Hydraulic calculations shall show the capability of maintaining required fire flow
(according to NFPA 1) plus potable demand as required below.
Water systems shall be designed to maintain adequate flows and pressures and water quality
standards as established by Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP). The
following criteria shall be used to design water systems and analyze model chloramine
dissipation:
A. Minimum residual node pressure within a proposed project system shall be 20 psi
under peak hour with fire flow conditions, assuming a source pressure verified by
the results of a fire flow test not older than six months. The design source pressure
shall be calculated as follows: Pd = Ps - (Ps - Pr) (D / Q)1.85, where Pd is the design
source pressure (i.e. theoretical residual pressure for the design demand), Ps is
the static pressure from the fire flow test, Pr is the residual pressure from the fire flow test, D is the design demand (i.e. peak hour demand plus required fire flow),
and Q is the flow rate from the fire flow test.
B. The design Engineer shall model the proposed system, including all dead ends,
for chloramine dissipation and assume a chloramine residual of 2.0 ppm at the
entrance point to the project.
C. When estimating potable water demands multiply the estimated wastewater flows
from Part 3 Wastewater Collection and Transmission Systems by 1.4.
D. The standard chloramine decay rate is - 0.012 ppm per hour. Using the decay
rate and solving for the elapsed time from the initial chloramine level to the
minimum chloramine level residual of 0.6 ppm in the following: 0.6 ppm = 2.0 ppm
x e^(-0.012 ppm x #hours) => time = 100.33 hours.
The Project Engineer shall submit an analysis to the Growth Management Department as part of
the review package, certifying that all points within the proposed system shall maintain a minimum
level of 0.6 ppm chloramine residual under the conditions listed above.
Systems unable to meet minimum design requirements or maintain minimum chloramine residual
levels shall not be eligible for ownership and maintenance by the COUNTY.
Water mains not designed to carry fire flows shall not have fire hydrants connected to them.
2.2.2 Distribution System Layout
Potable and non-potable irrigation water pipelines and fittings, except for service piping, shall
have a minimum depth of 30 inches and a maximum depth of 48 inches below finished grade.
Water distribution systems shall be designed so that all systems are located adjacent to, and are
accessible from, paved or unpaved roadways so as to allow access for short and long term
maintenance, repair, and/or replacement of such system.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 5 of 21
New potable water distribution systems shall be designed as “looped” systems to avoid dead
ends. A “looped” system should have two independent connections off the source main (unless
served by a master meter). If two independent connections aren’t possible, a stub out for future
development in a location agreed to by the County shall be provided in an easement or ROW to
the limits of the project. In cases where no nearby water main is available for looping, a County
approved automatic flushing device (AFD) shall be provided at each dead end of a water main.
An AFD shall also be provided near the mid-point of a looped water main unless the design
engineer can provide information to confirm that the minimum residual chlorine will be maintained
based on the predicted water consumption at the time of County acceptance of the water main.
At no time shall a dead end serve more than 149 residential units. On dead end water mains that
do not have service connections, no automatic flushing devices are required.
Installation of the automatic flushing devices shall be designed so as to prevent erosion of nearby
areas as well as prevent silt and sediment transport.
All commercial facilities must be metered separately from residential facilities with the exception
of those commercial facilities that are within a master metered residential development and
designed for the exclusive use of the residents within such development. Master meters and
backflow assemblies shall be located within a County Utility Easement (CUE), which shall be
located outside of, but contiguous to, the road Right-Of-Way (ROW).
Deviations from these design parameters shall only be approved in cases where such installations
can be shown to be necessary in order to comply with minimum chlorine residuals or other FDEP
quality parameters, unless otherwise approved by the County Manager or designee. In such
cases, the water main shall be located within a separate tract of land or CUE dedicated to the
Water-Sewer District. Such tracts shall be delineated with fencing, landscaping, signage,
pavement, or other methods determined to be acceptable to the Water-Sewer District. All such
installations shall require approval from the Water-Sewer District. In addition, an agreement shall
be provided authorizing the COUNTY to traverse all private property outside of the CUE for the
purpose of access, maintenance, repair, and/or replacement of such main. The agreement shall
also hold the COUNTY harmless for any damage to the private property resulting from the
COUNTY’s maintenance, repair and/or replacement activities within or outside of the CUE.
The encasement of potable water mains in concrete shall only be made after review and approval
by the County Manager or designee.
2.2.3 Valve Locations
Valves shall be provided at all intersections and branches in sufficient numbers as to allow for
zone isolation of distribution areas in order to limit impacts of line breaks and service disruptions
to customers. In-line gate valves shall be provided in accordance with AWWA requirements and
at no greater than 1,000 foot intervals when no other valves exist within internal distribution
systems. All gate valves 20 inches and smaller shall be of the resilient-seated wedge type,
conforming to AWWA C509 or C515, or latest revisions thereof. All gate valves or plug valves 30
inches or larger shall have a concrete slab placed under the valve to help distribute the total
weight of the valve and reduce line sagging. See Technical Specifications 331200 2.3.A.2. All
valves shall be furnished with valve boxes extending to finished grade as shown in the Utilities
Detail Drawings (G-7).
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 6 of 21
2.3 Conflict Crossings
All storm sewer, non-potable irrigation water mains, and wastewater transmission system conflicts
with water systems or portion(s) thereof that must be crossed shall be performed using AWWA
C900 Class 200 or C905 Class 235 PVC with ductile iron fittings. All fittings shall be adequately
restrained using retainer glands, stainless steel rods, or see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F. Transitional fittings, when approved by the County Manager or designee, shall be
located as close to the point of conflict as possible. Air release assemblies shall be provided as
specified in Subsection 2.7 herein, below. Gradual deflection of the water line in lieu of using
fittings to clear the conflict shall not be permitted if cover exceeds five feet. A minimum vertical
clearance of 18 inches shall be provided between the water main and bottom of conflict. A
deviation form will not be required for separation of sewer laterals and potable water pipeline.
Maximum depth of 48 inches below final grade is exempt when dipping under conflicts in which
case the water main shall be returned to normal depth within 10 feet on either side of the conflict
or as soon as possible using a fitting of 45 degrees or less.
2.3.1 Subaqueous Canal Crossings
Potable and non-potable subaqueous crossings shall be designed to a minimum depth of 36
inches below the design or actual bottom, whichever is deeper, of a canal and other dredged
waterway or the natural bottom of streams, rivers, estuaries, bays, and other natural water bodies.
If not practical to design the project with a minimum 36 inch cover, alternative construction
features must be installed to ensure adequate protection of the pipeline.
All subaqueous crossings must be introduced/discussed at a plan Pre-Submittal Conference. It is
important that representatives from the Water Department or Wastewater Department and GMD
be present for approval at the plan Pre-Submittal Conference.
A permanent easement is needed when there is no room available in the ROW.
When crossing watercourses, the following shall be provided:
A. The pipe shall be of special construction (HDPE), having welded (butt fusion)
watertight joints;
B. Valves shall be provided at both ends of the subaqueous crossing for isolation,
testing, or repair of the line. The valves shall be easily accessible and not subject
to flooding. The valve closest to the supply source shall be in a below grade vault
as per FDEP requirements and constructed to meet FDOT standards. All welding
shall be done above ground. Water, reclaimed water, and wastewater lines shall
have two air release valves between the two valves;
C. Permanent taps shall be made on each side of the valve within the manhole to
allow insertion of a small meter to determine leakage and for sampling purposes.
The taps will allow for a three quarter inch meter to be attached;
D. The HPDE pipe shall be encased in HDPE DR11 casing;
E. Pressure test according to Section 022501;
F. Conform to HDPE Specifications, Section 330502.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 7 of 21
Warning signs shall be placed along the banks of canals, streams, and rivers clearly identifying
the nature and location of subaqueous crossings. The signs shall state the type of pipeline and
the depth of pipeline below design or natural bottom of the water body. Warning sign shall be
aluminum and have minimum dimensions of four feet wide by two feet high with a minimum of
two inch lettering.
2.4 Fire Service Systems
All private fire service systems for sprinkler systems, wet standpipe systems, and privately-owned
or controlled distribution systems shall be installed with an appropriate back flow prevention
device with a leak detection meter. The backflow device shall be sized by the Developer’s
Engineer and shall be purchased, owned and maintained by the private service owner. The
COUNTY requires all privately-owned backflow devices to be certified at the time of installation
and on an annual basis by a Certified Backflow Tester (University of Florida, TREEO Center, or
equivalent certification program). The results shall be submitted to the County Manager or
designee. The County Manager or designee will require all privately owned metering devices to
be certified for accuracy at the time of installation. Fire meter devices using a three quarter to
two inch metering device shall be re-calibrated to manufacturer’s specifications every five years,
replaced every 10 years, or replaced immediately upon meter failure. Fire meter devices greater
than two inches shall be re-calibrated to manufacturer’s specifications every five years and
replaced immediately upon meter failure. The County Manager or designee will inform the owner
by mail prior to the due date. Private owner(s) shall submit certification results to the County
Manager or designee within 60 days of the due date.
2.4.1 Fire Service Meters for Residential Systems
Residential projects such as, but not limited to, single family, multi-family condominiums, trailer
parks, mobile home parks, etc. utilizing a master meter shall pass all fire flow through such meter.
The meter shall be sized to pass the domestic coincident draft plus rated fire flow at the AWWA
pressure loss specifications.
2.4.2 Fire Service Meters for Commercial and Other Non-residential Systems
Commercial projects such as, but not limited to, shopping centers, malls, retail, and industrial
buildings shall pass all fire flow through a potable master meter or have a separate fire service
connection to the water distribution main. The Fire Service meter and isolation valves shall be
extended above final grade as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. For meter reading purposes,
metering devices shall lie within a County Utility Easement (CUE) that shall be dedicated
separately to the Board for the appropriate Water-Sewer District or in conjunction with the
easements for any on-site utility system(s).
The Owner shall purchase and install an approved backflow device with a leak detection meter at
no expense to the Water-Sewer District.
2.5 Connections to Collier County Facilities
Connections to existing COUNTY water mains shall be constructed as described in Section 2,
Technical Specifications and shown in Section 3, Utilities Detail Drawings. These details shall
apply to all connections to existing systems including, but not limited to, hot taps and extensions
from existing dead end systems. A section of pipe shall be inserted into the gap to connect the
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 8 of 21
new construction to the existing systems for the purpose of accomplishing line flushing.
Immediately upon completion of the flush, the connection shall be removed. A jumper shall be
installed (see detail W-4) until final connection is authorized by the County Manager or designee
and approved by the FDEP at the completion of construction and after satisfactory completion of
all test procedures and bacterial clearance of the new water system or portion(s) thereof.
Steam condensate, cooling water from engine jackets, or water used in conjunction with heat
exchangers shall not be returned to potable water mains.
2.6 Water Services
2.6.1 Service Pipelines
All building lots and parcels of land within a development shall be provided with a means for
potable water service and non-potable irrigation water service by the developer. Accessibility to
lands on the opposite side of a roadway shall be provided by the installation of water service
conduits. Conduits shall be a minimum of four inch diameter PVC, with a minimum cover of 24
inches. Such pipelines shall extend at least five feet past the edge-of-pavement or back of curb
where provided and shall run from lot corners on one side of the street to a lot corner on the
opposite side and shall be capped and marked with an electronic marker (see County Approved
Product List, Appendix F). Service pipelines shall be polyethylene of a minimum of one-and-one-
half inches in diameter. Service pipelines under pavement shall be in conduits in all scenarios for
County owned services.
2.6.2 Water Meters
Water meters shall be properly sized, based on the total calculated service demand for water,
according to the Collier County Water Meter Sizing Form (Appendix B). The properly sized water
meter shall be installed according to specifications and standards. Any deviation from the
determined meter size shall require an approved Deviation Request.
All water meters larger than two inches shall be installed above ground. These meters shall be
equipped with a backflow preventer and installed by the Contractor at his expense. The type of
backflow device utilized shall be on the Water Department’s list of Approved Backflow Devices
(Appendix G).
All large potable meters shall be purchased by the owner and installed by the Developer's
Contractor. The systems’ master meter assemblies shall be built in accordance with the current
design details shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. Alternate designs may be permitted upon
submission of design details for review and approval. The location of all meters (potable and non-
potable) shall be clearly shown on the construction plans.
All potable water and/or non-potable irrigation water meters shall be equipped to accept the
COUNTY’s Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) units shown on the Utilities Detail Drawings. Two
inch and smaller meter units will be installed by the COUNTY. On meters three inches and larger,
contact the Water Distribution office to determine the necessary AMR equipment for the meters.
All meters shall be turned over to the technician performing the full bore flush prior to the
acceptance of the meter.
Temporary meters may be applied for by phoning the Water Distribution office between 7:30 a.m.
and 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, under the conditions provided by the ordinance.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 9 of 21
Temporary meters shall be installed for the purpose of supplying construction water to meet the
COUNTY requirement for new water line construction as listed below and require a minimum of
48 hours advance notice. All backflow devices shall be reduced pressure type and shall be
certified as required by the ordinance, provided by the Contractor, and be of an approved type.
Temporary meters shall be installed as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings.
2.7 Air Release Assemblies
Air release assemblies shall be installed at all high points on all County owned mains where air
will not be released through service lines, and on both sides of conflict crossings (unless it can be
demonstrated by hydraulic analysis that air pockets will not accumulate at individual high points).
In cases where reversal of flow is not expected, the air release assembly shall be provided at high
points and on the upstream side of conflict crossings. A high point is defined by the hydraulic
gradient and is considered the upper end of any pipe segment that slopes up to the hydraulic
gradient or runs parallel to it. The design engineer shall review and apply the pertinent provisions
of AWWA-C512 and AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practices M51, “Air-Release, Air Vacuum,
and Combination Air Valves”. Air valves shall be suitable for use with potable water or non-
potable irrigation water. For all water or non-potable irrigation water mains 14 inches and smaller,
see the County Approved Product List, Appendix F. For potable water or non-potable irrigation
water mains 16 inches and greater, the design engineer shall be responsible for air valve selection
and sizing. An isolating valve shall be provided below the air valve to allow removal of the valve
assembly. All air release assemblies shall be installed as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings.
2.8 Concrete Collars
All gate valve boxes, air release assemblies, and permanent sample points outside paved
surfaces shall be provided with a concrete collar set to finish grade. Such collar(s) shall have a
minimum thickness of six inches and the outside dimension of the pad shall be as shown in the
Utilities Detail Drawings. Concrete shall have minimum compression strength of 3000 psi at 28
days.
2.9 Testing and Clearance Procedures
All water systems or portion(s) thereof shall be subjected to pressure testing and disinfection
conforming to the AWWA Standards C600, C602, C605, and C606, or latest revision(s) thereof.
Under no circumstances shall any person other than an authorized COUNTY Water Department
employee operate valves, make service taps or otherwise tamper with COUNTY Distribution
system or portion(s) thereof. Failure to comply with these requirements will place such individual
in jeopardy of legal action by the COUNTY pursuant to US Code, COUNTY Ordinances and/or
Resolutions in effect at the time of the violation.
2.9.1 Pigging
All lines larger than 12 inches in diameter shall be pigged with a new pig to clear debris prior to
flushing. Refer to specifications section 025400, 3.1.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 10 of 21
2.9.2 Flushing
Full-bore flushing shall be coordinated with COUNTY Water Distribution personnel and shall
require 48-hour notice to Water Distribution prior to performance. During flushing the Contractor
will be permitted to install a spool piece to close the gap as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings.
Upon completion of such flushing, connection to the COUNTY’s systems or portion(s) thereof
shall be returned to the configuration shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. Refer to specifications
section 025400, 3.1.
2.9.3 Line Filling
Lines under construction shall be filled utilizing water supplied by the temporary meter and such
filling shall be performed by the Contractor in accordance with required procedures including
those outlined herein below.
2.9.4 Chlorination
Line chlorination shall be performed utilizing water supplied by the temporary meter for the
purpose of chlorinating newly constructed potable water lines. Such procedure shall be
performed by the Contractor, and shall require 48-hour notice to Water Distribution prior to
performance.
2.9.5 Post-Chlorination Flushes
The Contractor using the temporary construction meter shall perform Post Chlorination Flushes.
All chlorine injected into the system for disinfection shall be flushed from the system at least 24
hours prior to collection of Bacteriological Samples.
The initial flush volume equal to the volume of water main being flushed shall be captured and
properly disposed of, such that no chlorinated water enters into a storm water system and/or is
discharged to the ground; all regulatory requirements for the protection of the environment shall
be met.
2.9.6 Bacteriological Samples
Bacteriological sample collection shall be performed utilizing water supplied by the temporary
meter in order to supply pressure during sample collection of newly constructed potable water
lines. Such procedure shall require 48-hour notice to Water Distribution prior to performance.
These procedures shall be performed on Monday through Thursday, excluding holidays, unless
otherwise directed by the County Manager or designee.
2.10 Laboratory Testing and Sample Collection
All new potable and raw water systems shall be subject to bacteriological sample collection and
testing. Sample collection and laboratory analyses shall be performed by COUNTY certified
laboratory technicians only. The Contractor or his agent shall provide the equipment required in
Section 2, Technical Specifications, to supply a continuous sample at the points indicated on the
engineer’s construction drawings. Sample points having a one day total of 200 non-coliform
bacteria or greater shall be considered as failed samples. Samples containing one coliform
bacteria or greater shall be considered as a failed sample. All potable water piping up to and
including 8-inches in diameter shall pass bacteriological tests within sixty (60) days of being
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 11 of 21
placed in service. All potable water piping greater than 8-inches shall pass bacteriological tests
within forty-five (45) days of being placed in service.
Sample collection and sample laboratory analyses costs shall be borne by the developer. For
Utilities Capital Projects that are run by the COUNTY for the COUNTY, one set of tests (including
water costs) are provided by the COUNTY free of charge and the contractor shall pay for any
additional tests.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 12 of 21
PART 3 WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS
All wastewater pipe, material, equipment and appurtenances shall be new, and shall conform to
Section 2, Technical Specifications and Section 3, Utilities Detail Drawings.
Wastewater systems shall be designed to maintain adequate flows and standards as established
by Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), using the equivalent residential
connection (ERC) value of 250 gallons per day per residential unit (broken down to 100 gallons
per day per person and 2.5 people per household) and F.A.C. 64E-6.008 for non-residential. The
peak hour factor shall be determined using the equation:
(18+√population in thousands)
(4+√population in thousands)
Populations for non-residential units shall be derived using the estimated average daily flows
calculated using Table 1 in Rule 64E-6.008 of the Florida Administrative Code, divided by the
average daily flow per capita of 100 gallons.
All wastewater projects shall be designed to preclude the deliberate introduction of storm water,
surface water, groundwater, roof runoff, subsurface drainage, swimming pool drainage, air
conditioning system condensate water, non-contact cooling water, and sources of
uncontaminated wastewater as specified in F.A.C. Chapter 62-610 and comply with Ordinance
2012-13 “Collier County Industrial Pretreatment Ordinance.”
3.1 Gravity Sewer Systems
3.1.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials
Gravity sewer pipe and materials shall conform to Technical Specifications for polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) pipe and fittings. All pipelines shall be green in color.
3.1.2 Design of Pipeline Size, Depth and Location
All gravity sewer mains constructed shall be a minimum of eight inches in diameter. The minimum
depth of cover over all gravity sewers shall be 36 inches. All gravity sewer designs shall consider
buoyancy of sewers, and appropriate construction techniques to prevent floatation of the pipe
where high groundwater conditions are anticipated.
All gravity mains eight inches or larger are allowed to be core bored into existing manholes. The
manhole must be restored as per Section 333913. An inspector from the Wastewater Collections
Department must be present during manhole restoration.
Hydraulic Design Requirements - All gravity sewers shall be designed to give mean velocities,
when flowing full or half-full of not less than two feet per second, based on Manning’s formula.
When calculating full-flow velocity, use a Manning’s Roughness Coefficient of n=0.013. Design
wastewater system with uniform slope between manholes. The following are the minimum
allowable design slopes that may be provided for each pipe size listed:
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 13 of 21
Minimum Slope in Feet per One Hundred Feet (ft/100’):
Sewer Size Slope (ft/100 ft) Sewer Size Slope (ft/100 ft)
8 inch 0.40 18 inch 0.12
10 inch 0.28 21 inch 0.10
12 inch 0.22 24 inch 0.08
15 inch 0.15
Special attention shall be given to gravity lines that receive flows from wastewater transmission
or re-pumping facilities. Due care shall be taken in these cases to ensure that no surcharge
conditions occur downstream due to excessive flow rates. Under no conditions shall pipe of a
diameter larger than that necessary for proper hydraulic design as determined by the COUNTY
Growth Management Division or Public Utilities Engineering and Project Management
Department be permitted for use on any project.
All sewers shall be designed to prevent superimposed loads.
3.1.3 Gravity Sewer Main Extension Stubs
All main-line extension stubs to future developments and/or parcels shall terminate in a stub-out
if it is part of a phased project. The stub-out shall end with a bell or manhole.
3.1.4 Gravity Sewer Laterals
Laterals shall be extended to the property line or easement limit for all installations.
Laterals shall be a minimum of six inches in diameter. Lateral shall have a minimum depth of 30
inches and a maximum depth of 48 inches below finished grade. In locations where a minimum
depth of 30 inches cannot be provided, laterals shall be C900, DR 14 PVC pipe. At no time shall
the depth of a lateral be less than 24 inches. At no time shall a lateral be core bored into
manholes. Upon installation, all lateral ends shall be plugged. A cleanout shall be provided at the
end of each lateral prior to the end plug and a maximum of every 75 feet. Intermediate cleanouts
shall be located on the back side of the curb or gutter (where available). Typical lateral and
cleanout standards are shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. The cleanout riser and cap shall
be set 24 inches above finished grade. All COUNTY-owned sewer cleanouts shall be provided
with an electronic marker and concrete collar as shown in Utilities Detail Drawings (see County
Approved Product List, Appendix F). Electronic markers shall be placed 24 inches below final
grade at the cleanout, for COUNTY inspector to see during final plumbing tie-in inspection. At no
time shall the connection to the lateral be made to the cleanout riser or any part of the vertical
assembly. Either a single six inch diameter or larger lateral to each property or a single six inch
or larger lateral with a double wye shall be provided.
3.1.5 Manholes
Precast concrete manholes shall be installed at the end of each wastewater main, at all changes
in grade, size, or horizontal alignment, and at all main pipe intersections, shall be spaced at
distances not greater than 400 feet and shall be placed in pavement or equivalently stabilized
surface (or future pavement). For sanitary sewers with a diameter greater than 15 inches, the
maximum distance between manholes is 450 feet. All gravity collection mains shall terminate in
a precast concrete manhole.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 14 of 21
Minimum inside diameter of all manholes shall be four feet. The angle between the inlet and
outlet pipe within manholes shall be no less than 90 degrees. A drop pipe shall be provided for a
sewer entering a manhole at an elevation of 24 inches or more above the manhole invert. Drop
manholes shall be constructed with an outside drop connection encased in concrete, as shown in
the Utilities Detail Drawings. See FDEP Wastewater Checklist Form 62-604.300(8)(a),
“Manholes” section, for further design requirements, as well as Specification Section 333913 and
the Detail Drawings.
3.2 Force Mains
3.2.1 Pipe and Fitting Materials
Force main pipelines and fittings shall be a minimum of four inches in diameter. All force mains
shall be constructed of PVC, HDPE, or ductile iron pipe and shall utilize pipe meeting the
requirements of the Technical Specifications. The use of ductile iron pipe on force mains is
restricted to aerial crossings and above ground flanged pipe only. A plug valve is required to
delineate ownership between County owned and privately owned force mains.
All HDPE and PVC buried pipelines shall be color-coded as described in the Technical
Specifications. Force main pipelines shall be green in color.
Buried force mains, except those installed by directional drill or jack-and-bore methods, shall be
marked using metalized warning tape for PVC. The metalized warning tape shall be placed in the
pipe trench at two feet below grade or one-half the depth of the pipe’s bury, whichever is less,
and labeled “WASTEWATER FORCE MAIN.” Electronic markers (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) shall be placed 24 inches below final grade, above the force main, at all bends
or changes in alignment, valves, and every 250 feet. Horizontal directional drilling shall include
installation of at least two locating tone wires as described in the Technical Specifications.
All force main aerial crossings shall be Pressure Class 350 flanged ductile iron pipe and shall be
coated on the exterior using a suitable grade of Safety Green colored, field applied (or factory
applied with field touch-up as required) epoxy coating. Specific color shall be subject to approval
of the County Manager or designee. All nuts and bolts used in aerial crossings shall be stainless
steel. All canal, river, or creek crossings shall be aerial, unless otherwise approved by the County
Manager or designee. Aerial crossings shall be designed to incorporate valves or other flow
regulation devices in accordance with F.A.C. 62-604.400(2)(k)5. Aerial crossings shall be
designed to maintain existing or required navigational capabilities within the waterway and to
reserve riparian rights of adjacent property Owners. Submit aerial pipe and flange computations,
including support and anchor design, for review. The submittal must be signed and sealed by a
Florida registered Licensed Professional Engineer.
3.2.2 Design of Pipeline Size and Location
Force mains shall be sized to provide a desired flushing velocity of two and one-half feet per
second with a minimum allowable velocity of two feet per second. The maximum allowable
velocity in wastewater force mains is six feet per second. The minimum size force main conveyed
to the CCWSD shall be four inches in diameter. Approved mechanical thrust restraints are
required at pipe joints where specified in the Utility Standards.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 15 of 21
Minimum cover for force mains shall be 30 inches. Maximum cover shall be 48 inches after final
project grading is complete except when dipping under conflicts in which case the force main shall
be returned to normal depth within 10 feet on either side of the conflict or as soon as possible
using a fitting of 45 degrees or less. The design engineer shall strive to minimize the number and
frequency of dips (maintaining a horizontal run line through intermittent grade changes, by
deviation). An air release valve is required at all dips. Engineers should evaluate possibilities of
lowering storm drainage piping or dipping potable water and non-potable irrigation water main to
avoid dips in the force main.
When force mains are interconnected with a gravity sewer system, for transmission purposes
through that system, interconnection shall be as shown in the Utility Standard Drawings. No force
main laterals shall be core bored into manholes.
3.2.3 Valves
All connections of privately-owned and maintained wastewater force mains to the Wastewater
Department’s force mains shall be connected through a check valve housed in a structure as
shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings which shall allow performance of required maintenance,
and shall be owned and maintained by the property owner.
Sufficient plug valves shall be provided to allow for zone isolation of wastewater transmission
areas in order to limit the impact of line breaks. In-line plug valves shall be provided at no greater
than 1,000 foot intervals per COUNTY requirements.
3.2.4 Force Main Extension Stubs
All main-line extension stubs to future developments and/or parcels shall terminate in a stub-out
if it is part of a phased project. The stub-out shall end with a valve and cap/plug.
3.2.5 Air Release Assemblies
Air release assemblies shall be provided at all high points and on the upstream side of conflict
crossings at which the force main passes under the conflict (unless it can be demonstrated by
hydraulic analysis that air pockets will not accumulate at individual high points). A high point is
defined by the hydraulic gradient and is considered the upper end of any pipe segment that slopes
up to the hydraulic gradient or runs parallel to it. Air valves (see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F) utilized on raw sewage facilities shall be designed and manufactured specifically for
use with domestic sewage. The design engineer shall review and apply the pertinent provisions
of AWWA-C512 and AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practices M51, “Air-Release, Air Vacuum,
and Combination Air Valves”. When installed, the air valve shall be provided with a shut-off valve
to allow isolation and removal of the valve assembly. All air release assemblies shall be installed
as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings.
3.3 Wastewater Pump Stations
Wastewater pump stations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with FDEP
regulatory requirements, Section 2 Technical Specifications, National Electrical Code (NEC)
Requirements, and Section 3 Utilities Detail Drawings.
Pump Station wetwells shall be designed to withstand flotation forces with the assumption that
the structures are empty and ground/flood water elevation is at the top of the structures. The
design shall consider the potential for damage or interruption of operation due to flooding. Pump
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 16 of 21
station structures and electrical and mechanical equipment shall be designed to be protected
from physical damage by the 100-year flood event. Pump stations shall be designed to remain
fully operational and accessible during the 25-year flood event. Pump stations shall be designed
to avoid operational problems from the accumulation of grit.
Pump stations shall be designed to be readily accessible by maintenance vehicles, including
pumper trucks, during all weather conditions. Pump stations shall be designed and located on
the site to minimize adverse effects from odors, noise, and lighting. Pump stations shall be
located on the site to have a minimum separation of 20 feet from the edge of the CUE for the
pump station to edge of a body of water and 15 feet from the edge of the CUE for the pump
station to a residential structure (including appurtenances).
The effective volume of wet wells shall be based on design average flows and a filling time not
to exceed 30 minutes unless the facility is designed to provide flow equalization. The pump
manufacturer’s duty cycle recommendations shall be utilized in selecting the minimum cycling
time. Pump stations requiring a pump motor of twenty horsepower or greater shall operate by a
VFD (variable frequency drive) that varies the operating speed of the pump based on wet well
water levels. Pump stations shall have a compacted earth berm on three sides with 3:1 slopes
to divert liquid toward the ROW. Top of berm shall be 12 inches wide and six inches higher than
back of curb (with curb) or edge of pavement (without curb). Minimum berm height shall be six
inches.
Emergency pumping capability shall be provided for all pump stations. A pump station that is
connected directly to the County transmission force main from a development (Community
Pump Station) and any pump station that receives flow from one or more upstream pump
stations or discharges through a force main 12 inches or larger (see FAC 62-604.400 (2)(a)1)
shall have uninterrupted pumping capability (standby Diesel pump or generator) with three days
of fuel storage (compliant with Technical Specification 263213) and a concrete pad for a future
odor control system.
Alternatively, emergency pumping capability may be achieved by connecting the pump station
to at least two independent utility substations, each capable of starting and operating the pump
station at its rated capacity. Regardless of the type of emergency standby system provided, a
force main riser with rapid connection capabilities and appropriate valving shall be provided for
connecting a portable pump. All pump stations shall conform to these standards and shall be
conveyed to the Collier County Water-Sewer District in accordance with the utilities conveyance
policies and procedures outlined in the Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures
Ordinance (Ord. No. 2004-31 as amended), unless approved for private ownership and
maintenance by Deviation and in accordance with Section 3.3.1 below.
All pump stations shall be protected from lightning and transient voltage surges.
All pump stations shall be located at least 100 feet from a public drinking water supply well and
75 feet from a private drinking water well. The design and siting of new private pumping stations
shall minimize adverse effects resulting from odors, noise, and lighting.
All pump stations shall have water available to them. Available water means a water main is
accessible in the adjacent ROW or CUE.
Landscaping is not required, per these standards, to be installed around wastewater pump
stations. If landscaping is provided, it shall be maintained by the developer, homeowners
association, or land owner and shall NOT be located in the CUE. Landscaping, if provided, shall
be located as to not block access or interfere with operations. If plant material dies, it is the
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 17 of 21
responsibility of the landscaping owner to replace it. The landscaping shall be maintained to not
block telemetry antenna line of site.
3.3.1 Private Pump Stations
Private pump stations shall not receive flow from any other pump station and shall only serve
one property parcel. All private pump stations may be privately monitored and maintained by
deviation. All new private pump stations shall be grinder pump stations. Positive or semi-positive
displacement grinder pumps equipped with thermal overload protection shall be standard on all
private grinder pump stations. All new private pump stations shall conform to the design criteria
specified in Subsection 3.3 above, unless otherwise specified in this subsection, and shall be
configured to facilitate routine maintenance without entering the wet well.
Except in the case of a simplex station serving a single-family residence, private pump stations
shall have multiple pumps capable of handling peak flow with one pump out of service. Peak
flow shall be calculated as the peak hour flow (per Part 3) divided by a factor of 0.7. This is
based on peak hour flow typically being around 70 percent of the peak flow over a briefer
(approximately 15-minute) time period1. Where possible, pumps shall be selected so that the
design operating range is within ten percent (10%) (on a flow basis) of the maximum efficiency
point identified by the manufacturer. Otherwise, the pump model that would operate closest to
its maximum efficiency point should be selected based on the average head condition.
Design flow shall be calculated in accordance with Part 3, except that average daily flow for a
residential project shall be determined from Table I in paragraph 62-6.008(1)(b), F.A.C., based
on the number of bedrooms and building area. An assumption of 350 gallons per day per
residential unit shall be used if bedroom count and building area are unknown.
The table below defines volumetric terms used in this subsection based on the demarcating
design elevations (e.g., storage volume is between the pump on and alarm elevations):
Elevation Terms
Top/Overflow
Reserve
Volume Reserve
Capacity Alarm Storage
Volume On Effective
Volume Off
Residential private pump stations shall have a sufficient combination of storage volume and
pump rate to avoid an alarm condition during a peak flow of 46 gallons over a 2-minute period,
which represents simultaneous discharge from a bathtub and clothes washer with a high
probability of occurrence2, assuming the basin level is at the pump on elevation just prior to the
peak flow occurring.
Non-residential private pump stations shall be designed for simultaneous discharge from
multiple plumbing fixtures as determined by the plumbing system designer. Check pump station
1 Water Pollution Control Federation. (1986). Alternative Sewer Systems (Manual of Practice No. FD-12, Facilities Development).
2 American Society of Civil Engineers. (1969). Combined Sewer Separation Using Pressure Sewers (FWPCA Report ORD-4).
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 18 of 21
capacity using the equation, Q = (V-S)/t, where Q is the minimum pump discharge rate (gpm), V
is the volume of peak flow (gal), S is storage volume (gal), and t is the time window (duration) of
peak flow (minutes).
The minimum storage volume required to attenuate peak flows is 25 gallons. In no case shall
the pump rate be less than 5 to 10 gpm, depending on the storage volume. If the storage
volume is 25 gallons, the minimum for attenuation, the pump rate shall be no less than 10 gpm.
For storage volumes equal to or greater than 50 gallons, the pump rate shall be no less than 5
gpm. Interpolate the minimum pump rate accordingly if the storage volume is between 25 and
50 gallons.
In-ground installation of a grinder pump station may require a ballast or concrete anchor of
proper dimensions and weight to counteract the buoyant forces exerted on the station.
Designers of privately-owned pump stations shall adhere to the manufacturer’s guidelines and
sound engineering practice for counteracting buoyancy.
Unless a standby power generator is connected to the pump station, every private pump station
shall have a standard generator receptacle (see Appendix F) and a minimum reserve capacity
of half the average daily flow volume, but no less than 50 gallons, as contingency for a power
outage or equipment malfunction.
In instances where the reserve capacity (i.e., volume above the pump-on elevation) is less than
double the peak hour flow, the private pump station shall be furnished with an external pump-
out connection.
New private pumping stations shall be enclosed with a fence or otherwise designed with
appropriate features to prohibit the entry of animals and unauthorized persons.
All private pump stations connected with the County’s wastewater collection system are required
to be inspected, maintained, and repaired on a routine basis. The station’s owner shall
continuously retain (contract with) an operator qualified under Florida laws, rules, and
regulations to perform preventive maintenance and respond to any service interruption. In
accordance with 62-604.400(2)(d), F.A.C., the operator’s emergency telephone number shall be
displayed on an unobstructed sign made of durable, weather-resistant material and posted at a
location visible to the public.
3.4 Connections to Collier County Facilities
Connections to existing COUNTY wastewater mains shall be constructed as described in the
Technical Specifications and shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. These details shall apply to
all connections to existing systems.
All projects shall be designed with no physical connections between a public or private potable
water supply system and a sewer or force main and with no water mains passing through or
coming into contact with any part of a sewer manhole.
3.5 Tests and Inspections
Tests and inspections of all wastewater systems or portion(s) thereof shall be performed in
accordance with the Technical Specifications before acceptance of the systems or portions
thereof by Collier County.
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 19 of 21
3.6 Wastewater Pump Station Asset Management
Asset management is required for proper use and maintenance of these wastewater facilities.
State of Florida DEP regulations state: “…systems shall be operated and maintained so as to
provide uninterrupted service…” To accomplish this obligation on privately owned wastewater
pump stations, the owner(s) of each such station shall:
A. Maintain a permanent fence with a sign mounted thereon, which sign shall include the
correct name and phone number(s) of at least one emergency contact individual and the
correct name(s) and phone number(s) of the station’s operator as well as the station’s
owner(s). The text on the sign must be immediately updated if and when any of the
information on the sign becomes outdated.
B. The station’s owner shall continuously retain (contract with) an operator qualified under
Florida laws, rule or regulation, for operations, preventive maintenance, and to respond to
each service interruption, if any, at that station.
The above requirements are mandated by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection
regulations: Florida Administrative Code, Subsection 62-604.400(2)(d).
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 20 of 21
PART 4 ELECTRICAL AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
4.1 Electrical and Control System Material
All electrical devices such as motor starters, breakers, and control centers shall be manufactured
to current NEMA standards. The construction of each device shall conform to the NEMA rating
for the environment of that device.
All programmable logic controllers (PLC) shall be manufactured by Allen-Bradley. The PLC model
for each specific application shall be coordinated with the Utilities Engineering Department.
END OF SECTION 1
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 21 of 21
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
For the latest revisions to the Technical Specifications, please visit:
Collier County Public Utilities
Engineering and Project Management Resources Webpage.
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 2
COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT
UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL
SECTION 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Table of Contents
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
011000 Summary of Work
014127 NPDES Requirements for Construction Activities Impacting More Than One
Acre
014200 References
014500 Quality Control
015000 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
015526 Traffic Regulation and Public Safety
015713 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control for Construction Activities
Impacting Less Than One Acre, including Construction Requiring
Dewatering
016100 Material and Equipment
017300 Miscellaneous Work and Cleanup
017416 Site Clearing
017423 Cleaning
017823 Operation and Maintenance Manuals
017839 Project Record Documents
DIVISION 2 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
020500 Connections to Existing Systems
022100 Lines and Grades
022200 Pre-Construction Audio-Video Recording
022501 Leakage Tests
024100 Demolition
025400 Disinfection
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
031100 Concrete Formwork
032000 Concrete Reinforcement
033100 Concrete, Masonry Mortar and Grout
034100 Precast Concrete Structures
DIVISION 5 – METALS
055600 Metal Castings
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2 of 2
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
099723 Concrete Coatings
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING
221336 Diesel Backup Pump
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
263213.13 Standby Diesel Generators
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
312316 Excavation – Earth and Rock
312319 Groundwater Control for Open Cut Excavation
312323 Backfilling
314000 Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENT
320117 Pavement Repair and Restoration
321300 Sidewalks, Driveways and Curbs
323113 Chain Link Fencing and Gates
329200 Restoration by Sodding or Seeding
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
330130.16 Televising and Inspection of Gravity Sewer Systems
330201 Roadway Crossings by Open Cut
330502 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings
330503 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings
330504 Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Fittings
330518 Laying and Jointing Buried Pipelines
330520 Pipe Removal and Abandonment
330523.13 Horizontal Directional Drilling
330523.16 Jacking, Augering and Mining
331200 Water Valves and Appurtenances
331619 Hydrants
333200 Pump Stations
333313 Wastewater Valves and Appurtenances
333913 Sewer Manholes
334713 HDPE Irrigation Pond Liner
DIVISION 40 – PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS
409500 Fiber Optic Communication Standards
Section 011000
COLLIER COUNTY SUMMARY OF WORK
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 011000
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Description of Work
B. CONTRACTOR's Use of Site
C. Work Sequence
D. COUNTY Occupancy
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. General: The Work to be done under this Contract is shown on the drawings and
specified in Contract Documents.
B. The Work includes:
1. Furnishing of all labor, material, superintendence, plant, power, light, heat,
fuel, water, tools, appliances, equipment, supplies, services and other
means of construction necessary or proper for performing and completing
the Work.
2. Sole responsibility for adequacy of plant and equipment.
3. Maintaining the Work area and site in a clean and acceptable manner.
4. Maintaining existing facilities in service at all times.
5. Protection of finished and unfinished Work.
6. Repair and restoration of Work or existing facilities damaged during
construction.
7. Furnishing as necessary proper equipment and machinery, of a sufficient
capacity, to facilitate the Work and to handle all emergencies normally
encountered in Work of this character.
Section 011000
COLLIER COUNTY SUMMARY OF WORK
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
8. Furnishing, installing, and protecting all necessary guides, track rails,
bearing plates, anchor and attachment bolts, and all other appurtenances
needed for the installation of the devices included in the equipment
specified. Make anchor bolts of appropriate size, strength and material for
the purpose intended. Furnish substantial templates and shop drawings for
installation.
C. Implied and Normally Required Work: It is the intent of these Specifications to
provide the COUNTY with complete operable systems, subsystems and other
items of Work. Any part or item of Work, which is reasonably implied or normally
required to make each installation satisfactorily and completely operable, is
deemed to be included in the Work and the Contract Amount. All miscellaneous
appurtenances and other items of Work incidental to meeting the intent of these
Specifications are included in the Work and the Contract Amount even though
these appurtenances may not be specifically called for in these Specifications.
D. Quality of Work: Regard the apparent silence of the Contract Documents as to
any detail, or the apparent omission from them of a detailed description
concerning any Work to be done and materials to be furnished as meaning that
only the best general practice is to prevail and that only materials and
workmanship of the best quality are to be used. Interpretation of these
specifications will be made upon this basis.
1.3 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE
A. In addition to the requirements of the Supplemental Terms and Conditions, limit
use of site and premises for work and storage to allow for the following:
1. Coordination of the Work under this CONTRACT with the work of the other
contractors where Work under this CONTRACT encroaches on the Work of
other contractors.
2. COUNTY occupancy and access to operate existing facilities.
3. Coordination of site use with ENGINEER.
4. Responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products under this
CONTRACT.
5. Providing additional off site storage at no additional cost to the COUNTY as
needed.
1.4 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Construct Work in stages to accommodate the COUNTY’s use of premises during
construction period and in accordance with the limitations on the sequence of
construction specified. Coordinate construction schedules and operations with
ENGINEER.
Section 011000
COLLIER COUNTY SUMMARY OF WORK
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
B. Coordinate Work of all subcontractors.
1.5 COUNTY OCCUPANCY
A. The COUNTY will occupy premises during entire period of construction in order to
maintain normal operations. Cooperate with the COUNTY's Manager or designee
in all construction operations to minimize conflict, and to facilitate COUNTY usage.
B. Conduct operations with the least inconvenience to the general public.
1.6 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
A. In case of damage to existing utilities caused by construction activities, contact
the owner of the utility or appropriate COUNTY department (Water or
Wastewater) immediately. Repair any damage to existing utilities caused by
construction activities in coordination with or as directed by the owner of the
utility.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
A. Starting Work: Start Work within 10 days following the date stated in the Notice to
Proceed and execute with such progress as may be required to prevent delay to
other contractors or to the general completion of the project. Execute Work at
such items and in or on such parts of the project, and with such forces, material
and equipment, as to complete the Work in the time established by the Contract.
At all times, schedule and direct the Work so that it provides an orderly
progression to completion within the specified time for completion.
END OF SECTION
Section 011000
COLLIER COUNTY SUMMARY OF WORK
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 014127
COLLIER COUNTY NPDES REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ACTIVITIES IMPACTING MORE THAN ONE ACRE
Page 1 of 8
SECTION 014127
NPDES REQUIREMENTS
FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IMPACTING MORE THAN ONE ACRE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section describes the required documentation to be prepared and signed by
the CONTRACTOR before conducting construction operations, in accordance with
the terms and conditions of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) Stormwater Permit, as required by Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.)
Chapter 62-621.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall be for responsible for implementation, maintenance and
inspection of stormwater pollution prevention control measures in accordance with
F.A.C. Chapter 62-621 including, but not limited to, erosion and sediment control,
stormwater management plans, waste collection and disposal, off-site vehicle
tracking, and other practices shown on the Drawings and/or specified elsewhere in
this or other specifications. The stormwater pollution prevention control measures
shall include protection of offsite public and private stormsewer facilities potentially
impacted during construction. Stormwater facilities include streets, inlets, pipes,
ditches, swales, canals, culverts, control structures, and detention/retention areas.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and review implementation of the Stormwater
Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) in a meeting with the County Manager or
designee prior to start of construction.
1.2 UNIT PRICES
A. Unless indicated in the Unit Price Schedule as a pay item, no separate
payment will be made for work performed under this Section. Include cost of
work to be performed under this Section in pay items of which this work is a
component.
1.3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
A. ASTM D3786 – Standard Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength for Knitted
Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics
B. ASTM D4632 – Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of
Geotextiles
Section 014127
COLLIER COUNTY NPDES REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ACTIVITIES IMPACTING MORE THAN ONE ACRE
Page 2 of 8
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 NOTICE OF INTENT (NOI)
A. Fill out, sign and date a Notice of Intent to Use Generic Permit for Stormwater
Discharge from Large and Small Construction Activities, (FDEP Form 62-
621.300(4)(b)). Submit the signed copy of the NOI to the County Manager or
designee. The County Manager or designee will submit the completed form to the
FDEP along with the required permit fee.
3.2 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. On the attached OPERATOR’S INFORMATION form, fill out the name, address
and telephone number for the CONTRACTOR, persons or firms responsible for
maintenance and inspection of erosion and sediment control measures, and all
Subcontractors.
B. The CONTRACTOR and Subcontractors named in the Operator’s Information
form shall read, sign and date the attached
CONTRACTOR’S/SUBCONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION form.
C. The persons or firms responsible for maintenance and inspection of erosion and
sediment control measures shall read, sign and date the attached EROSION
CONTROL CONTRACTOR’S INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
CERTIFICATION form.
D. Submit all forms to the County Manager or designee before beginning
construction.
3.3 RETENTION OF RECORDS
A. Retain a copy of the SWPPP at the construction site and at the Contractor’s office
from the date that it became effective to the date of project completion.
B. At project closeout, submit to the County Manager or designee all NPDES forms
and certifications, as well as a copy of the SWPPP. Stormwater pollution
prevention records will be retained by the County Manager or designee for a
period of three (3) years from the date of project completion.
3.4 REQUIRED NOTICES
A. The following notices shall be posted from the date that the SWPPP goes into
effect until the date of final site stabilization:
Section 014127
COLLIER COUNTY NPDES REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ACTIVITIES IMPACTING MORE THAN ONE ACRE
Page 3 of 8
1. A copy of the submitted NOI and a brief project description, as given in
the SWPPP, shall be posted at the construction site and at the
CONTRACTOR’s office in a prominent place for public viewing.
2. Notice to drivers of equipment and vehicles, instructing them to stop,
check and clean tires of debris and mud before driving onto traffic lanes.
Post such notices at every stabilized construction exit area.
3. Post a notice of waste disposal procedures in an easily visible location on
site.
4. Notice of hazardous material handling and emergency procedures shall
be posted with the NOI on site. Keep copies of Material Safety Data
Sheets at a location on site that is know to all personnel.
5. Keep a copy of each signed certification at the construction site and at
the CONTRACTOR’s office.
REQUIRED FORMS FOLLOW
Section 014127
COLLIER COUNTY NPDES REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ACTIVITIES IMPACTING MORE THAN ONE ACRE
Page 4 of 8
OPERATOR’S INFORMATION
Owner’s Name and Address: Collier County Public Utilities Planning and Project
Management Department
3301 East Tamiami Trail
Naples, Florida 34112
(239) 252-4285
Contractors’ Names and Addresses:
General Contractor:
Telephone:
Site Superintendent:
Telephone:
Erosion Control and:
Maintenance Inspection
Telephone:
Subcontractors’ Names and Addresses:
Phone: Phone:
Section 014127
COLLIER COUNTY NPDES REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ACTIVITIES IMPACTING MORE THAN ONE ACRE
Page 5 of 8
CONTRACTOR’S / SUBCONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION
I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of Florida’s National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction General Permit that authorizes
storm water discharges associated with activity from the construction site identified as part of
this certification, and that I have received a copy of the SWPPP.
Signature:
Name: (printed or typed)
Title:
Company:
Address:
Signature:
Name: (printed or typed)
Title:
Company:
Address:
Signature:
Name: (printed or typed)
Title:
Company:
Address:
Section 014127
COLLIER COUNTY NPDES REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ACTIVITIES IMPACTING MORE THAN ONE ACRE
Page 6 of 8
EROSION CONTROL CONTRACTOR’S
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE CERTIFICATION
I certify under penalty of law that I understand the terms and conditions of Florida’s National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction General Permit that authorizes
storm water discharges associated with activity from the construction site identified as part of
this certification, and that I have received a copy of the SWPPP.
.
Signature:
Name: (printed or typed)
Title:
Company:
Address:
Date:
Section 014127 COLLIER COUNTY NPDES REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ACTIVITIES IMPACTING MORE THAN ONE ACRE Page 7 of 8 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE REPORT Project: Contractor: Inspector: Date: CONTROLS LOCATIONSEDIMENTHEIGHTPROBLEMDESCRIPTION MAINTENANCEREQUIREDREPAIREDBY / DATE
Section 014127
COLLIER COUNTY NPDES REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ACTIVITIES IMPACTING MORE THAN ONE ACRE
Page 8 of 8
END OF SECTION
Section 014200
COLLIER COUNTY REFERENCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 8
SECTION 014200
REFERENCES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A.Reference Abbreviations
B.Abbreviations
C.Reference Standards
D.Definitions
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.Information provided in this section is used where applicable in individual
Specification Sections.
1.3 REFERENCE ABBREVIATIONS
A.Reference to a technical society, trade association or standards setting
organization, may be made in the Specifications by abbreviations in accordance
with the following list:
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists
ACI American Concrete Institute
ADC Air Diffusion Council
AFBMA Anti-friction Bearing Manufacturers Association
AGA American Gas Association
AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association
AHA Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association, Inc.
ANSI American National Standards Institute
APA American Plywood Association
ARI American Refrigeration Institute
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning
Engineers
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
Section 014200
COLLIER COUNTY REFERENCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 8
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AW I Architectural Woodwork Institute
AW PA American Wood Preservers Association
AW S American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BHMA Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association
BIA Brick Institute of American
CABO Council of American Building Officials
CAGI Compressed Air and Gas Institute
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CMAA Crane Manufacturers Association of America
CRD U.S. Corps of Engineers Specifications
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CTI Cooling Tower Institute
DHI Door and Hardware Institute
DOH Department of Health
DOT Department of Transportation
Fed. Spec.Federal Specifications
FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association
FM Factory Mutual
HMI Hoist Manufacturing Institute
HPMA See HPVA
HPVA Hardwood Plywood Veneer Association
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IFI Industrial Fasteners Institute
MIL Military Specifications
MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NACM National Association of Chain Manufacturers
NBS National Bureau of Standards, See NIST
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau
NEC National Electrical Code
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NETA National Electrical Testing Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NFPA National Forest Products Association
NFPA National Fluid Power Association
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
NLMA National Lumber Manufacturers Association
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SCPRF Structural Clay Products Research Foundation
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
Section 014200
COLLIER COUNTY REFERENCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 8
SPI Society of the Plastics Industry
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
STI Steel Tank Institute
TCA Tile Council of American
TIMA Thermal Insulation Manufacturers' Association
UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
USBR U. S. Bureau of Reclamation
USBS U. S. Bureau of Standards, See NIST
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS
A.Abbreviations which may be used in individual Specification Sections are as
follows:
alternating current ..............................ac
American wire gauge ......................AW G
ampere(s).........................................amp
ampere-hour(s).................................AH
annual ...............................................ann
Ampere Interrupting
Capacity ..........................................AIC
atmosphere(s)...................................atm
average .............................................avg
biochemical oxygen demand ..........BOD
Board Foot ......................................FBM
brake horsepower .............................bhp
Brinell Hardness ...............................BH
British thermal unit(s).........................Btu
calorie(s).............................................cal
carbonaceous biochemical
oxygen demand .........................CBOD
Celsius (centigrade).............................C
Center to Center ..........................C to C
centimeter(s).....................................cm
chemical oxygen demand ...............COD
coefficient, valve flow..........................Cv
condensate return ..............................CR
cubic ...................................................cu
cubic centimeter(s)..............................cc
cubic feet per day ..............................cfd
cubic feet per hour .............................cfh
cubic feet per minute ........................cfm
cubic feet per minute,
standard conditions.........................scfm
cubic feet per second .........................cfs
cubic foot (feet)................................cu ft
cubic inch(es)..................................cu in
cubic yard(s)...................................cu yd
decibels ...............................................dB
decibels (A scale).............................dBa
degree(s)...........................................deg
dewpoint temperature ........................dpt
diameter .............................................dia
direct current .......................................dc
dissolved oxygen ...............................DO
dissolved solids ..................................DS
dry-bulb temperature..........................dbt
efficiency .............................................eff
elevation ..............................................el
entering water temperature...............ewt
entering air temperature ....................eat
equivalent direct radiation ..................edr
face area ..............................................fa
face to face .......................................f to f
Fahrenheit ............................................F
feet per day ........................................fpd
feet per hour .......................................fph
feet per minute ..................................fpm
feet per second ..................................fps
foot (feet)...............................................ft
foot-candle............................................fc
foot-pound .........................................ft-lb
foot-pounds per minute ..............ft-lb/min
foot-pounds per second .............ft-lb/sec
formazin turbidity unit(s)..................FTU
Section 014200
COLLIER COUNTY REFERENCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 8
frequency ..........................................freq
fuel oil .................................................FO
fuel oil supply ...................................FOS
fuel oil return ....................................FOR
gallon(s).............................................gal
gallons per day .................................gpd
gallons per day per
cubic foot.................................gpd/cu ft
gallons per day per
square foot ..............................gpd/sq ft
gallons per hour ...............................gph
gallons per minute ...........................gpm
gallons per second............................gps
gas chromatography and
mass spectrometry ...................GC-MS
gauge ..................................................ga
grain(s).................................................gr
gram(s)..................................................g
grams per cubic centimeter ...........gm/cc
Heat Transfer Coefficient .....................U
height .................................................hgt
Hertz...................................................Hz
horsepower ........................................hp
horsepower-hour.............................hp-hr
hour(s).................................................hr
humidity, relative .................................rh
hydrogen ion concentration ................pH
inch(es).................................................in
inches per second...............................ips
inside diameter ....................................ID
Jackson turbidity unit(s)....................JTU
kelvin ....................................................K
kiloamperes.........................................kA
kilogram(s)..........................................kg
kilometer(s)........................................km
kilovar (kilovolt-amperes
reactive).........................................kvar
kilovolt(s).............................................kV
kilovolt-ampere(s).............................kVA
kilowatt(s)...........................................kW
kilowatt-hour(s)................................kW h
linear foot (feet).................................lin ft
liter(s)....................................................L
megavolt-ampere(s)........................MVA
meter(s)................................................m
micrograms per liter .......................ug/L
miles per hour ..................................mph
milliampere(s)....................................mA
milligram(s)........................................mg
milligrams per liter ..........................mg/L
milliliter(s)..........................................mL
millimeter(s)......................................mm
million gallons...................................MG
million gallons per day ....................mgd
millisecond(s)....................................ms
millivolt(s)..........................................mV
minute(s)..........................................min
mixed liquor suspended
solids ...........................................MLSS
nephelometric turbidity
unit ..................................................NTU
net positive suction head ..............NPSH
noise criteria ........................................nc
noise reduction coefficient ..............NRC
number ................................................no
ounce(s)..............................................oz
outside air ............................................oa
outside diameter.................................OD
parts per billion .................................ppb
parts per million ...............................ppm
percent ..............................................pct
phase (electrical)............................. . ph
pound(s)..............................................lb
pounds per cubic foot........................pcf
pounds per cubic foot
per hour ........................................pcf/hr
pounds per day ...........................lbs/day
pounds per day per
cubic foot ...........................lbs/day/cu ft
pounds per day per
square foot ........................lbs/day/sq ft
pounds per square foot .....................psf
pounds per square foot
per hour ........................................psf/hr
pounds per square inch ....................psi
pounds per square inch
absolute ..........................................psia
Section 014200
COLLIER COUNTY REFERENCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 8
pounds per square inch
gauge ..............................................psig
power factor ........................................PF
pressure drop or
difference ..........................................dp
pressure, dynamic
(velocity)............................................vp
pressure, vapor .............................vap pr
quart(s).................................................qt
Rankine ................................................R
relative humidity ...................................rh
resistance..........................................res
return air ...............................................ra
revolution(s)......................................rev
revolutions per minute ......................rpm
revolutions per second .....................rps
root mean squared...........................rms
safety factor .........................................sf
second(s)..........................................sec
shading coefficient ............................SC
sludge density index ........................SDI
Sound Transmission
Coefficient .....................................STC
specific gravity ...............................sp gr
specific volume ............................Sp Vol
sp ht at constant pressure .................Cp
square ................................................sq
square centimeter(s)......................sq cm
square foot (feet).............................sq ft
square inch (es)...............................sq in
square meter(s).............................sq m
square yard(s).................................sq yd
standard ............................................std
static pressure .................................st pr
supply air ......................................... . sa
suspended solids ..............................SS
temperature ....................................temp
temperature difference......................TD
temperature entering.........................TE
temperature leaving ...........................TL
thousand Btu per hour ....................Mbh
thousand circular mils ....................kcmil
thousand cubic feet ..........................Mcf
threshold limit value ........................TLV
tons of refrigeration ..........................tons
torque .............................................TRQ
total dissolved solids .......................TDS
total dynamic head .........................TDH
total kjeldahl nitrogen ......................TKN
total oxygen demand......................TOD
total pressure ....................................TP
total solids .........................................TS
total suspended solids ....................TSS
total volatile solids ...........................TVS
vacuum .............................................vac
viscosity ............................................visc
volatile organic chemical................VOC
volatile solids ......................................VS
volatile suspended solids ................VSS
volt(s)....................................................V
volts-ampere(s).................................VA
volume ...............................................vol
wa tt(s).................................................W
wa tthour(s).......................................Wh
wa tt-hour demand ..........................WHD
wa tt-hour demand meter.............WHDM
week(s)...............................................wk
we ight .................................................wt
we t-bulb ............................................WB
we t bulb temperature .....................WBT
yard(s).................................................yd
year(s)..................................................yr
1.5 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
The following publications are incorporated into this Manual and are made a part of this
Manual as is set out verbatim in this Manual. Violations of any provision of every such
publication, as updated from time-to-time by Resolution(s) of the Board of County
Section 014200
COLLIER COUNTY REFERENCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 8
Commissioners, shall be a violation of the Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures
Ordinance, as then amended.
A.Water Environment Federation, Manual of Practice No. 8, W astewater Treatment
Plant Design, W .E.F., 601 W ythe Street, Alexandria, VA, 22314-1994.
B.Water Environment Federation, Manual of Practice No. 9, Design and Construction of
Sanitary and Storm Sewers, W .E.F., 601 W ythe Street, Alexandria, VA, 22314-1994.
C.Great Lakes/Upper Mississippi River Board of State Sanitary Engineers.
Recommended Standards for Sewage Works, Health Education Service, Inc., P.O.
Box 7283, Albany, New York, 12224.
D.Great Lakes/Upper Mississippi River Board of State Sanitary Engineers.
Recommended Standards for Water Works, Health Education Service, Inc., P.O. Box
7283, Albany, New York, 12224.
E.Rules of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection for W ater, Wastewater,
and Reclaimed Water Systems, latest revisions of F.A.C. Chapters 62-550, 62-555,
62-600, 62-604, 62-610, 64E-6, and 64E-8, 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard M.S. 49,
Ta llahassee, Florida, 32399.
F.American Water Works Association, Inc., Water Treatment Plant Design, 6666 West
Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado, 80235.
G.American Water Works Association, Inc., Water Treatment Plant Design, AWWA
Standards and Applicable Manuals, 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado,
80235.
H.Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association, Handbook, Ductile Iron Pipe/Cast Iron Pipe,
Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association, 245 Riverchase Parkway East, Birmingham,
Alabama, 35244.
I.Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association, Handbook of PVC Pipe, Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe
Association, 2655 Villa Creek Drive, Suite 164, Dallas, Texas, 75234.
J.American National Standards Institute, latest revisions of applicable standards, 1819
L Street NW, Suite 600, Washington, D.C., 20036.
K.American Society for Testing and Materials, latest revisions of applicable standards,
ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700,
West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania, 19428-2959.
L.National Water Research Institute, Treatment Technologies for Removal of MTBE.
NW RI, 10500 Ellis Ave., P.O. Box 20865, Fountain Valley, CA, 92728.
Section 014200
COLLIER COUNTY REFERENCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 8
M.National Water Research Institute, Valuing Ground Water: Economic
Concepts/Approaches. NWRI, 10500 Ellis Ave., P.O. Box 20865, Fountain Valley,
CA, 92728.7.3.14.
N.U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Design Criteria for Mechanical, Electric, and
Fluid System and Component Reliability, Supplement to the Federal Guidelines for
Design, Operation, and Maintenance of Wastewater Treatment Facilities, Technical
Bulletin EPA-430-99-74-001, U.S. EPA, Office of Water Program Operations.
O.Florida Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and
Bridge Construction, Maps & Publications Sales, Mail Station 12, 605 Suwannee
Street, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0450.
P.Plastics Pipe Institute, Handbook of Polyethylene Pipe, 1825 Connecticut Ave.,
NW , Suite 680, Washington, DC 20009.
Q.National Fire Protection Association, 1995 Edition of NFPA 24 –Standard for the
Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances, 1 Batterymarch
Park, Quincy, MA 02169.
R.Collier County Water-Sewer District Utilities Standards Manual.
S.National Electrical Code, latest revisions of applicable requirements.
T.Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering Treatment and Reuse, 4th Edition, McGraw-
Hill, 2002.
U.Water Environment Federation, Manual of Practice No. 11, Operation of Municipal
Wastewater Treatment Plants, 601 Wythe Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-1994.
1.6 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A.Latest Edition: Construe references to furnishing materials or testing, which conform
to the standards of a particular technical society, organization, or body, to mean the
latest standard, code, or specification of that body, adopted and published as of the
date of bidding this Contract. Standards referred to herein are made a part of these
Specifications to the extent that is indicated or intended.
B.Precedence: The duties and responsibilities of the COUNTY, CONTRACTOR or
ENGINEER, or any of their consultants, agents or employees are set forth in the
Contract Documents, and are not changed or altered by any provision of any
referenced standard specifications, manuals or code, whether such standard manual
or code is or is not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents.
Any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work
or any duty or authority, to undertake responsibility contrary to the powers of the
ENGINEER as set forth in the Contract Documents cannot be assigned to the
ENGINEER or any of the ENGINEER's consultants, agents or employees.
Section 014200
COLLIER COUNTY REFERENCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 8
1.7 DEFINITIONS
A.In these Contract Documents the words furnish, install and provide are defined as
follows:
1.Furnish (Materials): to supply and deliver to the project ready for installation
and in operable condition.
2.Install (services or labor): to place in final position, complete, anchored,
connected in operable condition.
3.Provide: to furnish and install complete. Includes the supply of specified
services. When neither furnish, install or provide is stated, provided is implied.
4.COUNTY: Collier County Board of Commissioners, County Government
Center, 3301 East Tamiami Trail, Naples, Florida 34112, or authorized staff or
representatives.
5.ENGINEER: The terms Design Professional, Design Engineer, and Engineer
are interchangeably used throughout the Contract Documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 10
SECTION 014500
QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals
B. Inspection Services
C. Inspection of Materials
D. Quality Control
E. Costs of Inspection
F. Acceptance Tests
G. Failure to Comply with Contract
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in the
individual material sections.
B. Certificate Submittals: Furnish the ENGINEER authoritative evidence in the form
of Certificates of Manufacture that the materials and equipment to be used in the
Work have been manufactured and tested in conformity with the Contract
Documents. Include copies of the results of physical tests and chemical
analyses, where necessary, that have been made directly on the product or on
similar products of the manufacturer.
1.3 INSPECTION SERVICES
A. COUNTY's Access: At all times during the progress of the Work, and until the
date of final completion, afford the County Manager or designee and ENGINEER
every reasonable, safe, and proper facility for inspecting the Work at the site.
The observation and inspection of any work will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of
any obligations to perform proper and satisfactory work as specified. Replace
work rejected due to faulty design, inferior, or defective materials, poor
workmanship, improper installation, excessive wear, or nonconformity with the
requirements of the Contract Documents, with satisfactory work at no additional
cost to the COUNTY. Replace as directed, finished or unfinished work found not
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 10
to be in strict accordance with the Contract, even though such work may have
been previously approved and payment made therefor.
B. Rejection: The County’s Manager or designee has the right to reject materials
and workmanship which are defective or require correction. Promptly remove
rejected work and materials from the site.
C. Inferior Work Discoveries: Failure or neglect on the part of the County Manager or
designee to condemn or reject bad or inferior work or materials does not imply an
acceptance of such work or materials. Neither is it to be construed as barring the
County Manager or designee at any subsequent time from recovering damages or
a sum of money needed to build anew all portions of the Work in which inferior
work or improper materials were used.
D. Removal for Examination: Should it be considered necessary or advisable by the
County Manager or designee, at any time before final acceptance of the Work, to
make examinations of portions of the Work already completed, by removing or
tearing out such portions, promptly furnish all necessary facilities, labor, and
material, to make such an examination. If such Work is found to be defective in
any respect, defray all expenses of such examination and of satisfactory
reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet the requirements of the
Contract, the cost of examination and restoration of the Work will be considered a
change in the Work to be paid for in accordance with applicable provisions of the
Contract.
E. Operation Responsibility: Assume full responsibility for the proper operation of
equipment during tests and instruction periods. Make no claim, other than
provided in the Contract Documents, for damage that may occur to equipment
prior to the time when the County Manager or designee accepts the Work.
F. Rejection Prior to Warranty Expiration: If at anytime prior to the expiration of any
applicable warranties or guarantees, defective equipment is rejected by the
County Manager or designee, repay to the COUNTY all sums of money received
for the rejected equipment on progress certificates or otherwise on account of the
Contract lump sum prices, and upon the receipt of the sum of money, County
Manager or designee will execute and deliver a bill of sale of all its rights, title, and
interest in and to the rejected equipment. Do not remove the equipment from the
premises of the COUNTY until the County Manager or designee obtains from
other sources, equipment to take the place of that rejected. The County Manager
or designee hereby agrees to obtain other equipment within a reasonable time
and the CONTRACTOR agrees that the COUNTY may use the equipment
furnished by the CONTRACTOR without rental or other charge until the other new
equipment is obtained.
1.4 INSPECTION OF MATERIALS
A. Premanufacture Notification: Give notice in writing to the ENGINEER sufficiently
in advance of the commencement of manufacture or preparation of materials
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 10
especially manufactured or prepared for use in or as part of the permanent
construction. When required, notice to include a request for inspection, the date
of commencement, and the expected date of completion of the manufacture or
preparation of materials. Upon receipt of such notice, ENGINEER will arrange to
have a representative present at such times during the manufacture or testing as
may be necessary to inspect the materials, or will notify CONTRACTOR that the
inspection will be made at a point other than the point of manufacture or testing, or
that the inspection will be waived. Comply with these provisions before shipping
any materials. Such inspection will not constitute a release from the responsibility
for furnishing materials meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Testing Standards: Conduct tests of electrical and mechanical equipment and
appliances in accordance with recognized, applicable test codes.
1.5 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing
1. Field and Laboratory
a. Provide personnel to assist the ENGINEER in performing the following
periodic observation and associated services.
(1) Soils: Observe and test excavations, placement and compaction
of soils. Determine suitability of excavated material. Observe
subgrade soils and foundations.
(2) Concrete: Observe forms and reinforcement; observe concrete
placement; witness air entrainment tests, facilitate concrete
cylinder preparation and assist with other tests performed by
ENGINEER.
(3) Masonry: Sample and test mortar, bricks, blocks and grout;
inspect brick and block samples and sample panels; inspect
placement of reinforcement and grouting.
(4) Structural Steel: Verify that all welders are certified; visually
inspect all structural steel welds; mechanically test high-tensile
bolted connections.
b. When specified in the Contract Documents, provide an independent
laboratory testing facility to perform required testing. Qualify the
laboratory as having performed previous satisfactory work. Prior to
use, submit to the ENGINEER for approval.
c. Cooperate with the ENGINEER and laboratory testing representatives.
Provide at least 24 hours notice prior to when specified testing is
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 10
required. Provide labor and materials, and necessary facilities at the
site as required by the ENGINEER and the testing laboratory.
d. When an independent electrical testing agency is specified in the
Contract Documents, provide a member of the National Electrical
Testing Association to perform inspections and tests.
2. Equipment: Coordinate and demonstrate test procedures as specified in the
Contract Documents and as required during the formal tests.
3. Pipeline and Other Testing: Conform to test procedures and requirements
specified in the appropriate Specification Section.
4. Testing of Gravity Sanitary Sewer Lines
a. Watertight Construction: It is imperative that all sewers and force
mains, manholes, and service connections be built watertight and that
the CONTRACTOR adhere rigidly to the specifications for material and
workmanship. Since all of the water and sewage in the lines will be
treated at the treatment plant, special care and attention must be given
to securing watertight construction. After completion, the sewers or
sections thereof will be tested and gauged. If infiltration or exfiltration
is above the limits specified, the sewer construction work will be
rejected.
b. Cleaning: Exercise care during construction of the manhole to see
that materials do not enter the sewer line. Keep the invert and shelf
of the manhole clean of all mortar, broken brick, sand, or any other
materials falling into the manhole. Immediately remove such material.
Maintain this condition until final acceptance of the work. Prior to
testing of gravity sanitary sewer lines, clean the lines using appropriate
tools.
c. Gravity Sewers - Visual Inspections: On completion of each block or
section of sewer, or at such other times as the County Manger or
designee may direct, the block or section of sewer is to be cleaned,
tested and inspected. Each section of the sewer is to show, on
examination from either end, a full circle of light between manholes.
Each manhole, or other appurtenance to the system, shall be of the
specified size and form, be watertight, neatly and substantially
constructed, with the rim set permanently to design position and
grade. All repairs shown necessary by the inspection are to be made;
broken or cracked pipe replaced, all deposits removed and the sewers
left true to line and grade, entirely clean and ready for use.
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 10
d. Infiltration Limits: Provide the equipment necessary to check the lines
for infiltration or exfiltration as directed by the County Manager or
designee, before they are put in service. Infiltration in excess of fifty
(50) gallons per day inch-mile of sewer will result in having the
CONTRACTOR go over the lines, ascertain where the leakage exists,
and repair the lines to the extent necessary to bring the infiltration
down within acceptable limits. Observable inflow is not permitted.
e. Exfiltration Limits: The length of sewer subject to an exfiltration test
shall be the distance between two (2) adjacent manholes. Close the
inlets of the upstream and downstream manholes with watertight plugs
and the test section filled with water until the elevation of the water in
the upstream manhole is two (2) feet above the crown of the pipe in
the line being tested, or two (2) feet above the existing groundwater in
the trench, whichever is higher. A standpipe may be used instead of
the upstream manhole for providing the pressure head when approved
by the County Manager or designee. Measure exfiltration by
determining the amount of water required to maintain the initial water
elevation for one (1) hour period from the start of the test. The
maximum allowable leakage, including manholes, shall be 50 gallon
per inch for diameter per mile of pipe per day.
f. Air Testing: Air testing shall be required if, in the opinion of the County
Manager or designee, conditions are such that infiltration
measurements may be inconclusive. Conduct the test in the presence
of the County Manager or designee and conform to the following
requirements:
(a) Test pressure shall be 3.5 psi increased by the
groundwater pressure above the top of the sewer.
(b) Pressure loss from shall not exceed 0.5 psi during the
required testing time.
(c) Testing time in minutes shall be calculated as 0.625 x
nominal pipe size (inches).
g. Deformation Test
(a) Deformation tests shall be performed on all gravity sewer
lines. The test shall be conducted after the final backfill
has been in place at least 30 days to permit stabilization of
the soil-pipe system.
(b) No pipe shall exceed a deformation of five percent (5%). If
deformation exceeds 5%, mechanical methods to correct
deformation may be used. If mechanical methods are
unsuccessful, the pipe shall be excavated. Replacement
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 10
or correction shall be accomplished in accordance with
requirements in the approved specifications.
(c) The rigid ball or mandrel used for the deflection test shall
have a diameter not less than 95 percent of the base
inside diameter or average inside diameter of the pipe
depending on which is specified in the ASTM
Specification, including the appendix, to which the pipe is
manufactured. The test shall be performed without
mechanical pulling devices.
B. Reports
1. Certified Test Reports: Where transcripts or certified test reports are
required by the Contract Documents, meet the following requirements:
a. Before delivery of materials or equipment submit and obtain approval
of the ENGINEER for all required transcripts, certified test reports,
certified copies of the reports of all tests required in referenced
specifications or specified in the Contract Documents. Perform all
testing in an approved independent laboratory or the manufacturer's
laboratory. Submit for approval reports of shop equipment tests
within thirty days of testing. Transcripts or test reports are to be
accompanied by a notarized certificate in the form of a letter from the
manufacturer or supplier certifying that tested material or equipment
meets the specified requirements and the same type, quality,
manufacture and make as specified. The certificate shall be signed
by an officer of the manufacturer or the manufacturer's plant manager.
2. Certificate of Compliance: At the option of the ENGINEER, submit for
approval a notarized Certificate of Compliance. The Certificates may be in
the form of a letter stating the following:
a. Manufacturer has performed all required tests
b. Materials to be supplied meet all test requirements
c. Tests were performed not more than one year prior to submittal of the
certificate
d. Materials and equipment subjected to the tests are of the same
quality, manufacture and make as those specified
e. Identification of the materials
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 10
1.6 COSTS OF INSPECTION
A. COUNTY's Obligation: Initial inspection and testing of materials furnished under
this Contract will be performed by the County Manager or designee, or inspection
bureaus without cost to the CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise expressly specified.
If subsequent testing is necessary due to failure of the initial tests or because of
rejection for noncompliance, reimburse the COUNTY for expenditures incurred in
making such tests.
B. CONTRACTOR's Obligation: Include in the Contract Price, the cost of all shop
and field tests of equipment and other tests specifically called for in the Contract
Documents, except those tests described above under “COUNTY’s Obligation”.
The County Manager or designee may perform tests on any material or equipment
furnished under this Contract at any time during the Contract. If tests performed
by the County Manager or designee result in failure or rejection for
noncompliance, reimburse the COUNTY for expenditures incurred in making such
tests. Tests performed by the County Manager or designee shall prevail in
determining compliance with Contract requirements.
C. Reimbursements to the COUNTY:
1. Materials and equipment submitted by the CONTRACTOR as the equivalent
to those specifically named in the Contract may be tested by the County
Manager or designee for compliance. Reimburse the COUNTY for
expenditures incurred in making such tests on materials and equipment that
are rejected for noncompliance.
2. Reimburse the COUNTY for all costs associated with Witness Tests that
exceed 5 Calendar Days per kind of equipment.
1.7 ACCEPTANCE TESTS
A. Preliminary Field Tests: As soon as conditions permit, furnish all labor and
materials and services to perform preliminary field tests of all equipment provided
under this Contract. If the preliminary field tests disclose that any equipment
furnished and installed under this Contract does not meet the requirements of the
Contract Documents, make all changes, adjustments and replacements required
prior to the acceptance tests.
B. Final Field Tests: Upon completion of the Work and prior to final payment, subject
all equipment, piping and appliances installed under this Contract to specified
acceptance tests to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. Furnish all labor, fuel, energy, water and other materials, equipment,
instruments and services necessary for all acceptance tests.
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 10
2. Conduct field tests in the presence of the ENGINEER. Perform the field
tests to demonstrate that under all conditions of operation each equipment
item:
a. Has not been damaged by transportation or installation
b. Has been properly installed
c. Has been properly lubricated
d. Has no electrical or mechanical defects
e. Is in proper alignment
f. Has been properly connected
g. Is free of overheating of any parts
h. Is free of all objectionable vibration
i. Is free of overloading of any parts
j. Operates as intended
3. Operate work or portions of work for a minimum of 100 hours or 14 days
continuous service, whichever comes first. For those items of equipment
that would normally operate on wastewater or sludge, plant effluent may be
used if available when authorized by ENGINEER. If water cannot properly
exercise equipment, conduct 100-hour test after plant startup. Conduct test
on those systems that require load produced by weather (heating or cooling)
exercise only when weather will produce proper load.
C. Failure of Tests: If the acceptance tests reveal defects in material or equipment,
or if the material or equipment in any way fails to comply with the requirements of
the Contract Documents, then promptly correct such deficiencies. Failure or
refusal to correct the deficiencies, or if the improved materials or equipment, when
tested again, fail to meet the guarantees or specified requirements, the County
Manager or designee, notwithstanding its partial payment for work and materials
or equipment, may reject said materials or equipment and may order the
CONTRACTOR to remove the defective work from the site at no addition to the
Contract Price, and replace it with material or equipment which meets the Contract
Documents.
1.8 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH CONTRACT
A. Unacceptable Materials: If it is ascertained by testing or inspection that the
material or equipment does not comply with the Contract, do not deliver said
material or equipment, or if delivered remove it promptly from the site or from the
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 10
Work and replace it with acceptable material without additional cost to the
COUNTY. Fulfill all obligations under the terms and conditions of the Contract
even though the County Manager or designee fail to ascertain noncompliance or
notify the CONTRACTOR of noncompliance.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
Section 014500
COLLIER COUNTY QUALITY CONTROL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 10
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 015000
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TEMPORARY CONTROLS
Page 1 of 8
SECTION 015000
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A.General Requirements
B.Related Sections
C.Temporary Utilities
D.Temporary Construction
E.Barricades and Enclosures
F.Fences
G.Security
H.Temporary Controls
I.Traffic Regulation
J.Field Offices and Sheds
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A.Section 011000 -Summary of Work
B. Section 015526 –Traffic Regulations and Public Safety
C.Section 020500 –Connection to Existing Systems
D.Section 312319 –Groundwater Control for Open Cut Excavation
E. Section 320117 -Pavement Repair and Restoration
F.Section 330518 –Laying and Jointing Buried Pipelines
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.Plant and Facilities: Furnish, install, maintain and remove all false work,
scaffolding, ladders, hoistways, braces, pumping plants, shields,trestles,
Section 015000
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TEMPORARY CONTROLS
Page 2 of 8
roadways, sheeting, centering forms, barricades, drains, flumes, and the like, any
of which may be needed in the construction of any part of the W ork and which are
not herein described or specified in detail. Accept responsibility for the safety and
efficiency of such works and for any damage that may result from their failure or
from their improper construction, maintenance or operation.
B.First Aid: Maintain a readily accessible, completely equipped first aid kit at each
location where work is in progress.
C.Safety Responsibility: Accept sole responsibility for safety and security at the site.
Indemnify and hold harmless the COUNTY and the County’s Manager or
designee, including the ENGINEER, for any safety violation, or noncompliance
with gov erning bodies and their regulations, and for accidents, deaths, injuries, or
damage at the site during occupancy or partial occupancy of the site by
CONTRACTOR's forces while performing any part of the Work.
D.Hazard Communication: Furnish two copies of the CONTRACTOR's Hazard
Communication Program required under OSHA regulations before beginning on
site activities. Furnish two copies of amendments to Hazard Communications
Program as they are prepared.
1.4 TE MPORARY UTILITIES
A.Water: Provide all necessary and required water without additional cost, unless
otherwise specified. If necessary, provide and lay water lines to the place of use;
secure all necessary permits; pay for all taps to water mains and hydrants and for
all water used at the established rates.
B.Light and Power: Provide without additional cost to the COUNTY temporary
lighting and power facilities required for the proper construction and inspection of
the Work. If, in the ENGINEER's opinion, these facilities are inadequate, do NOT
proceed with any portion of the Work affected thereby. Maintain temporary
lighting and power until the Work is accepted.
C.Heat: Provide temporary heat, whenever required, for work being performed
during cold weather to prevent freezing of concrete, water pipes, and other
damage to the Work or existing facilities.
D.Sanitary Facilities: Provide sufficient sanitary facilities for construction personnel.
Prohibit and prevent nuisances on the site of the Work or on adjoining property.
Discharge any employee who violates this rule. Abide by all environmental
regulations or laws applicable to the W ork.
1.5 TE MPORARY CONSTRUCTION
A.Bridges: Design and place suitable temporary bridges where necessary for the
maintenance of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. Assume responsibility for the
Section 015000
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TEMPORARY CONTROLS
Page 3 of 8
sufficiency and safety of all such temporary work or bridges and for any damage
that may result from their failure or their improper construction, maintenance, or
operation. Indemnify and save harmless the COUNTY and the COUNTY's
representatives from all claims, suits or actions, and damages or costs of every
description arising by reason of failure to comply with the above provisions.
1.6 BARRICADES, LIGHTS AND ENCLOSURES
A.Protection of Workmen and Public: Effect and maintain at all times during the
prosecution of the Work, barriers, lights and enclosures necessary for the
protection of workmen and the public. Perform all work within the County right-of-
wa y in strict accordance with the COUNTY Maintenance of Traffic Policy and
other applicable statutory requirements.
B.Provide suitable barricades, lights, signs and watchmen at excavation sites and all
other places where the Work causes obstructions to normal traffic or constitutes in
any way a hazard to the public.
1.7 FENCES
A.Existing Fences: Obtain written permission from property owner(s) prior to
relocating or dismantling fences that interfere with construction operations. Reach
agreements with the fence owner as to the period the fence may be left relocated
or dismantled. Install adequate gates where fencing must be maintained. Keep
gates closed and locked at all times when not in use.
B.Restoration: Restore all fences to their original or better condition and to their
original location on completion of the Work.
1.8 SECURITY
A.Preservation of Property:
1.Preserve from damage, all property along the line of the Work, in the vicinity
of or in any way affected by the Work, the removal or destruction of which is
not called for by the Drawings. Preserve from damage, public utilities, trees,
lawn areas, building monuments, fences, pipe and underground structures,
and public streets. Note: Normal wear and tear of streets resulting from
legitimate use by the CONTRACTOR are not considered as damage.
Whenever damages occur to such property, immediately restore to its
original condition. Costs for such repairs are incidental to the Contract.
2.In case of failure on the part of the CONTRACTOR to restore property or
make good on damage or injury, the County Manager or designee may,
upon 24 hours written notice, proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore
such property as may be deemed necessary, and the cost thereof will be
deducted from any moneys due or which may become due the
Section 015000
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TEMPORARY CONTROLS
Page 4 of 8
CONTRACTOR under this Contract. If removal, repair or replacement of
public or private property is made necessary by alteration of grade or
alignment authorized by the County Manager or designee and not
contemplated by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR will be
compensated, in accordance with the General Conditions, provided that
such property has not been damaged through fault of the CONTRACTOR or
the CONTRACTOR's employees.
B.Public Utility Installations and Structures:
1.Public utility installations and structures include all poles, tracks, pipes,
wires, conduits, vaults, valves, hydrants, manholes, and other
appurtenances and facilities, whether owned or controlled by public bodies
or privately owned individuals, firms or corporations, used to serve the public
with transportation, gas, electricity, telephone, storm and sanitary sewers,
wa ter, or other public or private utility services. Facilities appurtenant to
public or private property that may be affected by the Work are deemed
included hereunder.
2.The Contract Documents contain data relative to existing public utility
installations and structures above and below the ground surface. Existing
public utility installations and structures are indicated on the Drawings only
to the extent such information was made available to, or found by, the
ENGINEER in preparing the Drawings. These data are not guaranteed for
completeness or accuracy, and the CONTRACTOR is responsible for
making necessary investigations to become fully informed as to the
character, condition, and extent of all public utility installations and structures
that may be encountered and that may affect the construction operations.
3.Before starting construction, identify and mark all existing valves and
maintain access to the valves at all times during construction.
4.Contact utility locating service sufficiently in advance of the start of
construction to avoid damage to the utilities and delays to the completion
date.
5.If existing utilities are damaged during the Work, immediately notify the
owner of the affected utility. In coordination with or as directed by the
owner,remove, replace, relocate, repair, rebuild, and secure any public
utility installations and structures damaged as a direct or indirect result of the
Work under this Contract. Costs for such work are incidental to the
Contract. Be responsible and liable for any consequential damages done to
or suffered by any public utility installations or structures. Assume and
accept responsibility for any injury, damage, or loss that may result from or
be consequent to interference with, or interruption or discontinuance of, any
public utility service.
Section 015000
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TEMPORARY CONTROLS
Page 5 of 8
6.At all times in the performance of Work, employ proven methods and
exercise reasonable care and skill to avoid unnecessary delay, injury,
damage, or destruction to public utility installations and structures. Avoid
unnecessary interference with, or interruption of, public utility services.
Cooperate fully with the owners thereof to that end.
7.Provide notice to the County Manager or designee of any proposed
connections to existing utilities, interruptions of service or shutdowns in
accordance with Section 020500. Give written notice to the owners of all
public utility installations and structures affected by proposed construction
operations sufficiently in advance of breaking ground in any area or on any
unit of the Work, to obtain their permission before disrupting the lines and to
allow them to take measures necessary to protect their interests. Advise the
Transportation Operations Department, Fire and Rescue Services of any
excavation in public streets or the temporary shut-off of any water main.
Provide at least 48 hours notice to all affected property owners whenever
service connections are taken out of service.
C.Work on Private Property: Work on this project will require operations on private
property, rights of wa y or easements. The County Manager or designee has
secured the appropriate easements or rights of entry from the affected property
owners. Comply with all easement or rights of entry provisions. Conduct
operations along rights-of-wa y and easements through private property to avoid
damage to the property and to minimize interference with its ordinary use. Upon
completion of the Work through such property, restore the surface and all fences
or other structures disturbed by the construction as nearly as possible to the
preconstruction conditions. Do not remove any material from private property
without the consent of the property owner or responsible party in charge of such
property. Hold the COUNTY harmless from any claim or damage arising out of or
in connection with the performance of work across and through private property.
D.Miscellaneous Structures: Assume and accept responsibility for all injuries or
damage to culverts, building foundations and walls, retaining walls, or other
structures of any kind met with during the prosecution of the Work. Assume and
accept liability for damages to public or private property resulting therefrom.
Adequately protect against freezing all pipes carrying liquid.
E.Protection of Trees and Lawn Areas:
1.Protect with boxes, trees and shrubs, except those ordered to be removed.
Do not place excavated material so as to cause injury to such trees or
shrubs. Replace trees or shrubs destroyed by accident or negligence of the
CONTRACTOR or CONTRACTOR's employees with new stock of similar
size and age, at the proper season, at no additional cost to the COUNTY. If
required by Contract Documents, provide preconstruction audio-video
recording of project in accordance with the Technical Specifications.
Section 015000
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TEMPORARY CONTROLS
Page 6 of 8
2.Leave lawn areas in as good condition as before the start of the Work.
Restore areas where sod has been removed by seeding or sodding.
1.9 TE MPORARY CONTROLS
A.During Construction:
1.Keep the site of the Work and adjacent premises free from construction
materials, debris, and rubbish.Remove this material from any portion of the
site if such material, debris, or rubbish constitutes a nuisance or is
objectionable.
2.Remove from the site all surplus materials and temporary structures when
they are no longer needed.
3.Neatly stack construction materials such as concrete forms and scaffolding
when not in use. Store pipe to be incorporated into the Work in accordance
with AWWA standards. Promptly remove splattered concrete, asphalt, oil,
paint, corrosive liquids, and cleaning solutions from surfaces to prevent
marring or other damage.
4.Properly store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from
the site daily.
5.Do not bury or burn on the site or dispose of into storm drains, sanitary
sewers, streams, or waterways, any waste material. Remove all wastes
from the site and dispose of in a manner complying with applicable
ordinances and laws.
B.Smoke Prevention:
1.Strictly observe all air pollution control regulations.
2.Open fires will be allowed only if permitted under current ordinances.
C.Noises:
1.In accordance with the COUNTY’s Noise Ordinance, maintain acceptable
noise levels in the vicinity of the W ork. Limit noise production to acceptable
levels by using special mufflers, barriers, enclosures, equipment positioning,
and other approved methods.
2.Supply written notification to the County Manager or designee sufficiently in
advance of the start of any work that violates this provision. Proceed only
when all applicable authorizations and variances have been obtained in
writing.
Section 015000
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TEMPORARY CONTROLS
Page 7 of 8
D. Hours of Operation:
1.Operation of construction equipment is only permitted Monday through
Saturday, 7:00 AM to 7:00 PM. Obtain written consent from the County
Manager or designee for operation of construction equipment during any
other period.
2.Do not carry out non-emergency work, including equipment moves, on
Sundays without prior written authorization by the County Manager or
designee.
E.Dust Control:
1.Take measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Keep earth surfaces exposed
to dusting moist with water or a chemical dust suppressant. Cover materials
in piles or while in transit to prevent blowing or spreading dust.
2.Adequately protect buildings or operating facilities that may be affected
adversely by dust. Protect machinery, motors, instrument panels, or similar
equipment by suitable dust screens. Include proper ventilation with dust
screens.
F.Temporary Drainage Provisions:
1.Provide for the drainage of stormwater and any water applied or discharged
on the site in performance of the Work. Provide adequate drainage facilities
to prevent damage to the Work, the site, and adjacent property.
2.Supplement existing drainage channels and conduits as necessary to carry
all increased runoff from construction operations. Construct dikes as
necessary to divert increased runoff from entering adjacent property (except
in natural channels), to protect the COUNTY's facilities and the Work, and to
direct water to drainage channels or conduits. Provide ponding as
necessary to prevent downstream flooding.
3.Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping
equipment. Dewater trenches in accordance with Sections 312319 and
330518.
G.Pollution: Prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes,
sediment, debris, and other substances resulting from construction activities. Do
not permit sanitary wastes to enter any drain or watercourse other than sanitary
sewers. Do not permit sediment, debris, or other substances to enter sanitary
sewers. Take reasonable measures to prevent such materials from entering any
drain or watercourse.
Section 015000
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TEMPORARY CONTROLS
Page 8 of 8
1.10 TRAFFIC REGULATION
A.Parking: Provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all
construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in
connection with the Contract, to avoid any need for parking personal vehicles
where they may interfere with public traffic or construction activities.
B.Access: Conduct Work to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether
vehicular or pedestrian. Provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours,
or other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private travel.
Whenever it is necessary to cross, obstruct, or close roads, driveways, and walks,
whether public or private, give reasonable notice to owners of private drives
before interfering with them. Such maintenance of traffic will not be required when
the CONTRACTOR has obtained permission from the owner or tenant of private
property, or from the authority having jurisdiction over the public property involved,
to obstruct traffic at the designated point.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
Section 015526
COLLIER COUNTY TRAFFIC REGULATION AND PUBLIC SAFETY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 015526
TRAFFIC REGULATION AND PUBLIC SAFETY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. General Requirements
B. Traffic Control
C. Public Safety
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 015000 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
B. Section 320117 – Pavement Repair and Restoration
C. Section 330201 – Roadway Crossings by Open Cut
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform all work within COUNTY rights-of-way in strict accordance with the
County’s Maintenance of Traffic Policy and other applicable statutory
requirements to protect the public safety.
B. Be responsible for providing safe and expeditious movement of traffic through
construction zones. A construction zone is defined as the immediate areas of
actual construction and all abutting areas which are used by the CONTRACTOR
and which interfere with the driving or walking public.
C. Remove temporary equipment and facilities when no longer required. Restore
grounds to original or specified conditions.
D. The requirements specified herein are in addition to the plan for Maintenance of
Traffic as specified in Section 330201.
1.4 TRAFFIC CONTROL
A. Include as necessary precautions, not to be limited to, such items as proper
construction warning signs, signals, lighting devices, marking, barricades,
channelization, and hand signaling devices. Be responsible for installation and
maintenance of all devices and requirements for the duration of the Construction
period.
Section 015526
COLLIER COUNTY TRAFFIC REGULATION AND PUBLIC SAFETY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
B.Provide notice, at least five (5) working days prior to construction, to the State or
County Department of Transportation of the necessity to close any portion of a
roadway carrying vehicles or pedestrians so that the final approval of such
closings can be obtained at least 48 hours in advance. At no time will more than
one (1) lane of roadway be closed to vehicles and pedestrians. With any such
closings make adequate provision for the safe expeditious movement of each.
C.Be responsible for notifying Transportation Operations Department, Police, Fire,
and other Emergency Departments whenever construction is within roadways and
of the alternate routes.
D.Be responsible for removal, relocation, or replacement of any traffic control device
in the construction area that exists as part of the normal pre-construction traffic
control scheme.
E.Immediately notify the County Manager or designee of any vehicular or pedestrian
safety or efficiency problems incurred as a result of the construction of the project.
F.Be responsible for notifying all residents of any road construction and limited
access at least 72 hours in advance.
1.5 PUBLIC SAFETY (DURING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION OR REPAIR)
A.In areas of high vehicular traffic, provide a safe walkway around the work area.
B.Use barricades or other barriers to prevent any possibility of injury to the public
caused by the CONTRACTOR's work.
C.Keep walk areas around the work areas clean of sand, stones, and any other
material that could cause a pedestrian accident.
D.Barricade work areas left overnight. Install flashing warning lights in areas
required by the COUNTY.
E.Unless an approved detour is provided at any open cut crossings, a minimu m
of one-way traffic will be maintained during the daylight hours and two-way
traffic at night. All traffic detours will be restricted to limits of the Right-of-Way
with necessary flagmen and/or marking devices. These detours shall be
approved by the COUNTY. Detour of traffic outside of the Right-of-Way will be
considered with the approval of local governmental agencies and private
concerns involved.
F.Crossing and Intersections: Do not isolate residences and places of business.
Provide access to all residences and places of business whenever
construction interferes with existing means of access. Maintain access at all
times. If pavement is disturbed, a cold mix must be applied at the end of the
day.
Section 015526
COLLIER COUNTY TRAFFIC REGULATION AND PUBLIC SAFETY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
G.Detours
1.Construct and maintain detour facilities wherever it becomes necessary
to divert traffic from any existing roadway or bridge, or wherever
construction operations block the flow of traffic. The location of all detours
will require prior approval of the COUNTY.
2.Furnishing of Devices and Barriers: Furnish all traffic control devices
(including signs), warning devices and barriers. Costs of such devices
shall be incidental to construction and included in unit prices bid.
3.Maintenance of Devices and Barriers: Keep traffic control devices,
warning devices and barriers in the correct position, properly directed,
clearly visible and clean, at all times. Immediately repair replace or clean
damaged, defaced or dirty devices or barriers as necessary.
H.Flagmen: Provide certified flagmen (flaggers) to direct traffic where one-way
operation in a single lane is in effect and in other situations as may be
required. Radios may be required if flagmen cannot maintain contact with
each other.
I.Utilize all necessary signs, flagmen, and other safety devices during
construction.
J.Perform all work with the requirements set forth by the Occupational Safety
Health Administration.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED.
PART 3 EXECUTION
NOT USED.
END OF SECTION
Section 015526
COLLIER COUNTY TRAFFIC REGULATION AND PUBLIC SAFETY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 015713
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL FOR
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IMPACTING LESS THAN ONE ACRE,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRING DEWATERING
Page 1 of 6
SECTION 015713
TE MPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IMPACTING LESS THAN ONE ACRE,
INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRING DEWATERING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A.The work specified in this Section consists of designing, providing, maintaining
and removing temporary erosion and sedimentation controls as necessary.
B.Temporary erosion controls include, but are not limited to rip rap channels, road
stabilization, grassing, mulching, setting, watering, and reseeding onsite surfaces
and spoil and borrow area surfaces and providing interceptor ditches at ends of
berms and at those locations which will ensure that erosion during construction
will be either eliminated or maintained within acceptable limits as established by
the COUNTY.
C.Temporary sedimentation controls include, but are not limited to;silt dams, traps,
barriers, public and private on-and off-site storm sewer inlets protectors, and
appurtenances at the foot of sloped surfaces which will ensure that sedimentation
pollution will be either eliminated or maintained within acceptable limits as
established by the COUNTY.
D.If required by regulation or COUNTY, CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing
an approved Erosion Control Plan for effective temporary erosion and sediment
control measures during construction or until final controls become effective.
1.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
A.South Florida Building Code and Standard Building Code.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 EROSION CONTROL
A.Sodding and Seeding is specified in Section 329200.
B.Rip Rap Channel.
C.Road Stabilization.
Section 015713
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL FOR
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IMPACTING LESS THAN ONE ACRE,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRING DEWATERING
Page 2 of 6
D.Netting -fabricated of material acceptable to the County Manager or designee.
2.2 SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
A.Temporary Sediment Trap.
B.Sediment Fence.
C.Bales -clean, seed free pine needle or cereal hay type.
D.Netting -fabricated of material acceptable to the County Manager or designee.
E.Filter Stone -crushed stone conforming to Florida Department of Transportation
specifications.
F.Concrete Block -hollow, non-load-bearing type.
G.Concrete -exterior grade not less than one inch thick.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EROSION CONTROL
A.Minimum procedures for grassing are:
1.Scarify slopes to a depth of not less than six inches and remove large clods,
rock, stumps, roots larger than 1/2 inch in diameter and debris.
2.Sow seed within twenty-four (24) hours after the ground is scarified with
either mechanical seed drills or rotary hand seeders.
3.Apply mulch loosely and to a thickness of between 3/4 inch and 1-1/2 inches.
4.Apply netting over mulched areas on sloped surfaces.
5.Roll and water seeded areas in a manner which will encourage sprouting of
seeds and growing of grass. Reseed areas that exhibit unsatisfactory growth
(less than 70 percent coverage). Backfill and seed eroded areas, removing
eroded material from effected drainage facilities.
B.Minimum procedures for rip rap channel are:
1.Clear the foundation of all trees, stumps, and roots.
Section 015713
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL FOR
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IMPACTING LESS THAN ONE ACRE,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRING DEWATERING
Page 3 of 6
2.Excavate the bottom and sides of the channel 30 inches below grade at all
points to allow for the placement of riprap as shown in the typical
cross-section in the Standard Details.
3.Install extra strength filter fabric on the bottom and sides of the channel
foundation, placing the upstream fabric over the downstream fabric with at
least a 1 foot overlap on all joints. The fabric is to be securely held in place
with metal pins.
4.Place riprap evenly to the lines and grades shown on the drawings and
staked in the field. Place riprap immediately following the installation of the
filter fabric.
5.Riprap shall meet the specification for F.D.O.T. Class 2 Riprap.
6.Restore all disturbed areas in accordance with a vegetation plan submitted in
advance and approved by the County Manager or designee.
C.Minimum Procedures for road stabilization are:
1.Clear roadbed and parking areas of all vegetation, roots and other
objectionable material.
2.Provide surface drainage.
3.Spread 6 inch course of lime rock evenly over the full width of road and
parking area and smooth to avoid depressions.
4.After grading, seed or resod all disturbed areas adjoining roads and parking
areas conforming to existing conditions prior to construction.
3.2 SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
A.Install and maintain silt dams, traps, barriers, and appurtenances as required.
Replace deteriorated hay bales and dislodged filter stone.
B.Minimum requirements for sediment trap:
1.Clear, grub and strip the area under the embankment of all vegetation and
root mat.
2.Clear retention area to elevation as approved by the County Manager or
designee.
3.Use fill material free of roots, woody vegetation and organic matter. Place
fill in lifts not to exceed 9 inches and machine compact.
Section 015713
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL FOR
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IMPACTING LESS THAN ONE ACRE,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRING DEWATERING
Page 4 of 6
4.Construct dam and stone spillway to dimensions, slopes and elevations
shown.
5.Ensure that the spillway crest is level and at least 18 inches below the top of
the dam at all points.
6.Stone used for spillway section -Class "B" erosion control stone.
7.Stone used on inside spillway face to control drainage -#67 washed stone.
8.Extend stone outlet section to vegetated road ditch on zero grade with top
elevation of stone level with bottom of drain.
9.Ensure that the top of the dam at all points is 6 inches above natural
surrounding ground.
10.Stabilize the embankment and all disturbed area above the sediment pools
as shown in the vegetation plan.
C.Minimum requirements for sediment fence:
1.Construct sediment fence on low side of topsoil stockpile to prevent
sediment from being washed into the drainage system. Fence to extend
around approximately 70 percent of the perimeter of the stockpile. Fence
must be unobstructed so as to maintain a minimum of 75 percent of its
design flow rate.
2.Locate posts down slope of fabric to help support fencing.
3.Bury toe of fence approximately 8 inches deep to prevent undercutting.
4.When joints are necessary, securely fasten the fabric at a support post with
overlap to the next post.
5.Filter fabric shall be of nylon, polyester, propylene or ethylene yarn with
extra strength –50 pounds per linear inch (minimum) -and with a flow rate
of at least 0.30 gallons per foot per minute. Fabric should contain ultraviolet
ray inhibitors and stabilizers.
6.Post to be 4-inch diameter pine with a minimum length of 4 feet.
D.Minimum Requirement for stormwater facilities protection:
Section 015713
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL FOR
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IMPACTING LESS THAN ONE ACRE,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRING DEWATERING
Page 5 of 6
1.Public and private stormsewer facilities, both on and offsite, shall be
protected at all inlets affected by construction. Stormsewer facilities
include streets, inlets, pipes, ditches, swales, canals, culverts, control
structures, and detention/retention areas.
2.Grated drop inlets shall be rapped with filter fabric in a manner that
allows removal of accumulated sediment from the fabric before removing
the grate.
3.Curb inlets shall be protected from sediment, turbid water from
stormwater or dewatering activities; also construction debris, concrete
mi x and rinsate, and any other pollution.
4.Stormwater runoff entering such stormsewer inlets and stormwater
detention/retention facilities with a turbidity greater than 50 NTU shall be
considered to be in non-compliance with these regulations.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A.Should any of the temporary erosion and sediment control measures employed
fail to produce results which comply with the requirements of the State of Florida,
immediately take steps necessary to correct the deficiency at no expense to the
COUNTY. Sedimentation or turbid water violations to stormwater facilities on or
offsite shall require the contractor to remove all sediment from the affected
facilities.
END OF SECTION
Section 015713
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL FOR
COLLIER COUNTY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IMPACTING LESS THAN ONE ACRE,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRING DEWATERING
Page 6 of 6
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 12
SECTION 016100
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A.Description
B.Substitutions
C.Manufacturer's Written Instructions
D.Transportation and Handling
E.Storage, Protection and Maintenance
F.Manufacturer's Field Quality Control Services
G.Post Startup Services
H.Special Tools and Lubricating Equipment
I.Lubrication
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A.Proposed Manufacturers List: W ithin 15 calendar days of the date of the Notice to
Proceed, submit to the ENGINEER a list of the names of proposed manufacturers,
material men, suppliers and subcontractors, obtain approval of this list by the
County Manager or designee prior to submission of any working drawings. Upon
request submit evidence to ENGINEER that each proposed manufacturer has
manufactured a similar product to the one specified and that it has previously
been used for a like purpose for a sufficient length of time to demonstrate its
satisfactory performance.
B.All material and equipment designed or used in connection with a potable
(drinking) water system shall conform to the requirements of the National
Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Standard 61, “Drinking Water System Components –
Health Effects.”
C.Furnish and install Material and Equipment which meets the following:
1.Conforms to applicable specifications and standards.
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 12
2.Complies with size, make, type, and quality specified or as specifically
approved, in writing, by ENGINEER.
3.Will fit into the space provided with sufficient room for operation and
maintenance access and for properly connecting piping, ducts and services,
as applicable. Make the clear spaces that will be available for operation and
maintenance access and connections equal to or greater than those shown
and meeting all the manufacturers' requirements. If adequate space is not
available, the CONTRACTOR shall advise the ENGINEER for resolution.
4.Manufactured and fabricated in accordance with the following:
a.Design, fabricate, and assemble in accordance with best engineering
and shop practices.
b.Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gauges,
to be interchangeable.
c.Provide two or more items of same kind identical, by same
manufacturer.
d.Provide materials and equipment suitable for service conditions.
e.Adhere to equipment capabilities, sizes, and dimensions shown or
specified unless variations are specifically approved, in writing, in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
f.Adapt equipment to best economy in power consumption and
maintenance. Proportion parts and components for stresses that may
occur during continuous or intermittent operation, and for any
additional stresses that may occur during fabrication or installation.
g.Working parts are readily accessible for inspection and repair, easily
duplicated and replaced.
5.Use material or equipment only for the purpose for which it is designed or
specified.
1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS
A.Substitutions:
1.Make any CONTRACTOR's requests for changes in equipment and
materials from those required by the Contract Documents in writing, for
approval by the COUNTY. Such requests are considered requests for
substitutions and are subject to CONTRACTOR's representations and
review provisions of the Contract Documents when one of following
conditions are satisfied:
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 12
a.Where request is directly related to an "or County approved equal"
clause or other language of same effect in Specifications.
b.Where required equipment or material cannot be provided within
Contract Time, but not as result of CONTRACTOR's failure to pursue
Work promptly or to coordinate various activities properly.
c.Where required equipment or material cannot be provided in manner
compatible with other materials of W ork, or cannot be properly
coordinated therewith.
2.CONTRACTOR'S Options:
a.Where more than one choice is available as options for
CONTRACTOR's selection of equipment or material, select option
compatible with other equipment and materials already selected
(which may have been from among options for other equipment and
materials).
b.Where compliance with specified standard, code or regulation is
required, select from among products that comply with requirements of
those standards, codes, and regulations.
c.Or County approved Equal: For equipment or materials specified by
naming one or more equipment manufacturer(s)and "or County
approved equal", submit request for substitution for any equipment or
manufacturer not specifically named.
B.Conditions Which are Not Substitution:
1.Requirements for substitutions do not apply to CONTRACTOR options on
materials and equipment provided for in the Specifications.
2.Revisions to Contract Documents, where requested by the County Manager
or designee or ENGINEER, are "changes" not "substitutions".
3.CONTRACTOR's determination of and compliance with governing
regulations and orders issued by governing authorities do not constitute
substitutions and do not constitute basis for a Change Order, except as
provided for in Contract Documents.
1.4 MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS
A.Instruction Distribution: When the Contract Documents require that installation,
storage, maintenance and handling of equipment and materials comply with
manufacturer's written instructions, obtain and distribute printed copies of such
instructions to parties involved in installation, including six copies to ENGINEER.
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 12
1.Maintain one set of complete instructions at jobsite during storage and
installation, and until completion of work.
B.Manufacturer's Requirements: Store, maintain, handle, install, connect, clean,
condition, and adjust products in accordance with manufacturer's written
instructions and in conformity with Specifications.
1.Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's
instructions, consult ENGINEER for further instructions.
2.Do not proceed with work without written instructions.
C.Performance Procedures: Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions. Do not omit preparatory steps or installation procedures,
unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents.
1.5 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A.Coordination with Schedule: Arrange deliveries of materials and equipment in
accordance with Construction Progress Schedules. Coordinate to avoid conflict
with work and conditions at site.
1.Deliver materials and equipment in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's
original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible.
2.Protect bright machined surfaces, such as shafts and valve faces, with a
heavy coat of grease prior to shipment.
3.Immediately upon delivery, inspect shipments to determine compliance with
requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals and that
material and equipment are protected and undamaged.
B.Handling: Provide equipment and personnel to handle material and equipment by
methods recommended by manufacturer to prevent soiling or damage to materials
and equipment or packaging.
1.6 STORAGE, PROTECTION,AND MAINTENANCE
A.On-site storage areas and buildings:
1.Conform storage buildings to requirements of Section 015000.
2.Coordinate location of storage areas with ENGINEER and the COUNTY.
3.Arrange on site storage areas for proper protection and segregation of
stored materials and equipment with proper drainage. Provide for safe
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 12
travel around storage areas and safe access to stored materials and
equipment.
4.Store loose granular materials in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to
prevent mixing with foreign matter.
5.Store materials such as pipe, reinforcing and structural steel, and equipment
on pallets, blocks or racks, off ground.
6.PVC Pipe may be damaged by prolonged exposure to direct sunlight, take
necessary precautions during storage and installation to avoid this damage.
Store pipe under cover, and install with sufficient backfill to shield it from the
sun.
7.Store fabricated materials and equipment above ground, on blocking or
skids, to prevent soiling or staining. Cover materials and equipment that are
subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate
ventilation to avoid condensation.
B.Interior Storage:
1.Store materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible.
2.Store materials and equipment, subject to damage by elements, in
weathertight enclosures.
3.Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges required by manufacturer's
instructions.
C.Accessible Storage: Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for
inspection and inventory. Make periodic inspections of stored materials or
equipment to assure that materials or equipment are maintained under specified
conditions and free from damage or deterioration.
1.Perform maintenance on stored materials of equipment in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions, in presence of the County Manager or designee
or ENGINEER.
2.Submit a report of completed maintenance to ENGINEER with each
Application for Payment.
3.Failure to perform maintenance, to notify ENGINEER of intent to perform
maintenance or to submit maintenance report may result in rejection of
material or equipment.
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 12
D.COUNTY's Responsibility: The COUNTY assumes no responsibility for materials
or equipment stored in buildings or on-site. CONTRACTOR assumes full
responsibility for damage due to storage of materials or equipment.
E.CONTRACTOR's Responsibility: For COUNTY Capital Improvement Projects, the
CONTRACTOR assumes full responsibility for protection of completed
construction until facilities (or portions of facilities) are accepted for operation and
placed in service. Repair and restore damage to completed Work equal to its
original condition.
F.Special Equipment: Use only rubber tired wheelbarrows, buggies, trucks, or
dollies to wheel loads over finished floors,regardless if the floor has been
protected or not. This applies to finished floors and to exposed concrete floors as
we ll as those covered with composition tile or other applied surfacing.
G.Surface Damage: Where structural concrete is also the finished surface, take
care to avoid marking or damaging surface.
1.7 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES
A.General:
1.Provide manufacturer's field services in accordance with this subsection for
those tasks specified in other sections.
2.Include and pay all costs for suppliers' and manufacturers' services,
including, but not limited to, those specified.
B.Installation Instruction: Provide instruction by competent and experienced
technical representatives of equipment manufacturers or system suppliers as
necessary to resolve assembly or installation procedures that are attributable to,
or associated with, the equipment furnished.
C.Installation Inspection, Adjustments and Startup Participation:
1.Provide competent and experienced technical representatives of equipment
manufacturers or system suppliers to inspect the completed installation as
follows.
a.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for
proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, or for
other conditions that may cause damage.
b.Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical
characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system
manufacturer.
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 12
c.Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are
complete.
d.Verify that equipment or system is installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, approved shop drawings and the
Contract Documents.
e.Verify that nothing in the installation voids any warranty.
2.Provide manufacturer's representatives to perform initial equipment and
system adjustment and calibration conforming to the manufacturer's
recommendations and instructions, approved shop drawings and the
Contract Documents.
3.Start-up of Equipment: Provide prior written notice of proposed start-up to
the County Manager or designee and ENGINEER. Obtain ENGINEER's
approval before start-up of equipment. COUNTY’s departmental
representative must be on-site during start-up. Execute start-up under
supervision of applicable manufacturer's representative in accordance with
manufacturers' instructions.
4.Furnish ENGINEER with three copies of the following. When training is
specified, furnish the copies at least 48 hours prior to training.
a."Certificate of Installation, Inspection and Start-up Services" by
manufacturers' representatives for each piece of equipment and each
system specified, certifying:
(1)That equipment is installed in accordance with the
manufacturers' recommendations, approved shop drawings,and
the Contract Documents.
(2)That nothing in the installation voids any warranty.
(3)That equipment has been operated in the presence of the
manufacturer's representative.
(4)That equipment, as installed, is ready to be operated by others.
b.Detailed report by manufacturers' representatives, for review by
ENGINEER of the installation, inspection and start-up services
performed, including:
(1)Description of calibration and adjustments if made; if not in
Operation and Maintenance Manuals, attach copy.
(2)Description of any parts replaced and why replaced.
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 12
(3)Type, brand name, and quantity of lubrication used, if any.
(4)General condition of equipment.
(5)Description of problems encountered, and corrective action
taken.
(6)Any special instructions left with CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER.
D.Field Test Participation: Provide competent and experienced technical
representatives of all equipment manufacturers and system suppliers as
necessary to participate in field testing of the equipment specified in Section
014500.
E.Trouble-Free Operation: Provide competent and experienced technical
representatives of all equipment manufacturers and system suppliers as
necessary to place the equipment in trouble-free operation after completion of
start-up and field tests.
1.8 SPECIAL TOOLS AND LUBRICATING EQUIPMENT
A.General: Furnish, per manufacturer's recommendations, special tools required for
checking, testing, parts replacement, and maintenance. (Special tools are those
wh ich have been specially designed or adapted for use on parts of the equipment,
and which are not customarily and routinely carried by maintenance mechanics.)
B.Time of Delivery: Deliver special tools and lubricating equipment to the COUNTY
when unit is placed into operation and after operating personnel have been
properly instructed in operation, repair, and maintenance of equipment.
C.Quality: Provide tools and lubricating equipment of a quality meeting equipment
manufacturer's requirements.
1.9 LUBRICATION
A.General: Where lubrication is required for proper operation of equipment,
incorporate in the equipment the necessary and proper provisions in accordance
with manufacturer's requirements. Where possible, make lubrication automated
and positive.
B.Oil Reservoirs: Where oil is used, supply reservoir of sufficient capacity to
lubricate unit for a 24-hour period.
1.10 WARRANTY
A.Provide copies of any warranties of materials or equipment to the County Manager
or designee with documentation showing compliance with warranty requirements.
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 12
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 12
CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION, INSPECTION AND START-UP SERVICES
Project
Equipment
Specification Section
Contract
I hereby certify that the named equipment has been inspected, adjusted and operated by the
Manufacturers' Representative and further certify:
1. That the equipment is installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, approved shop drawings, and the Contract Documents.
2. That nothing in the installation voids any warranty.
3. That equipment has been operated in the presence of the manufacturer's
representative.
4. That equipment, as installed, is ready to be operated by others.
MANUFACTURERS' REPRESENTATIVE
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
Representing
CONTRACTOR
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
Attach the detailed report called for by Specification Section 016100.
Complete and submit three copies of this form with the detailed report to ENGINEER as
specified.
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 12
CERTIFICATE OF POST START-UP SERVICES
Project
Equipment
Specification Section
Contract
I hereby certify the Manufacturers' Representative has inspected this equipment, made adjustments and
calibrations, and that it is operating in conformance with the design, specifications, and manufacturer's
requirements. Detailed notation of improper operation with corresponding recommendations, if any, are made
and attached to this form.
MANUFACTURERS' REPRESENTATIVE
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
Representing
CONTRACTOR
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
ENGINEER
Signature Date
Name (print)
Title
Complete and submit three copies of this form to the County Manager or designee upon
completion of 6 to 11 months reinspection as required by Specification Section 016100.
Section 016100
COLLIER COUNTY MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 12
END OF SECTION
Section 017300
COLLIER COUNTY MISCELLANEOUS WORK AND CLEANUP
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 017300
MISCELLANEOUS WORK AND CLEANUP
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF W ORK
A.Th is Section includes operations that cannot be specified in detail as separate
items but can be sufficiently described as to the kind and extent of work involved.
Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals to complete the work under
this Section.
B.The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1.Restoring of sidewalks, driveways, curbing and gutters.
2.Crossing utilities.
3.Relocation of existing water lines, low pressure, gas lines, telephone lines,
electric lines, cable TV lines and storm drains as necessary, all as shown on
the drawings.
4.Restoring easements and rights-of-ways.
5.Cleaning up.
6.Incidental work.
1.2 WORK SPECIFIED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
A.Complete all work in a workmanlike manner by competent workmen in full
compliance with all applicable sections of these Specifications.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.Materials required for this Section shall be of at least the same type and quality as
materials that are to be restored. Where possible, reuse existing materials that
are removed and then replaced, with the exception of paving.
Section 017300
COLLIER COUNTY MISCELLANEOUS WORK AND CLEANUP
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 RESTORING OF CURBING, FENCES, AND GUARD RAILS
A.Protect existing curbing. If necessary, remove curbing from joint to joint and
replace after backfilling. Replace curbing that is damaged during construction with
curbing of equal quality and dimension.
3.2 CROSSING UTILITIES
A.Th is item shall include any extra work required in crossing culverts, water courses,
drains, water mains, and other utilities, including all sheeting and bracing, extra
excavation and backfill, or any other work required for the crossing, whether or not
shown on the drawings.
3.3 RELOCATIONS OR REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING GAS LINES, TELEPHONE
LINES, ELECTRIC LINES, CABLE TV LINES AND DRAINAGE CULVERT
A.Notify the proper authority of the utility involved when relocation or replacement of
these lines is required. Coordinate all work by the utility so that the progress of
construction will not be hampered.
B.Reference all side drains, side ditches, swales, and storm sewers as to grade and
location prior to construction, maintain them during construction, and repair them
as necessary after construction. Where drainage structures are disturbed and
must be replaced, the minimum size replacement shall be twelve inches (12"). All
drainage culverts installed shall have mitered ends in conformance with the Collier
County Standard Details. Place the culvert to the specified elevations and
regrade or reshape the swale and road shoulders that have been disturbed or
damaged during construction.
3.4 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY
A.Protection and Restoration of Property: During the course of construction, take
special care and provide adequate protection in order to minimize damage to
vegetation, surfaced areas, and structures within the construction right-of-wa y,
easement or site, and take full responsibility for the replacement or repair thereof.
Immediately repair any damage to private property created by encroachment
thereon. Should the removal or trimming of valuable trees, shrubs, or grass be
required to facilitate the installation within the designated construction area, this
work shall be done in cooperation with the County and/or local communities which
the work takes place.Said valuable vegetation, removed or damaged, shall be
replanted, if possible, or replaced by items of equal quality, and maintained until
growth is re-established. Topsoil damaged in the course of work shall be replaced
in kind with suitable material, graded to match existing grade. Following
construction completion, the work area along the route of the installation shall be
finish grade to elevations compatible with the adjacent surface, with grassing or
hand raking required within developed areas.
Section 017300
COLLIER COUNTY MISCELLANEOUS WORK AND CLEANUP
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
B.Existing lawn surfaces damaged by construction shall be re-graded and re-sodded
or re-seeded. These areas shall be maintained until all work under this Contract
has been completed and accepted.
3.5 CLEANING UP
A.Remove all construction material, excess excavation, buildings, equipment and
other debris remaining on the job as a result of construction operations and shall
render the site of the work in a neat and orderly condition.
B.Work site clean-up shall follow construction operations without delay and in
accordance with Section 017423.
3.6 INCIDENTAL W ORK
A.Do all incidental work not otherwise specified, but obviously necessary for the
proper completion of the Contract as specified and as shown on the drawings.
END OF SECTION
Section 017300
COLLIER COUNTY MISCELLANEOUS WORK AND CLEANUP
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 017416
COLLIER COUNTY SITE CLEARING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 017416
SITE CLEARING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes: Requirements for clearing of all areas within the Contract limits
and other areas shown, including work designated in permits and other
agreements, in accordance with the requirements of Division 1.
B.Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes:
1.Section 024100 –Demolition
2.Section 312316 -Excavation -Earth and Rock
3.Section 312323 –Backfilling
4.Section 329200 –Restoration by Sodding or Seeding
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A.Clearing: Clearing is the removal from the ground surface and disposal, within the
designated areas, of trees, brush, shrubs, down timber, decayed wood, other
vegetation, rubbish and debris as well as the removal of fences.
B.Grubbing: Grubbing is the removal and disposal of all stumps, buried logs, roots
larger than 1-1/2 inches, matted roots and organic materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
A.Prior to site clearing, locate and mark all existing utilities in coordination with
the COUNTY and other affected owners. Protect all existing utilities and
markings from damage. In case of damage to existing utilities caused by
construction activities, contact the owner of the utility or appropriate COUNTY
department (Water or Wastewater) immediately. Repair any damage to
existing utilities or markings caused by construction activities in coordination
with or as directed by the owner of the utility.
Section 017416
COLLIER COUNTY SITE CLEARING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
3.2 TREE REMOVAL
A.Tree Removal W ithin Right-of-Way Limits: Remove trees and shrubs within the
right-of-way unless otherwise indicated.
1.Remove trees and shrubs to avoid damage to trees and shrubs designated
to remain.
2.Grub and remove tree stumps and shrubs felled within the right-of-way to an
authorized disposal site. Fill depressions created by such removal with
material suitable for backfill as specified in Section 312323.
B.Tree Removal Outside Right-of-Way Limits: Do not cut or damage trees outside
the right-of-way unless plans show trees to be removed or unless written
permission has been obtained from the property owner. Furnish three copies of
the written permission before removal operations commence.
C.If the landowner desires the timber or small trees, cut and neatly pile it in 4 foot
lengths for removal by the owner; otherwise, dispose of it by hauling it away from
the project site. If hauled timber is of merchantable quality, credit shall accrue to
the CONTRACTOR.
3.3 TREES AND SHRUBS TO BE SAVED
A.Protection: Protect trees and shrubs within the work limits that are so delineated
or are marked in the field to be saved from defacement, injury and destruction.
1.Work within the limits of the tree drip line with extreme care using either
hand tools or equipment that will not cause damage to trees.
a.Do not disturb or cut roots unnecessarily. Do not cut roots 1-1/2
inches and larger unless approved.
b.Immediately backfill around tree roots after completion of construction
in the vicinity of trees.
c.Do not operate any wheeled or tracked equipment within drip line.
2.Protect vegetation from damage caused by emissions from engine-powered
equipment.
3.During working operations, protect the trunk, foliage and root system of all
trees to be saved with boards or other guards placed as shown and as
required to prevent damage, injury and defacement.
a.Do not pile excavated materials within the drip line or adjacent to the
trunk of trees.
Section 017416
COLLIER COUNTY SITE CLEARING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
b.Do not allow runoff to accumulate around trunk of trees.
c.Do not fasten or attach ropes, cables, or guy wires to trees without
permission. W hen such permission is granted, protect the tree before
making fastening or attachments by providing burlap wrapping and
softwood cleats.
d.The use of axes or climbing spurs for trimming will not be permitted.
e.Provide climbing ropes during trimming.
4.Remove shrubs to be saved, taking a sufficient earth ball with the roots to
maintain the shrub.
a.Temporarily replant if required, and replace at the completion of
construction in a condition equaling that which existed prior to
removal.
b.Replace in kind if the transplant fails.
5.Have any tree and shrub repair performed by a tree surgeon properly
licensed by the State of Florida and within 24 hours after damage occurred.
3.4 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A.Clearing: Clear all items specified to the limits shown and remove cleared and
grubbed materials from the site.
1.Do not start earthwork operations in areas where clearing and grubbing is
not complete, except that stumps and large roots may be removed
concurrent with excavation.
2.Comply with erosion, sediment control and storm management measures as
specified in Division 1.
B.Grubbing: Clear and grub areas to be excavated, areas receiving less than 3 feet
of fill and areas upon which structures are to be constructed.
1.Remove stumps and root mats in these areas to a depth of not less than 18
inches below the subgrade of sloped surfaces.
2.Fill all depressions made by the removal of stumps or roots with material
suitable for backfill as specified in Section 312323.
C.Limited Clearing: Clear areas receiving more than 3 feet of fill by cutting trees and
shrubs as close as practical to the existing ground. Grubbing will not be required.
Section 017416
COLLIER COUNTY SITE CLEARING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
D.Dispose of all material and debris from the clearing and grubbing operation by
hauling such material and debris away to an approved dump. The cost of disposal
(including hauling) of cleared and grubbed material and debris shall be considered
a subsidiary obligation of the CONTRACTOR; include the cost in the bid for the
various classes of work.
3.5 TOPSOIL
A.Stripping: Strip existing topsoil from areas that will be excavated or graded prior
to commencement of excavating or grading and place in well-drained stockpiles in
approved locations.
END OF SECTION
Section 017423
COLLIER COUNTY CLEANING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 017423
CLEANING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:
A.General Requirements
B.Disposal Requirements
1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A.Execute cleaning during progress of the work and at completion of the work.
1.3 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A.Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances,
regulations, and anti-pollution laws.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION
A.Execute daily cleaning to keep the work, the site, and adjacent properties free from
accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and windblown debris, resulting from
construction operations.
B.Provide onsite containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
All waste materials including containers, food debris and other miscellaneous
materials must be disposed of daily in onsite containers.
C.Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the site periodically and dispose
of at legal disposal areas away from the site.
Section 017423
COLLIER COUNTY CLEANING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
3.2 FINAL CLEANING
A.Requirements: At the completion of work and immediately prior to final inspection,
clean the entire project as follows:
1.Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash, and polish all work and equipment provided
under the Contract, including finishes. Leave the structures and site in a
complete and finished condition to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
2.Direct all subcontractors to similarly perform, at the same time, an equivalent
thorough cleaning of all work and equipment provided under their contracts.
3.Remove all temporary structures and all debris, including dirt, sand, gravel,
rubbish and waste material.
4.Should the CONTRACTOR not remove rubbish or debris or not clean the
buildings and site as specified above, the OWNER reserves the right to have
the cleaning done at the expense of the CONTRACTOR.
B.Employ experienced workers, or professional cleaners, for final cleaning.
C.Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be
cleaned.
D.In preparation for substantial completion or occupancy, conduct final inspection of
sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and of concealed spaces.
E.Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials
from sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces. Polish surfaces so
designated to shine finish.
F.Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent
surfaces.
G.Replace air-handling filters if units were operated during construction.
H.Clean ducts, blowers, and coils, if air-handling units were operated without filters
during construction.
I.Vacuum clean all interior spaces, including inside cabinets.
J.Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. Do
not drop or throw materials from heights.
K.Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from
cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly-painted surfaces.
Section 017423
COLLIER COUNTY CLEANING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
L.Clean interior of all panel cabinets, pull boxes, and other equipment enclosures.
M.Wash and wipe clean all lighting fixtures, lamps, and other electrical equipment
that may have become soiled during installation.
N.Perform touch-up painting.
O.Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of the grounds.
P.Remove erection plant, tools, temporary structures and other materials.
Q.Remove and dispose of all water, dirt, rubbish or any other foreign substances.
3.3 FINAL INSPECTION
A.After cleaning is complete the final inspection may be scheduled. The inspection
will be done with the OW NER and ENGINEER.
END OF SECTION
Section 017423
COLLIER COUNTY CLEANING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 017823
COLLIER COUNTY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 017823
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A.Description
B.Quality Assurance
C.Format and Contents
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A.Scope: Furnish to the ENGINEER three (3) printed copies and one (1) electronic
copy of an Operation and Maintenance Manual for all equipment and associated
control systems furnished and installed.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Reference Codes and Specifications: No current government or commercial
specifications or documents apply.
1.4 FORMAT AND CONTENTS
A.Prepare and arrange each copy of the manual as follows:
1.One copy of an equipment data summary (see sample form) for each item of
equipment.
2.One copy of an equipment preventive maintenance data summary (see
sample form) for each item of equipment.
3.One copy of the manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions.
Operating instructions include equipment start-up, normal operation,
shutdown, emergency operation and troubleshooting. Maintenance
instructions include equipment installation, calibration and adjustment,
preventive and repair maintenance, lubrication, troubleshooting, parts list and
recommended spare parts. Include Manufacturer’s telephone numbers for
Technical Support.
4.List of electrical relay settings and control and alarm contact settings.
5.Electrical interconnection wiring diagram for equipment furnished including all
control and lighting systems.
Section 017823
COLLIER COUNTY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
6.One valve schedule giving valve number, location, fluid, and fluid destination
for each valve installed. Group all valves in same piping systems together in
the schedule. Obtain a sample of the valve numbering system from the
ENGINEER.
7.Furnish all O&M Manual material on 8-1/2 by 11 commercially printed or
typed forms or an acceptable alternative format.
B.Organize each manual into sections paralleling the equipment specifications.
Identify each section using heavy section dividers with reinforced holes and
numbered plastic index tabs. Use 3-ring, hard-back binders. Punch all loose data
for binding. Arrange composition and printing so that punching does not obliterate
any data. Print on the cover and binding edge of each manual the project title, and
manual title, as furnished and approved by the ENGINEER.
C.Leave all operating and maintenance material that comes bound by the equipment
manufacturer in its original bound state. Cross-reference the appropriate sections
of the CONTRACTOR's O&M manual to the manufacturers' bound manuals.
D.Label binders Volume 1, 2, and so on, where more than one binder is required.
Include the table of contents for the entire set, identified by volume number, in each
binder.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
Section 017823
COLLIER COUNTY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
Collier County Utilities
________________________
Equipment Data Summary
Equipment Name:Specification Reference:
Manufacturer:
Name:
Address:
Te lephone:
Number Supplied:Location/Service:
Model No:Serial No:
Type:
Size/Speed/Capacity/Range (as applicable):
Power Requirement (Phase/Volts/Hertz):
Local Representative:
Name:
Address:
Te lephone:
NOTES:
Section 017823
COLLIER COUNTY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
Collier County Utilities
________________________
Preventive Maintenance Summary
Equipment Name:Location:
Manufacturer:
Name:
Address:
Te lephone:
Model No:Serial No:
Maintenance
Task Lubricant/Part D W M Q SA A
O&M Manual
Reference
NOTES:
*D-Daily W -Weekly M-Monthly Q-Quarterly SA-Semi-Annual A-Annual
Section 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
Requirements for preparation, maintenance and submittal of project record documents.
The Contractor's attention is specifically directed to Part 3.2.B. of this Section, which
requires use of a Florida licensed surveyor to sign and seal all record drawings.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 014500 – Quality Control
B. Section 022100 – Lines and Grades
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide all submittals as specified.
B. At Contract close out, three (3) sets of signed and sealed Record Drawings for the
potable water OR non-potable irrigation water OR wastewater systems to be
conveyed shall be submitted to the County or District. If potable water AND
wastewater, AND/OR non-potable irrigation water systems or portion(s) thereof are
being conveyed, five (5) sets of signed and sealed Record Drawings shall be
submitted to the County.
C. Provide electronic submittal as specified in Part 3.2.B of this Section.
1.4 REQUIREMENTS (For County Capital Projects Only)
Contractor shall maintain at the site for the County one record copy of:
A. Drawings
B. Specifications
C. Addenda
D. Change orders and other modifications to the Contract
E. Design Engineer’s field orders or written instructions
F. Approved shop drawings, working drawings and samples
G. Field test records
PART 2 PRODUCTS (not used)
Section 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Project record documents shall be stored in Contractor’s field office or other
location approved by the County apart from documents used for construction
B. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not
use record documents for construction purposes.
C. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the County.
3.2 RECORDING
A. General
1. Record Drawings shall accurately depict the constructed configuration of all
potable water, non-potable irrigation water and/or wastewater systems or
portion(s) thereof. All revisions to County staff approved construction
drawings shall be precisely identified and illustrated on the Record
Drawings. All Record Drawings of utility systems or portion(s) thereof that
are not being conveyed to the Board shall bear, on the cover sheet, a
prominently displayed DISCLAIMER, in bold lettering at least one-quarter
(1/4) inch high, stating: "All on-site potable water, non-potable irrigation
and/or wastewater systems shall be owned, operated and maintained by
the private owner(s) and/or the master condominium/homeowners’
association, successors or assigns" (or other comparable private
ownership).
2. Label each document “PROJECT RECORD” or similar text in neat, large
printed letters.
3. Survey information can be obtained as needed by the use of 2-inch PVC
labeled pipes installed over underground improvements by the contractor
during construction. This method is an adequate process for obtaining
record information.
4. Record information in red ink.
B. Record Drawings
1. The Record Drawings require signed and sealed as-built information,
including above and below ground improvements including underground
piping, valves and ductbanks, by a Florida Licensed Land Surveyor.
2. The Record Drawings shall identify the entity that provided the record data.
3. Drawings shall be referenced to and tie-in with the state plane coordinate
system, with a Florida East Projection, and a North American Datum
1983/1990 (NAD 83/90 datum), and with United States Survey Feet
(USFEET) units, and North American Vertical Datum 1988 (NAVD 88), as
established by a registered Florida surveyor and mapper.
Section 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
4. Files shall be also submitted in two digital file formats, specifically Drawing File
(DWG) format in AutoCAD Release 2004 or later version as well as PDF format
(latest version).
5. Record drawings shall be submitted to the County staff within 60 days of the
final construction completion date.
6. The following items shall be accurately depicted in vertical and horizontal
directions on the Record Drawings:
a) All associated rights-of-way and utility easements whether shown on the
Contract Drawings, found during construction or added during the Work.
b) Sewer system inverts, pipe slopes, manhole rims and run lengths.
c) Sewer lateral locations stationed from the nearest downstream manhole.
d) Sewer main stub extension inverts at both ends, pipe slope, run length
and location.
e) Tie-ins to all valves, air release assemblies, fire hydrants, manholes,
blowoffs, etc.
f) Top elevations of treatment plant structures and tanks.
g) Manhole center for sanitary sewers and storm sewers as related to utility
improvements.
h) Pipe changes in direction or slope.
i) Buried valves, tees and fittings.
j) Pipe invert, or centerline, elevations at crossing with other pipe.
k) Invert, or centerline, elevations and coordinates of existing exposed pipe
at crossing with underground pipe installed under this project.
l) Other horizontal and vertical record data pertinent to completed Work.
m) Water meter box locations.
n) Locations of direct bury, conduits, handholes, junction boxes and vaults for
buried electric and communication cables shall be depicted from source to
County asset found in associated rights-of-way and utility easements.
7. Each pipe elevation shall be clearly identified as to whether it is top of pipe,
centerline of pipe or invert of pipe.
8. For County Capital Projects only, Record Drawings shall indicate all deviations
from Contract Drawings including:
a) Field changes.
b) Changes made by Change Order.
c) Details, utilities, piping or structures not on original Contract Drawings.
d) Equipment and piping relocations.
C. Specifications and Addenda (For County Capital Projects Only)
Section 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Legibly mark each Section to record:
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and
item of equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Field Order or Change Order.
D. Shop Drawings (For County Capital Projects Only)
1. Keep one copy of the final, approved shop drawing with the Record
Documents.
2. Record documents should include all shop drawing information submitted.
Additional information submitted during the review process should be filed
with the appropriate submittal.
END OF SECTION
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General Requirements
B. Submittals
C. Scheduling of Shutdown
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 011000 – Summary of Work
B. Section 015000 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
C. Section 015526 – Traffic Regulations and Public Safety
D. Section 320117 – Pavement Repair and Restoration
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Be responsible for all connection to existing systems, cutting, fitting and patching,
including attendant excavation and backfill, required to complete the work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the work to provide for installation of ill-timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract
Documents.
B. Coordination: Before connection is performed, verify and provide for any pipe
restraint that may be required for the new connection. Perform all cutting, fitting or
patching of the Work that may be required to make the several parts thereof join in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Perform restoration with competent
workmen skilled in the trade.
C. If changes to a “looped” water distribution system occurring during construction
result in dead ends to any new or relocated water mains, connect such dead
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ends to the nearest water main. In cases where no nearby water main is
available, provide a flushing device in coordination with the COUNTY at no
additional cost to the COUNTY.
D. Improperly Timed Work: Perform all cutting and patching required to install
improperly timed work, to remove samples of installed materials for testing, and to
provide for alteration of existing facilities or for the installation of new Work in the
existing construction.
E. Limitations: Except when the cutting or removal of existing construction is specified
or indicated, do not undertake any cutting or demolition, which may affect the
structural stability of the Work or existing facilities without the ENGINEER's
concurrence.
F. Collier County Damage Prevention Policy:
1. This policy has been put in place to avoid damage to Collier County underground
utilities. A minimum distance of five feet (5’) horizontally and eighteen inches (18”)
vertically must be maintained away from Collier County utilities (in accordance
with pipe separation criteria located in the Design Criteria section). Any and all
variations from this order must be approved by the Water or Wastewater
Department.
2. Before commencement of any excavation, the existing underground utilities
in the area affected by the work must be marked by Sunshine One Call, in
accordance with State Statute Chapter 556 “Underground Facility Damage
Prevention and Safety”, after proper notification to them by either calling
811 in Florida or toll free at 1-800-432-4770. Visit www.sunshine811.com for
more information. Before commencing excavation for the work, potholing
of all potential conflicts must be performed.
3. All lines in conflict must be physically located by the contractor. Any conflict shall
be reported to the utility and Collier County Public Utilities. Utilities under concrete
or pavement may require soft dig vacuum locates which also is the contractor’s
responsibility to perform. All utilities will be field marked per Sunshine State One
Call’s statutes and guidelines. For line verification or any other information
concerning locates, please call the Locate Department at 239-252-5922 during
normal business hours. For line verification or emergency locates after hours, call
emergency number 239-825-1444. In the event the potholing and/or vacuum
soft dig does not locate the marked utility, work must be stopped and the
affected utility owner contacted. Failure to comply with this policy and obtain
required signature(s) may result in revocation of existing right-of-way permits.
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a written request to the ENGINEER well in advance of executing any cutting
or alteration which affects:
1. Work of the COUNTY or any separate contractor.
2. Structural value or integrity of any element of the project or work.
3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements
or systems.
4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements.
5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
B. Include in request:
1. Identification of the work.
2. Description of affected work.
3. The necessity for cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. Effect on work of the COUNTY or any separate contract, or on structural or
weatherproof integrity of work.
5. Description of proposed work:
a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Trades who will execute the work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. Extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternatives to cutting and patching.
7. Cost proposal, when applicable.
8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected.
C. SUBMIT WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE ENGINEER DESIGNATING THE DATE AND
THE TIME THE WORK WILL BE UNCOVERED.
1.5 SCHEDULING OF SHUTDOWN
A. Connections to Existing Facilities: If any connections, replacement, or other work
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
requiring the shutdown of an existing facility is necessary, schedule such work at
times when the impact on the COUNTY's normal operation is minimal. If shutdown
involves the water distribution or transmission system, provide notice to the
COUNTY Water Department at least two (2) weeks prior to the proposed shutdown,
including date, time and anticipated length of interruption of service. Overtime, night
and weekend work without additional compensation from the COUNTY, may be
required to make these connections, especially if the connections are made at times
other than those specified. The connection of new or existing pipelines is prohibited
from starting until CONTRACTOR assures that the system can receive the new flow.
B. Interruptions of Service: Perform cut-ins into lines at a time approved in writing by
the County Manager or designee. Whenever it is required to turn off valves which
may interrupt the water supply of residents or businesses, notify all concerned
parties or agencies with personal contact, door hangers or written notice at least
forty-eight (48) hours in advance of such cut-off, after having obtained the approval
of the County Manager or designee. Provide a copy of the written notice to the Water
Distribution Section by fax. ONLY COUNTY PERSONNEL MAY OPERATE
COUNTY-OWNED VALVES. Maintain water service to existing connections during
construction, under any and all conditions and at no additional cost to the COUNTY.
Thoroughly clean and swab all pipe and fittings for cut-ins with a concentrated
solution of calcium hypochlorite.
C. Request for Water System Shutdowns: When plans call for connection to existing water
distribution facilities or the CONTRACTOR plans to shut down existing utilities or where
damage to such facilities is likely in order to complete construction of items under this
contract, furnish the County Manager or designee with a written request for connection.
The COUNTY Water Distribution Section will identify the locations of all water valves
needed to isolate the point of connection in the event that the existing facilities are
damaged while making the connection. Identify in the request means which the
CONTRACTOR proposes to use in order to provide effective shutdown of the system.
Include in a connection and shutdown schedule details of shutdown time and duration.
No connections to existing utilities – or construction where shutdown of, or damage to,
existing utilities may occur – shall commence prior to County Manager or designee
approval of the connection and shutdown plan and schedule.
D. Request for Wastewater Diversion: Submit a request for each diversion necessary
during construction to the County Manager or designee and the ENGINEER sufficiently
in advance of any required diversion. Identify in the request the valves, bypass piping,
portable pumper trucks or any other means which the CONTRACTOR proposes to use
in order to provide effective shutdown of the system. Include in a connection and
shutdown schedule details of shutdown time and duration. No connections to existing
utilities – or construction where shutdown of, or damage to, existing utilities may occur
– shall commence prior to County Manager or designee approval of the connection and
shutdown plan and schedule.
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with specifications and standards for each specific product involved.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions of projects, including elements subject to damage or to
movement during cutting and patching.
B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of products, or
performance of the work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the ENGINEER in writing; do
not proceed with work until the ENGINEER has provided further instructions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. In cases where service to utility customers is interrupted, provide adequate
equipment with backup onsite to assure prompt restoration of service.
B. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure structural value or
integrity or affected portion of work.
C. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of project from damage.
D. Provide protection from elements for that portion of the project that may be exposed
by cutting and patching work, and maintain excavations free from water.
E. Material Removal: Cut and remove all materials to the extent shown or as required
to complete the work. Remove materials in a careful manner with no damage to
adjacent facilities. Remove materials that are not salvageable from the site.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. Execute cutting and demolition by methods that will prevent damage to other work,
and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs.
B. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent settlement or
damage to other work.
C. Employ original installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching for:
1. Weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements.
2. Sight-exposed finished surfaces.
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
D. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to
comply with specified products, functions, tolerances, and finishes.
E. Restore work, which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide
completed work in accord with requirements of contract documents.
F. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through
surfaces.
G. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent
finishes:
1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
2. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
3.4 PAVEMENT RESTORATION
A. Restore all pavement or roadway surfaces in accordance with Section 320117 –
Pavement Repair and Restoration.
B. Restore, replace or rebuild existing street paving, including underdrains, if any are
encountered, where damaged, using the same type of construction as was in the
original. Be responsible for restoring all such work, including subgrade, base
courses, curb and gutter or other appurtenances where present. The County
Manager or designee will obtain the permits listed in the Contract Documents.
Obtain and pay for at CONTRACTOR’s expense any additional local or other
governmental permits as may be required for the opening of streets and be satisfied
as to any requirements other than those herein set forth which may affect the type,
quality and manner of carrying on the restoration of surfaces by reason of
jurisdiction of such governmental bodies.
C. This section does not describe the construction of new road surfaces or the
complete resurfacing of existing pavements.
D. In all cases, the CONTRACTOR will be required to maintain, without additional
compensation, all permanent replacement of street paving, done by him under this
Contract for a period of 12 months after the acceptance of the Contract, including
the removal and replacement of such work wherever surface depressions or
underlying cavities result from settlement of trench backfill.
E. Perform all the final resurfacing or repaving of streets or roads, over the excavations
made and be responsible for relaying paving surfaces of roads that have failed or
been damaged at any time before the termination of the maintenance period on
account of work done by him. Resurface or repave over any tunnel jacking, or boring
excavation that settles or breaks the surface, repave to the satisfaction of the
County Manager or designee and at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Conform
backfilling of trenches and the preparation of subgrades to the requirements of
excavation and backfilling of pipeline trenches.
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
F. Where pipeline construction crosses paved streets, driveways or sidewalks, the
CONTRACTOR may elect, at no additional cost to the COUNTY, to place the pipe
by the jacking and boring, horizontal direction drilling, or tunneling method in lieu of
cutting and patching of the paved surfaces. Such work shall be accomplished in
accordance with all applicable sections of the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 8 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 022100
COLLIER COUNTY LINES AND GRADES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 2
SECTION 022100
LINES AND GRADES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General
B. Surveys
C. Datum Plane
D. Protection of Survey Data
1.2 GENERAL
A. Construct all work in accordance with the lines and grades shown on the
Drawings. Assume full responsibility for keeping all alignment and grade.
1.3 SURVEYS
A. Reference Points: The COUNTY will provide reference points for the work as
described in the General Conditions. Base horizontal and vertical control points
will be designated by the ENGINEER and used as datum for the Work. Perform
all additional survey, layout, and measurement work.
1. Keep ENGINEER informed, sufficiently in advance, of the times and places
at which work is to be performed so that base horizontal and vertical control
points may be established and any checking deemed necessary by
ENGINEER may be done, with minimum inconvenience to the ENGINEER
and at no delay to CONTRACTOR. It is the intention not to impede the
Work for the establishment of control points and the checking of lines and
grades set by the CONTRACTOR. When necessary, however, suspend
working operations for such reasonable time as the ENGINEER may require
for this purpose. Costs associated with such suspension are deemed to be
included in the Contract Price, and no time extension or additional costs will
be allowed.
2. Provide an experienced survey crew including an instrument operator,
competent assistants, and any instruments, tools, stakes, and other
materials required to complete the survey, layout, and measurement of work
performed by the CONTRACTOR.
Section 022100
COLLIER COUNTY LINES AND GRADES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 2
1.4 DATUM PLANE
A. All elevations indicated or specified refer to the North American Vertical Datum
1988 (NAVD 88), of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey and are
expressed in feet and decimal parts thereof, or in feet and inches.
1.5 PROTECTION OF SURVEY DATA
A. General: Safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, known property corners,
monuments, and benchmarks made or established for the Work. Reestablish
them if disturbed, and bear the entire expense of checking reestablished marks
and rectifying work improperly installed.
B. Records: Keep neat and legible notes of measurements and calculations made in
connection with the layout of the Work. Furnish copies of such data to the
ENGINEER for use in checking the CONTRACTOR's layout. Data considered of
value to the County Manager or designee will be transmitted to the County
Manager or designee by the ENGINEER with other records on completion of the
Work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
Section 022200
COLLIER COUNTY PRE-CONSTRUCTION AUDIO-
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO RECORDING
Page 1 of 1
SECTION 022200
PRE-CONSTRUCTION AUDIO-VIDEO RECORDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The work specified in this section includes the requirements for pre-construction
audio-video recordings necessary to document existing conditions on public and
private property.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall provide color videos showing pre-construction site conditions
of all public and private property within the scope of construction. The videos shall
be on DVD and electronic format indicating on the beginning and front of each DVD,
the date, job title and location where the video was taken. The videos shall be clear
and shall thoroughly document all existing structures and landscaping.
B. Two copies of the DVD and one electronic copy (on a USB flash drive or other
appropriate device) shall be delivered to the County Manager or designee for
review.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Construction on private property shall not commence until the County Manager or
designee has reviewed and approved the audio-video recording.
3.2 PERFORMANCE
A. The Contractor may be required to restore private properties to conditions better
than existing, at no additional cost to the COUNTY, if the Contractor fails to
sufficiently document existing conditions.
END OF SECTION
Section 022200
COLLIER COUNTY PRE-CONSTRUCTION AUDIO-
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO RECORDING
Page 2 of 2
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 10
SECTION 022501
LEAKAGE TESTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Testing for any signs of leakage in all pipelines and structures
required to be watertight.
1. Test gravity sewers and drain lines by infiltration/exfiltration testing.
2. Test all other pipelines with water under the specified pressures.
B. Operation of Existing Facilities: Conduct all tests in a manner to minimize as
much as possible any interference with the day-to-day operations of existing
facilities or other contractors working on the site.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Written Notification of Testing: Provide written notice when the work is ready for
testing, and make the tests as soon thereafter as possible.
1. Personnel for reading meters, gauges, or other measuring devices, will be
furnished.
2. Furnish all other labor, equipment, air, water and materials, including
meters, gauges, smoke producers, blower, pumps, compressors, fuel, water,
bulkheads and accessory equipment.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1. AWWA C 600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
B. Testing Report: Prior to placing the sewer system in service submit for review and
approval a detailed report summarizing the leakage test data, describing the test
procedure and showing the calculations on which the leakage test data is based.
1. Reference Sewer Line Data
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 10
a. For Low Pressure Testing
(1) The length and diameter of the section of line tested (MH to MH),
including any laterals.
(2) A complete description of the test procedure, including:
(a) Trench backfilling and sewer cleaning status
(b) Type of plugs used and where
(c) Depth of sewer, and ground water pressure over sewer
pipe
(d) Stabilization time period and air pressure
(e) Actual air test pressures used if ground water is present
(f) The time allowed by specifications
(g) The actual test time
(h) The air pressure at beginning and end of test
(3) The name of the inspector/tester and the date(s) and time(s) of
all testing performed, including any retesting.
(4) A description of any repairs made.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 LEAKAGE TESTING
A. All new sewer and water pipelines installed shall be tested for leakage. The test
used will be Hydrostatic Testing for pressure lines and Infiltration/Exfiltration
Testing for gravity lines. Tests to be performed will be indicated by the
ENGINEER and witnessed by the ENGINEER and the County Manager or
designee.
1. Flushing
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 10
a. Full-bore flush all mains to remove all sand and other foreign matter.
Flushing shall be terminated at the direction of the ENGINEER.
Dispose of the flushing water without causing nuisance or property
damage. Full bore flushes on force mains shall only be required where
sufficiently sized water mains are present.
b. Install temporary flush out connections on all dead end water mains at
the locations shown on plans and in accordance with the Collier
County Standard Details.
2. Hydrostatic Testing for DIP and PVC Pipelines:
Perform hydrostatic testing of the system as set forth in the following, and
conduct said tests in the presence of the County Manager or designee and
other authorized agencies, with 48 hours advance notice provided.
Piping and appurtenances to be tested shall be within sections between
valves unless alternate methods have received prior approval from the
County Manager or designee. Testing shall not proceed until concrete
thrust blocks are in place and cured, or other restraining devices installed.
Thoroughly clean and flush all piping prior to testing to clear the lines of all
foreign matter. While the piping is being filled with water care shall be
exercised to permit the escape of air from extremities of the test section,
with additional release cocks provided if required.
Perform hydrostatic testing with a sustained minimum pressure of 150 psi
for a period of not less than two (2) hours. If sustained pressure goes 5 psi
above or below 150 psi during the first two (2) hours, the test fails (AWWA
regulation). After two (2) hours, use the AWWA formula if less than 5 psi to
determine whether test fails. Testing shall be in accordance with the
applicable provisions as set forth in the most recent edition of AWWA
Standards C600 for Ductile Iron Pipe and C605 for PVC Pipe. The
allowable rate of leakage shall be less than the number of gallons per hour
determined by the following formula:
L = SD (P)1/2
133,200
Where,
L = Allowable leakage in gallons per hour;
S = Length of pipe tested in feet;
D = Nominal diameter of pipe in inches;
P = Average test pressure maintained during the leakage
test in pounds per square inch
For 150 psi, L = (9.195 x 10-5) SD
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 10
The testing procedure shall include the continued application of the
specified pressure to the test system, for the one-hour period, by way of a
pump taking supply from a container suitable for measuring water loss.
The amount of loss shall be determined by measuring the volume displaced
for the said container.
Should the test fail, repair the fault and repeat the tes t until results are
within the established limits. Furnish the necessary labor, water, pumps,
and gauges at specified location(s) and all other items required to conduct
the required testing and perform necessary repairs.
General - All sanitary sewers and associated service lines shall be
constructed watertight to prevent infiltration and/or exfiltration.
3. Hydrostatic Testing for HDPE Pipelines:
Perform hydrostatic testing of all HDPE pipelines as set forth in the
following, and conduct said tests in the presence of the County Manager or
designee and other authorized agencies, with 48 hours advance notice
provided.
Provide all labor, equipment and material required for testing the pipeline
upon completion of installation, pipe laying and backfilling operations, and
placement of any required temporary roadway surfacing.
Disinfect all HDPE potable water mains prior to testing in accordance with
the requirements of Section 025400 – Disinfection.
Test pipelines at 150 psi.
Field test all HDPE pipelines for leakage in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations for the size and class of pipeline installed. Unless other
procedures recommended by the manufacturer are approved by the County
Manager or designee, pressure test the pipeline as follows:
a. Fill pipeline slowly with water. Maintain flow velocity less than two (2)
feet per second.
b. Expel air completely from the line during filling and again before
applying test pressure. Expel air by means of taps at points of highest
elevation.
c. Apply initial test pressure and allow to stand without makeup pressure
for two (2) to three (3) hours, to allow for diametric expansion or pipe
stretching to stabilize.
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 10
d. After this equilibrium period, apply the specified test pressure and turn
the pump off. The final test pressure shall be held for not less than
two (2) hours.
e. Upon completion of the test, the pressure shall be bled off from the
location other than the point where the pressure is monitored. The
pressure drop shall be witnessed by the County Manager or designee
at the point where the pressure is being monitored.
Allowable amount of makeup water for expansion of the pipeline during the
pressure test shall conform to Table III, Test Phase Make-up Amount,
contained in the manual “Inspections, Test and Saf ety Considerations”
published by the Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc.
If any test of pipeline installed exceeds the amount of makeup water as
allowed above, locate and repair the cause of leakage and retest the
pipeline, without additional cost to the COUNTY. Repair all visible leaks
regardless of the amount of leakage.
4. Force Main Pressure Testing: All force mains shall be subject to pressure
testing at 150 PSI.
Allowable leakage on force mains shall be computed utilizing the standards
for water loss in conformance with AWWA C600, the latest r evision thereof.
5. Infiltration/Exfiltration Testing for Gravity Lines
The allowable limits of infiltration or exfiltration for the entire system, or any
portion thereof, shall not exceed a rate of 50 gallons per inch of inside pipe
diameter per mile of pipe per 24 hours. No additional allowance shall be
made for house service lines. Any part of or all of the system shall be tested
for infiltration or exfiltration, as directed by the ENGINEER or as required by
the County Manager or designee. The procedures and limitations for
conducting infiltration/exfiltration tests shall be established at the pre -
construction conference on a project-by-project basis. Air testing of gravity
sewer mains may be required. All testing shall be run continuously for 24
hours, unless the County Inspector can visually verify that this test duration
is not required due to the observed infiltration/exfiltration rate. The amounts
of infiltration or exfiltration shall be determined by pumping water into or out
of calibrated drums, or by other methods approved by the Public Utilities
Division, such as in-line V-notch weirs. Where infiltration or exfiltration
exceeds the allowable limits specified herein, locate and repair the defective
pipe, joints or other faulty construction at no additional cost to the COUNTY.
If the defective portions cannot be located, remove and reconstruct as much
of the work as is necessary in order to conform to the specified allowable
limits. All visible leaks shall be repaired regardless of the amount of
leakage. Provide all labor, equipment and materials required and conduct all
testing required under the direction of the ENGINEER.
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 10
a. Infiltration: Prior to testing for infiltration, the system shall be pumped
out so that normal infiltration conditions exist at the time of testing.
The cumulative results of the entire collection system results shall not
be a satisfactory method for gauging infiltration compliance. Each
sewer section between manholes must permit infiltration no greater
than the maximum allowable, as specified above.
b. Exfiltration: The exfiltration test, when required due to groundwater
levels, will be conducted by filling the portion of the system being
tested with water to a level 2 feet above the uppermost manhole invert
in the section being tested. The cumulative results of the entire
collection system results shall not be a satisfactory method for gauging
exfiltration compliance. Each sewer section between manholes must
permit exfiltration no greater than the maximum allowable, as specified
above.
6. Low Pressure Air Testing
Contractor shall conduct air testing in accordance with ASTM specifications:
a. ASTM C-828 – for clay pipes.
b. ASTM C-924 – for concrete pipes.
c. ASTM F-1417 – for plastic pipes.
When low pressure air testing of gravity sewer mains is specifically required,
all testing shall be run continuously for 24 hours, unless the County
Inspector can visually verify that this test duration is not required due to the
observed infiltration/exfiltration rate.
When air testing is specifically required, after completing backfill of a section
of gravity sewer line, conduct a Line Acceptance Test using low pressure air.
The test shall be performed using the below stated equipment, according to
state procedures and under the supervision of the ENGINEER and in the
presence of the County Manager or designee, with 48 hours advanced
notice.
d. Equipment:
(1) Pneumatic plugs shall have a sealing length equal to or greater
than the diameter of the pipe to be inspected.
(2) Pneumatic plugs shall resist internal bracing or blocking.
(3) All air used shall pass through a single control panel.
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 10
(4) Three individual hoses shall be used for the following
connections:
(a) From control panel to pneumatic plugs for inflation.
(b) From control panel to sealed line for introducing the low-
pressure air.
(c) From sealed line to control panel for continually monitoring
the air pressure rise in the sealed line.
e. Procedure:
All pneumatic plugs shall be seal tested before being used in the
actual test installation. One length of pipe shall be laid on the ground
and sealed at both ends with the pneumatic plugs to be checked. Air
shall be introduced into the plugs to 25 psi. The sealed pipe shall be
pressurized to 5 psi. The plugs shall hold against this pressure
without bracing and without movement of the plugs out of the pipe.
After a manhole-to-manhole reach of pipe has been backfilled and
cleaned and the pneumatic plugs are checked by the above
procedure, the plugs shall be placed in the line at each manhole and
inflated to 25 psi. Low-pressure air shall be introduced into this
sealed line until the internal air pressure reaches 4 psi greater than
the average back pressure of any ground water that may be over the
pipe. At least two (2) minutes shall be allowed for the air pressure to
stabilize. After the stabilization period (3.5 psi minimum pressure in
the pipe), the air hose from the control panel to the air supply shall be
disconnected. The portion of the line being tested shall be termed
“Acceptable”, if the time required in minutes for the pressure to
decrease from 3.5 to 2.5 psi (greater than the average back pressure
of any ground water that may be over the pipe) is greater than the
time shown for the given diameters in the following table:
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 10
Pipe Diameter
In Inches Minutes
8 4.0
10 5.0
12 5.5
16 7.5
18 8.5
24 11.5
Time in Minutes = 0.472 D
D = Diameter of pipe in inches
In areas where ground water is known to exist, install capped pipe
adjacent to the top of the sewer lines. This shall be done at the time
of the sewer line is installed. Immediately prior to the performance of
the Line Acceptance Test, the ground water shall be determined by
removing the pipe cap, and a measurement of the height in feet of
water over the invert of the pipe shall be taken. The height in feet
shall be divided by 2.3 to establish the pounds of pressure that will be
added to all readings. (For example, if the height of water is 11-1/2
feet, then the added pressure will be 5 psi. This increases the 3.5 psi
to 8.5 psi, and the 2.5 psi to 7.5 psi. The allowable drop of one pound
and the timing remain the same).
If the installation fails to meet this requirement, determine the source of the
leakage and repair or replace all defective materials and/or workmanship, all at no
additional cost to the COUNTY.
B. DEP approval is required to use reclaimed (IQ) water for flushing and pressure
testing of irrigation mains and potable water mains. The requirements for
submitting a request to DEP are available from the County PUED.
3.2 LEAKAGE TESTS FOR STRUCTURES
A. Structure Leakage Testing: Perform leakage tests of manholes, wet wells, tanks,
vaults and similar purpose structures before backfilling, by filling the structure with
water to the overflow water level and observing the water surface level for the
following 24 hours.
1. Make an inspection for leakage of the exterior surface of the structure,
especially in areas around construction joints.
2. If visible leaks appear, repair the structure by removing and replacing the
leaking portions of the structure, waterproofing the inside, or by other
methods approved.
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 10
3. Water for testing will be provided by the COUNTY at the CONTRACTOR’s
expense.
END OF SECTION
Section 022501
COLLIER COUNTY LEAKAGE TESTS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 10
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 024100
COLLIER COUNTY DEMOLITION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 024100
DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: All work necessary for the removal and disposal of structures,
foundations, piping, equipment and roadways, or any part thereof including
masonry, steel, reinforced concrete, plain concrete, electrical facilities, and any
other material or equipment shown or specified to be removed.
B. Basic Procedures and Schedule: Carry out demolition so that adjacent structures,
which are to remain, are not endangered. Schedule the work so as not to
interfere with the day-to-day operation of the existing facilities. Do not block
doorways or passageways in existing facilities.
C. Additional Requirements: Provide dust control and make provisions for safety.
D. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes:
1. Section 017416 – Site Clearing
2. Section 020500 – Connection to Existing Systems
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
B. Site Inspection: Visit the site and inspect all existing structures. Observe and
record any defects that may exist in buildings or structures adjacent to but not
directly affected by the demolition work. Provide the County Manager or
designee with a copy of this inspection record and obtain the ENGINEER's and
the County's Manager or designee approval prior to commencing the demolition.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Limits: Exercise care to break concrete well for removal in reasonably small
masses. Where only parts of a structure are to be removed, cut the concrete
along limiting lines with a suitable saw so that damage to the remaining structure
is held to a minimum.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
Section 024100
COLLIER COUNTY DEMOLITION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION OF EXISTING DRAWINGS
A. Available drawings of existing structures and equipment will be available for
inspection at the office of the ENGINEER.
3.2 PROTECTION
A. General Safety: Provide warning signs, protective barriers, and warning lights as
necessary adjacent to the work as approved or required. Maintain these items
during the demolition period.
B. Existing Services: Undertake no demolition work until all mechanical and
electrical services affected by the work have been properly disconnected. Cap,
reroute or reconnect interconnecting piping or electrical services that are to remain
in service either permanently or temporarily in a manner that will not interfere with
the operation of the remaining facilities.
C. Hazards: Perform testing and air purging where the presence of hazardous
chemicals, gases, flammable materials or other dangerous substances is apparent
or suspected, and eliminate the hazard before demolition is started.
3.3 DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS
A. Explosives: The use of explosives will not be permitted.
B. Protection: Carefully protect all mechanical and electrical equipment against dust
and debris.
C. Removal: Remove all debris from the structures during demolition and do not
allow debris to accumulate in piles.
D. Abandoned Pipelines: Fill all abandoned pipelines using grout in accordance with
Section 033100.
E. Access: Provide safe access to and egress from all working areas at all times
with adequate protection from falling material.
F. Protection: Provide adequate scaffolding, shoring, bracing railings, toe boards
and protective covering during demolition to protect personnel and equipment
against injury or damage. Cover floor openings not used for material drops with
material substantial enough to support any loads placed on it. Properly secure
the covers to prevent accidental movement.
G. Lighting: Provide adequate lighting at all times during demolition.
Section 024100
COLLIER COUNTY DEMOLITION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
H. Closed Areas: Close areas below demolition work to anyone while removal is in
progress.
I. Material Drops: Do not drop any material to any point lying outside the exterior
walls of the structure unless the area is effectively protected.
J. Chemicals: All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project
operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other
classification must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all such
chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance with
manufacturer's instructions or government regulations as applicable.
3.4 ASBESTOS-CONCRETE (AC) PIPE
A. If existing asbestos-cement pipe is encountered during the course of construction,
remove the AC pipe and replace it with C900 PVC pipe having a pressure rating
as required elsewhere in these specifications. Replace the AC pipe with PVC pipe
for a distance of 10 feet each way from the centerline of the pipe under
construction or 5 feet beyond the length of AC pipe exposed by trench excavation,
whichever is greater. A change order will be issued for required replacement of
AC pipe not shown on the drawings.
B. Coordinate the shutdown of the AC pipeline with the County Manager or designee
in accordance with Section 020500, including proper notice to the County
Manager or designee and any customers that may be affected by the shutdown as
required by these specifications and/or current Water Department policy. In the
event of an unanticipated encounter with AC pipe, immediately recover and
protect the pipe and notify the COUNTY Water Department.
C. Perform cutting of AC pipe by means of cutting wheels mounted in a chain
wrapped around the pipe barrel. Do not use power driven saws with abrasive
discs or any other means that produce concentrations of airborne asbestos dust.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS
A. Final Removal: Dispose of AC pipe in accordance with COUNTY special handling
requirements and coordination with Collier County Solid Waste Management
Department. Remove all other debris, rubbish, scrap pieces, equipment, and
materials resulting from the demolition. Take title to all demolished materials and
remove such items from the site.
END OF SECTION
Section 024100
COLLIER COUNTY DEMOLITION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 025400
COLLIER COUNTY DISINFECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 025400
DISINFECTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Disinfection of all pipelines, tanks, structures, conduits and
equipment that are to store, handle or carry potable water. Furnish all labor,
water, chemicals and equipment, including taps, corporation stops, temporary
pumps and other items necessary to perform the Work, except as otherwise
specified.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains
2. AWWA C652 - Disinfection of Water-Storage Facilities
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Disinfection Standards: Disinfect in accordance with AWWA C651 for water
mains and AWWA C652 for water storage facilities and equipment.
B. Chlorinated Water Disposal: Dispose of old highly chlorinated water in
accordance with applicable regulations.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 FLUSHING
A. After coordination with the COUNTY Water Distribution Section, perform all
flushes, pigging or swabbing, disinfection and post flushes in the presence of
Water department personnel. Fill all water lines with potable water, pig or swab
and perform a line flushing. All lines larger than 12 inches in diameter shall be
pigged to clear debris prior to flushing. Use a swab-type pig for HDPE pipe. Use a
5- to 7-lb. density poly-jacketed bullet style pig for all other pipe material. Under
no circumstances is a pig or swab considered reusable. A section of pipe shall be
Section 025400
COLLIER COUNTY DISINFECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
inserted in the gap specified in the jumper shown in the Standard Details to
connect the new construction to the existing facilities for the purpose of
accomplishing the full-bore flush. Immediately after completion of the flush,
remove the connection. The facilities shall be capped and returned to the jumper
connection shown in the Standard Details until final connection is permitted by
County Manager or designee at the completion of construction and after
finalization of all test procedures and bacterial clearance for new water facilities.
3.2 WATER MAIN DISINFECTION
A. Following acceptable pressure testing, disinfect all sections of the water
distribution system and receive approval thereof from the appropriate agencies,
prior to placing in service. Provide advance notice of 48 hours to the County
Manager or designee before disinfecting procedures start. The disinfection shall
be accomplished in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWWA Standard
C651, "Disinfecting Water Mains" and all appropriate approval agencies.
B. The disinfecting agent shall be free chlorine in aqueous solution with sustained
concentration for 48 hours of not less than 50 parts per million. After 48 hours, if
chlorine solution contains at least 25 parts per million of chlorine, the line may
then be flushed and samples taken at various points. Chlorine may be derived
from Chlorine gas, or 70% (high test) calcium hypochlorite (HTH or Perchloron, or
equal). Administration may be by any of the several methods described in AWWA
Standard C651 as proposed by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the
ENGINEER. Proposals as to method must be made prior to commencement of
the disinfection process.
C. Following contact with chlorine solution, the system shall be thoroughly flushed
out. Schedule water sampling in coordination with the COUNTY Water
Distribution Section. The COUNTY Water Department will obtain all water
samples for analysis.
D. If samples do not demonstrate satisfactory results, the line shall be flushed and a
resample taken. If the samples fail on the second attempt, redisinfection per
AWWA standards must be repeated until two satisfactory samples are obtained.
The period between samples must be a minimum of 24 hours.
E. After approval of the samples, and before placing the system in service, perform
another flushing of the water lines to remove any stagnant water.
3.3 WATER MAIN DISINFECTION (FOR FIRE LINE CONNECTIONS WITH NO
TEMPORARY JUMPER)
A. In configurations where 20 feet or less of new pipe is installed between the
existing COUNTY water main and the permanent above ground fire assembly,
the temporary gap configuration assembly may be omitted if the following
requirements are met:
Section 025400
COLLIER COUNTY DISINFECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
1. The full interior of all new pipe between the existing COUNTY water
main and the permanent above ground fire assembly shall be swabbed
and disinfected using a chlorine solution with a concentration of not less
than 200 parts per million.
2. The pipe must be flushed and bacteriological samples must be collected
in accordance with this specification.
3. The tapping valve on the COUNTY water main shall remain closed until
bacteriological clearance is achieved.
3.4 DISINFECTION PROCEDURES FOR TANKS
A. Disinfect potable water storage tanks and equipment in accordance with
AWWA C652, Method 2 or 3, using sodium hypochlorite.
1. In Method 2, spray method, spray the entire interior surface of the tank with
chlorinated water containing 200 mg/l of available chlorine. After spraying,
allow the tank to stand at least two hours before filling with fresh water.
B. After disinfection, allow the tanks and equipment to overflow until the chlorine
residual is approximately 2 mg/l.
3.5 BACTERIAL SAMPLE POINTS
A. For the purpose of new water main construction, bacterial sampling points shall be
positioned at the beginning of each new system, at 1000-foot intervals and all
dead ends unless otherwise directed. These sampling points will be utilized by
Utilities personnel for water main bacterial clearance procedures. At the
completion of the project, when authorization is given by the County Manager or
designee, permanent sampling points shall remain every 3000 feet or one at 2/3 of
the length from the point of connection to the COUNTY system if the line is less
than 3000 feet long. All others shall be removed down to the main and properly
capped by the CONTRACTOR. The permanent sampling points shall be
constructed as shown in the Utility Detail Drawings. Collier County staff wi ll review
the permanent sampling point locations during final plans review.
END OF SECTION
Section 025400
COLLIER COUNTY DISINFECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 031100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE FORMWORK
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 031100
CONCRETE FORMW ORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes: Provide concrete formwork for architectural concrete and
structural concrete as specified to form concrete to profiles shown.
1.Provide concrete with smooth rubbed finish.
2.Structural concrete is defined as all concrete that is not architectural
concrete.
B.Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes:
1.Section 03200 -Concrete Reinforcement
1.2 REFERENCES
A.Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1.ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
2.ACI SP-4 -Formwork for Concrete
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
1.CONTRACTORS Shop Drawings: Proposed form layout drawings and tie
pattern layout drawings for Concrete. Review of these drawings does not
relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for adequately designing and
constructing forms.
2.Samples: Pieces of each type of sheeting, chamfer strips, form ties, form
liners and rustication strips
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Formwork Compliance: Use formwork complying with ACI SP-4, ACI 347 and ACI
303R.
Section 031100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE FORMWORK
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A.For acceptable manufacturers of concrete release agent, concrete form coating,
concrete form liners, or concrete rustications see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F.
2.2 MATERIALS
A.Structural Concrete: Provide structural concrete form materials as follows:
1.Obtain approval for form material before construction of the forms.
2.Use a barrier type form release agent.
3.Use form ties, hangers, and clamps of such type that, after removal of the
forms, no metal will be closer than one inch from concrete surface. Wire ties
will not be permitted.
4.Provide ties with swaged washers or other suitable devices to prevent
seepage of moisture along the ties. Leave the ties in place.
5.Use lugs, cones, washers, or other devices that do not leave holes or
depressions greater than 7/8-inch in diameter.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 DESIGN
A.Design Responsibility: Be responsible for the design, engineering and
construction of the architectural concrete formwork and the structural concrete
formwork. Conform the work to the recommendations of ACI SP-4 and ACI 303R.
B.Setting Time and Slag Use: The presence of fly ash or ground granulated blast
furnace slag in the concrete mix for architectural concrete and structural concrete
will delay the setting time. Take this into consideration in the design and removal
of the forms.
C.Responsibility During Placement: Assume and take sole responsibility for
adequate design of all form elements for support of the wet concrete mixtures
specified and delivered.
D.Consistency: Design forms to produce concrete members identical in shape, lines
and dimensions to members shown.
Section 031100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE FORMWORK
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
3.2 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR FORMWORK
A.Structural Concrete Details: Follow the following details for all structural concrete:
1.Provide forms that are substantial, properly braced, and tied together to
maintain position and shape and to resist all pressures to which they may be
subjected. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of concrete.
2.Determine the size and spacing of studs and wales by the nature of the work
and the height to which concrete is placed. Make forms adequate to
produce true, smooth surfaces with not more than 1/8-inch variation in either
direction from a geometrical plane. Provide horizontal joints that are level,
and vertical joints, which are plumb.
3.Supply forms for repeated use in sufficient number to ensure the required
rate of progress.
4.Thoroughly clean all forms before reuse and inspect forms immediately
before concrete is placed. Remove deformed, broken, or defective forms
from the work.
5.Provide temporary openings in forms at convenient locations to facilitate
cleaning and inspection.
6.Coat the entire inside surfaces of forms with a suitable form release agent
just prior to placing concrete. Form release agent is not permitted on the
reinforcing steel.
7.Assume and take responsibility for the adequacy of all forms and remedying
any defects resulting from their use.
3.3 FORM REMOVAL
A.Structural Concrete Form Removal: Do not remove forms for structural concrete
until the concrete has hardened sufficiently to support its own load safely, plus any
superimposed load that might be placed thereon.
3.4 TOLERANCES
A.To lerance Limits: Design, construct and maintain concrete form and place the
concrete to provide completed concrete work within the tolerance limits set forth in
ACI SP-4.
END OF SECTION
Section 031100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE FORMWORK
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 032000
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 6
SECTION 032000
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes: Requirements for providing concrete reinforcement as shown
and specified herein. Reinforcement includes all steel bars, wire and welded wire
fabric as shown and specified.
B.Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes:
1.Section 031100 -Concrete Formwork
2.Section 034100 -Precast Concrete Structures
1.2 REFERENCES
A.Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1.ACI SP66 -ACI Detailing Manual
2.ACI 318 -Latest edition "Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete"
3.ASTM A 185 -Steel Welded W ire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete
Reinforcement
4.ASTM A 615/A615M -Deformed and Plains Billet-Steel Bars for
Concrete
5.ASTM A 706/A706M -Low Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement
6.ASTM A 775/A775M -Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars
7.AW S D1.4 -Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
1.Product Data and Information: Submit manufacturers literature with product
data, and material description of fusion bonded epoxy coating for
reinforcement and reinforcement accessories, including manufacturer's
Section 032000
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 6
recommendations for field touch-up of mars and cut ends when epoxy
coated reinforcement is specified to be used.
2.CONTRACTORS' Shop Drawings: Submit checked Working Drawings,
including bar lists, schedules, bending details, placing details and placing
plans and elevations for fabrication and placing reinforcing steel conforming
to "ACI Detailing Manual SP-66".
a.Do not bill wall and slab reinforcing in sections. Show complete
elevations of all walls and complete plans of all slabs, except that,
when more than one wall or slab are identical, only one such elevation
or plan is required. These plans and elevations need not be true
views of the walls or slabs shown. Bill every reinforcing bar in a slab
on a plan. Bill every reinforcing bar in a wall on an elevation. Take
sections to clarify the arrangement of the steel reinforcement. Identify
all bars, but do not bill on such sections.
b.For all reinforcing bars, unless the location of a bar is clear, give the
location of such bar or bars by a dimension to some structural feature
that will be readily distinguishable at the time bars are placed.
c.Make the reinforcing steel placing drawings complete for placing
reinforcement including the location of support bars and chairs, without
reference to the design drawings.
d.Submit Detailer certification that every reinforcing steel placing
drawing and bar list is completely checked and corrected before
submittal for approval.
e.If, after reinforcing steel placing drawings and bar lists have been
submitted for approval, a review reveals that the drawings and lists
obviously have not been checked and corrected they will be returned
for checking and correcting by the Detailer.
3.Samples: Submit the following samples when epoxy coated reinforcement
is specified to be used.
a. 12-inch long epoxy-coated steel reinforcing bar, of any size typical to
this Project
b.One of each type of epoxy-coated reinforcement accessory used on
this Project
c.12-inch long, nylon coated tie wire
4.Certificates: Test certificates of the chemical and physical properties
covering each shipment of reinforcing steel bars. Test for bars 3/4 inches in
diameter and larger shall consist of the bar being bent cold to 90 degrees
Section 032000
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6
around a pin 3 times the diameter of the test bar without evidence of
cracking.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.Deliver, store and handle all products and materials as specified in Division 1 (and
as follows:)
1.Delivery Requirements: Have reinforcing steel delivered to the work in
strongly tied bundles. Identify each group of both bent and straight bars with
a metal tag giving the identifying number corresponding to the reinforcing
steel placing drawings and bar lists.
2.Storage: Properly store all bars in an orderly manner, with all bars
completely off the ground. Keep bars clean after delivery to the site of the
work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A.The brand of manufacturer shall be legibly rolled on all bars, and when loaded for
mill shipment, all bars shall be properly separated and tagged with manufacturer's
test identification number.
B.For acceptable manufacturers of mechanical connections see County Approved
Product List, Appendix F.
2.2 MATERIALS
A.Steel Bars: Use new billet steel bars, deformed bars, meeting the requirements of
ASTM A615/A625M Grade 60 for reinforcing steel bars.
1.Roll all reinforcing steel bars with special deformations or identifying marks
indicating the ASTM Specification and Grade.
2.Use bars free from defects, kinks and from bends that cannot be readily and
fully straightened in the field.
3.Supply reinforcing bars in lengths that will allow convenient placement in the
work and provide the required length of at least 40 diameters of lap of joints
as shown. Provide dowels of proper length, size and shape for tying walls,
beams, floors, and the like together.
B.Epoxy Coating: Conform fusion bonded epoxy coated reinforcing steel bars to
ASTM A775/A775M when used. Leave portions of the reinforcing steel bars
uncoated where mechanical connections are shown.
Section 032000
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 6
C.Welded W ire Fabric: Use welded wire fabric of the electrically welded type, with
wires arranged in rectangular patterns, of the sizes shown or specified and
meeting the requirements of ASTM A185.
D.Supports and Accessories: Provide bar supports and other accessories and, if
necessary, additional supports to hold bars in proper position while concrete is
being placed.
1.Use side form spacers against vertical or sloping forms to maintain
prescribed side cover and cross position of bars.
2.Use individual hi-chairs with welded cross ties or circular hoops to support
top bars in slabs thicker than 8 inches.
3.Bolsters, chairs and other accessories:
a.Use hot-dipped galvanized or provide plastic coated legs when in
contact with forms for surfaces of concrete other than architectural
surfaces.
b.Use stainless steel when in contact with forms for architecturally
exposed surfaces.
c.Use epoxy coated bolsters, chairs and accessories including wire ties
for epoxy coated reinforcing bars.
d.Use chairs of an approved type and space them properly to support
and hold reinforcing bars in position in all beams and slabs including
slabs placed directly on the subgrade or work mat. Do not use
continuous hi-chairs for supporting of top bars in slabs over 8 inches in
thickness.
E.Mechanical Connections: Provide mechanical connections that develop at least
125 percent of the specified yield strength of the bar in tension.
F.Stirrups and Ties: Provide stirrups and ties as shown and specified and meeting
the requirements of ASTM A185.
2.3 FABRICATION
A.Drawing Review Prior to Fabrication: Do not fabricate any material before final
review and approval of shop drawings.
B.Bending and Cutting: Cut bars to required length and bend accurately before
placing. Bend bars in the shop unless written approval for field bending is
obtained. If field bending is permitted, do it only when the air temperature, where
Section 032000
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 6
the bending operation is performed, is above 30 degrees F. Do not field bend
bars that have been partially embedded in concrete.
C.Splices: Use lapped splices for tension and compression splices unless otherwise
noted.
D.Cleaning: Clean and bend reinforcement in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI
318.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.Placement: Place all bars in accordance with CRSI "Recommended Practice for
Placing Reinforcing Bars".
B.To lerances: Place bars used for top reinforcement in slabs to a vertical tolerance
of plus or minus 1/4-inch. Place all other reinforcement to the tolerances given to
ACI 318.
C.Cleaning: Have reinforcing steel delivered without rust other than that
accumulated during transportation to the work. At all times, fully protect
reinforcing steel from moisture, grease, dirt, mortar and concrete. Before being
placed in position, thoroughly clean reinforcing steel of all loose mill scale and rust
and of any dirt, oil, grease coatings, or other material that might reduce the bond.
If there is a delay in depositing concrete, inspect and satisfactorily clean the steel
immediately before the concrete is placed.
D.Bar Positioning: Place bars in the exact positions shown with the required spacing
and cross wire bars securely in position at intersections to prevent displacement
during the placing of the concrete. Fasten the bars with annealed wire of not less
than 17 gauge or other approved devices.
E.Bar Extension Beyond Formwork: On any section of the work where horizontal
bars extend beyond the length of the forms, perforate the form or head against
wh ich the work ends or at the proper places to allow the bars to project through a
distance at least equal to the lap specified.
F.Unacceptable Materials: Do not place reinforcing steel with damaged, unsuitably
bonded epoxy coating or rusting. If approved, mars, exposed threads of
mechanical connections and cut ends may be field coated with approved epoxy
coating material.
G.Review of Placement: Have reinforcing placement reviewed by the ENGINEER
before concrete is placed.
Section 032000
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 6
H.Welding -Not Approved: Do not use reinforcing bar assemblies made by welding
of any kind, or accessories of any kind which require field welding to reinforcing
bars.
I.Welding -Approved: Where welding of reinforcing steel is shown, AW S D1.4
"Structural Welding Code -Reinforcing Steel" applies.
J.Tension and Compression Lap Splices: Conform tension and compression lap
splices to ACI 318 with all supplements. Avoid splices at points of maximum
tensile stress wherever possible. Provide temperature bars with the clear spacing
shown. Stagger all bar splices in hoop tension bars in circular tanks with not more
than 50 percent of the bars spliced in any one direction. Have welded splices
made by certified welders in accordance with AWS D1.4.
K.Welded W ire Fabric: Place welded wire fabric in the positions shown, specified or
required to fit the work. Furnish and place suitable spacing chairs or supports, as
specified for bars, to maintain the fabric in the correct location. Where a flat
surface of fabric is required, provide flat sheets, when available. Otherwise
reverse roll the fabric or straighten to make a perfectly flat surface before placing.
Obtain approval for the length of laps not indicated.
L.Concrete Cover: Place reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric and hold in
position so that the concrete cover, as measured from the surface of the bar or
wire to the surface of the concrete, is as shown or specified.
END OF SECTION
Section 033100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE, MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 6
SECTION 033100
CONCRETE, MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes: Cement, sand, aggregate admixtures and water for use in
concrete, masonry mortar and grout.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1.ASTM C 91 – Masonry Cement
2.ASTM C 144 – Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
3.ASTM C 150 – Portland Cement
4.ASTM C 207 –Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes
5.ASTM C 270 – Mortar for Unit Masonry
6.ASTM C 231 – Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete
7.ASTM C 404 – Aggregate for Masonry Grout
8.ASTM C 476 –Grout for Masonry
9.ASTM C 780 – Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for
Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry
10.ASTM C 1019 –Sampling and Testing Grout
11.CRD C-619 –Specification for Grout Fluidifier.
12.CRD C-621 – Specification for Non-Shrink Grout.
13.Brick Institute of America Research Report No. 15
14.ACI 530.1/ASCE 6-92 –Specifications for Masonry Structures
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
Section 033100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE, MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 6
B.Product Data and Information: Submit the following:
1.Furnish notarized certificates of manufacture as evidence that the cement
conforms to the specified requirements. Include mill-test reports on the
cement.
2.Furnish notarized certificates to verify that the hydrated lime and aggregates
meet the specified requirements.
3.Furnish laboratory tests as evidence that the air content and masonry mortar
compressive strength meet the requirements of ASTM 270 Type N and that
the efflorescence tendency meets the requirements of the wick test in Brick
Institute of America Research Report No. 15.
4.Furnish laboratory tests as evidence that the masonry grout compressive
strength is equal to or greater than 2,500 psi at 28 days.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.General: Deliver, store and handle all mortar and grout materials as
recommended by the manufacturers and as specified in Division 1 (and as
follows:)
B.Cement: Store cement in weathertight buildings that will exclude moisture and
contaminants. Do not use cement that has deteriorated from storage.
C.Hydrated Lime: Store hydrated lime in weathertight buildings which will exclude
moisture and contaminants.
D.Aggregates: Keep aggregates clean and free from all other materials during
transportation and handling. Stockpile aggregate in a manner to prevent
segregation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CEMENT
A.Portland Cement shall be of a standard brand and shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM C150-latest edition, except as hereinafter stated. One bag
of cement shall be considered as weighing 94 pounds. Type I shall be used
unless higher cement is specified, in which event Type III shall be used. For Type
I, the maximum amount of tricalcium silicate shall be 60 percent. Cement may be
shipped either in paper or cloth sacks and the package shall have the brand and
name of manufacturer plainly marked on the outside. All cement shall be stored in
weatherproof buildings in such a manner as will prevent absorption of moisture by
the lower layers. Shipment shall be segregated by lot for identification. Type I
Section 033100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE, MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6
cement which has been in storage more than 90 days shall be re-tested before
use. Where carload shipments are used, a certificate from an approved testing
laboratory shall be submitted prior to use of such cement on the job.
2.2 AGGREGATE
A.Fine Aggregate:
1.Composition: Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand and shall be
graded from coarse to fine within the following limits shown in the table
below. Sand failing to meet the minimum requirement for material passing
the Number 50 and/or Number 100 Sieve may be used, provided other
satisfactory inorganic fine materials are added. If two sands are used, each
must be mixed, after separate weighing, in proportions approved by the
County Manager or designee.
Percent of Total By W eight PassingU.S. Standard Square
Opening Sieve Minimum Maximum
No. 4 97 100
No. 8 80 100
No. 30 25 75
No. 50 10 30
No. 100 2 10
No. 200 (By Washing)0 4
2.Stockpiling: Fine aggregate shall be stored on a well-drained site, which has
been cleared, grubbed and cleaned. Stockpiles shall be built up so as to
prevent segregation of large and small particles.
3.Unsuitable Materials in Fine Aggregate: Not more than one percent (1%) by
we ight of clay lumps or soft, disintegrated or coated grains shall be present
in the fine aggregate. It shall also be free from foreign material such as dirt,
wood, paper, burlap, or other unsuitable material. When tested in
accordance with AASHTO T-21-27, it shall show a color not darker than
standard. When tested for mortar strength in accordance with AASHTO
T-71-38, the fine aggregate shall have a tensile strength at three (3) days
(Type III), or at seven (7) days, (Type I); not less than 95 percent of that
developed by mortar having the same water-cement ratio and consistency,
made of the same cement and graded Ottawa Sand having a fineness
modulus of 2.40, plus or minus 0.05.
B.Coarse Aggregate:
Section 033100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE, MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 6
1.Composition: Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone. It shall be
washed to remove clay, loam and dust. At his/her discretion, the County
Ma nager or designee may waive the washing requirement for stone having a
loss of not more than 30 percent when tested in accordance with the
provisions of AASHTO T-96-38.
2.Unsuitable Material in Coarse Aggregate: The coarse aggregate shall not
contain more than the following percentages of deleterious material:
Soft Fibrous, Disintegrated Particles (Weight) 3.0%
Clay Lump (Weight) 0.2%
Finer Than No. 200 Sieve (Weight) 0.5%
Flat or Elongated Particles (Count) 10.0%
When subjected to AASHTO Test T-96-38, the aggregate shall have a loss
not greater than 65 percent. Aggregate shall be free from loam, wood,
leaves, or other foreign material.
3.Gradation: For unreinforced foundations, for paving or for other unreinforced
mass concrete, the gradation of coarse aggregate shall be as shown in
Table 1. For reinforced footings, reinforced walls over 6" in thickness,
ordinary floor slabs and similar structures, the gradation shall be as shown
on Table 2. For handrails, reinforced walls, thin reinforced floor slabs
electrical conduit encasement, and similar construction, the gradation shall
be as shown on Table 3.
Table 1
Percent Passing
Square Opening Sieve Percent By Weight
2-1/2 inch 100
2 inch 95 –100
1 inch 35 –70
½ inch 10 –30
No. 4 0 – 5
Table 2
Percent Passing
Square Opening Sieve Percent By Weight
1-1/2 inch 100
1 inch 90 –100
½ inch 25 –60
No. 4 0 –10
No. 8 0 – 5
Table 3
Section 033100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE, MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 6
Percent Passing
Square Opening Sieve Percent By Weight
1 inch 100
¾ inch 90 –100
3/8 inch 20 –55
No. 4 0 –10
No. 8 0 – 5
4.Stockpiles: Stockpiles shall be constructed in layers not exceeding three feet
(3') in height, and material shall be deposited in such manner as to prevent
segregation of coarse and fine materials. Each type of aggregate shall be
placed in a separate stockpile. Stockpile sites shall be cleared, grubbed and
drained before using.
2.3 HYDRATED LIME
A.Provide hydrated lime meeting the requirements of ASTM C 207.
2.4 WATER
A.Water shall be clean and free from salt, oil or organic substances. Laboratory
tests shall be made to determine suitability of any water for use in concrete unless
it is secured from a public water supply.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING
A.Concrete aggregate shall be proportioned by weight. When the sources of supply
shall have been determined by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the County
Manager or designee, the mix shall be set by an approved testing laboratory. Mix
shall be designed for a "slump" suitable for the character of structure in which the
concrete is to be incorporated. All concrete shall be as specified herein.
B.After a suitable design mix has been approved by the County Manager or
designee, it shall not be changed so long as materials of the same characteristics
are used in the mix. W ithin the limits of the various cement factors shown above,
the mix shall be varied until the homogenous workable mixture, suitable for the
class of structure intended, has been obtained.
3.2 CONCRETE MIXING
A.Concrete mixing shall be by means of a modern batch mixer equipped with
accurately operating water measuring device and an automatic time locking
device.
Section 033100
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE, MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 6
B.Where a central batching plant is not operated, each mixer must have available an
approved portable weighing device for use in proportioning. Each batch shall be
mixed for one and one-half (1½) minutes after charging has been completed, and
during such mixing period, that drum shall operate with a peripheral speed of not
less than one-hundred and fifty-three (153), nor more than two-hundred and
twenty-five (225) feet per minute. The number of revolutions per minute shall be
between fourteen (14) and twenty (20). Retempering concrete or use of concrete
in which initial set has taken place will not be allowed. Transit mixed concrete
from an approved batching plant and suitable truck mixer may be approved by the
County Manager or designee.
3.3 PIPE GROUT
A.Mix lean grout for backfilling the space surrounding the pipe sections in tunnel
or other areas as specified or directed in the proportion of 1 part Portland
cement to 12 parts sand by volume.
B.Mix grout to a consistency that can be pumped into the pipe. Use a grout
fluidifier to reduce water quantity and improve workability.
3.4 TESTING
A.Masonry Mortar: Make and test specimens for preconstruction and construction
evaluation of masonry mortar in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C
780.
B.Masonry Grout: Make and test specimens for preconstruction and construction
evaluation of masonry grout in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C
1019.
C.Concrete shall contain cement, coarse aggregate, and fine aggregate meeting the
Specifications contained in previous paragraphs of this Part. Unless otherwise
specified or shown in the plans, the design strength of the several elements
included in the plans shall be:
1.Four thousand (4,000)pounds minimum compressive strength per square
inch at 28 days for all piers, reinforced walls, floors, slabs, precast structures
and other special sections where specifically shown on the plans or
Standard Details.
2.Two thousand five hundred (2,500)pounds minimum compressive strength
per square inch at 28 days for all blocking, reinforced footings, for retaining
wa lls not subject to hydrostatic pressure, or where specifically shown on the
plans or shown in the Standard Details.
END OF SECTION
Section 034100
COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 7
SECTION 034100
PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all materials, labor, and equipment and construct manholes, wet wells,
valve pits, meter pits, and accessory items, consisting of precast sections as
shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. The forms, dimensions, concrete, and construction methods shall be approved by
the ENGINEER in advance of construction.
C. These specifications are intended to give a general description of what is required,
but do not purport to cover all of the structural design details which will vary in
accordance with the requirements of the equipment as offered. It is, however,
intended to cover the furnishing, shop testing, delivery, and complete installation
of all precast structures whether specifically mentioned in these specifications or
not.
D. The supplier of the precast manholes, wet wells, valve pits, meter pits, and
accessory items shall coordinate his work with that of the CONTRACTOR to the
end that the unit will be delivered and installed in the excavation provided by the
CONTRACTOR, in accordance with the CONTRACTOR's construction schedule.
E. Coordinate the precast structures fabrication with the equipment supplied to
achieve the proper structural top slab openings, spacings, and related dimensions
for the selected equipment frames and covers. The top slabs, frames, covers, and
subsurface structures shall be capable of supporting a live load of 150 pounds per
square foot.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the ENGINEER, as provided in the General Conditions, shop drawings
showing details of construction, reinforcing and joints.
B. Shop Drawings
1. Content
a. Dimensions and finishes
b. Estimated camber
Section 034100
COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 7
c. Reinforcing and connection details
d. Anchors
e. Lifting and erection inserts
f. Other items cast into members
2. Show location of unit by same identification mark placed on member.
3. Include design calculations.
C. Manufacturer's Literature: Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions.
D. Manufacturer's certificates of material conformance with specifications.
E. Test Reports: Reports of tests on concrete.
F. Testing
1. Manholes and Valve Vaults: Four (4) concrete test cylinders shall be taken
for every 50 cubic yards (cu. yds) for each type of precast structure.
2. Pump Stations: Four (4) concrete test cylinders shall be taken for each
pump station wet well. Four (4) concrete test cylinders shall be taken for
each pump station's top and bottom slabs.
3. Certification: The supplier shall provide the certified results of testing (7 day,
28 day) for the test cylinders stated herein. Random test cylinders may be
taken at any time by the ENGINEER at the COUNTY's expense.
1.3 INSPECTION
A. The quality of all materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished sections
shall be subject to inspection and approval by the ENGINEER, or the County
Manager or designee. Such inspection may be made at the place of manufacture,
or at the site after delivery, or at both places, and the sections shall be subject to
rejection at any time on account of failure to meet any of the Specification
requirements; even though sample sections may have been accepted as
satisfactory at the place of manufacture. Sections rejected after delivery to the job
shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job at once. All
sections which have been damaged after delivery will be rejected, and if already
installed, shall be repaired, if permitted and accepted by ENGINEER, or removed
and replaced, entirely at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
B. At the time of inspection, the sections will be carefully examined for compliance
with ASTM C478 designation and these Specifications, and with the approved
Section 034100
COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 7
manufacturer's drawings. All sections shall be inspected for general appearance,
dimension, "scratch-strength", blisters, cracks, roughness, soundness, etc. The
surface shall be dense and close-textured.
C. Imperfections may be repaired, subject to the approval of the ENGINEER, after
demonstration by the manufacturer that strong and permanent repairs result.
Repairs shall be carefully inspected before final approval. Cement mortar used for
repairs shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at the end of 7
days and 5,000 psi at the end of 28 days, Epoxy mortar may be utilized for repairs
subject to the approval of the ENGINEER.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRECAST CONCRETE WET WELLS AND VALVE VAULTS
A. Precast submersible pump station wet wells shall consist of precast base, precast
wet well sections, and top cover slab. Precast valve vaults shall consist of precast
base, sidewalls and top slab. Concrete shall be air entrained at the time of
delivery and shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at the end of
28 days.
B. Joints between precast concrete sections shall be set by plastic shims and fitted
with non-metallic non-shrink grout as shown on the drawings.
C. The top slab sections shall be fitted with watertight hatches. The frames and
covers will be sized for the openings shown on the drawings.
D. The various precast sections should have the inside dimensions and minimum
thickness of concrete as indicated on the drawings. All precast and cast-in-place
concrete members shall conform to the Building Code Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete ACI 318.
E. A vent pipe shall be furnished and installed as shown on the drawings.
F. Fillets shall be provided and installed in the wet wells as shown on the drawings.
G. Precast structures shall be constructed to the dimensions as shown on the
drawings and as specified in these Specifications.
H. Type II cement shall be used except as otherwise approved.
I. The date of manufacture and the name or trademark of the manufacturer shall be
clearly marked on the inside of each precast section.
J. Sections shall be cured by an approved method and shall not be shipped until the
minimum 7-day compressive strength has been attained.
Section 034100
COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 7
K. Each pre-cast section manufactured in accordance with the drawings shall be
clearly marked to indicate the intended pump station installation location. The
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the installation of the correct pre-cast
sections in their designated pump station locations.
L. Paint all exterior surfaces with two coats of coal tar bitumastic, each coat to be 9
mils each. All interior surfaces of valve vaults shall be coated with two coats of
coal tar epoxy (9 mils each).
2.2 PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS FOR CIRCULAR W ET WELLS
A. Wet wells shall meet the requirements of ASTM C478, Specification for Precast
Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections, with the exclusion of Section 10(a),
except as modified herein. Cement shall meet the requirements of ASTM
C150-74, Specification for Portland Cement, Type II. Concrete shall meet the
minimum requirement for 4000 psi concrete. Minimum wall thickness shall be 8
inches or 1/8 the inside manhole diameter as shown, whichever is greater. The
required minimum strength of concrete shall be confirmed by making and testing
three standard cylinders at seven days. Rings shall be custom made with
openings to meet indicated pipe alignment conditions and invert elevations.
Submit shop drawings, consisting of manufacturers' standard details of various
sections for approval prior to placing order for wet wells. Drawings of individual
wet wells showing invert elevations, pipe sizes and similar details will not be
required.
B. Joints
Form joint contact surfaces with machined castings. Surfaces s hall be exactly
parallel with nominal 1/16 inch clearing and the tongue equipped with a proper
recess for the installation of an O-ring rubber gasket. Gaskets shall meet the
requirements of Specification for Joint for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert
Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. "RAM-NEK" sealing compound conforming to
Federal Specification SSS-00210 (GSA-FSS), Sealing Compound, Preformed
Plastic, for Expansion Joints and Pipe Joints may be used in lieu of O-ring rubber
gaskets. If joints are sealed with "RAM-NEK" sealing compound the recess in the
tongue for an O-ring gasket may be omitted.
C. Wet Well Liners and Coatings
Coat or line (see internal protection on County Approved Product List, Appendix
F) the interior of all wet wells.
Furnish, install, test and inspect liners and coating in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations, and in accordance with Section 099723
“Concrete Coatings”. Extend coating and liner and seal onto wet well hatch frame,
around pipe openings and other protrusions to prevent contact of wet well surface
Section 034100
COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 7
with corrosive sewer gases. Provide factory or field applied bituminous or epoxy
sealer exterior coatings. If exterior coating is factory applied, CONTRACTOR
shall provide field touch-up as required.
D. STEEL REINFORCED POLYMER CONCRETE STRUCTURES
As an alternative to the concrete coatings and linings described above, steel
reinforced polymer concrete structures may be furnished and installed for pump
station wet wells. All steel reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be supplied
by a qualified company with a minimum of 5 years’ experience manufacturing
polymer concrete. All steel reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be
manufactured and installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of
ASTM C76, C478, C443, D6783, C33, C267, A82, A165, A496, A497, A615,
and A615M.
2.3 PIPE CONNECTIONS AT STRUCTURES
A. Where pipes are to extend into or through structures from the exterior, provide
flexible connections (mechanical or push-on type joints) at the exterior wall face.
B. For pipes passing through structural walls, install wall pipes with water stops
where the location is below the surface of the ground or at any point where fluid
levels will exceed that elevation. Neoprene sleeves with watertight caulking and
316 Series SS stainless steel clamps will be suitable at other locations.
C. All of the following conditions apply to any proposed pipe penetration into an
existing sanitary manhole:
1. The opening for the penetration must be core bored and fitted with a
neoprene sleeve as specified above.
2. The core boring or penetration shall not affect a structural joint, and the
boring edge must be no closer than six inches to an existing structural joint.
3. The proposed piping within the manhole must comply with all other
provisions of these Utilities Standards.
4. Connections requiring drop pipes shall be constructed in accordance with
these Utilities Standards and shall require two penetrations.
5. The existing manhole flume or invert must be modified as required to accept
the discharge from the proposed pipe.
6. The interior lining of the existing structure including flume or invert shall be
repaired by an approved applicator for the lining system.
Section 034100
COLLIER COUNTY PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 7
7. Any damage to the exterior coating of the existing structure shall be repaired
with two coats of coal tar epoxy (9 mils each) in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Control ground water to provide firm, dry subgrade for the structure, and prevent
water rising on new poured in place concrete or grouted joint sections within 24
hours after placing. Guard against flotation or other damage resulting from ground
water or flooding.
B. Place a 12-inch layer (minimum thickness) of crushed stone or shell as specified
under Section 312323 as a foundation for the wet well base slabs, valve pits, and
meter pits.
C. Provide backfill material around the wet well and above the pipe bedding as
specified in Section 312323.
D. Precast bases, conforming to all requirements of ASTM C478 and above listed
requirements for precast sections, may be used. Set the base in place on a
thoroughly compacted crushed stone sub-base and adjust grade for the correct
structure elevation.
E. Do not set the station into the excavation until the installation procedure and
excavation have been approved by the County Manager or designee.
F. The base may be cast-in-place concrete as specified in Division 3, placed on a
thoroughly compacted crushed stone sub-base. Shape the tops of the
cast-in-place bases to mate with the precast barrel section, and adjust in grade so
that the top slab section is at the approximately correct elevation.
G. Set the precast concrete structure sections so as to be vertical and with sections
in true alignment with a 3 inch maximum tolerance to be allowed. Fill the outside
and inside joint with a non-shrink grout and finish flush with the adjoining surfaces.
Allow joints to set for 24 hours before backfilling. Backfill in a careful manner,
bringing the fill up evenly on all sides. If leaks appear in the structures, caulk th e
inside joints with lead wool to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Install the
precast sections in a manner that will result in a watertight joint.
H. Plug holes in the concrete sections required for handling or other purposes with a
non-shrinking grout or by grout in combination with concrete plugs.
Section 055600
COLLIER COUNTY METAL CASTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 2
SECTION 055600
METAL CASTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes: Miscellaneous ferrous and nonferrous castings.
1.Th is classification includes wheel guards, valve boxes, manhole frames and
covers, manhole steps, stop plank grooves, brackets and supports for piping
and gutter inlets, floor drains, cleanouts and special malleable iron castings
and inserts.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1.ASTM A 27/A27M -Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon for General
Applications
2.ASTM A 47 -Specification for Ferric Malleable Iron Castings
3.ASTM A 48 -Specifications for Gray Cast Iron Castings
4.ASTM A 148/A148M -Specifications for Steel Castings
5.ASTM A 536 -Specifications for Ductile Iron Castings
6.ASTM B 26/B26M -Aluminum
7.ASTM B 148 -Aluminum Bronze Sand Castings
8.ASTM B 584 -Manganese Bronze
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 WORKMANSHIP
A.Provide castings accurately made to the approved dimensions, and plane or grind
castings where marked or where otherwise necessary to secure flat and true
surfaces. Make allowance in the patterns so that the specified thickness is not re-
duced. Provide manhole covers which conform to the details shown and which
are true and seat at all points. Supply castings showing the name of the
manufacturer and the country of manufacture. No plugging or welding of defective
castings will be permitted.
Section 055600
COLLIER COUNTY METAL CASTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 2
2.2 WEIGHTS
A.Reject castings with a weight which is less than the theoretical weight based on
required dimensions by more than 5 percent. Provide facilities at the site for
we ighing castings in the presence of the ENGINEER, or furnish invoices showing
true weights, certified by the supplier.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.Erect all castings to accurate grades and alignment, and when placing in concrete
carefully support castings to prevent movement during concreting.
3.2 PAINTING
A.Deliver all manhole castings to the job site unpainted. If painting is specified,
clean metal castings thoroughly before painting. Give manhole frames and covers
and valve boxes one coat of primer and two coats of an approved asphaltum
varnish or other approved coating at the point of manufacture. Paint all other
castings as specified in the Collier County Standard Details.
END OF SECTION
Section 099723
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 7
SECTION 099723
CONCRETE COATINGS
PART 1 SEWPERCOAT LINING SYSTEM / IET COATING SYSTEM / RAVEN 405 LINING
SYSTEM
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section provides details for furnishing and installing the SewperCoat lining system
where shown on the drawings for protection of concrete structures against hydrogen
sulfide corrosion. Perform installation by workers experienced in the application of the
lining system to be used.
B. This section provides details for furnishing and installing the Integrated Environmental
Technologies (IET) coating system where shown on the drawings for protection of
concrete structures against hydrogen sulfide corrosion. Perform installation by workers
experienced in the application of the coating to be used.
C. This section provides details for furnishing and installing the Raven 405 coating system
where shown on the drawings for protection of concrete structures against hydrogen
sulfide corrosion. Perform installation by workers experienced in the application of the
coating system to be used.
D. For sanitary sewer wet wells and manholes, steel reinforced polymer concrete
structures may be provided in lieu of concrete coatings and linings as described in this
section. See Sections 034100 and 333913 for further details and requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SEWPERCOAT LINING SYSTEM
A. The SewperCoat (calcium aluminate) lining system shall be as manufactured by
Lafarge Calcium Aluminates, Chesapeake, VA.
B. Pure-fused Calcium Aluminate Cement Lining: The cement lining material shall be a
pure fused calcium aluminate mortar with pure fused calcium aluminate aggregate
equal to SewperCoat as manufactured by Lafarge Calcium Aluminates, Inc. The
material shall be spray applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
1. The material shall be packaged from the manufacturer so as not to require field
mixing of mortar and aggregate to obtain recommended composition.
2. The material shall form a mechanical and chemical bond to the wetwell surface
with zero shrinkage. The material shall have a minimum 28-day compressive
strength of 9000 psi.
Section 099723
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 7
3. The material shall be suitable for use in a severe hydrogen sulfide (H2S)
environment.
4. Provide documentation that the material has a minimum 5-year history in the
reconstruction of sanitary sewer structures.
2.2 IET COATING SYSTEM
A. The IET Coating System shall be as manufactured by Integrated Environmental
Technologies, Santa Barbara, CA.
B. Polymorphic Resin shall be a 100% solids, two-component, highly modified
polyester resin system, exhibiting no adhesion-interfering shrinkage upon curing.
Resin shall cure rapidly within fifteen minutes to one hour without the use of heat or
cooling at surface temperatures ranging from –30 degrees Fahrenheit to over +150
degrees. Excellent resistance to a broad range of corrosive chemicals, including
sulfuric acid created by hydrogen sulfide gas as well as other chemicals typically
found in sanitary sewers, and impact and abrasion attack shall be provided.
2.3 RAVEN 405 COATING SYSTEM
A. The RAVEN 405 coating system shall be as manufactured by Raven Lining
Systems, Broken Arrow, OK.
B. Raven 405 coating shall be 100% solids, solvent -free ultra high-build epoxy
system exhibiting the following characteristics:
1. Product Type: amine cured epoxy
2. VOC Content (ASTM D2584): 0%
3. Compressive Strength, (ASTM D695): 18,000 psi
4. Tensile Strength, (ASTM D638): 7,600 psi
5. Flexural Modulus, (ASTM D790): 700,000 psi
6. Adhesion to Concrete, (ASTM D4541/7234): >200 psi with substrate
(concrete) failure
7. Chemical Resistance (ASTM D543/G20) immersion service for:
a. Municipal sanitary sewer environment
b. Sulfuric Acid, 30%
c. Sodium Hydroxide, 10%
Section 099723
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 7
d. Sodium Hypochlorite, 3%
8. Successful Pass: Sanitation District of L.A. County Coating
Evaluation Study and SSPWC 210.2.3.3 (Greenboo k “Pickle Jar”
Chemical Resistance test)
2.4 STEEL REINFORCED POLYMER CONCRETE STRUCTURES
A. As an alternative to the concrete coatings and linings described above, steel
reinforced polymer concrete structures may be furnished and installed. All steel
reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be supplied by a qualified company
with a minimum of 5 years’ experience manufacturing polymer concrete.
B. All steel reinforced polymer concrete structures shall be manufactured and
installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of ASTM C76, C478,
C443, D6783, C33, C267, A82, A165, A496, A497, A615, and A615M.
C. Approved manufacturers: See County Approved Product List, Appendix F.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SEWPERCOAT LINING
A. Plug or bypass all pipes in service before any work is started on the structure. No
debris is to be flushed down the line.
B. Anyone entering the structure must conform to all OSHA requirements for “Confined
Space Entry” equipment and permitting.
C. Prepare surface in accordance with the requirements of SewperCoat Data Sheets
on Concrete Preparation. Interior surfaces of wetwell shall be sound, porous, dry,
and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease and other contaminants prior to application of lining.
D. Interior surface of structure must be abrasive-blasted to remove all loose patching,
old coatings and any contamination in the concrete. Do not use silica sand.
1. Abrasive-blast “new” structures to remove all oils and patch mud, and to open
pinholes and expose aggregate.
2. Abrasive-blast “rehab” structures to remove all loose patching, old coatings,
and any contamination that penetrated the concrete. The finished interior of
the structure shall be gray. Coat the exposed invert/floor also. Where there
is severe deterioration of the mortar, place new concrete to match the original
interior dimensions after abrasive blasting and removal of all loose material
and by-products of corrosion. Restore invert/floor to the original elevation.
3. Vacuum to remove all abrasives and debris.
Section 099723
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 7
4. Condition of the wetwell may require the use of a 10% solution of hydrochloric
(muriatic) acid over all surfaces or the use of a detergent. If an acid or
detergent solution is used, the surface shall be thoroughly rinsed and
neutralized prior to the installation of the liner system.
E. Repair all leaks by injecting grout using Avanti Multi-grout AV-202 or equivalent.
Hydraulic cement shall not be used to stop any water leaks.
F. Spray Application: Mix and apply the pure fused calcium aluminate cement liner
system in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions using only
manufacturers approved equipment. This includes the preparation, installation,
curing and finish operation required for the completion of the process.
1. Wet gun: Spray the material directly to the damp wetwell surface in a two-coat
application. Trowel the material smooth after each coat, completely covering
the interior surface of the wetwell from the frame to the invert with a minimum
thickness of 1 inch. Apply a “brushed” finish to the second coat after troweling.
2. Dry Gun: Spray the material directly to the damp wetwell surface in a one-coat
application. Trowel the material smooth after the application, completely
covering the interior surface of the wetwell from the frame to the invert with a
minimum thickness of 1 inch. Apply a “brushed” finish after troweling.
G. Curing: The material shall cure in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations and instructions.
H. Inspect lining system for holidays (i.e., discontinuity), cracks and pinholes. Take
particular care to check lining over brick, block, heavy spalled surfaces, and other
very rough surfaces and locate holes in the lining caused by voids in bricks, block,
concrete and structure joints. Fill voids and holidays in accordance with the lining
system manufacturer’s instructions.
I. Provide a five (5) year unlimited warranty on all workmanship and products. The
work includes the surface preparation and application of the SewperCoat lining
system, and shall protect the structure for at least five (5) years from all leaks, and
from failure due to corrosion from exposure to corrosive gases such as hydrogen
sulfide.
3.2 IET COATING
A. Plug or bypass all pipes in service before any work is started on the structure. No
debris is to be flushed down the line.
B. Anyone entering the structure must conform to all OSHA requirements for “Confined
Space Entry” equipment and permitting.
Section 099723
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 7
C. Prepare surface in accordance with the requirements of IET Systems Data Sheets
on Concrete Preparation. Interior surfaces of manhole shall be sound, porous, dry,
and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease and other contaminants prior to application of lining.
D. Dry abrasive-blast Interior surface of structure to remove all loose patching, old
coatings and any contamination in the concrete. Do not use silica sand.
1. Dry abrasive-blast “new” structures to remove all oils and patch mud, and to
open pin holes and expose aggregate.
2. Dry abrasive-blast “rehab” structures to remove all loose patching, old
coatings, and any contamination that penetrated the concrete. The finished
interior of the structure shall be gray. Coat the exposed invert/floor also.
Where there is severe deterioration of the mortar, place new concrete to
match the original interior dimensions after abrasive blasting and removal of
all loose material and by-products of corrosion. Restore invert/floor to the
original elevation.
3. Vacuum to remove all abrasives and debris.
E. Repair all leaks by injecting grout using Avanti Multi-grout AV-202 or equivalent.
Hydraulic cement shall not be used to stop any water leaks.
F. Clean and remove dust material with pressure washing for maximum adhesion.
Blow dry concrete at 250 cfm with 120 psi.
G. Apply IET Systems Coating by the use of the IET Systems Spray Unit and IET
Systems Spincaster. Apply IET coating at least three different intervals – prime
coat, intermediate coat and finish coat, per IET Systems manufacturer instructions
and specifications. The total thickness of the IET coating shall be at least 125 mils.
H. Inspect lining system for holidays, cracks and pinholes. Take particular care to
check lining over brick, block, heavy spalled surfaces, and other very rough surfaces
and locate holes in the lining caused by voids in bricks, block, concrete and structure
joints. Fill voids and holidays in accordance with the lining system manufacturer’s
instructions.
I. Provide a five (5) year unlimited warranty on all workmanship and products. The
work includes the surface preparation and application of the IET coating system,
and shall protect the structure for at least five (5) years from all leaks, and from
failure due to corrosion from exposure to corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulfide.
3.3 RAVEN 405 COATING
A. Plug or bypass all pipes in service before any work is started on the structure. No
debris is to be flushed down the line.
B. Anyone entering the structure must conform to all OSHA requirements for “Confined
Space Entry” equipment and permitting.
Section 099723
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 7
C. Prepare surface in accordance with the requirements of Raven Data Sheets on
Concrete Preparation. Interior surfaces of structure shall be sound, porous, dry, and
free of dust, dirt, oil, grease and other contaminants prior to application of lining.
D. Dry abrasive-blast Interior surface of structure to remove all loose patching, old
coatings and any contamination in the concrete. Do not use silica sand.
1. Dry abrasive-blast “new” structures to remove all oils and patch mud, and to
open pin holes and expose aggregate.
2. Dry abrasive-blast “rehab” structures to remove all loose patching, old
coatings, and any contamination that penetrated the concrete.
3. Vacuum to remove all abrasives and debris.
E. New Portland concrete structures shall have a minimum of 28 days cure since
manufacture prior to commencing coating installation.
F. Offset structural components, lids, covers, frames, etc. shall be repaired, replaced,
or reset prior to the commencement of surface preparation.
G. Concrete and/or mortar damaged by corrosion, chemical attack or other means of
degradation shall be removed so that sound substrate remains.
H. In conditions where severe chemical/microbiological attack is present the prepared
substrate shall exhibit a pH of 8-12. Additional cleaning and/or contaminated
substrate removal may be required to achieve the specified pH level.
1. Prior to the application of the coating product repairs shall be completed to
ensure the following:
2. All inflow and infiltration shall be eliminated by use of appropriate repair
material(s), such as hydraulic cements and/or chemical grouts as described
in Section 2.2.
3. All repairs to joints, pipe seals, steps, mechanical penetrations, benches,
inverts, pipes or other appurtenances to be coated shall be completed and
repaired surfaces prepared according to this section.
4. Benches or other horizontal surfaces shall have adequate slope (1” rise per
lineal foot minimum) to minimize the retention of debris following surcharge.
5. Inverts or flow channels shall be smooth without lips, rough edges or other
features which may cause debris to collect; contoured to minimize turbulent
flow; and be sloped to promote adequate flow from the inlet(s) to the outlet
pipe.
Section 099723
COLLIER COUNTY CONCRETE COATINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 7
6. All joints, pipe seals, steps or other penetrations shall be sealed against
inflow, infiltration and exfiltration and be adequately filled, smoothed and
contoured to promote monolithic coating application.
I. Areas where reinforcing steel has been exposed shall be repaired in accordance
with the Project Engineer’s recommendations or at the minimum all exposed steel
shall be prepared in accordance with Section 3.2 prior to coating with the coating
product specified or other approved primer as specified by the coating product
manufacturer.
J. Coating shall be applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 80 mils to surface
profiles of CSP-4 to CSP-5 or 125 mils minimum DFT to surface profiles of CSP-6
or greater and in rehabilitated structures.
K. Subsequent top coating or additional coats of the coating product(s) shall occur
within the products recoat window. Additional surface preparation procedures will
be required if this recoat window is exceeded.
L. Provide a five (5) year unlimited warranty on all workmanship and products. The
work includes the surface preparation and application of the Raven 405t lining
system, and shall protect the structure for at least five (5) years from all leaks, and
from failure due to corrosion from exposure to corrosive gases such as hydrogen
sulfide.
END OF SECTION
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 1 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMP
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Requirements for providing a permanently installed automatically starting pump station back-
up pumpset.
B. Elevated platforms shall be provided where necessary to provide access to the diesel backup
pump for operation and maintenance. Typically, these platforms shall be limited to locations
with existing grades requiring equipment to be located at a higher elevation due to the Florida
Building Code (FBC), FEMA, and the ASCE Standard 7 and 24 requirements.
1.2 GENERAL
A. The specifications herein state the minimum requirements of Collier County (the Owner).
All bids must be regular in every respect. Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions
shall be cause for rejection. The Owner may consider as “irregular” or “non-responsive”,
any bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the bid documents and specification,
or any bid lacking sufficient technical literature to enable the Owner to make a reasonable
determination of compliance to the specification. It shall be the bidder’s responsibility to
carefully examine each item of the specification. Failure to offer a completed bid or failure
to respond to each section of the technical specification (exception yes or no) will cause the
proposal to be rejected, without review, as “non-responsive”. All variances, exceptions,
and/or deviations shall be fully described in the appropriate section. Deceit in responding to
the specification will be cause for rejection.
B. INTERPRETATIONS: In order to be fair to all bidders, no oral interpretations will be given
to any bidder as to the meaning of the specifications documents or any part thereof. Every
request for each a consideration shall be made in writing to the Owner. Based upon such
inquiry, the Owner may choose to issue an Addendum in accordance with local public
contract laws.
C. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Units described shall be new, unused, and of the current
year’s production. The style of pump being bid must be in production for a minimum of 5
years (include users list). Unit shall be of the latest design and in current production
completely serviced, ready for work and shall include all standard and optional equipment
as specified herein. All bidders must have demonstrated the unit they are bidding, prior to
bid date.
D. Bidders must have a fully stocked parts and service facility within 50 miles of the project
site. The Owner shall have the right to inspect the office and shall be the sole judge of its
adequacy to fulfill this requirement.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 2 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E. Bidders, on request of the Owner, must be prepared to review their specifications with the
Owner and must, if requested, also be prepared to provide a unit for tangible evaluation
purposes only. These services, if needed, are considered as part of the bidder’s proposal
and will be provided without cost or obligation to the Owner.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The pumpset specified in this section will be used to pump wastewater from a Collier County
pumping station (PS).
B. Pump shall be fitted with a fully automatic priming system capable of repeated priming from a
completely dry pump casing.
C. The complete pump set shall be supplied by the pump manufacturer.
D. The pump offered shall be the manufacturer’s standard production model. It shall have been
in continuous use by municipal and industrial owners for a minimum of five years. A list of five
user contacts including contact names and telephone numbers shall be provided with the bid
submittal. Failure to supply a verifiable users list will be cause for rejection of the bid.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
1.4.1 All design requirements listed below must be clearly displayed on performance pump
curves. These performance pump curves shall be based on testing standards
established by the hydraulic institute.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
OPERATING SPEED (MAXIMUM) (RPM)
MAXIMUM SOLIDS HANDLING SIZE (INCHES)
IMPELLER DIAMETER (INCHES)
SUCTION SIZE (INCHES)
DISCHARGE SIZE (INCHES)
PRIMARY DUTY POINT (GPM @ TDH)
MAXIMUM SUCTION LIFT AT PRIMARY DUTY
POINT (FEET)
MINUMUM EFFICENCY AT MAX DUTY POINT
SECOND DUTY POINT (GPM @ TDH)
MAXIMUM SUCTION LIFT AT SECOND DUTY
POINT (FEET)
MIMIMUM EFICENCY AT SECOND DUTY POINT
1.5 REFERENCES
1. ANSI B16.1 - Standard for Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 3 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRE-APPROVED ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
1. GODWIN PUMPS OF AMERICA
2. THOMPSON PUMP & MANUFACTURING CO, INC.
A. All manufacturers shall be ISO 9001: 2008 certified. Certificates shall be made available to
Collier County upon request. Bids will be accepted for consideration on any make and model
that meets the requirements of the project specifications, as interpreted by the Owner. If a
product proposed does not meet the requirements of this specification, the Contractor shall
provide a unit which does, at no additional cost to the Owner. The Owner shall have the final
decision on which products do and which products do not meet the project specifications.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. PUMPS: The pumps used in the diesel backup pump system shall be supplied directly by the
manufacturer, not by a distributor. The pump itself and the diesel backup pump system as a
whole shall come from a single manufacturer. “Packagers” of systems which incorporate
pumps from a separate manufacturer to fabricate diesel backup pump systems shall not be
allowed.
B. CASING, SUCTION COVER, SEPARATION TANK: Pump castings shall be cast iron or
ductile iron with a minimum pressure rating of 100 psi. The pump casing shall be constructed
so that the suction flow path is in axial alignment with the impeller eye. There shall be no turns,
chambers, obstructions or straightening vanes between the suction line and the impeller. The
pump casing shall be complete with a removable port for inspecting impeller/cut water area.
C. IMPELLERS: The pump impeller shall meet the criteria of one of the following:
1. An open, three-bladed, (or 2-bladed) non-clog type with pump-out vanes on the back
shroud and fabricated from hardened cast- chromium steel construction (or other
material to meet minimum Brinell Hardness 340 HB).
2. A high efficiency non-clog type, 2-vane, enclosed design with full front and rear
shrouds, containing back pumpout vanes, constructed of high grade 65-45-12 ductile
iron and capable of passing a 3” spherical solid.
D. WEARPLATES/WEAR RINGS: Shall be fully be replaceable, fabricated of cast iron. Wear
plate/wear ring clearances shall have no relationship to the ability of the pump to achieve a
prime.
E. BEARINGS AND SHAFTS: Pump shall be fitted with a bearing bracket to contain the shaft and
bearings. Bearings shall be tapered roller bearings of adequate size to withstand imposed
loads for sustained pumping at maximum duty points. Minimum ISO L10 bearing life to be
100,000 hours. Impeller shafts shall be fabricated of high strength alloy steel, accurately
machined, polished, and of sufficient size to transmit full driver output without excessive flexing
or stress.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 4 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
F. SEALS: Pump shall be capable of running dry, with no damage, for periods up to twenty-four
hours. The pump seals shall be the requirements of one of the following:
1. Seal shall be high pressure, mechanical self-adjusting type with silicon carbide faces
capable of withstanding suction pressures to 87 psi. The mechanical seal shall be
cooled and lubricated in an oil bath reservoir, requiring no maintenance or adjustment.
All metal parts shall be of stainless steel. Elastomers shall be Viton.
2. Pump seal shall be an inside-mounted, self-cleaning John Crane type 2 component
style mechanical seal with tungsten carbide rotating and silicon carbide stationary faces
with Viton elastomers and stainless steel spring and hardware.
G. PUMP SUCTION AND DISCHARGE FLANGES: Shall be cast iron ANSI (B16.1) Class 150,
raised faced.
H. PUMP GASKETS: Shall be compressed fiber and/or Teflon.
I. PUMP O RINGS: Shall be Buna-N.
J. PRIMING SYSTEM: Pump shall be fitted with a fully automatic priming system incorporating
a air compressor, venturi (with lifetime warranty), priming chamber, and discharge check valve
assembly. The compressor shall be installed on the engine auxiliary drive and shall be gear
driven, lubricated and cooled from the engine. Installed system design shall prevent any
carryover of the pumping fluid onto the ground. Priming system may require additional
drainage pipelines to be constructed to re-circulate pumping fluid back to sump area. The
pump must be capable of running totally dry for periods up to 24 hours, then re-priming and
returning to normal pumping volumes. Pump and priming system is capable of priming the
pump from a completely dry pump casing. The pump shall be capable of static suction lifts to
28 vertical feet, at sea level. It shall also be capable of operation using extended suction lines,
and pump shall be capable of priming and re-priming without any user intervention. Equipment
acceptance shall be contingent upon the pump’s ability to run continuously at full speed in a
completely dry condition. The engineer may require a demonstration. Priming systems that
incorporate the use of a positive displacement diaphragms OR oil-cooled vacuum pumps will
not be accepted.
K. CHECK VALVE: The priming system shall include a discharge check valve to prevent pulling
air through the discharge line during priming and prevent in-line return of flow when the pump
is shut off. Non-return check valve shall be constructed of cast iron with Nitrile rubber and shall
be field replaceable. Check valve shall be vacuum-tested by the factory, and test results shall
be provided.
L. DRIVE UNIT: The drive unit shall be a diesel water-cooled engine. The engine shall drive the
pump by use of direct-connected intermediate drive plate. Starter shall be twelve-volt electric.
Low oil pressure safety shutdown, high temperature shutdown, tachometer, and hour-meter
shall be integrated into engine control panel. Battery shall have 180-amp hour rating. A
certified continuous-duty engine curve shall be supplied to the owner/engineer.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 5 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
M. GOVERNOR: Governor shall be an electronic or mechanical type. Engine speed shall be
adjustable to operate the pump between maximum and minimum design operation speeds in
manual mode. See section 2.3 for Automatic mode.
N. FUEL SOURCE: Integral skid fuel tank capacity shall be sufficient to provide at least seventy-
two (72) hours of continuous operation at full load. The minimum tank size shall be 150 gallons
and the maximum tank size shall be 550 gallons. The engine shall be capable of operating
satisfactorily on a commercial grade of distilled No. 2 fuel oil.
O. EXHAUST: Exhaust system shall include a hospital grade muffler housed in a separate
chamber within the enclosure. All exhaust piping and manifolds shall be encased in fitted
acoustic blankets. They shall be constructed of high-density fiberglass material with
waterproof jacketing.
P. SOUND ATTENUATED ENCLOSURE: The entire unit including the pump and engine shall
be completely enclosed in a lockable enclosure. The enclosure shall be constructed with a
modular galvanized steel frame and galvaneel panels. Acoustical material shall be installed as
required to reduce pump and engine noise. Maximum sound ratings for specific pump sizes
are shown in the table below. These sounds rating shall be the maximum dBA rating measured
at 7 meters @ both duty points specified.
Pump Outlet Size Maximum Sound Rating Allowed
4” 68 dBA
6” 70 dBA
8” 72 dBA
10” 72 dBA
12” 72 dBA
Q. Units not meeting this requirement shall not be considered. The enclosure shall be removable
for easy access to the engine / pump for maintenance and repair. The enclosure doors shall
all be equipped with latches that are keyed alike. For maintenance and service needs, the
enclosure sides shall have hinged doors for quick access to the engine oil fill, fuel fill port, oil
dipstick, and filters. The enclosure shall be coated in epoxy based primer and paint to a total
dry film thickness of 5 mils.
R. UL LISTED SKID BASE
1. The pump base tank shall be a UL-142 approved double wall design constructed in
accordance with Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30; The Standard
for Installation and use of Stationary Combustible Engine and Gas Turbines, NFPA 37;
and The Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, NFPA 110. Pumps
installed within 25 feet of a building shall be equipped with UL-2085 fire resistant fuel
tanks. All fuel tanks shall comply with the requirements set forth by Collier County
Pollution Control.
2. The tank design shall be a Closed Top Dike Pump Base Tank. It shall be of double
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 6 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
wall construction having a primary tank to contain the diesel fuel, held within another
tank or dike, which is intended to collect and contain any accidental leakage from the
primary fuel tank. The completed base tank assembly is to incorporate pump mounting
locations and must be able to support four times the rated load.
3. The primary tank shall be designed to withstand normal and emergency internal
pressures and external loads. It shall be capable of withstanding internal air pressures
of 3 to 5 psig without showing signs of excessive or permanent distortion and 25 psig
hydrostatic pressures without evidence of rupture or leakage.
4. The primary and secondary tanks or dike shall have venting provisions to prevent the
development of vacuum or pressure capable of distorting them as a result of the
atmospheric temperature changes or while emptying or filling. The vent shall also
permit the relief of internal pressures caused by exposure to fires. The vent size shall
be determined by using the calculated wetted surface area in square feet (the top is
excluded) in conjunction with venting capacity table 10.1of UL-142. The tank’s vent
shall also be equipped with a coupling device and shall be located to facilitate
connection to a vent piping system. The dike’s vent may be an opening for venting
directly to the atmosphere and protection from the entrance of natural elements or
debris shall be provided.
5. The primary and outer tanks are to be constructed of 304 stainless steel, 7 gauge
minimum. Internal baffles or reinforcement plates shall be located on a maximum of 24
inch centers in tanks up to 60 inch width and on a maximum of 19.5 inch centers in
tanks over 60 inch width. At least one baffle shall separate the fuel suction pipe from
the fuel return line.
6. The outer tank is to be constructed in a manner to be able to support four times the wet
load of the pump and housing. The entire load is to be carried by the outer tank so no
load or vibration stress is placed on the primary tank. If the pump base tank is wider
than the pump set to be supported, structural rails are to be incorporated to span the
width of the base tank so that the load is transferred to the side rails of the tank. Vertical
reinforcements shall be welded to the outer sides of the secondary tank or dike at a
maximum of 45 inch centers on tanks up to 30 inches high and on 24 inch centers on
tanks greater than 30 inches high. At least one vertical reinforcement shall be
positioned adjacent to each mounting hole location. Provide level monitoring and
interstitial space leak monitoring.
7. Both primary and secondary tanks shall be fitted with the proper welded pipe fittings to
accommodate the requirements for the fill port and normal and emergency venting.
8. The completed assembly is to be cleaned with a heated pressure wash followed by a
chromium free post treatment to ensure proper paint adhesion. The tank assembly is
to be painted with an epoxy ester primer and high quality polyurethane enamel with a
minimum dry film thickness of 3.5 mils.
9. All tanks shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 30 TO INCLUDE ON SITE
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 7 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TIGHTNESS TESTING in accordance with NFPA 30 Section 21.5. This requirement
shall not apply to portable trailer mounted diesel pumps.
10. Manufacturing and testing of this system shall be performed within the scope of
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. “Standard for Safety UL 142.”, or UL 2085, as
applicable. A UL label shall be permanently attached to the tank system showing the
following information:
i. The registered UL mark and the name: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
ii. A control number and the word “listed”
iii. The product’s name as identified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
iv. The serial number assigned by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
v. Other manufacturer’s information may also be included.
S. PORTABLE TRAILER (FOR TRAILER MOUNTED UNITS ONLY):
1. The complete pump set shall be factory mounted on a highway trailer meeting NHTSA,
DOT Part 571 standards 108, 119 and 120.
2. Trailers with loads of 5,000 pounds or less with fuel tank filled, shall have a flat bed,
single axle, two 15-inch wheels with 6-ply tires. Axle ratings shall be a minimum of
5,000 pounds.
i. Trailers with loads from 5,000 to 10,000 pounds with fuel tank filled, shall have
a flat bed, 2-axle, four 15-inch or 16-inch wheels with 10-ply tires. Axle rating
shall be a minimum of 10,000 pounds.
ii. Trailers above shall have following accessories. Ring and pintal hitch including
safety chain and fasteners, electric brakes shall be provided on all wheels, and
all required ICC lights such as tail, brake, direction signals, license holder and
light, etc., shall be provided; jacks and sand shoes for front and rear corners
shall be provided so that unit can be completely supported.
iii. The diesel backup pump engine shall be balanced mounted on trailer. All
necessary service and checkout of diesel backup pump set shall be performed
prior to delivery.
T. FACTORY PAINTING: Pump, engine, and base shall be shop primed and finish painted at the
place of manufacturer.
2.3 AUTOMATIC STARTING CONTROL SYSTEM
A. The engine control panel shall be provided in a NEMA 3R enclosure mounted on rubber
isolators to reduce vibration, equipped with a factory installed microprocessor-based
controller designed to start/stop the engine at a signal supplied by high and low level floats
or a 4-20 mA transducer.
B. The control system shall be able to start/stop the engine a via a signal supplied by a primary
level transducer and back-up high and low level floats for redundant automatic operation.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 8 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
C. ENGINE / PUMP CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
1. The engine shall be started, stopped, and controlled by a digital controller. The
controller shall be weather proof enclosed, and contain an external weatherproof 12-
position keypad accessible without the need to remove or open any protective cover
or enclosure. It shall be designed to start/stop the engine based on relay contact
closure provided by others. The controller shall provide the following functions
without modification, factory recalibration, or change of chips or boards, by simply
accessing the keypad:
D. The keypad shall be a capacitive touch sensing system. No mechanical switches will be
acceptable. The keypad shall operate in extreme temperatures, and maintain complete
weather-tight sealing of the controller.
E. In automatic mode, the unit shall conserve energy and go to “sleep”.
F. The controller shall function interchangeably from remote contact closure, as well as manual
start/stop by selection at the keypad. No other equipment or hardware changes are required.
G. The start function can be programmed to provide two separate functions each day for seven
days (i.e. a start, exercise cycle on two separate days at different times and for a varying
length of time all via the keypad).
H. Manual-Automatic Button:
1. In Manual Mode, manual “Start” button starts engine and runs until “Stop” or “Off” button
is depressed or an emergency shutdown occurs.
2. In Automatic Mode, start/stop sequencing is initiated by a signal from a digital input.
I. The controller shall integrate the engine safety shut-off for low and high oil temperature, and
provide over-speed protection.
J. The controller shall include standard, field-adjustable parameters for engine cycle crank timer,
and shutdown time delay.
K. The controller shall have only one circuit board with eight built-in relays. Three (3) of the relays
shall be programmable to output desired parameter on display and to be used as dry-contacts
for communication with Collier County’s SCADA system, all via the keypad without changing
relays, chips, printed circuits, or any hardware or software. Relays will monitor the following:
1. Low Battery Charge
2. Low Fuel Level (Less than 25 gallons)
3. Diesel Pump Engine Start
L. Standard components shall consist of one of the following set ups:
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 9 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. (24) Digital inputs, (7) analog inputs, (1) magnetic pick-up input, (8) 20-amp form “C”
relays, (1) RS232 port, (1) RS485 port, (1) RS232/RS485 port, (1) J1939 port, and (1)
64X128 pixel full graphic LCD display with backlight.
2. (8) Digital inputs, (5) analog inputs, (8) digital outputs, (1) RS232 port, (1) RS485 port,
(1) J1939 port, (76) selectable features, (32) alarm event history.
M. The industrially-hardened Controller shall withstand vibration of 3 g, 3 axis, frequency swept
10-1000 Hz, in an operating temperature range of 4 to 176F (-20 to 80C) and an operating
humidity range of 0-95% non-condensing.
2.4 OPTIONS
A. FULLY AUTOMATIC TRICKLE CHARGER: The unit shall include a fully automatic trickle
charger powered by 6-amps, 115 VAC.
B. LIGHT: The unit shall include a single switch operated 12VDC light within the enclosure.
C. FLOATS: The unit shall be supplied with one (1) float assembly including two (2) N/O floats
which shall integrate with the engine control panel via a single multi-pin plug.
D. LEVEL TRANSDUCER: The unit shall be supplied with (1) one Teflon diaphragm sewage
compatible level transducer assembly including a single 4-20 mA level transducer with leveling
guard (0-15 psig), which shall integrate with the engine control panel via a single multi-pin plug.
E. AUTO THROTTLE: The unit/s shall include one (1) automatic throttle controller integrated into
(1) relays in the electronic engine control panel. The auto-throttle control panel combination
shall allow the pump to ramp up to the target RPM given a start command and ramp down to
idle given a stop command via the 4-20 mA level transducer
F. DC / AC INVERTOR: The unit/s shall include one (1) 12VDC to 110VAC volt single-phase
inverter, 1750 watts, mounted inside enclosure, single 15-amp GFI outlet, and one (1) fusible
link.
2.5 ACCESS PLATFORM
A. Platforms and stairs shall meet the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
Part 1910, applicable FBC requirements, and ASCE Standards 7 and 24. All platform and
stair designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer. The
Engineer of Record shall identify Flood Hazard Area, Flood Design Class (ASCE 24) and
other applicable loadings. All components shall be aluminum with stainless steel hardware.
Standard stairs shall be utilized. Fall protection shall be provided on all exposed sides by use
of an OSHA approved guardrail system. Where required for access, removable guardrail
sections shall be provided. Grating shall be slip resistant and bonded at ends of bearing bars
and openings.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 10 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
B. All platforms and stairs shall be supported by a concrete foundation system. The foundation
designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer. It shall
meet the requirements of the FBC, ASCE 7 (Dead, Live, Flood, and Wind), ASCE 24 (Flood
Resistant) and other regulatory requirements. Where head clearance under the platform is
less than 6’-8”, provisions shall be made to limit access.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 MANUFACTURERS SERVICES
A. The manufacturer shall furnish the services of a competent factory representative to do the
following:
1. The complete pump set shall be factory tested according to ANSI/HI 1.6¬1994 by a
certified quality technician. The pump shall be sound tested according to ISO 3744,
ANSI/HI9.4 and CPB Sound Level Measurement Standard.
2. Instruct the Owner's operating personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the
system for a period of not less than one-half day.
3.2 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. The manufacturer shall furnish the following on delivery of the pumping system;
1. A recommended list of spare parts.
2. Two (2) replacement mechanical seals
3. An Operations and Maintenance manual for the pump and engine.
4. A fuel polishing system capable of below 1 micron filtration equipped with a fuel-water
separator and 12V DC fuel pump rated at 40 GPH minimum. The system shall be a
standard commercial or industrial off the shelf unit intended for portable use of diesel fuel
polishing. The fuel polishing system shall include 6 spare filters and an operations and
maintenance manuals.
3.3 WARRANTY
A. The manufacturer shall furnish the following to the owner:
1. A copy of the engine manufacturer's parts and labor warranty.
2. A 3-year Parts and Labor Warranty issued by the manufacturer on the Diesel Pump
System. This warranty must cover all pump parts.
3. The venturi shall have a minimum five (5) year warranty to include parts and labor.
END OF SECTION
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 1 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Extent of diesel generator set work as indicated by Drawings and
Schedules, and is hereby defined to include, but not by way of limitation:
1. Diesel engine.
2. Electrical generator.
3. Engine starting system.
4. Batteries.
5. Instrument control panel.
6. Sound Attenuating Enclosure.
7. Sub-Base Fuel Tanks.
8. Exhaust silencer.
9. Wall thimble.
10. Additional accessories.
11. Automatic transfer switch (ATS).
12. Access platform and stairs.
B. Types of generator sets required include:
1. Permanent Diesel Engine-driven Generator.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 013400, Shop Drawings covering the
items included under this Section. Shop Drawing submittals shall include:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on diesel engine-driven generator sets
and components.
a. Generator dimensions.
b. Generator weight.
c. Generator rating.
d. Alternator rating.
e. Generator Starting System Data:
1) Battery size and ratings.
2) Charging system capacity.
3) Battery heater data.
4) Battery warranty.
f. Generator Control Panel Data:
1) Layout.
2) Wiring diagrams.
3) Control interconnection.
4) Instrumentation.
g. Exhaust System Data:
1) Muffler size.
2) Decibel reduction curve.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 2 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3) Fuel system data.
h. Cooling System Data:
1) Radiator capacity.
2) Cooling reduction capacity
i. Enclosure Data:
1) Materials.
2) Size.
3) Assembly/disassembly instructions.
4) Door locations.
5) Noise reduction.
6) Color.
j. Sub-Base Fuel Tank:
1) Capacity.
2) Fuel usage calculations.
3) Coating.
k. ATS Data:
1) Enclosure Material.
2) Dimensions.
3) Factory test report.
l. Warranty data.
m. Accessory and miscellaneous equipment.
2. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for diesel engine-driven generator units
showing connections to electrical power panels, feeders, and ancillary equipment.
Differentiate between portions of wiring that are manufacturer installed and portions
that are field installed.
3. Agreement to Maintain: Prior to time of final acceptance, Installer shall submit 4
copies of an agreement for continued service and maintenance of diesel engine-
driven generator sets for OWNER's possible acceptance. Offer terms and conditions
for furnishing parts and providing continued testing and servicing, including
replacement of materials and equipment, for 1-year period with option for renewal of
Agreement by OWNER.
4. Certifications: Provide diesel engine-driven generator sets certified test record of the
following final production testing:
a. Single-step load pickup.
b. Transient and steady-state governing.
c. Safety shutdown device testing.
d. Voltage regulation.
e. Rated power.
f. Maximum power.
g. Provide certified test record prior to engine-driven generator set being shipped
from factory to Project location.
5. Spare Parts Data: Submit a list of spare parts for the equipment specified.
6. Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals:
a. Operating instruction manuals outlining step-by-step procedures required for
system startup and operation.
b. Manufacturer's name, model number, service manual parts list.
c. Brief description of equipment and basic operating features.
d. Maintenance instruction manuals outlining maintenance procedures.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 3 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
e. Troubleshooting guide listing possible breakdown and repairs.
f. Point-to-point connection wiring diagram for the system.
g. Performance Test Reports: Upon completion of installed system, submit in
booklet form all shop and field tests performed to prove compliance with
specified performance criteria.
h. Provide OWNER with two (2) electronic copies of O&M manuals on CD’s.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 37, "Installation
and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines," NFPA 99, "Standard
for Health Care Facilities," and NFPA 101, "Code for Safety to Life from Fire in
Buildings and Structures."
2. UL Compliance: UL 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper
Conductors," UL 2200, "Standard for Safety for Stationary Engine Generator
Assemblies," rated 600 volts or less. UL 1008, "Automatic Transfer Switches," and
UL 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors."
Provide transfer switches and components which are UL listed and labeled.
3. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NE MA
MG1, "Motors and Generators," and MG2, "Safety and Use of Electric Motors and
Generators." NEMA Standards Pub/Nos. ICS 2, "Industrial Control Devices,
Controllers and Assemblies," ICS 6 and 250, pertaining to transfer switches.
4. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of IEEE Standard 446, "IEEE
Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial
and Commercial Applications."
B. Submittal information shall be generated from a representative located within Collier
County who has knowledge of Local and State code requirements.
C. Warranty: Submit in accordance with requirements of Section 01740, warranties covering
the items included under this Section. Unit shall be provided with a full comprehensive
warranty of 5 years or 1500 running hours from date of ENGINEER's acceptance.
Response time shall be a maximum of 3 hours. Provide label on inside of generator with
description of warranty period and contact information.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Manufactured material shall be adequately packed to prevent damage during shipping,
handling, storage and erection. Material shipped to site shall have approval of OWNER
prior to shipping. All shipped material shall be packed in a container properly marked for
identification. Blocks and padding shall be used to prevent movement.
B. CONTRACTOR shall inspect the material prior to removing it from carrier. If damage is
observed, CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify carrier so that a claim can be made.
If no such notice is given, material shall be assumed to be in undamaged condition, any
subsequent damage that occurs to the equipment shall be the responsibility of
CONTRACTOR.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 4 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with specified requirements, manufacturers offering products
which may be incorporated in Work include:
1. Standby Diesel Generator Sets:
a. Caterpillar.
b. Cummins.
2. Automatic Transfer Switches:
a. Caterpillar.
b. Cummins
2.02 GENERATOR SETS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard diesel engine-driven
generator set and auxiliary equipment as indicated by published product information,
and as required for a complete installation. Generator set shall be rated to continuously
power the total accumulated load and starting load shown on Schedule at 100 degrees
F ambient temperature and at altitude where installed.
B. Diesel Engine: Provide a 4-cycle, compression ignition type engine for operation on a
commercial grade of petroleum fuel oil such as No. 2 fuel oil. Engine operating speed
shall not exceed 1,800 rpm and shall be controlled by a governor to maintain alternator
frequency within plus or minus 3 Hertz of 60 hertz from no load to full load. Frequency
shall recover to steady-state tolerance within 5 seconds after application of 90 percent
rated load.
C. Starting System: Provide engine-generator unit with 12- or 24-volt, negative ground,
starting system including positive engagement solenoid shift-starting motor, batteries,
and 35-ampere, or greater, automatic battery charging alternator with solid-state voltage
regulator. Mount batteries in a plastic- or epoxy-coated metal platform near the starter
but not on the generator and coat battery terminals with an anti-oxidant. Generator sets
rated 150 kW or less shall have a battery rated 650 amperes cold cranking at 0 degree
F and 170 minutes reserve capacity by SAE Standard J-537. Larger generators shall
have a battery rated either 220 ampere-hours or 900 amperes cold cranking, and
430 minutes reserve capacity. Batteries shall have a 12-month full warranty and 60-
month prorated warranty.
D. Battery Charger: Provide a solid-state, current limiting, float-type SENS model #NRG22-
10-RC battery charger with 10-ampere minimum capacity. Charger shall operate from
120-volt AC single phase, 60 hertz power and shall automatically keep batteries at full
charge. Equip charger with ammeter and voltmeter. Battery charger shall be located
within the generator enclosure.
E. Alternator: Provide a single bearing brushless, self-excited alternator with inherently
regulated rotating rectifier exciter system or a revolving field design with a temperature
compensated solid-state voltage regulator. Connect the alternator housing directly to the
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 5 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
engine flywheel housing. Couple the alternator rotor directly to engine flywheel with a
semi-flexible steel disk coupling.
1. Provide windings with Class F insulation with epoxy impregnation and fungus-
resistant coating. Temperature rise shall be as defined in NEMA Standard MG1-
22.40.
2. The alternator shall be capable of starting load given for site with 35 percent
maximum instantaneous voltage dip. Instantaneous voltage dip shall only be 20
percent when there is a VFD. Recovery to stable equation within plus or minus 5
percent of rated voltage shall occur within 3 seconds.
F. Engine Cooling Radiator: Provide a complete engine cooling system equipped with a
radiator and blower type fan sized to maintain safe operation, 190 degrees F engine
outlet water temperature at 100 degrees F maximum ambient temperature. The engine
cooling system shall be filled with a solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol.
G. Instrument Control Panel: Provide engine-generator unit with engine oil-pressure and
water-temperature indicators, reset circuit breaker, static voltage regulator, voltage-
adjusting rheostat, voltmeter, ammeter with phase selector switch with an OFF position,
and with running time indicator and frequency meters. Select circuitry of plug-in design
capable of quick replacement, and capable of accepting a plug-in device which allows
maintenance to test control panel performance without operating the engine.
1. Provide a cranking limiter to open starting circuit in 45 to 90 seconds if engine has
not started within that time or after a series of 3 or more cranking intervals separated
by 2 or more rest periods.
2. Provide engine safety devices to shut unit down on high engine temperature, low oil
pressure, overspeed, and overcrank. Provide, for each of these conditions, an alarm
light and an unpowered, normally open contact for remote use. Provide an audible
alarm with silence switch which is activated by any alarm condition. Provide
additional unpowered, normally open contact for remote use that indicates general
generator alarm. General alarm contact will be for any alarms associated with the
generator and not pre-assigned to a specific alarm. Sacrificing a specific alarm in
order to receive the general alarm contact is not acceptable.
3. Provide a relay with 2 normally open and 2 normally closed contacts rated 5A at 120
volts AC and which is energized when unit is running. Wire these contacts to terminal
strips for remote use.
4. Provide a RUN-OFF-AUTO switch. In AUTO position unit shall start when a remote
contact closes and stop when contact opens. In RUN position unit shall start and run
until OFF position is selected.
5. Mount instrument control panel on unit such that it is isolated from generator set
vibration.
2.03 PERMANENT ENGINE-GENERATOR SET ACCESSORIES
A. Enclosure Design: Generator set shall be provided with a skin tight outdoor enclosure.
Enclosure roof and side panels shall be constructed from a minimum of 0.090 Marine
Grade Aluminum. Side panels shall be constructed from a minimum of 0.090 Marine
Grade Aluminum. The Side Walls shall be complete with necessary access doors and
ventilating louvers. There shall be at least 2 access doors on each side of enclosure and
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 6 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
one at the generator control panel for access to the controls. Doors shall be capable of
full-range of motion. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate final location of generator to
accommodate door swings. Any changes due to generator clearances shall be at the
expense of the CONTRACTOR. Doors shall be hung on full-length piano hinge
assembly. All hinge hardware shall be stainless steel. Finish paint shall be powder-
coated over epoxy primer. Doors shall be equipped with handles. Louvers shall be
stationary type and shall be arranged to provide adequate protection against rainfall at
15 degrees from vertical. Air of intake louvers shall be sized so not to exceed .5 inches
of water column while providing the required genset cooling and combustion air flow.
Enclosure shall be of bolted formed panel type construction. Exhaust shall be provided
within the enclosure unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. Roof shall have
sufficient strength to support an exhaust silencer. Enclosure shall be large enough to
fully enclose all components necessary to the system. All doors shall be capable of being
locked or have provisions for padlocks. Door hardware shall be stainless steel.
1. All raceway and conduits within the enclosure shall be sealed-tight flexible conduit
or rigid aluminum or galvanized steel with malleable iron boxes and compression
type fittings as appropriate for the raceways used under NEC. EMT and flex or
“Greenfield” conduits are not acceptable.
2. When this outdoor enclosure is specified, the temperature specifications for unit shall
be 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F with ambient air at radiator intake being 100
degrees F maximum.
3. Modular enclosures shall comply with DCA, Florida Building Code and have a
minimum sustained wind rating of 150 MPH.
4. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for verifying the impact rating requirements under
Florida Building Code and shall provide a generator enclosure in compliance to these
standards.
5. Consult the ENGINEER prior to bid when generator is located within any “Zone 4
impact area under FBC”.
6. Enclosure shall match footprint of sub base fuel tank.
B. Sound Attenuation: Enclosure shall be insulated to attenuate sound and include sound
attenuating features that direct radiant cooling air in a route to minimize ambient noise
when generator is running.
C. Operational noise shall not exceed 75 dBA at 23 feet (in Free Field Conditions).
Additional sound attenuation references or limitations may be required. See drawings for
additional details. If generator is located within 50 feet of a commercial or residential unit,
then operational noise shall not exceed 55 dBA.
D. Source dBA and sound attenuation shall be as measured and defined under ANSI
S12.34-1998 and SIO 3744 as applicable. Additional local codes and standards may
apply for generator operational noise. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for compliance
to all local standards without change order or additional payment.
E. Fuel System: Provide unit with a UL142 compliant double-wall skid base type integral
fuel tank that is “skid” mounted, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER’s drawings
or addenda. Tank capacity shall be a maximumum of 550 gross volume gallons. The
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 7 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
tank capacity shall be calculated assuming the tank is 90% full and based on the
generator running at full load/speed continuously for three (3) days.
F. The ENGINEER has projected fuel use estimates using equipment listed as the basis of
design. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing the manufacturer’s fuel usage
calculations with submittal documents for ENGINEER’s review.
G. The fuel tank shall be furnished with UL142 and FDEP required accessories to include
a fuel site gauge, normal and emergency vents and fuel cap having padlocking
provisions. All necessary fuel supply and return line shall be furnished pre-assembled to
unit. The Fuel Tank shall meet all applicable State and local standards for the volume of
fuel the tank will hold.
H. Sub base fuel tank size shall be provided and sized as shown on the contract
documents and within the specifications.
I. Sub base fuel tank shall not allow pooling or ponding of water on top once generator is
mounted on top.
J. Tank shall be made by a manufacturer with minimum of (10) ten years’ experience in
the design and construction of UL Listed, FDEP and NFPA compliant sub base fuel
tanks. Manufacturer of the fuel tank must be approved and registered with the State of
Florida, and have their required “EQ” file number on the supplied fuel tank. The
installing CONTRACTOR is responsible for supplying fuel for the field testing.
K. The fuel tank shall be mounted under the generator skid rails, consisting of a dual wall
design constructed to UL142 and standards applicable to this application under FS-62-
762, NFPA 30, NFPA 37 and NFPA 110. All fuel tanks shall comply with the
requirements set forth by Collier County Pollution Control.
L. Sub base fuel tank shall be rectangular in shape and include reinforced steel box
channel for generator support.
M. Both the inner and outer tanks shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
N. The outer wall shall be prepared before & after primer. Prime with one coat of epoxy
primer to a thickness of 12-15 mils (DFT). Outer wall finish coat shall be a high gloss,
black, UV blocking epoxy primer applied to a minimum thickness of 3.5 mils (DFT). All
welds and fasteners connecting the generator skid base to the fuel tank shall be
similarly primed and finished. Primers shall not be electrostatically or powder applied.
Primers shall be hand applied & dried in a drying booth.
O. Fuel tank shall be equipped with a magnetic liquid level fuel gauge as manufactured by
Rochester Gauges, Inc. Fuel tank level shall be output as a 4-20mA signal from the
generator control panel.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 8 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
P. Sub base fuel tank shall have a 4 point lifting system in place when shipped to the site.
It shall be the responsibility of the Generator manufacturer to recommend a lifting
system along with instructions for the CONTRACTOR on site.
Q. Sub base tank testing shall consist of primary and secondary tank containment basin
and shall be pressurized at 3-5 psi and leak checked to ensure integrity of sub base
weld seams per UL-142 standards. A copy of this report shall accompany close-out
documents. Fuel containment basin shall be sized as a minimum of 110% of the tank
capacity to prevent escape of fuel into the environment in the event of a tank rupture.
Provide a fuel containment basin leak detector switch.
R. The sub base tank fittings shall include the following:
1. Appropriately sized NPT fuel supply.
2. Fuel return fitting
3. 2” NPT for normal vent
4. NPT for emergency vent, sized as appropriate
5. 2” NPT for manual fill.
6. NPT for level gauge, sized as appropriate.
7. 3/8” NPT basin drain
8. 2” NPT for level alarm.
9. NPT fitting for leak detection alarm
S. Coolant Heater: Provide engine coolant heater that operates from 120-volt AC single
phase, 60 hertz power with thermostatic controls to maintain engine coolant at proper
temperature to fulfill start-up requirements of NFPA 99.
T. Inlet and Exhaust Systems: Silencers and exhaust ducting to silencers shall be self-
supporting when assembled. Provide all necessary supporting members for ductwork
between silencer and outlet. Provide all required cutting as shown on Drawings and
noted herein. The unit shall be complete with raincap. All exhaust duct shall be Schedule
10 steel pipe, minimum. Inlet silencer and filter to be self-supporting. Provide necessary
supports for all intake ductwork. All intake ducts shall be Schedule 10 steel pipe,
minimum.
1. Provide a silencer which meets sound standards of a critical area. Silencer shall
provide attenuation (input to output) of 25 dB or greater at frequencies of 125 hertz
to 8 kilohertz. A curve shall be submitted with Shop Drawings showing attenuation
(input to output) in dB versus frequency. Curve shall be on manufacturer's standard
data sheet or from an independent test lab. A spiral or bellows-type flexible section
of pipe shall be installed in the exhaust line between the muffler and engine manifold
connection. An insulated thimble section shall be provided where exhaust line
passes through roof or wall. Exhaust lines shall be pitched and a condensation trap
provided at non-draining low points in line.
U. Circuit Breaker: A generator power circuit breaker shall be installed as a manual load
circuit interrupter and an automatic overload and short circuit protection device.
1. The circuit breaker shall be a solid-state trip type for all sizes rated 200 amps
continuous and larger. Solid-state trip shall include Long-time, Short-time, and
Instantaneous. Ground fault trip required on breakers 1,000 amps and above.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 9 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2. 100% ratings under UL shall be required as noted on ENGINEER’s drawings.
3. AIC rating for generator power circuit breaker shall meet or exceed that of the
upstream service entrance rating.
4. Generator power circuit breaker shall be UL listed as short circuit, service entrance
rated device under UL and NEC.
5. Trip settings for all breakers shall be selected for the rating of the generator power
circuit as indicated on Drawings.
6. Provide breaker and alternator trip curves in the submittal. Show coordination of
curves for equipment provided.
V. Provide protective relays to protect the generator system/alternator.
W. Alternator protection equipment as basis of design shall be equal to “Amp Sentry”
protection by Cummins Power Generation with the following features: Over current and
short-circuit shut down - Over current warning -Single and three phase fault regulation -
Over and under voltage shut down - Over and under frequency shut down - Overload
warning with alarm contact - Reverse power and reverse Var shut down - Excitation
fault. Equipment other than basis of design is subject to ENGINEER’s approval.
Provide full submittal and comparison data for ENGINEER’s review on equipment as
provided.
X. Any pump station requiring a generator shall also have a generator receptacle located
on the pump control panel for a portable generator, coordinate exact model with
OWNER.
2.04 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
A. Automatic Transfer Switch: UL listed and 600 volt-rated with amperage rating shown on
Drawings and shall be the mechanically held, electrically operated type rated for
continuous duty in an unventilated sheet metal enclosure.
B. Switch shall be double throw, with an off position, having electrical operated normal-
emergency positions inherently interlocked mechanically, and with main contacts
mechanically attached to a common shaft. Main contacts shall be silver alloy wiping-
action type. They shall be protected by arcing contacts.
C. Heavy duty emergency pushbuttons shall be provided. Emergency pushbuttons shall
reset when pulled out.
D. Switch and Relay Contacts, Coils, Springs, and Control Elements: Removable from front
of transfer switch without removal of the switch panels from enclosure and without
disconnection of drive linkages or power conductors. Sensing and control relays shall be
continuous duty industrial control type with 600 volt, 10 amp rated contacts.
E. Transfer switch internal wiring shall be composed of pre-manufactured harnesses that
are permanently marked for source and destination. Harnesses shall be connected to
the control system by means of locking disconnect plug(s), to allow the control system
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 10 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
to be easily disconnected and serviced without disconnecting power from the transfer
switch mechanism.
F. Power transfer switch shall be provided with flame retardant transparent covers to allow
viewing of switch contact operation but prevent direct contact with components that could
be operating at line voltage levels.
G. Transfer switches that are designated on the drawings as 3-pole shall be provided with
a neutral bus and lugs. The neutral bus shall be sized to carry 100% of the current
designated on the switch rating.
H. Field control connections shall be made on a common terminal block that is clearly and
permanently labeled.
I. Upon drop in normal voltage of 83-85 percent of rated voltage, and after an override delay
of 3 seconds nominal, switch shall start generator and transfer the load to emergency
source, provided emergency source voltage and frequency are 90 percent of rated or
higher.
J. Upon return of normal source voltage for 5 seconds nominal, to 92-95 percent of rated,
switch shall retransfer load to normal source after a minimum transfer time or if
emergency source fails. Provide a 5- to 60-second adjustable time delay to maintain
transfer switch in the "Off" position during transfer to either source.
K. Sensing relays shall operate without contact chatter or false response when voltage is
slowly varied to dropout and pickup levels.
L. Four auxiliary contacts shall be provided: Two for transfer switch position indicating use,
and two auxiliary contacts, one N.O. and one N.C. to operate after completion of the 3-
second override delay for starting generator. All auxiliary contacts shall be 600 volt, 10
amp continuous rating.
M. Operator Panel. Each transfer switch shall be provided with a control panel to allow the
operator to view the status and control operation of the transfer switch. The operator
panel shall be a sealed membrane panel rated NEMA 3R/IP53 or better (regardless of
enclosure rating) that is permanently labeled for switch and control functions. The
operator panel shall be provided with the following features and capabilities:
1. High intensity LED lamps to indicate the source that the load is connected to (source
1 or source 2); and which source(s) are available. Source available LED indicators
shall operate from the control microprocessor to indicate the true condition of the
sources as sensed by the control
2. High intensity LED lamps to indicate that the transfer switch is “not in auto” (due to
control being disabled or due to bypass switch (when used) enabled or in operation)
and “Test/Exercise Active” to indicate that the control system is testing or exercising
the generator set.
3. “OVERRIDE” pushbutton to cause the transfer switch to bypass any active time
delays for start, transfer, and retransfer and immediately proceed with its next logical
operation.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 11 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
4. “TEST” pushbutton to initiate a preprogrammed test sequence for the generator set
and transfer switch. The transfer switch shall be programmable for test with load or
test without load.
5. “RESET/LAMP TEST” pushbutton that will clear any faults present in the control, or
simultaneously test all lamps on the panel by lighting them.
6. The control system shall continuously log information on the number of hours each
source has been connected to the load, the number of times transferred, and the
total number of times each source has failed. This information shall be available via
a PC-based service tool and an operator display panel.
7. Vacuum fluorescent alphanumeric display panel with push-button navigation
switches. The display shall be clearly visible in both bright (sunlight) and no light
conditions. It shall be visible over an angle of at least 120 degrees. The
Alphanumeric display panel shall be capable of providing the following functions and
capabilities:
a. Display source condition information, including AC voltage for each phase of
normal and emergency source, frequency of each source. Voltage for all three
phases shall be displayed on a single screen for easy viewing of voltage
balance. Line to neutral voltages shall be displayed for 4-wire systems.
b. Display source status, to indicate source is connected or not connected.
c. Display load data, including 3-phase AC voltage, 3-phase AC current, frequency,
KW, KVA, and power factor. Voltage and current data for all phases shall be
displayed on a single screen.
d. The display panel shall allow the operator to view and make the following
adjustments in the control system, after entering an access code:
1) Set nominal voltage and frequency for the transfer switch.
2) Adjust voltage and frequency sensor operation set points.
3) Set up time clock functions.
4) Set up load sequence functions.
5) Enable or disable control functions in the transfer switch, including program
transition.
6) Set up exercise and load test operation conditions, as well as normal system
time delays for transfer time, time delay start, stop, transfer, and retransfer.
e. Display Real time Clock data, including date, and time in hours, minutes, and
seconds. The real time clock shall incorporate provisions for automatic daylight
savings time and leap year adjustments. The control shall also log total
operating hours for the control system.
f. Display service history for the transfer switch. Display source connected hours,
to indicate the total number of hours connected to each source. Display number
of times transferred, and total number of times each source has failed.
g. Display fault history on the transfer switch, including condition, and date and time
of fault. Faults to include controller checksum error, low controller DC voltage,
ATS fail to close on transfer, ATS fail to close on retransfer, battery charger
malfunction, network battery voltage low, and network communications error.
N. The transfer switch control system shall be configurable in the field for any operating
voltage level up to 600VAC. Provide RMS voltage sensing and metering that is accurate
to within plus or minus 1% of nominal voltage level. Frequency sensing shall be accurate
to within plus or minus 0.2%. Voltage sensing shall be monitored based on the normal
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 12 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
voltage at the site. Systems that utilize voltage monitoring based on standard voltage
conditions that are not field configurable are not acceptable.
O. Transfer switch voltage sensors shall be close differential type, providing source
availability information to the control system based on the following functions:
1. Monitoring all phases of the normal service (source 1) for under voltage conditions
(adjustable for pickup in a range of 85 to 98% of the normal voltage level and dropout
in a range of 75 to 98% of normal voltage level).
2. Monitoring all phases of the emergency service (source 2) for under voltage
conditions (adjustable for pickup in a range of 85 to 98% of the normal voltage level
and dropout in a range of 75 to 98% of pickup voltage level).
3. Monitoring all phases of the normal service (source 1) and emergency service
(source 2) for loss of a single phase.
P. The transfer switch shall be configurable to control the operation time from source to
source (program transition operation). The control system shall be capable of enabling
or disabling this feature, and adjusting the time period to a specific value. The transfer
switch shall incorporate adjustable time delays for generator set start (adjustable in a
range from 0-15 seconds); transfer (adjustable in a range from 0-120 seconds);
retransfer (adjustable in a range from 0-30 minutes); and generator stop (cooldown)
(adjustable in a range of 0-30 minutes).
Q. The transfer switch shall be configurable to accept a relay contact signal and a network
signal from an external device to prevent transfer to the generator service.
R. The control system shall be designed and prototype tested for operation in ambient
temperatures from -40C to +70C. It shall be designed and tested to comply with the
requirements of the noted voltage and RFI/EMI standards.
S. The control shall have optically isolated logic inputs, high isolation transformers for AC
inputs, and relays on all outputs, to provide optimum protection from line voltage surges,
RFI and EMI.
T. Enclosures shall be UL listed. The enclosure shall provide wire bend space in
compliance to the latest version of NFPA70. The cabinet door shall include permanently
mounted key type latches.
U. Transfer switch equipment shall be provided in a NEMA 4X enclosure.
V. The enclosure shall provide code-required wire bend space at point of entry as shown
on the drawings. Manual operating handles and all control switches (other than key-
operated switches) shall be accessible to authorized personnel only by opening the
key-locking cabinet door. Transfer switches with manual operating handles and/or non
key-operated control switches located on outside of cabinet do not meet this specification
and are not acceptable.
W. Transfer switch normally connects an energized utility power source (source 1) to loads
and a generator set (source 2) to the loads when normal source fails. The normal
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 13 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
position of the transfer switch is source 1 (connected to the utility), and no start signal is
supplied to the genset.
X. Generator Set Exercise (Test) With Load Mode. The control system shall be configurable
to test the generator set under load. In this mode, the transfer switch shall control the
generator set in the following sequence:
1. Transfer switch shall initiate the exercise sequence at a time indicated in the exercise
timer program, or when manually initiated by the operator.
2. The transfer switch shall issue a compatible start command to the generator set, and
cause the generator set to start and run at idle until it has reached normal operating
temperature.
3. When the generator set has reached normal operating temperature or after an
adjustable time period (whichever is shorter), the control system shall accelerate the
generator set to rated voltage and frequency.
4. When the control systems senses the generator set at rated voltage and frequency,
it shall operate to connect the loads to the generator set by opening the normal
source contacts, and closing the alternate source contacts a predetermined time
period later. The timing sequence for the contact operation shall be programmable
in the controller.
5. The generator set shall operate connected to the load for the duration of the exercise
period. If the generator set fails during this period, the transfer switch shall
automatically reconnect the generator set to the normal service.
6. On completion of the exercise period, the transfer switch shall operate to connect the
loads to the normal source by opening the alternate source contacts, and closing the
normal source contacts a predetermined time period later. The timing sequence for
the contact operation shall be programmable in the controller.
7. The transfer switch shall operate the generator set unloaded for a cooldown period,
and then remove the start signal from the generator set. If the normal power fails at
any time when the generator set is running, the transfer switch shall immediately
connect the system loads to the generator set.
Y. Generator Set Exercise (Test) Without Load Mode. The control system shall be
configurable to test the generator set without transfer switch load connected. In this
mode, the transfer switch shall control the generator set in the following sequence:
1. Transfer switch shall initiate the exercise sequence at a time indicated in the exercise
timer program, or when manually initiated by the operator.
2. The transfer switch shall issue a compatible start command to the generator set, and
cause the generator set to start and run at idle until it has reached normal operating
temperature.
3. When the generator set has reached normal operating temperature or after an
adjustable time period (whichever is shorter), the control system shall accelerate the
generator set to rated voltage and frequency.
4. When the control systems senses the generator set at rated voltage and frequency,
it shall operate the generator set unloaded for the duration of the exercise period.
5. At the completion of the exercise period, the transfer switch shall remove the start
signal from the generator set. If the normal power fails at any time when the
generator set is running, the transfer switch shall immediately connect the system
loads to the generator set.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 14 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Z. Factory Testing. The transfer switch manufacturer shall perform a complete operational
test on the transfer switch prior to shipping from the factory. A certified test report shall
be provided to OWNER & ENGINEER upon delivery of generator. Test process shall
include calibration of voltage sensors.
AA. The manufacturer of the transfer switch and generator set shall maintain service parts
inventory at a central location (within 50 miles of the city) which is accessible to the
service location 24 hours per day, 365 days.
BB. The transfer switch shall be serviced by a local service organization that is trained and
factory certified in both generator set and transfer switch service. The supplier shall
maintain an inventory of critical replacement parts at the local service organization, and
in service vehicles. The service organization shall be on call 24 hours per day, 365 days
per year.
CC. The manufacturer shall maintain model and serial number records of each transfer
switch provided for at least 20 years.
DD. Accessory devices shall be provided as follows:
1. Time delay to override harmless power dips and outages. (Inverse time characteristic
with voltage.)
2. Test switch.
3. Auxiliary contacts (as specified herein).
4. Selector relay (as specified herein).
5. Lockout relay (sensitive to voltage and frequency).
6. Full phase protection with nominal 75-80 percent dropout and 92-95 percent pickup
on phase relay.
7. Adjustable time delay on retransfer to normal source. Minimum retransfer of 2
minutes and maximum of 25 minutes. Built-in circuitry to nullify the retransfer time
delay if the emergency source fails and the normal source is available.
8. Adjustable (10-20 minutes) time delay for running generator unloaded after transfer
for cool down.
9. Adjustable time delay or delays (5 to 60 seconds) for holding transfer switch in the
"Off" position when switching from standby source to normal and normal source to
standby.
10. Engine starting contact.
11. A selector switch shall permit generator to be exercised with or without load.
2.05 ACCESS PLATFORM
A. Elevated platforms shall be provided where necessary to provide access to the generator
for operation and maintenance. Typically, these platforms shall be limited to locations with
existing grades requiring equipment to be located at a higher elevation due to the Florida
Building Code (FBC), FEMA, and the ASCE Standard 7 and 24 requirements.
B. Platforms and stairs shall meet the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) Part 1910, applicable FBC requirements, and ASCE Standards 7 and 24. All
platform and stair designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 15 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Professional Engineer. The Engineer of Record shall identify Flood Hazard Area, Flood
Design Class (ASCE 24) and other applicable loadings. All components shall be
aluminum with stainless steel hardware. Standard stairs shall be utilized. Fall protection
shall be provided on all exposed sides by use of an OSHA approved guardrail system.
Where required for access, removable guardrail sections shall be provided. Grating shall
be slip resistant and bonded at ends of bearing bars and openings.
C. All platforms and stairs shall be supported by a concrete foundation system. The
foundation designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional
Engineer. It shall meet the requirements of the FBC, ASCE 7 (Dead, Live, Flood, and
Wind), ASCE 24 (Flood Resistant) and other regulatory requirements. Where head
clearance under the platform is less than 6’-8”, provisions shall be made to limit access.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS
A. Install diesel engine-driven generator units as indicated, in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that
engine-generator units fulfill requirements. Comply with NFPA and NEMA standards
pertaining to installation of engine-generator sets and accessories.
B. Coordinate with other work, including raceways, electrical boxes and fittings, fuel tanks,
piping, and accessories, as necessary to interface installation of engine generator
equipment work with other work.
C. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment connectors.
Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and
terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standards 486A and B, and
the National Electrical Code.
D. Install units on steel spring type vibration isolators fastened to an inertia base in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Connect fuel piping to generator equipment as indicated, and comply with manufacturer's
installation instructions.
3.02 GROUNDING
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for diesel engine-driven generator unit and
automatic transfer switch as indicated. Connect generator equipment ground to ground
ring around generator pad. Ground ring shall have a minimum of four (4) 5/8” x 20’
copper-clad ground rods. Connect ground ring to sites counterpoise. Connections to
ground ring, counterpoise and ground rods shall be exothermically welded. Add
additional ground rings as required to meet five (5) ohm (or less) specified resistance.
Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A to
ensure permanent and effective grounding.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 16 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Start-up Testing:
1. Engage local equipment manufacturer's representative to perform start-up and
building load tests upon completion of installation, with ENGINEER in attendance;
provide certified test record. Tests are to include the following:
a. Check fuel, lubricating oil, and antifreeze in liquid-cooled models for conformity
to manufacturer's recommendations under environmental conditions present.
b. Test prior to cranking engine for proper operation, accessories that normally
function while the set is in a standby mode. Accessories include: alternator strip
heater, engine coolant heater, and battery charger.
c. Check, during start-up test mode, for exhaust leaks, cooling air flow, movement
during starting and stopping, vibration during running, normal and emergency
line-to-line voltage, and phase rotation.
d. Test, by means of simulated power outage, automatic start-up by remote-
automatic starting, transfer of load, and automatic shutdown. Prior to this test,
adjust for proper system coordination, transfer switch timers. After installation
inspection and fine adjustments have been completed, the Generator set shall
be connected to resistive type load banks, matching the full rated output of this
installed generator set.
1) A four (4) hour 100% resistive load bank test, matching the full rated output
of this installed generator set, is to be performed after installation in the
presence of the ENGINEER, OWNER, and any required Authority.
Coordinate with ENGINEER, OWNER, and any required Authority for
appropriate test date and time. During this load bank test, monitor the engine
temperature, oil pressure, battery charge level, generator voltage, amperes,
and frequency. Voltage dip will be observed with a recording oscilloscope
furnished by supplier for this test only. Voltage dip is defined as the peak-
to-peak voltage minimum, at starting compared to the average peak-to-peak
voltage with the starting load running. The difference shall be less than 25
percent of the running P-P voltage.
2) Provide a test of safeties and transfer under NFPA-110 criteria.
3) Provide all tests in the presence of an OWNER representative.
Upon completion of installation and testing, demonstrate capability and
compliance of system with requirements. Where possible, correct
malfunctioning units at Site, then retest to demonstrate compliance;
otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting.
Initial testing and retesting to be at no cost to OWNER.
3.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Commissioning and Qualifications shall be performed by Manufacturer's authorized and
factory certified trained for installation of units personnel.
B. Maintenance Proximity: The commissioning and selling manufacturer office location
shall not be more than two hours' normal travel time from the project site.
C. Access to Service & Parts: Manufacturer for the Generator shall maintain a full
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 17 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
operational facility, with service, parts and distribution center within 50 miles of the
Project Site. A ‘sales office’ will not qualify as a service & parts facility. A “dealer” that
buys product from a Factory Distributor does not qualify.
D. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: The manufacturer shall be in the business of
manufacturing power generation systems under ISO-9001 certification process for over
10 years. The manufacturer shall employ service, engineering, and parts staff within a
factory-owned or authorized service center, within 50 miles of Project site.
E. When an “upfitter” is used for a fuel tank or generator enclosure, the manufacturer shall
be located in the same state as the Project Site.
F. Upfitters shall provide their UL Listing number on all documentation of compliance. UL
as an “assembly” under the generator manufacturer’s main UL Listing is not acceptable.
G. cUL (or other) listing or compliance shall not be accepted in lieu of UL listing and label.
H. Manufacturer Service Qualifications: The generator manufacturer shall have a
service center within a 2-hour driving distance from the project site. This service center
shall have engineering, application support, on-site rental, start-up, commissioning, and
replacement parts and labor for the maintenance and repair of the same brand of power
generation system equipment as supplied on the Project.
I. Source Limitations: Obtain all equipment under this section through one source as
practical and possible under the limitations of the manufacturer’s ability to provide
equipment.
J. The equipment under this Section must be sold to the installer or the OWNER by an
entity operating from within the project State.
K. The equipment under this Section must be installed by a CONTRACTOR operating
from offices located within the Project state.
L. Equipment under this section shall be provided by a single manufacturer, so as to
provide only one source of warranty and responsibility whenever possible.
M. Generator engine, alternator, and generator controller shall be provided by a single
manufacturer exceptions must be noted in submittal. The ENGINEER reserves the right
to reject exceptions based on the equipment used as the basis of design in comparison.
3.05 PERSONNEL TRAINING
A. Building Operating Personnel Training: Train OWNER's building personnel in procedures
for starting-up, testing, and operating diesel engine-driven generator sets. In addition,
train OWNER's personnel in periodic maintenance of batteries.
END OF SECTION
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 1 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 312316
EXCAVATION - EARTH AND ROCK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Requirements for performing opencut excavations to the widths
and depths necessary for constructing structures and pipelines, including
excavation of any material necessary for any purpose pertinent to the construction
of the Work.
B. Related Work Specified In Other Sections Includes:
1. Section 017416 – Site Clearing
2. Section 033100 – Concrete, Masonry, Mortar and Grout
3. Section 312319 – Groundwater Control for Open Cut Excavation
4. Section 312323 – Backfilling
5. Section 314000 – Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Earth: "Earth" includes all materials which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, do
not require blasting, barring, wedging or special impact tools for their removal from
their original beds, and removal of which can be completed using standard
excavating equipment. Specifically excluded are all ledge and bedrock and
boulders or pieces of masonry larger than one cubic yard in volume.
B. Rock: "Rock" includes all materials which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER,
require blasting, barring, wedging and/or special impact tools such as jack
hammers, sledges, chisels, or similar devices specifically designed for use in
cutting or breaking rock for removal from their original beds and which have
compressive strengths in their natural undisturbed state in excess of 300 psi.
Boulders or masonry larger than one cubic yard in volume are classed as rock
excavation.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 2 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
B. Engage the services of a Professional Engineer who is registered in the State of
Florida to design all cofferdam and sheeting and bracing systems which the
CONTRACTOR feels necessary for the execution of his work. Submit to the
ENGINEER a signed statement that he has been employed by the
CONTRACTOR to design all sheeting and bracing systems. After the systems
have been installed, furnish to the ENGINEER an additional signed statement that
the cofferdams and sheeting and bracing systems have been installed in
accordance with his design.
C. If a detour is required, submit a traffic control plan for approval to County Manager
or designee and/or the Florida Department of Transportation as described in
Section 015526.
1.4 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Geotechnical Investigation: A geotechnical investigation may have been prepared
by the COUNTY and ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents.
1. The geotechnical investigation report may be examined for what ever value
it may be considered to be worth. However, this information is not
guaranteed as to its accuracy or completeness.
2. The geotechnical investigation report is not part of the Contract Documents.
B. Actual Conditions: Make any geotechnical investigations deemed necessary to
determine actual site conditions.
C. Underground Utilities and Collier County Damage Prevention Policy:
1. This policy has been put in place to avoid damage to Collier County
underground utilities. A minimum distance of five feet (5’) horizontally and
eighteen inches (18”) vertically must be maintained away from Collier County
utilities. Any and all variations from this order must be the Water or Wastewater
Department.
2. Before commencement of any excavation at road crossings or any boring or any
drilling, the contractor shall mark the proposed run alignment with white paint or
flags. Subsequent to placement of the white markings, the existing underground
utilities in the area affected by the work must be marked by Sunshine One Call
after proper notification to them by either calling 811 in Florida or toll free at 1-
800-432-4770. Visit www.sunshine811.com for more information. Before
commencing excavation for the work, potholing of all potential conflicts must be
performed.
3. All lines in conflict must be physically located by the contractor. Any conflict
shall be reported to the utility and Collier County Public Utilities. Utilities under
concrete or pavement may require soft dig vacuum locates which also is the
contractor’s responsibility to perform. All utilities will be field marked per
Sunshine State One Call’s statutes and guidelines. For line verification or any
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 3 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
other information concerning locates, please call the Locate Department at 239-
252-5922 during normal business hours. For line verification or emergency
locates after hours, call emergency number 239-825-1444. In the event the
potholing and/or vacuum soft dig does not locate the marked utility, work
must be stopped and the affected utility owner contacted. Failure to comply
with this policy and obtain required signature(s) may result in revocation of
existing right-of-way permits.
4. The contractor must comply with all provisions of Florida Statute 556, the
Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act.
D. Quality and Quantity: Make any other investigations and determinations
necessary to determine the quality and quantities of earth and rock and the
methods to be used to excavate these materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Clearing: Clear opencut excavation sites of obstructions preparatory to
excavation. Clearing in accordance with Section 017416, includes removal and
disposal of vegetation, trees, stumps, roots and bushes, except those specified to
be protected during trench excavation.
B. Banks: Shore or slope banks to the angle of repose to prevent slides or cave-ins
in accordance with Section 314000.
C. Safety: Whenever an excavation site or trench is left unattended by the
CONTRACTOR or when an area is not within 100 feet of observation by the
CONTRACTOR, the excavation site or trench shall be filled and/or, at the
County’s Manager or designee discretion, protected by other means to prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry. Include barricades and other protection devices
requested by the ENGINEER or County Manager or designee, including
temporary fencing, snow fencing, or temporary "structure" tape. Such safety items
shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of any site safety requirements or liabilities
established by Federal, State and local laws and agencies, including OSHA, but is
intended as additional safety measures to protect the general public.
D. Hazardous Materials: If encountered, take care of hazardous materials not
specifically shown or noted in accordance with Section 015000.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 4 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E. During excavation and any site work, take storm water pollution prevention
measures to ensure that water quality criteria are not violated in the receiving
water body and all state and local regulatory requirements are met.
3.2 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
A. Excavation Size: Provide excavations of sufficient size and only of sufficient size
to permit the Work to be economically and properly constructed in the manner and
of the size specified.
B. Excavation Shape: Shape and dimension the bottom of the excavation in earth or
rock to the shape and dimensions of the underside of the structure or drainage
blanket wherever the nature of the excavated material permits.
C. Compaction: Before placing foundation slabs, footings or backfill, proof roll the
bottom of the excavations to detect soft spots.
1. For accessible areas, proof roll with a ten wheel tandem axle dump truck
loaded to at least 15 tons or similarly loaded construction equipment.
2. For small areas, proof roll with a smooth-faced steel roller filled with water or
sand, or compact with a mechanical tamper.
3. Make one complete coverage, with overlap, of the area.
4. Overexcavate soft zones and replace with compacted select fill.
3.3 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Preparation: Properly brace and protect trees, shrubs, poles and other structures
which are to be preserved. Unless shown or specified otherwise, preserve all
trees and large shrubs. Hold damage to the root structure to a minimum. Small
shrubs may be preserved or replaced with equivalent specimens.
B. Adequate Space: Keep the width of trenches to a minimum, however provide
adequate space for workers to place, joint and backfill the pipe properly.
1. The minimum width of the trench shall be equal to at least 3.5 feet or the
outside diameter of the pipe at the joint plus 8-inches for unsheeted trench
or 12 inches for sheeted trench, whichever is greater. Conform the trench
walls to OSHA Regulations.
2. In sheeted trenches, measure the clear width of the trench at the level of the
top of the pipe to the inside of the sheeting.
C. Depth:
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 5 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Excavate trenches to a minimum depth of 8 inches, but not more than 12
inches, below the bottom of the pipe so that bedding material can be placed
in the bottom of the trench and shaped to provide a continuous, firm bearing
for pipe barrels and bells.
2. Standard trench grade shall be defined as the bottom surface of the utility to
be constructed or placed within the trench. Trench grade for utilities in rock
or other non-cushioning material shall be defined as additional undercuts
backfilled with crushed stone compacted in 6-inch lifts, below the standard
8-inches minimum trench undercut. Backfill excavation below trench grade
not ordered in writing by the ENGINEER with acceptable Class I, II or III
embedment material to trench grade and compact to density equal to native
soil.
D. Unstable or Unsuitable Materials: If unstable or unsuitable material is exposed at
the level of the bottom of the trench excavation, excavate the material in
accordance with the subsection headed "Authorized Additional Excavation".
1. Remove material for the full width of the trench and to the depth required to
reach suitable foundation material.
2. When in the judgment of the ENGINEER the unstable or unsuitable material
extends to an excessive depth, the ENGINEER may advise, in writing, the
need for stabilization of the trench bottom with additional select fill material,
crushed stone, washed shell, gravel mat or the need to provide firm support
for the pipe or electrical duct by other suitable methods.
3. Crushed stone, washed shell and gravel shall be as specified in Section
312323.
4. Payment for such trench stabilization will be made under the appropriate
Contract Items or where no such items exist, as a change in the Work.
E. Length of Excavation: Keep the open excavated trench preceding the pipe laying
operation and the unfilled trench, with pipe in place, to a minimum length which
causes the least disturbance. Provide ladders for a means of exit from the trench
as required by applicable safety and health regulations.
F. Excavated Material: Neatly deposit excavated material to be used for backfill at
the sides of the trenches where space is available. Where stockpiling of
excavated material is required, obtain the sites to be used and maintain
operations to provide for natural drainage and not present an unsightly
appearance.
G. Water: Allow no water to rise in the trench excavation until sufficient backfill has
been placed to prevent pipe flotation. Provide trench dewatering in accordance
with Section 312319.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 6 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.4 EXCAVATION FOR JACKING AND AUGERING
A. Jacking and Augering Requirements: Allow adequate length in jacking pits to
provide room for the jacking frame, the jacking head, the reaction blocks, the
jacks, auger rig, and the jacking pipe. Provide sufficient pit width to allow ample
working space on each side of the jacking frame. Allow sufficient pit depth such
that the invert of the pipe, when placed on the guide frame, will be at the elevation
desired for the completed line. Tightly sheet the pit and keep it dry at all times.
3.5 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock Excavation: Excavate rock within the boundary lines and grades as shown,
specified or required.
1. Rock removed from the excavation becomes the property of the
CONTRACTOR. Transport and dispose of excavated rock at an off site
disposal location. Obtain the off site disposal location.
2. Remove all shattered rock and loose pieces.
B. Structure Depths: For cast-in-place structures, excavate the rock only to the
bottom of the structure, foundation slab, or drainage blanket.
C. Trench Width: Maintain a minimum clear width of the trench at the level of the top
of the pipe of the outside diameter of the pipe barrel plus 2 feet, unless otherwise
approved.
D. Trench Depth: For trench excavation, in which pipelines are to be placed,
excavate the rock to a minimum depth of 8 inches below the bottom of the pipe or
duct encasement. Provide a cushion of sand or suitable crushed rock. Refill the
excavated space with pipe bedding material in accordance with Section 312323.
Include placing, compacting and shaping pipe bedding material in the appropriate
Contract Items.
E. Manhole Depths: For manhole excavation, excavate the rock to a minimum depth
of 8 inches below the bottom of the manhole base for pipelines 24 inches in
diameter and larger and 6 inches below the bottom manhole base for pipelines
less than 24 inches in diameter. Refill the excavated space with pipe bedding
material in accordance with Section 312323. Include placing, compacting and
shaping pipe bedding material for manhole bases in the appropriate Contract
Items.
F. Over-excavated Space: Refill the excavated space in rock below structures,
pipelines, conduits and manholes, which exceeds the specified depths with 2,500
psi concrete, crushed stone, washed shell, or other material as directed. Include
refilling of over-excavated space in rock as part of the rock excavation.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 7 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
G. Other Requirements: Follow, where applicable, the requirements of the
subsections on "Trench Excavation" and "Structure Excavation".
H. Payment: No additional payment will be made for rock excavation.
3.6 FINISHED EXCAVATION
A. Finish: Provide a reasonably smooth finished surface for all excavations, which is
uniformly compacted and free from irregular surface changes.
B. Finish Methods: Provide a degree of finish that is ordinarily obtainable from blade-
grade operations and in accordance with Section 312323.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Traffic and Erosion: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and from erosion.
B. Repair: Repair any settlement or washing away that may occur from any cause,
prior to acceptance. Re-establish grades to the required elevations and slopes.
C. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to acquaint himself with all existing
conditions and to locate all structures and utilities along the proposed utility
alignment in order to avoid conflicts. Where actual conflicts are unavoidable,
coordinate work with the facility owner and perform work so as to cause as little
interference as possible with the service rendered by the facility disturbed in
accordance with Section 020500. Repair and/or replace facilities or structures
damaged in the prosecution of the work immediately, in conformance with current
standard practices of the industry, or according to the direction of the owner of
such facility, at the CONTRACTOR’s expense.
D. Other Requirements: Conduct all Work in accordance with the environmental
protection requirements specified in Division 1.
3.8 AUTHORIZED ADDITIONAL EXCAVATION
A. Additional Excavation: Carry the excavation to such additional depth and width as
authorized in writing, for the following reasons:
1. In case the materials encountered at the elevations shown are not suitable.
2. In case it is found desirable or necessary to go to an additional depth, or to
an additional depth and width.
B. Refill Materials: Refill such excavated space with either authorized 2500 psi
concrete or compacted select fill material, in compliance with the applicable
provisions of Section 312323.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 8 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
C. Compaction: Compact fill materials to avoid future settlement. As a minimum,
backfill layers shall not exceed 6-inches in thickness for the full trench width and
compaction shall equal 95% of maximum density, or 98% if under paved area of
roadway, as determined by using ASTM D 1557. Perform compaction density
tests at all such backfill areas with spacing not to exceed 100 feet apart and on
each 6-inch compacted layer.
D. Payment: Additional earth excavations so authorized and concrete or select fill
materials authorized for filling such additional excavation and compaction of select
fill materials will be paid for under the appropriate Contract Items or where no
such items exist, as a change in the Work.
3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Stability: Refill any excavation carried beyond or below the lines and grades
shown, except as specified in the subsection headed "Authorized Additional
Excavation", with such material and in such manner as may be approved in order
to provide for the stability of the various structures.
B. Refill Materials: Refill spaces beneath all manholes, structures, pipelines, or
conduits excavated without authority with 2500 psi concrete or compacted select
fill material, as approved.
C. Payment: Refill for unauthorized excavation will not be measured and no payment
will be made therefor.
3.10 SEGREGATION STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL
A. Stockpiling Suitable Materials: Stockpile topsoil suitable for final grading and
landscaping and excavated material suitable for backfilling or embankments
separately on the site in approved locations.
B. Stockpile Locations: Store excavated and other material a sufficient distance
away from the edge of any excavation to prevent its falling or sliding back into the
excavation and to prevent collapse of the wall of the excavation. Provide not less
than 2 feet clear space between the top of any stockpile and other material and
the edge of any excavation.
C. Excess Materials: Be responsible for transport and disposal of surplus excavated
material and excavated material unsuitable for backfilling or embankments at an
off site disposal location secured by the CONTRACTOR.
3.11 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. Water Removal: At all times during the excavation period and until completion
and acceptance of the WORK at final inspection, provide ample means and
equipment with which to remove promptly and dispose of properly all water
entering any excavation or other parts of the WORK.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 9 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
B. Dry Excavations: Keep the excavation dry, in accordance with Section 312319.
C. Water Contact: Allow no water to rise over or come in contact with masonry and
concrete until the concrete and mortar have attained a set and, in any event, not
sooner than 12 hours after placing the masonry or concrete.
D. Discharge of Water: Dispose of water pumped or drained from the Work in a safe
and suitable manner without damage to adjacent property or streets or to other
work under construction.
E. Protection: Provide adequate protection for water discharged onto streets. Protect
the street surface at the point of discharge.
F. Sanitary Sewers: Discharge no water into sanitary sewers.
G. Storm Sewers: Discharge no water containing settleable solids into storm sewers.
H. Repair: Promptly repair any and all damage caused by dewatering the Work.
END OF SECTION
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 10 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 312319
COLLIER COUNTY GROUNDWATER CONTROL FOR
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OPEN CUT EXCAVATION
Page 1 of 4
SECTION 312319
GROUNDWATER CONTROL FOR OPEN CUT EXCAVATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A.Th is section provides for furnishing all permits, labor, materials, equipment, power
and incidentals for performing all operations necessary to dewater, depressurize,
drain and maintain excavations as described herein and as necessary for
installation of pipeline and appurtenances. Included are installing, maintaining,
operating and removing dewatering systems and other approved devices for the
control of surface and groundwater during the construction of pipelines and
appurtenances, open cut excavations, directional drilling. Included also are
protecting work against rising waters and repair of any resulting damage.
1.2 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBIL ITY
A.It is the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to identify groundwater
conditions and to provide any and all labor, material, equipment, techniques and
methods to lower, control and handle the groundwater as necessary for his
construction methods and to monitor the effectiveness of this installed system and
its effect on adjacent facilities.
B.Operate, maintain and modify the system(s) as required to conform to these
Specifications. Upon completion of the Construction, remove the system(s). The
development, drilling and abandonment of all wells used in the dewatering system
shall comply with regulations of the Florida Department of Environmental
Protection and the governing Water Management District.
C.Assume sole responsibility for dewatering systems and for all loss or damage
resulting from partial or complete failure of protective measures and any
settlement or resultant damage caused by the dewatering operation.
1.3 PLANS AND OTHER DATA TO BE SUBMITTED
A.Prior to commencement of work, submit complete drawings, details and layouts
showing the proposed dewatering plans in sufficient detail (i.e., general
arrangements, procedures to be used, etc.) so as to allow the ENGINEER to
evaluate the proposed dewatering systems. Include the following, as required by
the CONTRACTOR's proposed operation:
1.Names of equipment suppliers.
2.Names of installation subcontractors.
Section 312319
COLLIER COUNTY GROUNDWATER CONTROL FOR
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OPEN CUT EXCAVATION
Page 2 of 4
3.Plan for dewatering at access shafts and control of surface drainage.
4.Plan for dewatering for cut-and-cover excavations, or otherwise controlling
groundwater.
5.Eductor system layout and details.
6.Deep well locations and details.
7.Well point system layout and details.
8.Installation reports for eductors, deep wells and well points.
9.Water level readings from piezometers or observation wells, and method of
maintenance.
10.As part of his request for approval of a dewatering system, demonstrate the
adequacy of the proposed system and well point filler sand by means of a
test installation.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A.Select equipment including but not limited to pumps, eductors, well points and
piping and other material desired.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 DEW ATERING EXCAVATIONS
A.Obtain all permits necessary for dewatering operations and file a copy of all such
permits with the County Manager or designee and ENGINEER.
B.Furnish, install, operate and maintain all necessary equipment for dewatering the
various parts of the Work and for maintaining free of water the excavations and
such other parts of the Work as required for Construction operations. Dewatering
system should provide for continuous operation including nights, weekends,
holidays, etc. Provide appropriate backup if electrical power is primary energy
source for dewatering system.
C.Continue dewatering in all required areas, until the involved work is completed,
including the placing and compaction of backfill materials.
D.Provide a uniform diameter for each pipe drain run constructed for dewatering.
Remove the pipe drain when it has served its purpose. If removal of the pipe is
impractical, provide grout connections at 50-foot intervals, and fill the pipe with
clay grout or cement and sand grout when the pipe has served its purpose.
Section 312319
COLLIER COUNTY GROUNDWATER CONTROL FOR
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OPEN CUT EXCAVATION
Page 3 of 4
3.2 DEW ATERING TRENCH
A.Dewatering Excavation Plan: Develop an excavation dewatering plan that
considers site ground and groundwater conditions, the type and arrangement of
the equipment to be used and the proper method of groundwater disposal.
Prepare the dewatering plan before beginning excavations below groundwater.
Maintain one copy of the dewatering plan at the project site to be available for
inspection while all dewatering operations are underway.
B.Do not lay any pipeline in a trench in the presence of water. Remove all water
from the trench sufficiently ahead of the pipeline placing operation. The
ENGINEER shall have full and final authority to require dewatering of the trench to
ensure a dry, firm bed on which to place the pipeline. As a minimum, maintain
wa ter levels at least 6 inches below the bottom of the trench. Continue to dewater
trench until trench backfilling operations have been completed.
1.If a dry trench bottom has not been obtained with usual methods of trench
dewatering, then the order to excavate below grade and place sufficient
select fill material, crushed stone, or 2500 psi concrete over the trench
bottom may be given.
2.If all efforts fail to obtain a stable dry trench bottom, and it is determined
that the trench bottom is unsuitable for pipe foundation, present an
alternate system for stabilization to the Engineer of Record for approval
by the County Manager or designee on a case-by-case basis.
C.Removal of water may be accomplished by pumping in connection with well point
installation as the particular situation may warrant.
D.If the soils encountered at the trench grade are suitable for the passage of water,
without destroying the sides or utility foundation of the trench, sumps may be
provided at intervals at the side of the main trench excavation. Use pumps to
lower the water level by taking their suction from said sumps.
3.3 REQUIREMENTS FOR EDUCTOR, W ELL POINTS OR DEEP W ELLS
A.Eductor, well points or deep wells, where used, must be furnished, installed and
operated by a reputable CONTRACTOR regularly engaged in this business, and
approved.
3.4 DURATION OF DRAINAGE
A.In areas where concrete is to be placed, carry out the foundation drainage so that
the required lowering of the water table will be effected prior to placing reinforcing
steel. Keep foundation beds free from water to the same levels for 3 days after
placing concrete.
Section 312319
COLLIER COUNTY GROUNDWATER CONTROL FOR
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OPEN CUT EXCAVATION
Page 4 of 4
3.5 PROTECTION OF STRUCTURES
A.Provide adequate protection for all structures to avoid damage to concrete.
B.Operate construction equipment over completed concrete slabs or structures only
with approval. Rubber tire equipment heavier than 5 tons and crawlers heavier
than 7 tons will require adequate load spreading by sand fill or other means.
3.6 DISCHARGE OF W ATER
A.Do not discharge pumped drainage water into the sanitary sewer system or inhibit
pedestrian or vehicular traffic with the groundwater control system.
B.Discharge pumped drainage water into the storm sewer system or drainage ditch
by direct means (i.e., discharge hose to inlet, burying header, etc.). Monitor the
discharged water to determine that soil particles are not being removed.
C.Conform all discharge to current South Florida Water Management District and
Collier County Department of Stormwater Management rules, regulations,
procedures and regulatory permits and if discharged into receiving waters, shall
not exceed 29 N.T.U.’s above background.
3.7 REPAIR OF DAMAGE
A.Assume full responsibility for all loss and damage due to flooding, rising water or
seepage resulting from dewatering operations in any part of the work. Repair any
damage to partially completed work from these or other causes, including the
removal of slides, repair of foundation beds and performance of any other work
necessitated by lack of adequate dewatering or drainage facilities.
END OF SECTION
Section 312323
COLLIER COUNTY BACKFILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 8
SECTION 312323
BACKFILLING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.General Requirements: Backfill all excavation to the original surface of the ground
or to such other grades as may be shown or required. For areas to be covered by
topsoil, leave or stop backfill (12) inches below the finished grade. Obtain
approval for the time elapsing before backfilling against masonry structures.
Remove from all backfill, any compressible, putrescible, or destructible rubbish
and refuse and all lumber and braces from the excavated space before backfilling
is started. Leave sheeting and bracing in place or remove as the work progresses.
B.Equipment Limitations: Do not permit construction equipment used to backfill to
travel against and over cast-in-place concrete structures until the specified
concrete strength has been obtained, as verified by concrete test cylinders. In
special cases where conditions warrant, the above restriction may be modified
providing the concrete has gained sufficient strength, as determined from test
cylinders, to satisfy design requirements for the removal of forms and the
application of load.
C.Related Work Specified In Other Sections Includes:
1.Section 017416 – Site Clearing
2.Section 312316 –Excavation –Earth and Rock
1.2 REFERENCES
A.Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1.ASTM D 1557 -Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations
of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb
Rammer and 18 in Drop
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 BACKFILL MATERIAL -GENERAL
A.General: Refer to Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance Section 9.1.2 for
laying and backfilling requirements. Backfill with sound materials, free from waste,
organic matter, rubbish, boggy or other unsuitable materials. Acceptable backfill
shall not contain rocks or stones larger than 2 inches in size.
Section 312323
COLLIER COUNTY BACKFILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 8
B.General Materials Requirements: Conform materials used for backfilling to the
requirements specified. Follow common fill requirements whenever drainage or
select fill is not specified. Determine and obtain the approval of the appropriate
test method where more than one compaction test method is specified.
C.Classification of Approved Embedment Materials: Embedment materials listed
here include a number of processed materials plus the soil types defined
according to the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) in ASTM D2487.
These materials are grouped into 5 broad categories according to their suitability
for this application.
1.Class I: Angular, 0.25 inch to 1.5 inch (6 to 40 mm) graded stone, including
a number of fill materials that have regional significance such as coral, slag,
cinders, crushed shells and crushed stone. (Note: The size range and
resulting high void ratio of Class I material makes it suitable for use to
dewater trenches during pipe installation. This permeable characteristic
dictates that its use be limited to locations where pipe support will not be lost
by migration of fine grained natural material from the trench walls and
bottom or migration of other embedment materials into the Class I material.
When such migration is possible,the material's minimum size range should
be reduced to finer than 0.25 inch (6 mm) and the gradation properly
designed to limit the size of the voids. An alternative to modifying the
gradation is to use a geotextile fabric as a barrier to migration to fines.)
2.Class II: Coarse sands and gravels with maximum particle size of 1.5
inches (40 mm), including variously graded sands and gravels containing
small percentages of fines, generally granular and non-cohesive, either wet
or dry. Soil Types GW, GP, SW and SP are included in this class. (Note:
Sands and gravels, which are clean or borderline between clean and with
fines, should be included. Coarse-grained soils with less than 12 percent,
but more than 5 percent fines are neglected in ASTM D2487 and the USCS,
but should be included. The gradation of Class II material influences its
density and pipe support strength when loosely placed. The gradation of
Class II material may be critical to the pipe support and stability of the
foundation and embedment, if the material is imported and is not native to
the trench excavation. A gradation other than well graded, such as
uniformly graded or gap graded, may permit loss of support by migration into
void spaces of a finer grained natural material from the trench wall and
bottom. An alternative to modifying the gradation is to use a geotextile fabric
as a barrier to migration of fines.)
3.Class III: Fine sand and clayey (clay filled) gravels, including fine sands,
sand-clay mixtures and gravel-clay mixtures. Soil Types GM, GC, SM and
SC are included in this class.
Section 312323
COLLIER COUNTY BACKFILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 8
4.Class IV: Silt, silty clays and clays, including inorganic clays and silts of
medium to high plasticity and liquid limits. Soil Types MH, ML, CH and CL
are included in this class. (Note: Use caution in the design and selection of
the degree and method of compaction for Class IV soils because of the
difficulty in properly controlling the moisture content under field conditions.
Some Class IV soils with medium to high plasticity and with liquid limits
greater than 50 percent (CH, MH, CH-MH) exhibit reduced strength when
we t and should only be used for bedding, haunching and initial backfill in
arid locations where the pipe embedment will not be saturated by
groundwater, rainfall or exfiltration from the pipe. Class IV soils with low to
medium plasticity and with liquid limits lower than 50 percent (CL, ML,
CL-ML) also require careful consideration in design and installation to
control moisture content, but need not be restricted in use to arid locations.)
5.Class V: Th is class includes the organic soils OL, OH and PT as well as
soils containing frozen earth, debris, rocks larger than 1.5 inches (40 mm) in
diameter and other foreign materials. Do not use these materials for
bedding, haunching or backfill.
2.2 SELECT FILL
A.Materials for Select Fill: Use clean gravel, crushed stone, washed shell, or other
granular or similar material as approved which can be readily and thoroughly
compacted to 95 percent of the maximum dry density obtainable by ASTM D
1557.
1.Allowed Materials: Grade select fill between the following limits:
U.S. Standard
Sieve
Percent Passing
By W eight
2 inch 100
1-1/2 inch 90-100
1 inch 75-95
1/2 inch 45-70
#4 25-50
#10 15-40
#200 5-15
2.Unallowed Materials: Very fine sand, uniformly graded sands and gravels,
sand and silt, soft earth, or other materials that have a tendency to flow
under pressure when wet are unacceptable as select fill.
Section 312323
COLLIER COUNTY BACKFILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 8
2.3 COMMON FILL
A.Materials for Common Fill: Material from on-site excavation may be used as
common fill provided that it can be readily compacted to 90 percent of the
maximum dry density obtainable by ASTM D 1557, and does not contain
unsuitable material. Select fill may be used as common fill at no change in the
Contract Price.
B.Granular Materials On-Site: Granular on-site material, which is fairly well graded
between the following limits may be used as granular common fill:
U.S. Standard
Sieve
Percent Passing
by W eight
2 inch 100
#10 50-100
#60 20-90
#200 0-20
C.Cohesive Materials On-Site: Cohesive site material may be used as common fill.
1.The gradation requirements do not apply to cohesive common fill.
2.Use material having a liquid limit less than or equal to 40 and a plasticity
index less than or equal to 20.
D.Material Approval: All material used as common fill is subject to approval. If there
is insufficient on-site material, import whatever additional off-site material is
required which conforms to the specifications and at no additional cost.
2.4 UTILITY PIPE BEDDING
A.Gradation for Small Piping: For pipe 18 inches or less in diameter, use pipe
bedding of material 90 percent of which will be retained on a No. 8 sieve and 100
percent of which will pass a 1/2-inch sieve and be well graded between those
limits.
B.Gradation for Large Piping: For pipe larger than 18 inches in diameter, use the
same pipe bedding material as specified for smaller pipe or use a similar well
graded material 90 percent of which will be retained on a No. 8 sieve and 100
percent of which will pass a 1-inch sieve.
C.Provide a minimum of six (6) inches bedding material under all gravity sewer
piping. In areas where poor soil conditions or rock exist, provide a minimum of six
(6) inches of pipe bedding material under water or force main pressure pipe.
Section 312323
COLLIER COUNTY BACKFILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 8
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PRECAST MANHOLE BEDDING
A.Bedding Compaction: Bed all precast manholes in well graded, compacted 12-
inch layer of crushed stone. Compact bedding thickness no less than 6 inches for
precast concrete manhole bases.
B.Concrete Work Mats: Cast cast-in-place manhole bases and other foundations for
structures against a 2500 psi concrete work mat in clean and dry excavations.
C.Bedding Placement: Place select fill used for bedding beneath precast manhole
bases, in uniform layers not greater than 9 inches in loose thickness. Thoroughly
compact in place with suitable mechanical or pneumatic tools to not less than 95
percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 1557.
D.Use of Select Fill: Bed existing underground structures, tunnels, conduits and
pipes crossing the excavation with compacted select fill material. Place bedding
material under and around each existing underground structure, tunnel, conduit or
pipe and extend underneath and on each side to a distance equal to the depth of
the trench below the structure, tunnel, conduit or pipe.
3.2 PIPE BEDDING AND INITIAL BACKFILL
A.Placement: Place backfill for initial pipe backfill from top of bedding to 1 foot over
top of pipes in uniform layers not greater than 8 inches in loose thickness. Tamp
under pipe haunches and thoroughly compact in place the backfill with suitable
mechanical or pneumatic tools to not less than 98 percent of the maximum dry
density as determined by ASTM D 1557.
B.Foundation Bedding: Place bedding, to a depth specified by the County Manager
or designee, as a foundation in wet, yielding or mucky locations. Construct
foundation bedding by removal of the wet, yielding or mucky material and
replacement with sufficient Class I material to correct soil instability.
C.Stone Placement: Do not place large stone fragments in the pipe bedding or
backfill within 2 feet over or around pipelines, or nearer than 2 feet at any point
from any casing pipe, conduit or concrete wall.
D.Machine Compaction: Machine Compaction of initial backfill is prohibited unless
adequate cover as deemed by the County Manager or designee is provided. In no
case shall adequate cover be less than 12 inches.
E.Unallowed Materials: Pipe bedding containing very fine sand, uniformly graded
sands and gravels, sand and silt, soft earth, or other materials that have a
tendency to flow under pressure when wet is unacceptable.
Section 312323
COLLIER COUNTY BACKFILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 8
3.3 TRENCH BACKFILL
A.General: Backfill trenches from 1 foot over the top of the pipe, from the top of
electrical duct bedding or as shown to the bottom of pavement base course,
subgrade for lawns or lawn replacement, to the top of the existing ground surface
or to such other grades as may be shown or required.
B.Materials: All backfill material shall be acceptable dry materials, and shall be free
from cinders, ashes,refuse, vegetable or organic material, boulders, rocks, or
stones, or other deleterious material which in the opinion of the County Manager
or designee is unsuitable.
C.Depth of Placement -Place trench backfill in uniform layers not greater than 12
inches in loose thickness and that can be thoroughly compacted in place using
suitable mechanical or pneumatic equipment to not less than 98 percent of the
maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 1557.
D.Depth of Placement -Undeveloped Areas: In nondeveloped areas and where
select fill material or hand-placed backfill are not specified or required, place
suitable job-excavated material or other approved backfill in lifts not exceeding 12
inches in loose thickness. Lifts of greater thickness may be permitted by the
County Manager or designee if the CONTRACTOR demonstrates compliance with
required densities. When the trench is full, consolidate the backfill by jetting,
spading, or tamping to ensure complete filling of the excavation. Mound the top of
the trench approximately 12 inches to allow for consolidation of backfill.
E.Compaction: Compact backfill as a percentage of the maximum density at
optimum moisture content as determined by the standard proctor test, ASTM
D698 as demonstrated in the following table:
Area (Mod.) ASTM
D1557
Around and 1’ (Min) above top of pipe 98
Remaining Trench 98
Pavement Sub-Grade and Shoulders (Last 3’ of
Fill)98
Base Material and Pavement 98
Adjacent to Structures (Areas not Paved)98
Under Structures 98
Sub-Base 98
F.Density Tests: Density tests will be made at the request of the County Manager or
designee. Deficiencies will be corrected at the expense of the CONTRACTOR.
G.Dropping of Material on Work: Do trench backfilling work in such a way as to
prevent dropping material directly on top of any conduit or pipe through any great
vertical distance.
Section 312323
COLLIER COUNTY BACKFILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 8
H.Distribution of Large Materials: Break lumps up and distribute any stones, pieces
of crushed rock or lumps which cannot be readily broken up, throughout the mass
so that all interstices are solidly filled with fine material.
3.4 STRUCTURE BACKFILL
A.Use crushed stone underneath all structures, and adjacent to structures where
pipes, connections and structural foundations are to be located within this fill. Use
crushed stone beneath all pavements, walkways, and railroad tracks, and extend
to the bottom of pavement base course or ballast.
1.Place backfill in uniform layers not greater than 8 inches in loose thickness
and thoroughly compact in place with suitable approved mechanical or
pneumatic equipment.
2.Compact backfill to not less than 95 percent of the maximum dry density as
determined by ASTM D 1557.
B.Use of Common Fill: Use common granular fill adjacent to structures in all areas
not specified above. Select fill may be used in place of common granular fill at no
additional cost.
1.Extend such backfill from the bottom of the excavation or top of bedding to
the bottom of subgrade for lawns or lawn replacement, the top of previously
existing ground surface or to such other grades as may be shown or
required.
2.Place backfill in uniform layers not greater than 8 inches in loose thickness
and thoroughly compact in place with suitable equipment, as specified
above.
3.Compact backfill to not less than 90 percent of the maximum dry density as
determined by ASTM D 1557.
3.5 COMPACTION EQUIPMENT
A.Equipment and Methods: Carry out all compaction with suitable approved
equipment and methods.
1.Compact clay and other cohesive material with sheep's-foot rollers or similar
equipment where practicable. Use hand held pneumatic tampers elsewhere
for compaction of cohesive fill material.
2.Compact low cohesive soils with pneumatic-tire rollers or large vibratory
equipment where practicable. Use small vibratory equipment elsewhere for
compaction of cohesionless fill material.
Section 312323
COLLIER COUNTY BACKFILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 8
3.Do not use heavy compaction equipment over pipelines or other structures,
unless the depth of fill is sufficient to adequately distribute the load.
3.6 FINISH GRADING
A.Final Contours: Perform finish grading in accordance with the completed contour
elevations and grades shown and blend into conformation with remaining natural
ground surfaces.
1.Leave all finished grading surfaces smooth and firm to drain.
2.Bring finish grades to elevations within plus or minus 0.10 foot of elevations
or contours shown.
B.Surface Drainage: Perform grading outside of building or structure lines in a
manner to prevent accumulation of water within the area. Where necessary or
where shown, extend finish grading to ensure that water will be carried to drainage
ditches, and the site area left smooth and free from depressions holding water.
3.7 RESPONSIBILITY FOR AFTERSETTLEMENT
A.Aftersettlement Responsibility: Take responsibility for correcting any depression
wh ich may develop in backfilled areas from settlement within one year after the
work is fully completed. Provide, as needed, backfill material, pavement base
replacement, permanent pavement, sidewalk, curb and driveway repair or
replacement, and lawn replacement, and perform the necessary reconditioning
and restoration work to bring such depressed areas to proper grade as approved.
3.8 INSPECTION AND TESTING OF BACKFILLING
A.Sampling and Testing: Provide sampling, testing, and laboratory methods in
accordance with the appropriate ASTM Standard Specification. Subject all backfill
to these tests.
B.Correction of Work: Correct any areas of unsatisfactory compaction by removal
and replacement, or by scarifying, aerating or sprinkling as needed and
recompaction in place prior to placement of a new lift.
C.Testing Schedule:
1.Compaction Schedule
2.Optimum Moisture Content (Proctor Test)
END OF SECTION
Section 314000
COLLIER COUNTY SHORING, SHEETING AND BRACING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 314000
SHORING, SHEETING AND BRACING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes: Work required for protection of an excavation or structure
through shoring, sheeting, and bracing.
B.Related Work Specified In Other Sections Includes:
1.Section 312316 –Excavation –Earth and Rock
2.Section 312323 –Backfilling
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A.General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
B.CONTRACTOR's Submittals: All sheeting and bracing shall be the responsibility
of the CONTRACTOR to retain qualified design services for these systems, and to
be completed with strict adherence to OSHA Regulations. Submit complete
design calculations and working drawings of proposed shoring, sheeting and
bracing which have been prepared, signed and sealed by a Licensed Professional
Engineer experienced in Structural Engineering and registered in the State of
Florida, before starting excavation for jacking pits and structures. Use the soil
pressure diagram shown for shoring, sheeting and bracing design. ENGINEER's
review of calculations and working drawings will be limited to confirming that the
design was prepared by a licensed professional engineer and that the soil
pressure diagram shown was used.
1.3 REFERENCES
A.Design: Comply with all Federal and State laws and regulations applying to the
design and construction of shoring, sheeting and bracing.
B.N.B.S. Building Science Series 127 "Recommended Technical Provisions for
Construction Practice in Shoring and Sloping Trenches and Excavations.”
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Regulatory Requirements: Do work in accordance with the U.S. Department of
Labor Safety and Health Regulations for construction promulgated under the
Occupational Safety Act of 1970 (PL 91-596) and under Section 107 of the
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (PL 91-54), and the Florida
Section 314000
COLLIER COUNTY SHORING, SHEETING AND BRACING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
Trench Safety Act. Observe 29 CFR 1910.46 OSHA regulations for Confined
Space Entry.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS AND MATER IALS
A.Material Recommendations: Use manufacturers and materials for shoring,
sheeting and bracing as recommended by the Licensed Professional Engineer
who designed the shoring, sheeting, and bracing.
1.Wood Materials: Oak, or treated fir or pine for wood lagging.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SHORING, SHEETING AND BRACING INSTALLATION
A.General: Provide safe working conditions, to prevent shifting of material, to
prevent damage to structures or other work, to avoid delay to the work, all in
accordance with applicable safety and health regulations. Properly shore, sheet,
and brace all excavations which are not cut back to the proper slope and where
shown. Meet the general trenching requirements of the applicable safety and
health regulations for the minimum shoring, sheeting and bracing for trench
excavations.
1.CONTRACTOR's Responsibility: Sole responsibility for the design, methods
of installation, and adequacy of the shoring, sheeting and bracing.
B.Arrange shoring, sheeting and bracing so as not to place any strain on portions of
completed work until the general construction has proceeded far enough to
provide ample strength.
C.If ENGINEER is of the opinion that at any point the shoring, sheeting or bracing
are inadequate or unsuited for the purpose, resubmission of design calculations
and working drawings for that point may be ordered, taking into consideration the
observed field conditions. If the new calculations show the need for additional
shoring, sheeting and bracing, it should be installed immediately.
D.Monitoring: Periodically monitor horizontal and vertical deflections of sheeting.
Submit these measurements for review.
E.Accurately locate all underground utilities and take the required measures
necessary to protect them from damage. Keep all underground utilities in service
at all times as specified in Division 1.
Section 314000
COLLIER COUNTY SHORING, SHEETING AND BRACING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
F.Driven Sheeting: Drive tight sheet piling in that portion of any excavation in paved
or surface streets City collector and arterial streets and in State and County
highways below the intersection of a one-on-one slope line from the nearest face
of the excavation to the edge of the existing pavement or surface.
G.Sheeting Depth: In general drive or place sheeting for pipelines to a depth at
elevation equal to the top of the pipe as approved.
1.If it is necessary to drive sheeting below that elevation in order to obtain a
dry trench or satisfactory working conditions, cut the sheeting off at the top
of the pipe and leave in place sheeting below the top of the pipe.
2.Do not cut the sheeting until backfill has been placed and compacted to the
top of the pipe.
H.Sheeting Removal: In general, remove sheeting and bracing above the top of the
pipe as the excavation is refilled in a manner to avoid the caving in of the bank or
disturbance to adjacent areas or structures. Remove sheeting as backfilling
progresses so that the sides are always supported or when removal would not
endanger the construction of adjacent structures. W hen required to eliminate
excessive trench width or other damages, shoring or bracing shall be left in place
and the top cut off at an elevation 2.5 feet below finished grade, unless otherwise
directed.
1.Carefully fill voids left by the withdrawal of the sheeting by jetting, ramming
or otherwise.
2.No separate payment will be made for filling of such voids.
END OF SECTION
Section 314000
COLLIER COUNTY SHORING, SHEETING AND BRACING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 320117
COLLIER COUNTY PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESTORATION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 6
SECTION 320117
PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESTORATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF W ORK
A.Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and remove and
replace pavements over trenches excavated for installation of pipelines as shown
on the drawings and/or specified herein.
1.2 GENERAL
A.Repair all damage, as a result of work under this project, done to existing
pavement, driveways, paved areas, curbs and gutters, sidewalks, shrubbery,
grass, trees, utility poles, utility pipe lines, conduits, drains, catch basins,or
stabilized areas or driveways and including all obstructions not specifically named
herein, in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER. Include in the bid price, the
furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for the
cutting, repair, and restoration of the damaged areas unless pay items for specific
types of repair are included in the Bid Form.
B.Keep the surface of the backfilled area of excavation in a safe condition and level
with the remaining pavement until the pavement is restored in the manner
specified herein. All surface irregularities that are dangerous or obstructive to
traffic are to be removed. Conform the repair to applicable COUNTY or State
requirements for pavement repair and as described herein.
C.The COUNTY reserves the right to require soil bearing or loading tests or
materials tests, should the adequacy of the foundation or the quality of materials
used be questionable. Costs of these tests shall be the responsibility of the
COUNTY, if found acceptable; the costs of all failed tests shall be the
responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
D.Make all street and road repair in accordance with the details indicated on the
drawings and in accordance with the applicable requirements of these
Specifications and meeting the permit requirements and approval of the governing
Department of Transportation agencies.
E.Replace pavement or roadway surfaces cut or damaged in equal or better
condition than the original, including stabilization, base course, surface course,
curb and gutter or other appurtenances. Obtain the necessary permits prior to any
roadway work. Provide advance notice to the appropriate authority, as required,
prior to construction operations.
Section 320117
COLLIER COUNTY PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESTORATION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 6
1.Roadway Restoration (within Collier County Department of Transportation &
Engineering jurisdiction): Perform restoration in accordance with the
requirements set forth in the “Right-of-Way Utility Construction Activities
Policy” and these Standards. Obtain prior approval from Collier County DOT
for the materials of construction and method of installation, along with the
proposed restoration design for items not referred or specified herein.
a.Where existing pavement is to be removed, mechanical saw cut the
surface prior to trench excavation, leaving a uniform and straight edge
parallel or perpendicular to the roadway centerline with minimum
disturbance to the remaining adjacent surfacing. Provide minimal
width of cut for this phase of existing pavement removal.
b.Immediately following the specified backfilling and compaction,apply a
temporary sand seal coat surface to the cut areas. For this temporary
surfacing, provide a smooth traffic surface with the existing roadway
and maintain until final restoration. Ensure that surfacing remains for
a minimum of ten (10) days in order to assure the stability of the
backfill under normal traffic conditions. Thirty (30) days following this
period and prior to sixty (60) days after application: remove the
temporary surfacing and perform final roadway surface restoration.
c.In advance of final restoration, remove the temporary surfacing and
mechanically saw the existing pavement straight and clean to the
stipulated dimensions, if needed. Following the above operation,
proceed immediately with final pavement restoration in accordance
with the requirements set forth by Collier County Department of
Transportation.
d.No layer shall be greater than two inches (2") when compacted.
Where a surface course is constructed to a thickness greater than two
inches (2"), construct it in approximately equal layers, each not
exceeding two inches (2").
e.Where necessitated by traffic conditions, lay mixture in strips in such
manner as to provide for the passage of traffic. W here the road is
closed to traffic, mixture may be laid to the full width, by machines
traveling in parallel.
2.Roadway Restoration (outside Collier County Department of Transportation
jurisdiction) –Conform work within the rights-of-way of public thoroughfares
wh ich are not under jurisdiction of Collier County to the requirements of the
Governmental agency having jurisdiction or the Florida Department of
Transportation, if no governmental agencies have jurisdiction. Work within
State Highway right-of-wa y shall be in full compliance with all requirements
of the permit drawings, and to the satisfaction of the Florida Department of
Transportation.
Section 320117
COLLIER COUNTY PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESTORATION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Applicable provisions of the latest version of the Florida Department of
Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction", and
Supplemental Specifications hereunder govern the work under this Section. The
Florida Department of Transportation will hereafter be referred to as FDOT.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.Use materials for flexible base pavement and base course as specified in the
latest version of the Florida Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications
for Road and Bridge Construction".
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CUTTING PAVEMENT
A.Cut and remove pavement to straight edges, 6 inches outside each edge of
proposed trench to avoid pavement damage during installation of the new
pipelines and appurtenances and for making connections to existing pipelines.
B.Before removing pavement, mark the pavement for cuts nearly paralleling
pipelines and existing street lines. Cut asphalt pavement along the markings with
a jackhammer, rotary saw, or other suitable tool.
C.No pavement shall be machine pulled until completely broken and separated
along the marked cuts.
D.The pavement adjacent to pipeline trenches shall neither be disturbed nor
damaged. If the adjacent pavement is disturbed or damaged, irrespective of
cause, remove the damaged pavement replace it at CONTRACTOR’s expense.
3.2 GENERAL RESTORATION
A.Restore, replace or rebuild existing street paving, driveways, etc., using the same
type of construction as was in the original. Be responsible for restoring all such
work, including sub-grade and base courses where present. Obtain and pay for
such local or other governmental permits as may be necessary for the opening of
streets. Meet any requirements other than those herein set forth which may affect
the type, quality and manner of carrying on the restoration of surfaces by reason
of jurisdiction of such governmental bodies.
B.In all cases, maintain, without additional compensation, all permanent
replacement of street paving, done by him under this Contract until accepted by
the County Manager or designee, including the removal and replacement of such
Section 320117
COLLIER COUNTY PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESTORATION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 6
work wherever surface depressions or underlying cavities result from settlement of
trench backfill.
C.Complete all the final resurfacing or re-paving of streets or roads, over the
excavations and relay paving surfaces of roadbed that have failed or been
damaged prior to acceptance by the County Manager or designee. Conform
backfilling of trenches and the preparation of sub-grades to the requirements of
Section 312323.
D.Do all re-paving or resurfacing in accordance with Florida Department of
Transportation Specifications, to which the following requirement of trench backfill
will be added: Where pipeline construction crosses paved areas such as streets,
backfill the top 24 inches of trench below the road bases or concrete slabs with
compacted A-4 or better material that will provide a bearing value of not less than
75 when tested by the Florida Department of Transportation Soil Bearing Test
Methods.
3.3 PRIME AND TACK COATS
A.Apply bituminous prime and tack coats on the previously prepared base course in
accordance with Section 300 of the FDOT Specifications.
3.4 WEARING COURSE
A.Use plant-mixed hot bituminous pavement to the thickness indicated in the
drawings conforming to Type III asphaltic concrete in accordance with Section 333
of the FDOT Specifications. The requirements for plant and equipment are
specified in Section 320 and the general construction requirements for asphaltic
concrete pavement are contained in Section 330 of the FDOT specifications.
3.5 TESTING
A.Perform all field-testing at an independent laboratory employed by the COUNTY.
Test and certify all materials by the producer. Repeat tests of sub-grade or base
not meeting specified compaction at the CONTRACTOR's expense.
3.6 MISCELLANEOUS RESTORATION
A.Restore sidewalks, cut or damaged by construction, in full sections or blocks to a
minimum thickness of four inches. Restore concrete curb or curb gutter to the
existing height and cross section in full sections or lengths between joints.
Concrete shall be as specified on the drawings. Restore grassed yards, shoulders
and parkways to match the existing sections with grass seed or sod of a type
matching the existing grass.
Section 320117
COLLIER COUNTY PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESTORATION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 6
3.7 CLEANUP
A.After all repair and restoration or paving has been completed, remove all excess
asphalt, dirt, and other debris from the roadways. Check and clean all existing
storm sewers and inlets of any construction debris.
END OF SECTION
Section 320117
COLLIER COUNTY PAVEMENT REPAIR AND RESTORATION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 6
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 321300
COLLIER COUNTY SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND CURBS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 8
SECTION 321300
SIDEW ALKS, DRIVEW AYS AND CURBS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes: Sidewalks, sidewalk ramps, driveways, curbs and drive
approaches complete with concrete materials, concrete curing compounds, joint
materials, field quality control and appurtenances.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.Reference Standards: Conform the work for this Section to the applicable portions
of the following standard Specifications.
1.ASTM -American Society of Testing and Materials
2.AASHTO -American Association of State Highway and Transportation
Officials
3.FDOT -Florida Department of Transportation -Standard Specifications
for Road and Bridge Construction.
4.FAC -Florida Accessibility Code.
5.ADAAG -American with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines
6.UFAS -Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.Reports: Written permission for the use of all local disposal sites Furnish copies
to the ENGINEER.
B.Test Reports:
1.Th ickness and Compressive Strength: Provide the ENGINEER with two (2)
certified copies of the test results. Perform the tests by a laboratory
approved by the ENGINEER.
1.4 JOB CONDITIONS
A.Environmental Requirements:
Section 321300
COLLIER COUNTY SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND CURBS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 8
1.Temperature: Comply with the requirements for concrete installation due to
outside ambient air temperatures as specified under Article 3.3.I of this
Section.
B.Protection:
1.Protection Against Rain: Comply with the requirements for protecting new
work against damage from Rain, as specified under Article 3.3.I of this
Section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.Concrete: Use 2,500-psi concrete except as modified herein.
B.Ready-Mixed Concrete: Use ready-mixed concrete that conforms to ASTM C94,
Alternate 2.
C.Water: Use water for mixing and curing concrete reasonably clean and free from
oil, salt, acid, alkali, chlorides, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to
the finished product. Waters from sources approved by the local Health
Department as potable may be used without test. Test water requiring testing in
accordance with the current Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in
Concrete, AASHTO T-26.
D.Concrete Curing Compounds: Use white membrane curing compound for curing
concrete that conforms to AASHTO M148, Type 1 clear, or Type 2 while per
FDOT Section 925.
E.Premolded Joint Filler: Use fiber joint filler that conforms to ASTM D1751. Use
filler of the thickness, as specified herein, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
F.Steel Hook Bolts: Use hook bolts that conform to ASTM A706, or for Grade 60 of
ASTM A615, A616, or A617. Use 5/8-inch diameter hook bolts self-tapping.
G.Joint Sealant: Use hot-poured type joint sealant that conforms to ASTM D1190.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR’S VERIFICATION
A.Excavation and Forming: Prior to the installation of any concrete, examine the
excavation and forms for the proper grades, lines, and levels required to receive
the new work. Ascertain that all excavation and compacted subgrades are
adequate to receive the concrete to be installed.
Section 321300
COLLIER COUNTY SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND CURBS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 8
1.Correct all defects and deficiencies before proceeding with the work.
B.Existing Improvements: Investigate and verify location of existing improvements
to which the new work is to be connected.
1.Making necessary adjustment in line and grade to align the new work with
the existing improvements must be approved by the ENGINEER prior to any
change.
3.2 PREPARATION
A.Forms: Use wood or metal forms, straight and free from warp, clean, and
sufficient strength to resist springing during the process of depositing concrete
against them.
1.Use full depth of the concrete forms.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A.Sidewalks, Sidewalk Ramps, Driveways and Driveway Approaches: Construct all
sidewalks and sidewalk ramps four (4) inches thick except at driveways and
alleys. Construct thickness of the sidewalks six (6) inches at driveways and
alleys. Construct sidewalks five (5) feet wide unless otherwise noted on the
Plans, and slope 1/4-inch per foot towards the center of the road. Normally,
sidewalks will be located within the right-of-wa y, parallel the property lines, at a
distance of 1-foot from the property line.
1.Construct alleys, driveways and approaches six (6) inches thick. Construct
the width of the driveways and driveway approaches as shown on the Plans
or as directed by the ENGINEER.
B.Removal of Existing Curb for Sidewalk Ramps and Driveway Approaches:
Conform construction of sidewalk ramps within street intersections where curbed
pavement existing to the current FDOT Roadway and Traffic Design Standards.
1.Saw cut, to full depth of pavement, and remove a minimum of an 18-inch
wide curb and gutter section where there is no proper curb drop for the
sidewalk ramp or driveway approach. When mountable curbs are present,
remove a 24-inch wide curb and gutter section for the construction of
sidewalk ramps, as specified above.
2.Remove curb and gutter as determined by the ENGINEER in the field but
remove curb and gutter at least as wide as the proposed sidewalk ramp plus
1-foot on each side.
Section 321300
COLLIER COUNTY SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND CURBS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 8
3.Replace the removed curb and gutter section with materials, equal to what
was removed and seal joint with hot poured rubber asphalt.
C.Install 5/8-inch diameter self-tapping hook bolts, in the existing concrete pavement
as indicated on the Plans prior to placing concrete for the removed curb and gutter
section.
D.Placement of Forms: Use wood forms, straight and free from warp, of nominal
depth for sidewalk sections less than 25 feet in length.
1.Stake forms to line and grade in a manner that will prevent deflection and
settlement.
2.When unit slab areas are to be poured, place slab division forms such that
the slab division joints will be straight and continuous.
3.Set forms for sidewalk ramps to provide a grade toward the centerline of the
right-of-way in accordance with current standards. Use a uniform grade,
except as may be necessary to eliminate short grade changes.
4.Oil forms before placing concrete. Leave forms in place at least 12 hours
after the concrete is placed. Place forms ahead of the pouring operations to
maintain uninterrupted placement of concrete.
5.The use of slip form pavers can be allowed when approved by the
ENGINEER in lieu of the construction system described above.
E. Joints: Construct transverse and longitudinal expansion and plane-of-weakness
joints at the locations specified herein, or as indicated on the Plans or as directed
by the ENGINEER.
1.Place the transverse expansion joints for the full width and depth of the new
work. Use transverse expansion joints placed against an existing pavement
a minimum of six (6) inches deep but no less than the thickness of the
concrete being placed.
2.Conform longitudinal expansion joints to the requirements as transverse
expansion joints.
3.Construct joints true to line with their faces perpendicular to the surface of
the sidewalk. Install the top slightly below the finished surface of the
sidewalk. Construct transverse joints at right angles to the centerline of the
sidewalk and construct longitudinal joints parallel to the centerline or as
directed by the ENGINEER.
4.Place transverse expansion joints, 1/2-inch thick, through the sidewalk at
uniform intervals of not more than 50 feet and elsewhere as shown on the
Plans, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
Section 321300
COLLIER COUNTY SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND CURBS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 8
5.Place expansion joints, 1/2-inch thick, between the sidewalk and back of
abutting parallel curb, buildings or other rigid structures, concrete driveways
and driveway approaches. When directed by the ENGINEER, place the
expansion joint between sidewalks and buildings 1-foot from the property
line and parallel to it.
6.Form plane-of-weakness joints every five (5) feet. Form joints by use of slab
divisions forms extending to the full depth of the concrete or by cutting joints
in the concrete,after floating, to a depth equal to 1/4 the thickness on the
sidewalk. Construct cut joints not less than 1/8-inch or more than 1/4-inch in
width and finish smooth and at right angles to the centerline on the sidewalk.
F.Placing and Finishing Concrete: Place all concrete on a prepared unfrozen,
smooth, leveled, rolled and properly compacted base. Place concrete on a moist
surface with no visible water present.
1.Deposit the concrete, in a single layer to the depth specified. Spade or
vibrate and compact the concrete to fill in all voids along the forms and
joints. Strike off the concrete with a strike board until all voids are removed
and the surface has the required grade and cross section as indicated on
the Plans, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
2.Float the surface of the concrete just enough to produce a smooth surface
free from irregularities. Round all edges and joints with an edger having a
1/4-inch radius.
3.Broom the surface of sidewalks, driveways and approaches to slightly
roughen the surface.
4.Texture the surface of the sidewalk ramps with a coarse broom transversely
to the ramp slope, and coarser roughen than the remainder of the sidewalk.
Contract the ramp slope in color (using a brick-red dye or approved equal)
from the remainder of the sidewalk. Comply with minimum color contract
and slope requirements from FAC, UFAS, ADAAG, Local Government
Standards, or as directed by the ENGINEER.
G.Curing: After finishing operations have been completed and immediately after the
free water has left the surface, completely coat and seal the surface of the
concrete (and sides if slip-forming is used) with a uniform layer of white membrane
curing compound. Do not thin the curing compound. Apply the curing compound
at the rate of one gallon per 200 square feet of surface.
H.Barricades: Place suitable barricades and lights around all newly poured
sidewalks, sidewalk ramps, driveways, driveway approaches and curb and gutter
sections in order to protect the new work from damage from pedestrians, vehicles
and others until the concrete has hardened.
Section 321300
COLLIER COUNTY SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND CURBS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 8
1.Leave barricades in place for a minimum of two (2) days, except for
driveway approaches and curb and gutter sections. Leave barricades in
place for a minimum of three (3) days.
2.Remove and replace any concrete that suffers surface or structural damage
at no additional cost.
I.Protection:
1.Against Rain: Protect new concrete from the effects of rain before the
concrete has sufficiently hardened. Have available on the job site at all
times enough burlap or 6-mil thick polyurethane film to cover and protect
one day’s work. Stop work and cover completed work when rain appears
eminent. As soon as the rain ceases, uncover the concrete and burlap drag
the surface where necessary. Apply curing compound to any areas where
the compound has been disturbed or washed away.
2.Against Cold Weather: If concrete is placed between December 15 and
February 15, have available on the site sufficient amount of clean, dry straw
or hay to cover one (1) day’s production. If the temperature reaches 40
degrees F and is falling, place the hay or straw 12 inches thick, immediately
after the curing compound is applied.
3.Concrete Temperature Limitations: Do not place concrete when the
temperature of the concrete at the point of placement is above 90 degrees
F.
J.Cleanup: After the concrete has gained sufficient strength, but no sooner than
within 12 hours, remove the fixed forms and backfill the spaces on both sides with
sound earth of topsoil quality. Compact, level and leave backfill in a neat
condition.
K.Gutters and Curbs: Construct gutters and curbs in accordance with Section 520
FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition,
including supplements.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Concrete Delivery Ticket: Use a ticket system for recording the transportation of
concrete from the batching plant to point of delivery. Issue this ticket to the truck
operator at the point of loading and give to the ENGINEER upon delivery.
B.Concrete Delivery Rejection: Remove concrete not permitted for inclusion in the
work by the ENGINEER from the site. Rejection of concrete will be determined
through Field Quality Control and elapsed time from mixer charging to delivery.
C.Concrete Testing at Placement: Perform tests of each batch of concrete
delivered, each 50 cubic yards, or whenever consistency appears to vary. The
Section 321300
COLLIER COUNTY SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND CURBS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 8
sampling and testing of slump, air content and strength will be performed at no
cost to the CITY.
1.Sampling: Secure composite samples in accordance with the Method of
Sampling Fresh Concrete, ASTM C172.
2.Slump Test: Test in accordance with ASTM C143. Use the least slump
possible consistent with workability for proper placing of the various
classifications of concrete.
a.Place structural concrete for walls and slabs, by means of vibratory
equipment, with a slump of four (4) inches.
b.A tolerance of up to 1-inch above the indicated maximum will be
allowed for individual batches provided the average for all batches or
the most recent ten (10) batches tested, whichever is fewer, does not
exceed the maximum limit.
3.Air Content: Determine air content of normal weight concrete in accordance
with Method of Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Pressure Method, ASTM C23 1, or by the volumetric method, ASTM C 173,
for each strength test.
4.Compressive Strength: Make two (2) strength tests of three (3) samples
each for each 50 cubic yards, or fraction thereof, of each mix design of
concrete placed in any one (1) day.
a.Handling Samples: Mold and cure three (3) specimens from each
sample in accordance with Method of Making and Curing Concrete
Test Specimens in the Field, ASTM C31. Record any deviations from
the requirements of this Standard in the test report.
b.Testing: Test specimens in accordance with Method of Test for
Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens, ASTM C39.
Test one (1) specimen at seven (7) days for information and test two
(2) at 28 days for acceptance. Use the average of the strengths of the
two (2) specimens tested at 28 days. Discard results if one (1)
specimen in a test manifests evidence of improper sampling, molding
or testing, and use the strength of the remaining cylinder. Should both
specimens in test show any of the above defects, discard the entire
test.
c.Acceptance of Concrete:The strength level of the concrete will be
considered satisfactory so long as the averages of all sets of three
consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified 28-day
strength and no individual strength test results falls below the specified
28-day strength by more than 500 psi. If the strength test is not
acceptable, perform further testing to qualify the concrete.
Section 321300
COLLIER COUNTY SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND CURBS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 8
d.Concrete Temperature: Determine the temperature of concrete
sample for each strength test.
D.Reductions due to deficiencies in thickness or compressive strength are additive,
that is, if an area is deficient by 3/8 inch and under strength by 200 psi, the total
reduction is 20% plus .02% or .40% reduction.
END OF SECTION
Section 323113
COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 8
SECTION 323113
CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Requirements for providing vinyl coated galvanized steel chain link
fencing and gates.
B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes:
1. Section 033100 – Concrete, Masonry, Mortar and Grout
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1. ASTM 1043 - Strength and Protective Coatings on Metal Industrial Chain
Link Fence Framework
2. ASME B36.10M - Welded and seamless wrought steel pipe
3. FS RR-F-191 - Fencing, Wire and Post, Metal
1.3 DESIGN
A. General: Provide fencing of the chain-link type and six (6) feet high with six (6) feet of
diamond mesh woven wire fabric. Locate the fence as shown.
B. Fabric, Supports and Fittings: Provide steel fabric, supports and fittings except as
specified.
C. Fabric, Supports and Fittings: Provide green or black color coated steel fabric,
supports and fittings. Coat the framework, posts and hardware except hinges and
latches to match the fabric with thermoplastic or therm oset resins and provide oven-
baked materials to a minimum dry coating of seven mils. Color coat all accessories
except hinges and latches to match the fence. Provide aluminum hinges and latches.
D. Pipe Sizes and Weights: Provide pipe sizes and weights m eeting the requirements of
ASME B 36.10, Table 2 and ASTM A 53, Table 1. All pipe sizes listed are nominal,
unless otherwise indicated.
Section 323113
COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 8
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acceptable manufacturers are listed in the County Approved Product List, Appendix
F. Other manufacturers of equivalent products may be submitted.
2.2 FABRIC
A. Provide fabric that is a one piece woven 2-inch mesh chain link of 6-gauge steel wire
with a minimum breakload of 1800 lbs/ft. and which is interwoven to form a
continuous fabric with no splices and is coated after weaving. Provide the top
selvage knuckled for fabric 60 inches high and under, and the bottom selvage twisted
and barbed for fabric over 60 inches high. Clean the fabric of all grease and foreign
matter before coating and shipping. Stretch the fabric tightly approximately three
inches above grade level and attach the fabric to the terminal or gateposts using
beveled tension bands and tension bars.
1. Provide galvanized fabric that is fusion coated with a minimum seven-mil
coating of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) applied over a thermoset plastic bonding
agent. Conform the PVC to Federal Specification RR-F-191.
2. Vinyl coat all cut ends.
3. Conform aluminum fabric to Fed. Spec. RR-F-191.
2.3 TENSION WIRE
A. For the tension wire for the fence bottom use minimum 6-gauge galvanized coil spring
steel fusion color coated as specified for the fabric.
2.4 TOP AND BRACE RAILS
A. General: Furnish the top rail in approximately 20-foot lengths with couplings
approximately 6 inches long for each joint. Provide one coupling in each 5 with an
expansion spring. Provide the rail continuous from end-to-end for each run of fence.
Provide brace rails at all terminal posts, locate the rails midway between the top and
bottom of the fabric and extend from the terminal p ost to the first adjacent line post.
Securely fasten rails at both ends. Provide top and brace rails that are galvanized
steel fusion color coated as specified for framework in Subsection 1.03 C.
B. Pipe Type: 1-1/4-inch, Schedule 40 pipe or a 1.625- by 1.25-inch roll-formed section
with minimum bending strength of 192 pounds on 10-foot span.
2.5 POSTS
A. General: Provide all posts that are coated as specified for vinyl-coated framework,
posts and hardware in Subsection 1.03 C.
Section 323113
COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 8
B. Pipe Posts: Provide pipe posts as follows:
1. For end, corner and pull posts use 2-1/2-inch, Schedule 40 pipe
2. For line posts use 2-inch, Schedule 40 pipe
3. For gate posts use the following pipes for different leaves:
a. For leaves up to 6 feet wide, use 2-1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe
b. For leaves over 6 feet to 12 feet wide, use 3-1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe
c. For leaves over 12 feet to 18 feet wide, use 6-inch Schedule 40 pipe
C. Bending Strength: Provide materials with the minimum bending strength based on a
6-foot cantilever for rolled formed or tube posts as follows:
Galvanized
Steel
1. End, Corner and Pull Posts:
2.875" O.D. roll formed or 444
2-1/2-inch square tube 547
2-1/2-inch square, heavy
wall extrusion
2. Line Posts:
For fences 8 feet
maximum height 1.875- by
1.625-inch C-Section
245
For fences over 8 feet
high 2.25- by 1.703-inch
C-Section
347
3. Gate Posts:
For leaves up to 6 feet
wide (2.875-inch O.D. roll
formed or
2-1/2-inch square tube
444
645
Section 323113
COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 8
2.6 GATES
A. General: For the perimeter construction of gates with leaves up to 6 f eet wide, use
1-1/2-inch Schedule 40 pipe or 1-1/2-inch square steel tube, and for gates with leaves
greater than 6 feet wide, use 2-inch Schedule 40 pipe or 2-inch square steel tube.
B. Braces: Provide the gates with sufficient horizontal and vertical members and bracing
to ensure structural stability to prevent sagging and to provide for the attachment of
fabric, hardware and accessories. Provide gates with diagonal cross bracing
consisting of 3/8-inch diameter adjustable length truss rods where necessary to
provide frame rigidity without sag or twist.
C. Cantilever Sliding Gates: Furnish cantilever overhang as follows:
Gate Leaf Size Overhang
6'-0" to 10'-0" 6'-6"
11'-0" to 14'-0" 7'-6"
15'-0" to 22'-0" 10'-0"
12'-0" to 30'-0" 12'-0"
1. For gates leaf sizes 23'-0" to 30'-0", add one additional 2-inch square lateral
support rail welded adjacent to the top horizontal rail. Make the bottom rail of 2"
x 4" tubing weighing 1.71 pounds per foot.
2. Provide all cantilever overhang frames having 3/8-inch (galvanized steel)
(aluminum) brace rods.
3. Provide the enclosed track made of a combined track and rail aluminum
extrusion having a total weight of 3.72 pounds per foot and designed to
withstand a reaction load of 2,000 pounds.
4. Provide each gate leaf with two swivel type zinc die cast trucks having four
sealed lubricant ball-bearing wheels, 2-inch in diameter by 9/16-inch in width,
with two side rolling wheels to insure alignment of the truck in the track. Hold
trucks to post brackets by 7/8-inch diameter ball bolts with 1/2-inch shank.
Design truck assemblies to take the same reaction load as the track.
5. Install gates on 8.625-inch OD Schedule 40 (galvanized)) posts. Use three
posts for single slide gate and four posts for double slide gate.
6. Provide guide wheel assemblies for each supporting post. Provide each
assembly consisting of two rubber wheels 4 inches in diameter attached to a
post so that the bottom horizontal member will roll between the wheels which
can be adjusted to maintain gate frames plumb and in proper alignment.
Section 323113
COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 8
D. Gate Accessories: Equip gates with hinges, latches, center stops, hasps, holdbacks,
and padlocks. Provide hinges, latches, center stops, hasps, and holdbacks that are
aluminum. Provide double gates with a center drop bar and gate holdbacks.
E. Latches: Provide gate latches that are positive locking, pivoting type with the
padlocking arrangement accessible from either side of the gate.
F. Hinges: Hang all gates on offset hinges to permit swinging the gate through a
180-degree arc to lie, when not obstructed, along and parallel to the line of the fence.
2.7 ATTACHMENTS
A. General: Provide all attachments fabricated of coated to match the fabric as specified
for framework, posts and hardware in Subsection 1.03, except provide aluminum
hinges and latches.
B. Tension Bars: Provide 3/16-inch by 3/4-inch galvanized carbon steel tension bars
attached to the terminal posts by means of beveled edge bands.
C. Truss Rods: Provide 3/8-inch diameter galvanized carbon steel truss rods. Securely
mount truss rods between the line post end of the brace rail and the base of the
terminal post.
D. Post Tops: Provide post tops of galvanized pressed steel or malleable iron to form
weathertight caps for post or tube posts. Make provisions for installation or passage
of the top rail.
E. Brace and Tension Bands: Provide galvanized steel brace bands and tension bands,
of the "unclimbable" beveled edge type with 3/8-inch diameter square shouldered
aluminum carriage bolts, nonremovable from outside of the fence.
F. Rail Couplings: Provide rail couplings of the outside sleeve type, not less than six
inches long, self-centering, which allows for expansion and contraction. Provide
aluminum galvanized steel rail couplings.
G. Fabric Ties: Provide 9-gauge galvanized steel fabric ties.
H. Hog Rings: Provide 9-gauge wire, aluminum alloy, Type 6061-T6 hog rings.
I. Extension Arms: Provide galvanized pressed steel extension arms for supporting the
barbed wire where used. Design the arms with an adequate cross section to
withstand without failure or permanent deflection a perpendicular force of 250 pounds
applied at the end of the arm when the arm is securely attached to the post.
Construct extension arms to be slanted out.
Section 323113
COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 8
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install all fencing and accessories according to the manufacturer's
recommendations. Do not begin installation and erection before final grading is
completed, unless otherwise approved.
B. Excavation: Drill or hand excavate (using post hole digger) holes for posts to the
diameter and spacing indicated, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil.
1. If not indicated, excavate holes for each post to the minimum diameter
recommended by the fence manufacturer, but not less than four times t he
largest cross-section of the post.
2. Unless otherwise indicated excavate the hole depths approximately 3 inches
lower than the post bottom, with the bottom of posts set not less than 36 inches
below the finished grade surface.
C. Tension Wire: Attach the tension wire to the bottom of the fabric by hog rings spaced
at 24-inch intervals and to terminal posts by brace bands.
D. Posts: Set posts plumb in concrete encasement at not more than 10-foot centers in
the line of the fence with the tops properly aligned. Extend concrete encasement for
line posts a minimum of three feet below finish grade with a minimum diameter of ten
inches. Extend concrete encasement for terminal, corner and gate posts 40 inches
below finished grade, except gate posts for leaves greater than 6 feet, for which
extend the encasement 54 inches below grade. Provide the minimum diameter of
encasement for terminal, corner and gateposts to be sufficient to provide not less than
four inches between any part of the post and the face of the concrete and in no case
provide the diameter to be less than 12 inches. Set line posts 32 inches into the
concrete and set all other posts 36 inches, except gate posts for leaves greater than 6
feet wide, which are to be set 48 inches into the concrete. Slope the top exposed
surface of the concrete to shed water and provide a neat appearance.
1. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Check each
post for vertical and top alignment and hold posts in position during placement
and finishing operations.
a. Unless otherwise indicated, extend the concrete footing 2 inches above
grade and trowel to a crown to shed water.
2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete, coat the aluminum.
E. Fabric Ties: Space fabric ties approximately 12 inches apart on the line posts and 12
inches apart on the rails. (For clips used with C-section posts, use galvanized
11-gauge steel wire.)
Section 323113
COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 8
F. Fabric: Leave approximately 3 inches between finished grade and the bottom
selvage, unless otherwise indicated. Pull the fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and
tension wires. Install the fabric on the security side of the fence, and anchor the fabric
to the framework so that the fabric remains in tension after the pulling force is
released.
G. Fasteners: Install nuts for tensions bands and hardware bolts on the side of the fence
opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent nut removal.
END OF SECTION
Section 323113
COLLIER COUNTY CHAIN LINK FENCING AND GATES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 8
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 329200
COLLIER COUNTY RESTORATION BY SODDING AND SEEDING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 6
SECTION 329200
RESTORATION BY SODDING OR SEEDING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. The work in this section consists of furnishing all labor, material and equipment to
restore all areas disturbed during construction to match preconstruction
conditions. Establish a stand of grass within the areas disturbed by furnishing and
placing grass sod where required, or by seeding and mulching areas not requiring
sod.
1.2 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
A. Use materials conforming to the requirements of Florida Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as
follows:
1. Section 570 – Grassing (by Seeding)
2. Section 575 – Sodding
3. Section 981 – Grassing and Sodding Materials
4. Section 982 – Commercial Fertilizer
5. Section 983 – Water for Grassing
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit certifications and identification labels for all sodding supplied in
accordance with General Conditions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SODDING
A. Types: Sod may be of either St. Augustine or Argentine Bahia grass or as that
disturbed, as established prior to construction. Use well matted sod with roots.
When replacing sod in areas that are already sodded, use sod of the same type
as the existing sod.
Section 329200
COLLIER COUNTY RESTORATION BY SODDING AND SEEDING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 6
B. Provide sod as required in accordance with Florida Department of Transportation
Specifications 575 and 981. Furnish sod equal to and similar in type as that
disturbed. Place and water in accordance with FDOT Specifications Section 575.
C. Use sod in commercial-size rectangles, preferably 12-inch by 24-inch or larger,
except where 6-inch strip sodding is called for.
D. Use sod that is sufficiently thick to secure a dense stand of live grass. Use sod
that is live, fresh and uninjured at the time of planting, having a soil mat of
sufficient thickness adhering firmly to the roots to withstand all necessary
handling. It shall be reasonably free of weeds and other grasses. Plant sod as
soon as possible after being dug, and shade and keep moist from the time it is
dug until it is planted.
E. Handle sod in a manner to prevent breaking or other damage. Do not handle by
dumping from trucks or other vehicles. Use care at all times to retain the native
soil on the roots of each sod roll during stripping and handling. Sod that has been
damaged by handling during delivery, storage or installation will be rejected.
F. Swales: Place sod to the proper grade and cross section in all flow areas to
ensure the design flow of water in the ditch. In excavating for the placement of
sod, provide a minimum of 3 inches of undercut.
2.2 FERTILIZER
A. Supply chemical fertilizer in suitable bags with the net weight certification of the
shipment. Fertilizer shall be 12-8-8 and comply with Section 982 of the FDOT
Standard Specification for Road and Bridge Construction.
B. The numerical designations for fertilizer indicate the minimum percentages
(respectively) of (1) total nitrogen, (2) available phosphoric acid and (3) water
soluble potash, contained in the fertilizer.
C. The chemical designation of the fertilizer shall be 12-8-8, with at least 50 percent
of the nitrogen from a nonwater-soluble organic source. The nitrogen source may
be a unreaformaldehyde source provided it is not derived from a waste product of
the plastic industry.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Spread fertilizer uniformly at the specified rate.
2.4 NETTING
A. See County Approved Product List, Appendix F.
Section 329200
COLLIER COUNTY RESTORATION BY SODDING AND SEEDING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6
2.5 SEEDING
A. Seed all unpaved areas disturbed during construction that do not require sod.
Complete all seeding in conformance with FDOT Specifications Sections 570 and
981. Mulch and fertilize the grassed areas shall be mulched and fertilized in
accordance with FDOT Specifications.
B. Provide mulch material free of weeds. Mulch shall be oat straw or rye, Pangola,
peanut, Coastal Bermuda, or Bahia grass hay.
C. All seeds must have been tested within 6 months of planting. Submit a seed bag
tag with final payment requests from each type or mixture of seed used.
2.6 TOPSOIL
A. Topsoil stockpiled during excavation may be used. If additional topsoil is required
to replace topsoil removed during construction, it shall be obtained off site at no
additional cost to the COUNTY. Topsoil shall be fertile, natural surface soil,
capable of producing all trees, plants, and grassing specified herein.
2.7 MULCH
A. Furnish small grain straw mulch. Apply mulch at a rate of 1.5 tons per acre,
corresponding to a depth not less than 1-inch or more than 3-inches according to
texture and moisture content of mulch material. Apply asphalt emulsion at a rate
of 150 gallons per ton of straw to anchor the straw applied.
2.8 WATER
A. It is the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to supply all water to the site, as required
during seeding and sodding operations and through the maintenance period and
until the work is accepted. Make whatever arrangements may be necessary to
ensure an adequate supply of water to meet the needs for the work. Furnish all
necessary hose, equipment, attachments, and accessories for the adequate
irrigation of lawns and planted areas as may be required. Water shall be suitable
for irrigation and free from ingredients harmful to plant life.
2.9 SOIL IMPROVEMENTS
A. Apply lime at the rate of 1 to 1.5 tons per acre. Apply 10-10-10 commercial
fertilizer at the rate of 800 pounds per acre and work well into the top inch of
topsoil.
Section 329200
COLLIER COUNTY RESTORATION BY SODDING AND SEEDING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 6
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SOD BED PREPARATION
A. Clear areas to be sodded and/or seeded of all rough grass, weeds, and debris,
and bring soil to an even grade.
B. Thoroughly till soil to a minimum 4-inch depth.
C. Bring area to proper grade, free of sticks, stones, or other foreign matter over 1-
inch in diameter or dimension. The surface shall conform to finish grade, less the
thickness of sod, free of water-retaining depressions, the soil friable and of
uniformly firm texture.
3.2 INSPECTION
A. Verify that soil preparation and related preceding work has been completed.
B. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory.
3.3 SOD HANDLING AND INSTALLATION
A. During delivery, prior to planting, and during the planting of sod areas, protect the
sod panels at all times from excessive drying and unnecessary exposure of the
roots to the sun. Stack sod during construction and planting so as not to be
damaged by sweating or excessive heat and moisture.
B. After completion of soil conditioning as specified above, lay sod panels tightly
together so as to make a solid sodded lawn area. On mounds and other slopes,
the long dimension of the sod shall be laid perpendicular to the slope.
Immediately following sod laying, roll the lawn areas with a lawn roller customarily
used for such purposes, and then thoroughly water.
C. Place sod at all areas where sod existed prior to construction, on slopes of 3
horizontal to 1 vertical (3:1) or greater, in areas where erosion of soils will occur,
and as directed by the ENGINEER. On areas where the sod may slide, due to
height and slope, the ENGINEER may direct that the sod be pegged, with pegs
driven through the sod blocks into firm earth, at suitable intervals.
3.4 USE OF SOD ON ROADWAY PROJECTS
A. In accordance with the FDOT District One Standard Practice, establish permanent
green grass at the completion of roadway construction and maintenance work.
The following shall apply to all restoration involving State or County roadways:
1. Use sod in lieu of seed and mulch on all roadways with urban (raised curb)
typical sections.
Section 329200
COLLIER COUNTY RESTORATION BY SODDING AND SEEDING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 6
2. One inch water per week shall be required for a minimum of four (4)
consecutive weeks for the purpose of establishing sod. This can be waived
during construction, if and only if there is a minimum of one inch of rain per
week on all sod on the project.
3. Placed sod on slopes 1:3 or greater. Stake sod on slopes 1:2 or greater.
4. On all curves with superelevation, place sod from the edge of pavement to
the toe of slope on the downhill side(s) for the entire length of the
superelevated roadway. On multi-lane divided rural facilities, place sod in
the median and on the inside of the curve in the superelevated areas. This
does not apply to reverse crowns.
5. Use sod for all projects with less than 10,000 square yards grass area.
6. On tangent sections and on outside of curves, use sod between the edge of
pavement and a point 4 feet beyond the shoulder break point.
7. The entire width of sod should not exceed 15 feet from the edge of
pavement.
8. Sod is to be used to eliminate narrow seed and mulch areas. Sod areas
less than 6 feet in width.
9. Place sod around drainage structures as per the standard Indexes and
extend to the edge of pavement.
3.5 SOD MAINTENANCE
A. The sod shall produce a dense, well-established growth. Repair and re-sod all
eroded or bare spots until project acceptance. Repair to sodding shall be
accomplished as in the original work.
B. Perform sufficient watering to maintain adequate moisture for optimum
development of the seeded and sodded areas, and no less than 1.5 inches of
water per week for at least 2 weeks. Thereafter, apply water for a minimum of 60
days as needed until the sod takes root and starts to grow or until final
acceptance, whichever is latest.
3.6 GUARANTEE
A. Guarantee a live and vigorous stand of permanent grass at the time of acceptance
of the work consisting of 80 percent minimum coverage for seeded grass areas
with no bare spots greater than 5 square feet.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Remove debris and excess materials from the project site.
Section 329200
COLLIER COUNTY RESTORATION BY SODDING AND SEEDING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 6
END OF SECTION
Section 330130.16
COLLIER COUNTY TELEVISING AND INSPECTION OF
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 6
SECTION 330130.16
TELEVISING AND INSPECTION OF GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Work specified herein:
1. Furnish all labor, tools, test equipment and materials, including any and all
permits required to televise, inspect, video tape, still photograph and
document the gravity wastewater collection systems.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Utilize services of competent personnel in the field of TV/video inspection of
wastewater collection systems.
B. Schedule all work with ENGINEER.
C. Equipment used shall be in good working order and provide continuous operation
during TV/video tape inspection.
D. VHS videotapes or DVD recording media shall be of good visual quality capable of
slow motion and pausing without significant reduction of visual quality.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the County Manager or designee a list of equipment and materials to be
used on the project, including all permits obtained prior to commencing with the
Work.
B. Submit to the County Manager or designee a copy of all television inspection log
sheets and VHS videotapes or DVD recording media completed.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Equipment used shall be designed for use in gravity wastewater collection
systems. CONTRACTOR has the option of a County approved equal device or
other material than that which is specified. Submittals are required prior to
commencement of work.
Section 330130.16
COLLIER COUNTY TELEVISING AND INSPECTION OF
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 6
2.2 TELEVISION CAMERA
A. Camera used shall be 360 degree COLOR RVC camera. Camera shall be
operative in 100% relative humidity and be specifically designed for the
environment. Camera shall have an integral lighting system capable of producing
clearly focused, well-defined images of the entire periphery of the pipe. Camera
shall have an integral depth measurement device capable of clearly showing the
depth of vertical dips. The quality of video picture and definition provided shall be
to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and, if unsatisfactory, equipment shall be
removed and replaced with satisfactory equipment.
2.3 MONITOR
A. A high resolution TV monitor screen shall be used. Quality of monitor shall be to
the satisfaction of the County Manager or designee.
2.4 VIDEO TAPE EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish videotape equipment to provide a visual and audio recording of all areas
in the pipe. Videotape system at the site shall be capable of rewind, play back,
slow motion and stop motion. The videotape shall be 1/2-inch color VHS, with an
audio channel for clearly recording the camera locations and operator
observations (cracks, leaks, service connections, etc.). The system shall
continuously indicate distance, in feet, from manhole to manhole and the
manhole-to-manhole run numbers on the video recording.
2.5 WINCHES
A. Furnish variable speed powered remote controlled winches for upstream and
downstream manhole locations to control two-way movement of the camera. If a
self-propelled camera is used, winches are not necessary.
2.6 POWER SUPPLY
A. Power supply shall be continuous. If night operations occur, supply all labor,
power and lighting equipment for operations, traffic safety, permits, etc.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. All sanitary sewer gravity lines shall be televiewed at the CONTRACTOR’s
expense; and a videotape of the subject mains provided prior to preliminary
acceptance and at the 1-year warranty inspection by Collier County Utilities.
Televiewing may only occur after the stabilized subgrade has been installed and
satisfactory density tests have been submitted to Collier County Utilities. The
sewer video inspection shall include rotating the camera lens to inspect the interior
of each sewer lateral.
Section 330130.16
COLLIER COUNTY TELEVISING AND INSPECTION OF
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 6
B. Demonstrate the ability of the TV/video equipment (camera/light/video tape/audio/
photograph system) to the satisfaction of the County Manager or designee.
Distance meter shall be furnished on the video tape recording. Meter shall be
checked using distances between manholes. Meter distances and actual
distances shall be consistent. Depth measurement device shall be visible in the
video recording during movement of the camera in the pipe.
3.2 TELEVISING/INSPECTION
A. Inspection shall be done one manhole section at a time. Stop flow into the section
being inspected prior to video inspection, unless otherwise approved in writing by
the County Manager or designee.
B. Locate video vehicle on upstream side of manhole. Video tape in the downstream
direction such that camera movement is with the flow.
C. Insert the camera in the upstream manhole after flow restrictions required have
been accomplished. Flow into the system being inspected shall be stopped, with
the exception of service laterals into the system being inspected. Move camera
through the pipe lines at a moderate speed not exceeding 30 feet per minute. Stop
camera at locations where one or more of the following conditions is observed:
1. Infiltration/inflow sources.
2. Service Laterals.
3. Structural defects including broken pipe; collapsed or collapsing pipe,
cracks, deterioration, punctures, etc.
4. Abnormal joint conditions such as misalignments, open joints and joints not
sealed.
5. Unusual conditions such as root intrusion, protruding pipes, in-line pipe size
changes, mineral deposits, grease and obstructions.
D. Stop camera long enough for a thorough visual inspection of the conditions. All
such conditions as specified above shall be audio recorded on videotape and the
inspection log sheet. Move the camera and rotate to obtain optimum view of the
conditions. If requested by the County Manager or designee, view problem areas
in the opposite direction by pulling the TV camera from the opposite direction at no
additional cost to the COUNTY.
E. While the camera is stopped at each service connection, rotate the camera so as
to be able to view the service connection for a length of time that enables a good
visual inspection of the service connection for damage and infiltration. Be
responsible for measurements such as service lateral locations, if used for
subsequent rehabilitation work.
Section 330130.16
COLLIER COUNTY TELEVISING AND INSPECTION OF
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 6
F. When, during the inspection operation, the television camera will not pass through
the entire manhole-to-manhole section, set up equipment so that the inspection
can be performed from the opposite manhole at no additional cost to the
COUNTY.
G. Prior to the end of the one-year warranty period, all manholes will be televised and
inspected. The complete interior of each manhole shall be inspected and video
recorded after interior coating has been completed. Manhole identification
number shall be displayed on the video recording, and the recording shall
accompany the submittal of the gravity lines inspection. Any deficiencies shall be
corrected prior to acceptance by the County.
3.3 DOCUMENTATION
A. Furnish a detailed report and videotapes of the system inspected. The minimum
information supplied shall be the following:
1. Name and address of CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER.
2. Name of OWNER, system(s) inspected, and OWNER's representative
involved.
3. Log reports:
a. Log sheet for each section of pipe
b. Separate line for each deficiency and location
c. Corresponding videotapes and location of each section of pipe and
deficiencies on tape.
4. Video tapes shall be labeled with the following information:
a. System that is video taped (street name and manhole to manhole
numbers) and log report number corresponding to video tape
b. Date video was taped
c. CONTRACTOR's name and representative
d. OWNER's name
B. All tapes shall be rendered unable to be taped over after they are completed.
Section 330130.16
COLLIER COUNTY TELEVISING AND INSPECTION OF
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 6
3.4 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC
A. Be responsible for all maintenance of traffic around work site. CONTRACTOR
shall maintain traffic in accordance to all federal, state and local regulations. At no
additional cost to the COUNTY, submit a Maintenance of Traffic Plan, for review
and approval by Collier County DOT as necessary, prior to commencing work.
Obtain all necessary permits prior to commencing work, at no additional cost to
the COUNTY.
B. MOT shall also include construction and maintenance of any necessary detour
facilities, furnishings, installing and maintaining of traffic control and safety devices
during construction, control of dust, and any other special requirements for safe
and expeditious movement of traffic around or through the work site.
C. Be responsible for coordination with all affected agencies when roadways will be
closed or traffic will be detoured. No detours or roadway closings shall be
permitted unless specifically approved in writing by the County Manager or
designee or ENGINEER.
END OF SECTION
Section 330130.16
COLLIER COUNTY TELEVISING AND INSPECTION OF
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS GRAVITY SEWER SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 6
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 330201
COLLIER COUNTY ROADWAY CROSSINGS BY OPEN CUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 4
SECTION 330201
ROADWAY CROSSINGS BY OPEN CUT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF W ORK
Provide all labor, materials, equipment, supervision and incidentals required to
install the pipeline as shown on the Drawings in Collier County Streets by method
of open cut.
Note: Open cutting of existing pavement will generally not be allowed, but may be
considered under one or more of the following conditions:
1.Subsurface obstructions including rock;
2.Extreme high water table;
3.Limited space for jack and bore pits;
4.Condition of roadwa y surface -including imminent resurfacing and
rebuilding, provided inspection and approval beforehand is made by the
affected Transportation Department; or
5.Extreme economic hardship is proven with adequate supportive data.
1.2 SUBMITTAL
A.Submit shop drawings to the ENGINEER for review.
B.Before starting work, submit to the Collier County Department of Transportation,
with copy to the ENGINEER, a detailed schedule of his operations a minimum of
fourteen (14) days prior to beginning work for approval. This shall include, but not
be limited to, type and extent of temporary paving, and drawings and lists
describing materials and traffic control methods to be used. Approval shall not
relieve the CONTRACTOR of his obligation to provide a safe and proper crossing.
C.If a detour is required, submit a traffic control plan for approval to Collier County
and/or the Florida Department of Transportation.
D.Submit a plan for maintenance of traffic in accordance with Index 600 through 650
of the Florida Department of Transportation Specifications.
Section 330201
COLLIER COUNTY ROADWAY CROSSINGS BY OPEN CUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 4
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A.Use materials specified in other applicable portions of this Specification.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A.Trench dimensions for open cutting of road crossings are shown on the Standard
Details.
B.Where possible, limit the completion of the open-cut road crossing to a 24-hour
period. Perform all work in accordance with the approved traffic control plan.
C.Notify Collier County DOT forty-eight (48) hours in advance of starting
construction.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A.Temporary Roadways
1.For temporary roadways required for traffic relocation use materials meeting
the requirements of the FDOT. Use temporary roadways when crossing a
state highway right-of-wa y or at the direction of the ENGINEER.
2.Maintain temporary roadways in good condition throughout their use.
3.Maintain drainage through all existing ditches by the use of culvert pipe as
necessary.
4.Submit drawings indicating the type and location of temporary roadways for
approval prior to beginning work.
5.Provide all necessary barricades and signs where detours are permitted as
required to divert the flow of traffic. Notify Collier County DOT and
ENGINEER in advance of planned detours. While traffic is detoured,
expedite construction operations to minimize the period of detour.
6.Perform and complete all work at the roadway crossing in a manner fully
satisfactory to Collier County DOT.
B.Maintenance of Traffic
1.The requirements specified herein are in addition to the plan for
Maintenance of Traffic as specified in Section 015526.
Section 330201
COLLIER COUNTY ROADWAY CROSSINGS BY OPEN CUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 4
2.Furnish during construction and any subsequent maintenance within State
secondary road right-of-ways and Collier County streets, proper signs, signal
lights, flagmen, and other warning devices for the protection of traffic all in
conformance with the latest Manual on Uniform Traffic Control and Safe
Streets and Highways, and the Florida Manual of Traffic Control and Safe
Practices for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance and Utility
Operations. Information as to the above may be obtained from FDOT
Division engineers. The ENGINEER, County Engineer, or FDOT Manager
of the right-of-wa y of their representatives reserves the right to stop any
work for non-compliance.
3.Take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open trenches. Night
wa tchmen may be required where special hazards exist, or police protection
provided for traffic while work is in progress. Be fully responsible for
damage or injuries whether or not police protection has been provided.
4.Unless permission to close a County street is received in writing from the
proper authority, place all excavated material so that vehicular and
pedestrian traffic may be maintained at all times. Repair the road surface,
provide temporary ways, erect wheel guards or fences, or take other
measures for safety satisfactory to the ENGINEER if the CONTRACTOR's
operations cause traffic hazards.
5.Be fully responsible for the installation of adequate safety precautions, for
maintenance of the channelization devices, and for the protection of the
traveling public.
6.Maintain at all open cut crossings, a minimum of one-wa y traffic during the
daylight hours, and two-wa y traffic at night.
C.Installation of Pipeline
1.Meet the requirements of the applicable portions of this specification for
pavement removal, sheeting, shoring and bracing, excavation and backfill,
and dewatering.
2.Install the pipe in accordance with Division 2 of these Specifications.
3.Backfill the trench in accordance with the requirements of Section 312323.
4.Replace pavement in accordance with the requirements of Section 320117.
END OF SECTION
Section 330201
COLLIER COUNTY ROADWAY CROSSINGS BY OPEN CUT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 4
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 1 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install High
Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pressure pipe, fittings, and appurtenances as shown
on the Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents.
B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) – Collier County Utilities has the option of
approving the use of HDPE for pipeline crossings of roadways, ditches, canals,
and environmentally sensitive lands. HDPE mains shall have the same equivalent
internal diameter and equivalent pressure class rating as the corresponding PVC
pipe, unless otherwise approved by the County Manager or designee. For all
roadway crossings requiring casing pipe, a steel or DR 11 HDPE casing pipe must
be provided. The Department of Transportation having jurisdiction of said road and
right-of-way must grant specific approval.
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. All standard specifications, i.e., Federal, ANSI, ASTM, etc., made a portion of
these Specifications by reference, shall be the latest edition and revision thereof.
1.3 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Furnish all HDPE pipe, fittings, and appurtenances by a single manufacturer who
is fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be
furnished.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the ENGINEER, a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the
suppliers, and the appropriate shop drawings for all HDPE pipe and fittings.
B. Submit the pipe manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable
sections of the Specifications.
C. Submit shop drawings showing installation method and the proposed method
and specialized equipment to be used.
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 2 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.5 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
A. All work shall be inspected by the County Manager or designee who shall have
the authority to halt construction if, in his opinion, these specifications or
standard construction practices are not being followed. Whenever any portion
of these specifications is violated, the County Manager or designee, may order
further construction to cease until all deficiencies are corrected.
1.6 WARRANTY AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Warrant all work to be free from defects in workmanship and materials for a period
of one year from the date of completion of all construction. If work meets these
specifications, a letter of acceptance, subject to the one year warranty period,
shall be given at the time of completion. A final acceptance letter shall be given
upon final inspection at the end of the one year warranty period, provided the work
still complies with these specifications. In the event deficiencies are discovered
during the warranty period, the CONTRACTOR shall correct them without
additional charge to the COUNTY before final acceptance. During the warranty
period, the ENGINEER will determine if warranty repairs or replacement work
shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR. The decision of the ENGINEER shall
be binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
B. Installer Certification for The CONTRACTOR installing thermal butt fused HDPE
pipe.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Provide polyethylene pressure pipe manufactured from PE4710 polyethylene
meeting AWWA C906 standards. When specified by the ENGINEER on the
construction drawings, as an alternate to PVC, HDPE (ductile iron pipe sized)
piping can be used for buried applications. Iron pipe sized (IPS) HDPE piping can
be used for below-ground applications as determined by the ENGINEER.
B. The diameter of DR 11 HDPE casing pipe provided for roadway crossings or other
purposes shall conform to the following.
For HDPE pressure carrier pipes, casing spacers are not required when HDPE
DR11 (or DR17 for 42” to 54” or DR21 for 63”) casing is used. The casing inside
diameter shall be a minimum of two inches larger than the carrier pipe’s outside
diameter.
C. HDPE to HDPE pipe connections shall be by thermal butt fusion. Thermal fusion
shall be accomplished in accordance with the pipe manufacturer and fusion
equipment supplier specifications. The CONTRACTOR installing thermal butt
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 3 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
fused HDPE pipe shall be certified in this type of work and have a minimum of five
years experience performing this type of work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide
certification to the Engineer of Record, who will provide the Engineering Review
Services Department with the certification.
D. Qualification of Manufacturer: The Manufacturer shall have manufacturing and
quality control facilities capable of producing and assuring the quality of the pipe
and fittings required by these specifications. The Manufacturer’s production
facilities shall be open for inspection by the County Manager or designee.
Qualified manufacturers shall be approved by the County Manager or designee.
E. See the County Approved Product List, Appendix F, for manufacturers that are
qualified. Products from other manufacturers proposed for the work must
receive approval from the County Manager or designee prior to ordering.
F. Materials: Materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and fittings
shall be PE4710 high density polyethylene meeting cell classification 445574C or
445574E per ASTM D3350; and meeting Type III, Class B or Class C, Category 5,
Grade P34 per ASTM D1248; and shall be listed in the name of the pipe and fitting
manufacturer in PPI (Plastics Pipe Institute) TR-4, Recommended Hydrostatic
Strengths and Design Stresses for Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings Compounds,
with a standard grade rating of 1600 psi at 73°F. The Manufacturer shall certify
that the materials used to manufacture pipe and fittings meet these requirements.
G. Polyethylene Pipe: Polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with
ASTM F714, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside
Diameter or ASTM D3035, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on
Controlled Outside Diameter and shall be so marked. Each production lot of pipe
shall be tested for (from material or pipe) melt index, density, % carbon, (from
pipe) dimensions and either quick burst or ring tensile strength (equipment
permitting).
H. Color Identification: HDPE must have at least three equally spaced horizontal
colored marking stripes. Permanent identification of piping service shall be
provided by adhering to the following colors.
Blue – potable water (Underground HDPE pipe shall be one of the
following:
a. Solid-wall blue pipe;
b. Co-extruded blue external skin; or
c. White or black pipe with blue stripes incorporated into, or
applied to, the pipe wall.
White – raw water
Green – wastewater, sewage
Pantone Purple – non-potable irrigation, reclaimed or reuse water
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 4 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
I. Polyethylene Fittings and Custom Fabrications: Polyethylene fittings and custom
fabrications shall be molded or fabricated by the pipe manufacturer. Butt fusion
outlets shall be made to the same outside diameter, wall thickness, and tolerances
as the mating pipe. All fittings and custom fabrications shall be fully rated for the
same internal pressure as the mating pipe. Pressure de-rated fabricated fittings
are prohibited.
J. Molded Fittings: Molded fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM
D3261, Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE)
Plastic Pipe and Tubing, and shall be so marked. Each production lot of molded
fittings shall be subjected to the tests required under ASTM D3261.
K. X-Ray Inspection: The Manufacturer shall submit samples from each molded
fittings production lot to x-ray inspection for voids, and shall certify that voids were
not found.
L. Fabricated Fittings: Fabricated fittings shall be made by heat fusion joining
specially machined shapes cut from pipe, polyethylene sheet stock, or molded
fittings. Fabricated fittings shall be rated for internal pressure service equivalent to
the full service pressure rating of the mating pipe. Directional fittings 16” IPS and
larger such as elbows, tees, crosses, etc., shall have a plain end inlet for butt
fusion and flanged directional outlets. Part drawings shall be submitted for the
approval of the ENGINEER.
M. Polyethylene Flange Adapters: Flange adapters shall be made with sufficient
through-bore length to be clamped in a butt fusion joining machine without the use
of a stub-end holder. The sealing surface of the flange adapter shall be machined
with a series of small v-shaped grooves to provide gasketless sealing, or to
restrain the gasket against blow-out.
N. Back-up Rings and Flange Bolts: Flange adapters shall be fitted with lap joint
flanges pressure rated equal to or greater than the mating pipe. The lap joint
flange bore shall be chamfered or radiused to provide clearance to the flange
adapter radius. Flange bolts and nuts shall be Grade 2 or higher.
2.2 MANUFACTURER’S QUALITY CONTROL
A. The pipe and fitting manufacturer shall have an established quality control
program responsible for inspecting incoming and outgoing materials. Incoming
polyethylene materials shall be inspected for density, melt flow rate, and
contamination. The cell classification properties of the material shall be certified by
the supplier, and verified by Manufacturer’s Quality Control. Incoming materials
shall be approved by Quality Control before processing into finished goods.
Outgoing materials shall be checked for:
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 5 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Outside diameter, wall thickness, and eccentricity as per ASTM D2122 at a
frequency of at least once/hour or once/coil, whichever is less frequent.
2. Out of Roundness at frequency of at least once/hour or once/coil, whichever is
less frequent.
3. Straightness, inside and outside surface finish, markings and end cuts shall be
visually inspected as per ASTM F714 on every length of pipe.
B. Quality Control shall verify production checks and test for:
1. Density as per ASTM D1505 at a frequency of at least once per extrusion lot.
2. Melt Index as per ASTM D1238 at a frequency of at least once per extrusion
lot.
3. Carbon content as per ASTM D1603 at a frequency of at least once per day per
extrusion line.
4. Quick burst pressure (sizes thru 4-inch) as per ASTM D1599 at a frequency of
at least once per day per line.
5. Ring Tensile Strength (sizes above 4-inch equipment permitting) as per ASTM
D2290 at a frequency of at least once per day per line.
6. ESCR (size permitting) as per ASTM F1248 at a frequency of at least once per
extrusion lot.
C. X-ray inspection shall be used to inspect molded fittings for voids, and knit line
strength shall be tested. All fabricated fittings shall be inspected for joint
quality and alignment.
2.3 COMPLIANCE TESTS
A. In case of conflict with Manufacturer's certifications, the CONTRACTOR,
ENGINEER, or County Manager or designee may request re-testing by the
manufacturer or have re-tests performed by an outside testing service. All re-
testing shall be at the requestor's expense, and shall be performed in accordance
with the Specifications.
B. Installation shall be in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations and this
specification. All necessary precautions shall be taken to ensure a safe working
environment in accordance with the applicable codes and standards.
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 6 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PRESSURE PIPE AND
FITTINGS
A. Install all high density polyethylene (HDPE) pressure pipe by direct bury,
directional bore, or a method approved by the COUNTY or ENGINEER prior to
construction. If directional bore is used, or if directed by the County Manager or
designee or ENGINEER, surround the entire area of construction by silt barriers.
Install all high density polyethylene pressure pipe and fittings in accordance with
Manufacturer's recommendations, and this specification. Take all necessary
precautions to ensure a safe working environment in accordance with the
applicable codes and standards.
3.2 HEAT FUSION JOINING
A. Make joints between plain end pipes and fittings by butt fusion, and joints between
the main and saddle branch fittings by using saddle fusion using only procedures
that are recommended by the pipe and fitting Manufacturer. Ensure that persons
making heat fusion joints have received training and certification for heat fusion in
the Manufacturer's recommended procedure. Maintain records of trained
personnel, and shall certify that training was received not more than 12 months
before commencing construction. External and internal beads shall not be
removed.
3.3 MECHANICAL JOINING
A. HDPE pipe and fittings shall be fused together by heat welding when possible.
HDPE pipe and fittings may be joined together or to other materials by means of
flanged connections with back-up rings, by mechanical joint adapter with glands,
or mechanical couplings designed for joining HDPE pipe or for joining HDPE pipe
to another material. A stainless steel sleeve insert shall be used with a
mechanical coupling. Mechanical couplings shall be fully pressure rated and fully
thrust restrained such that when installed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations, a longitudinal load applied to the mechanical coupling will
cause the pipe to yield before the mechanical coupling disjoins.
3.4 BRANCH CONNECTIONS
A. Make branch connections to the main with saddle fittings or tees. Saddle fuse
polyethylene saddle fittings to the main pipe.
3.5 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate trenches in conformance to this specification, the plans and drawings, or
as authorized in writing by the County Manager or designee, and in accordance
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 7 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
with all applicable codes. Remove excess groundwater. Where necessary, shore
or reinforce trench walls.
3.6 LARGE DIAMETER FABRICATED FITTINGS
A. Butt fuse fabricated directional fittings 16" IPS and larger to the end of a pipe.
Make up the flanged directional outlet connections in the trench.
3.7 MECHANCIAL JOINT AND FLANGE INSTALLATION
A. Install mechanical joints and flange connections in accordance with the
Manufacturer's recommended procedure. Center and align flange faces to each
other before assembling and tightening bolts. Do not use the flange bolts to draw
the flanges into alignment. Lubricate bolt threads, and fit flat washers under the
flange nuts. Tighten bolts evenly according to the tightening pattern and torque
step recommendations of the Manufacturer. At least one hour after initial
assembly, re-tighten flange connections following the tightening pattern and
torque step recommendations of the Manufacturer. The final tightening torque
shall be 100 ft-lbs or less as recommended by the Manufacturer.
3.8 FOUNDATION AND BEDDING
A. Lay pipe on grade and on a stable foundation. Remove unstable or mucky trench
bottom soils, and install a 6-inch foundation or bedding of compacted Class I
material to pipe bottom grade. Remove excess groundwater from the trench
before laying the foundation or bedding and the pipe. A trench cut in rock or stony
soil shall be excavated to 6 inches below pipe bottom grade, and brought back to
grade with compacted Class I bedding. Remove all ledge rock, boulders, and large
stones.
3.9 PIPE HANDLING
A. When lifting with slings, use only wide fabric choker slings to lift, move, or lower
pipe and fittings. Do not use wire rope or chain. Slings shall be of sufficient
capacity for the load, and shall be inspected before use. Do not use worn or
defective equipment.
3.10 TESTING
A. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing: Pressure test and flush HDPE pipes after swabbing
in accordance with Section 022501 and 025400.
END OF SECTION
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 8 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 330503
COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 6
SECTION 330503
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Requirements for providing buried PVC pipe, fittings and
appurtenances.
1. Provide PVC pipe and fittings complete with all necessary jointing facilities
and materials, specials, adapters and other appurtenances required for
installation in and completion of the pipelines to be constructed.
2. Provide plain end or rubber gaskets (push-on or mechanical joint) of the
types, sizes and classes shown or specified.
B. Related Work Specified In Other Sections Includes:
1. Section 022501 – Leakage Tests
2. Section 025400 – Disinfection
3. Section 330504 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings
4. Section 330518 – Laying and Jointing Buried Pipelines
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1. ASTM D3034 - Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Sewer Pipe and
Fittings
2. ASTM F679 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Large Diameter Plastic Gravity
Sewer Pipe and Fittings
3. AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. through 60
In., for Water Distribution
4. AWWA C907 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings for Water - 4 In.
through 8 In.
Section 330503
COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6
5. ASTM D2321 - Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer
Pipe
6. ASTM F477 - Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) For Joining Plastic Pipe
7. ANSI A21.10 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings 3 inches through 48
inches, for Water and Other Liquids
8. ANSI A21.11 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and Gray Iron
Pressure Pipe and Fittings
9. Uni-Bell B-11
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Gravity Sewer Pipe - PVC pipe shall be of the integral wall bell and spigot joint
type, which meets or exceeds all requirements set forth in ASTM D3034, latest
revision. Minimum wall thickness shall conform to ASTM SDR 26. PVC pipes
used for gravity sewers shall be green in color. Fittings shall be made of PVC
plastic as defined by ASTM SDR 26 1784, latest revision. Flexible gasketed joints
shall be compression type conforming to ASTM D3201, latest revision.
Elastomeric joint gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477, latest revision. At all
conflict crossings using 4”-12” substitute C900 PVC, Class 305, DR 14 and for
PVC pipe 14” and larger use C900 PVC, Class 235, DR 18.
B. Force Main Pipe – PVC pipe meeting the latest revision of AWWA C900 shall be
provided. For installation of 4” – 12” pipe, the pressure class shall be 235 with a
DR of 18. For installation of 14” – 24” pipe, use pressure class 165, DR 25,
meeting or exceeding the requirements of Uni-Bell B-11. PVC pipes used for
force mains shall be green in color. Outside diameters shall be equivalent to
ductile iron pipe of the same nominal size. Joints between successive lengths of
straight PVC pipe shall be compression type using a single elastomeric gasket,
per ASTM C-3139 and F477. Fittings for C900 pipe shall be C900 rated PVC.
Joint restraint devices shall be provided for horizontal or vertical alignment
changes using uni-flange type collars, epoxy coated, with high strength, and low
alloy hardware (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). PVC pipe
direct buried beneath roadways, parking lots or parking lot entrances shall meet
AWWA Specification C900, latest revision. All 4” to 12” pipe in such locations
shall be a minimum of Class 305, DR 14, and all 14” to 24” pipe shall be a
minimum of Class 235, DR 18. Pressure Class 250 ductile iron pipe may be used
instead of PVC in these locations if approved by the County Manager or designee.
C. Potable, Raw and Non-Potable Irrigation Water Main Pipe - PVC shall conform to
AWWA Specification C900, latest revision. All 4” to 12” pipe shall be a minimum
of Class 235, DR 18 and all 14” to 24” pipe shall be a minimum of Class 165, DR
25 and shall meet or exceed Uni-Bell B-11. All potable water pipe shall bear the
seal of the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for potable water pipe. All pipe
shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, nominal size, type of plastic and
pressure rating. All PVC pipe used for potable water lines shall be predominately
Section 330503
COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6
blue in color. Underground PVC pipes used for potable water lines shall be solid-
wall blue pipe, will have a co-extruded blue external skin, or will be white or black
pipe with blue stripes incorporated into, or applied to, the pipe wall. PVC pipes
used for raw water shall be white in color. PVC pipes used for non-potable
irrigation, reclaimed or reuse water shall be purple in color. Pipe O.D. shall be
equivalent to cast iron pipe of the same nominal size. PVC pipe direct buried
beneath roadways, parking lots or parking lot entrances shall meet AWWA
Specification C900, latest revision. All 4” to 12” pipe in such locations shall be a
minimum of Class 305, DR 14, and all 14” to 24” pipe shall be a minimum of Class
235, DR 18. Pressure Class 250 ductile iron pipe may be used instead of PVC in
these locations if approved by the County Manager or designee.
D. Provide pipe of the various sizes and classes as specified in the schedule or
shown. Restrain all pressure pipe joints.
E. Construct concrete encasements only with written permission from the Water
Director.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
B. Submit the following shop drawings:
1. Pipe joints, fittings, sleeves and cleanouts. Where special designs or fittings
are required, show the work in large detail and completely describe and
dimension all items.
2. Fully dimensioned drawings of piping layouts, including fittings, couplings,
sleeves, cleanouts, valves, supports and anchors. Label pipe size,
materials, type, and class on drawings and include the limits of each reach
of restrained joints. Provide cross sections showing elevations of cleanouts,
pipes, fittings, sleeves, and valves.
3. Catalog data for pipe, joints, fittings, sleeves, harnessing and cleanouts.
C. Quality Control: Submit certificate of compliance for pipe, fittings, gaskets,
coatings, specials, sleeves and cleanouts in accordance with this Section.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store and handle all pipe, fittings and appurtenances as specified in
Division 1 and Section 330518.
Section 330503
COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 6
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. PVC Pipes and Fabricated Fittings: PVC pipe and fabricated fittings shall be
made from virgin PVC resin that has been compounded to provide physical
and chemical properties that equal or exceed cell class 12454-B as defined in
ASTM D1784, and shall qualify for a hydrostatic design basis of 4,000 psi
(27.58 MPa) at 73.4F (23C) per the requirements of PPI TR-3.
B. Fittings for Pressure Pipe: Provide all fittings meeting the requirements of
Sections 330504.
C. Joints and Fittings for Gravity Sewer Pipe: Provide all fittings meeting the
requirements of ASTM D 3034 and ASTM F 679. Provide joints that are a molded
integral part of the pipe section. Do not use joints or couplings furnished loose.
Provide joints with elastomeric gasket joints.
D. Joints for Pressure Pipe: Provide pipe with bell ends in accordance with AWWA
C900. Provide joints with elastomeric gasket joints.
E. Elastomeric Gasket Joints: Provide elastomeric gasket joints in accordance with
ASTM F 477.
F. Rubber Gasket Joints: Provide mechanical joints meeting the requirements of
ANSI A21.11.
G. Color: Provide pipe made of 100 percent of the color specified. Provide green
sewer or force main pipe. Provide blue potable water pipe. Provide white raw
water pipe. Provide purple non-potable irrigation, reclaimed or reuse water pipe.
H. Pipe Marking: Provide mark on each pipe at internals of 5 feet or less to
designate compliance with applicable ASTM or AWWA specification.
I. Temporary Bulkheads: Provide temporary bulkheads at the ends of sections
where adjoining pipelines have not been completed and are not ready to connect.
1. Remove all temporary bulkheads when they are no longer needed.
J. Date of Manufacturer: Provide pipe and fitting manufactured no earlier than 12
month period proceeding the date of the Agreement.
K. Wall Thickness for Pressure Pipe:
1. 4 through 12 inches diameter – provide AWWA-C900 DR 14, Class 305 for
pressure pipe installed under pavement.
Section 330503
COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 6
2. 14 through 24 inches diameter – provide AWWA-C905 DR 18, Class 235 for
pressure pipe installed under pavement.
L. Restraining Devices: Joint restraining devices (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) shall be placed at all bends, tees, plugs, reducers, and other
fittings to provide lateral support, and shall conform to the Collier County Standard
Details. Concrete thrust blocks shall only be utilized if approved by Collier County
Utilities.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install all buried PVC pipe and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations, approved shop drawings, as specified in Division 1, and
Section 330518. For horizontal directional drilling of Fusible PVC, see Section
330502 for casing and execution requirements.
3.2 LEAKAGE TESTING
A. Cleaning: Flush clean and test all pipes after installation.
B. Testing: Test pipes for leaks and repair or tighten as required.
C. Procedures: Conduct tests in accordance with Section 022501.
3.3 DISINFECTION
A. General: Disinfect all pipelines that are to carry potable water before they are
placed in service as specified in Section 025400.
3.4 SCHEDULES
A. Refer to the Schedules contained in Section 330518 Laying and Jointing Buried
Pipelines for information on the piping that is to be constructed using the pipe
materials and methods specified herein.
END OF SECTION
Section 330503
COLLIER COUNTY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 6
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 10
SECTION 330504
DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required, and install ductile
iron pipe, fittings and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified
herein.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Section 330518 - Laying and Jointing Buried Pipe
1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards: (Latest Revision)
1. ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and
Fittings for Water.
2. ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping
for Water and Other Liquids.
3. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 Ductile-Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 Inches, for
Water and Other Liquids. (C110 2-48 inches).
4. ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure
Pipe and Fittings.
5. ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Threaded
Flanges.
6. ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe.
7. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Water or
Other Liquids.
8. ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings
9. AWWA C600 Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and
Their Appurtenances.
10. Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 10
1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of pipe and fittings in accordance with the
requirements in the General Conditions, the requirements of the referenced
standards and the following supplemental requirements as applicable:
1. Certified dimensional drawings of all valves, fittings, and appurtenances.
2. In all cases, a line layout to indicate the limits of each reach of restrained
joints or of concrete encasement shall be supplied. (NOTE: Obtain COUNTY
Water Director’s approval of all proposed concrete encasement of ductile
iron pipe.)
B. Certifications: Furnish a certified affidavit of compliance for all pipe and other
products or materials furnished under this Section of the Specifications, which
indicates that all tests have been made and that all results comply with the
requirements of AWWA C151, including but not necessarily limited to the
following:
1. Acceptance Tests.
2. Hydrostatic Tests.
3. Impact Tests.
C. Additional Documentation: Upon request, furnish foundry records in the form of
written transcripts.
D. All expenses incurred for certification, testing, and data submittal shall be borne by
the CONTRACTOR or the Supplier.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Inspection: All pipe shall be available for inspection at the place of manufacture
prior to shipping in accordance with the provisions of the referenced standards.
Notify the ENGINEER in writing not less than 10 calendar days prior to the
shipping of the pipe.
B. The ENGINEER shall be given access to all areas where manufacturing and
testing is performed and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to
confirm manufacturer compliance with these Specifications.
C. Tests: Except as modified herein, all materials used in the manufacture of the
pipe shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of the referenced
standards as applicable.
D. Provide data on material tests at no additional cost to the COUNTY.
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 10
E. In addition to those tests specifically required, the ENGINEER may request
additional samples of any material including lining and coating samples for testing
by the COUNTY. Furnish the additional samples at no additional cost to the
COUNTY.
1.6 CORROSION PROTECTION
A. If specifically approved by Collier County Utilities for use, provide exterior
protection for underground ductile iron pipe and fittings within areas of severe
corrosive conditions. This shall be accomplished by the installation of
polyethylene encasement through the area of concern. The soil test evaluation to
determine the necessity for extra protection in suspect areas shall be those set
forth in ANSI Standard A21.5. Additionally, where other existing utilities are
known to be cathodically protected, ductile iron pipe crossing said utility shall be
protected for a distance of 20 feet to each side. If ductile iron pipe is to be
installed parallel to and within 10 feet of cathodically protected pipe, then
protection shall be provided for the entire length. Do not install steel pipe in
severe corrosion areas.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Protective Lining for Water Mains: Cement mortar lined ductile iron pipe shall
conform to ANSI/AWWA C151 and C104, subject to the following supplemental
requirements. The pipe shall be of the diameter and class shown, shall be
furnished complete with rubber gaskets as indicated in the Contract Documents,
and all specials and fittings shall be provided as required under the Contract
Documents.
B. Protective Lining for Force Mains and Sewers: Where lining is shown, specified or
required, for the protection of pipelines carrying sewage from corrosive gases, line
the pipe using protective ceramic epoxy coating (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions. For
ceramic epoxy lining, abrasive blast clean pipe and fittings to a near white surface
to SSPC SP-10 and provide 40 mils minimum of dry film thickness of ceramic
epoxy lining.
C. Handling and Storage: Handle the pipe by using wide slings, padded cradles, or
other devices designed and constructed to prevent damage to the pipe and its
lining. The use of equipment or handling, which might injure the pipe and its
lining, will not be permitted. Stockpiled pipe shall be suitably supported and shall
be secured to prevent accidental rolling. Assure that all other pipe handling
equipment and methods is acceptable to the ENGINEER.
D. Laying lengths: Maximum pipe laying lengths shall be 20 feet.
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 10
E. Finish: The pipe shall have smooth dense interior surfaces and shall be free from
fractures, excessive interior surface crazing and roughness, in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA C104.
F. Closures and Correction Pieces: Provide closures and correction pieces as
required so that closures may be made due to different headings in the pipe laying
operation and so that correction may be made to adjust the pipe laying to conform
to pipe stationing shown on the Drawings or line layouts where applicable.
2.2 PIPE DESIGN CRITERIA
A. General: Ductile Iron pipe shall be designed in accordance with the requirements
of ANSI/AWWA C150 as applicable and as modified in this Section.
B. Pipe Wall Thickness for Internal Pressure: The pipe shall be designed with a net
thickness to withstand the design internal pressure in accordance with the hoop
stress formula. In addition to the requirements of the Section, the minimum wall
thickness shall be in accordance with the minimum thickness wall depicted in table
50.5 of ANSI/AWWA C150.
C. Potable, Raw and Non-Potable Irrigation Water Mains:
1. Ductile Iron Pipe shall be a minimum pressure Class 250 and will be
accepted in any diameter for use within the water distribution system.
2. All aboveground potable water main pipe shall be painted Federal Safety
Blue. All aboveground raw water main pipe shall be painted white. All
aboveground non-potable irrigation, reclaim ed or reuse water main pipe
shall be painted Pantone Purple 522C. The pipe wall thickness shall not be
less than that required by a working pressure of 250 psi in laying condition
Type 4 “B” with 5-foot cover in conformance with ANSI Standard A21.50.
D. Force Mains and Gravity Sewers:
1. Ductile Iron Pipe shall be a minimum pressure Class150 and will be
accepted in any diameter for use within the wastewater collection system.
2. Ductile iron pipe for Gravity Sewer applications in not permitted unless the
ENGINEER can demonstrate that C900 PVC pipe, Class 150 or 200, cannot
be utilized from a structural standpoint.
3. All aboveground force main pipe shall be painted Safety Green. The pipe
wall thickness shall not be less than that required by a working pressure of
150 psi.
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 10
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Ductile Iron Pipe: Pipe materials shall conform to the requirements of
ANSI/AWWA C151.
B. Adapters to connect ductile iron pipe or fittings to pipe or fittings of dissimilar
materials shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with ASTM
specifications and the pipe manufacturer recommendations, and as approved by
the ENGINEER.
C. Water Mains:
1. All water mains shall contain cement for mortar lining conforming to the
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104. Cement for mortar lining shall be Type
II or V. A fly ash or pozzolan shall not be used.
2. All Ductile Iron buried water main pipelines shall have blue stripes applied to
the pipe wall. Stripe width shall comply with AWWA standards. The stripes
shall be applied during installation and shall incorporate blue tape or blue
paint. The tape or paint shall be applied in a continuous line that runs
parallel to the axis of the pipe and be located along the top of the pipe.
3. All pipe with an internal diameter of 24” or greater, tape or paint shall be
applied in continuous lines along each side of the pipe as well as along the
top of the pipe.
D. Force Mains and Gravity Sewer:
1. All Ductile iron pipe used within the wastewater system shall be lined with a
ceramic epoxy, (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). Pipe
and fittings shall be lined as specified herein. Each piece of pipe shall bear
a marking denoting the class to which it belongs.
2.4 SPECIALS AND FITTINGS
A. Fittings for Potable, Raw, Non-Potable Irrigation, Reclaimed and Reuse Water
Systems:
1. Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of
ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 or ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 for diameters 3
inches through 48 inches and shall have a minimum pressure rating of 350
psi for pipe sizes 6 inches through 24 inches and 250 psi for sizes larger
than 24 inches. Ductile iron fittings shall be double cement lined, seal
coated and outside coated with an asphaltic material in accordance with
AWWA C104 as specified.
B. Fittings for Wastewater System:
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 10
1. All pipe and fittings in direct contact with wastewater shall be interior coated
with a 40 mil thickness of ceramic epoxy coating (see County Approved
Product List, Appendix F). Pipe and fittings shall have an outside asphaltic
coating as specified in AWWA Standard C151. Each piece of pipe shall
bear a marking denoting the class to which it belongs.
2.5 DESIGN OF PIPE
A. General: The pipe furnished shall be ductile iron pipe, lined as specified, with
rubber gasketed joints.
B. The pipe shall be designed, manufactured, tested, inspected, and marked
according to applicable requirements previously stated and except as hereinafter
modified, shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C150 and ANSI/AWWA C151.
C. Pipe Dimensions: The pipe shall be of the diameter and class shown. The
minimum wall thickness for each pipe size shall be as specified herein or shown
on the Drawings.
D. Fitting Dimensions: The fittings shall be of the diameter shown and class
specified.
E. Joint Design: Ductile Iron pipe and fittings shall be furnished with mechanical
joints, push-on joints and flanged joints as follows:
1. For buried pipe applications, unless otherwise indicated, mechanical and
push-on joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, with the
minimum pressure rating of 350 psi.
2. For above-ground or buried vault applications, unless otherwise indicated,
flanged joints shall conform to ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15, with the minimum
pressure rating of 250 psi. All above-ground fittings shall be painted blue.
3. Use manufactured, labeled gasket lubricant for push on joints with trade
name and pipe manufacturer name, other lubricants are prohibited.
4. Nuts and bolts for flanged joints shall be 304 stainless, as specified by the
COUNTY, and conform to ANSI/AWWA C111.
F. Restraining Devices: Joint restraining devices (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) shall be placed at all bends, tees, plugs, reducers, and other
fittings to provide lateral support, and shall conform to the Collier County Standard
Details. Concrete thrust blocks shall only be utilized if approved by Collier County
Utilities.
G. For bell-and-spigot ends with rubber gaskets, the clearance between the bells and
spigots shall be such that when combined with the gasket groove configuration
and the gasket itself will provide watertight joints under all operating conditions
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 10
when properly installed. Require the pipe manufacturer to submit details complete
with significant dimensions and tolerances and also to submit performance data
indicating that the proposed joint has performed satisfactorily under similar
conditions. In the absence of a history of field performance, the results of a test
program shall be submitted.
H. Gaskets shall be a Buna N, Neoprene, or a Nitryl-based rubber product. Gaskets
shall have clean tips unless otherwise specified. Elastomeric gaskets conforming
to ASTM F-477 shall also be acceptable.
I. Shop-applied interior linings and exterior coatings shall be applied evenly to the
nominal thickness specified. Exterior coatings: asphalt coating for buried pipe or
primed pipe cannot be furnished holiday free.
2.6 CEMENT-MORTAR LINING
A. Cement-Mortar Lining For Shop Application: Except as otherwise provided herein,
interior surfaces of all ductile iron pipe shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with
cement-mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformity with ANSI/AWWA C104.
Ductile-Iron pipefittings need not have the cement-mortar lining applied
centrifugally. The lining machines shall be of a type that has been used
successfully for similar work. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage
to the lining. If lining is damaged or found faulty at delivery site, the damaged or
unsatisfactory portions shall be repaired in the filed in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA C104.
B. The nominal wet lining thickness shall be as follows:
Nominal Factory Nominal Replacement
Nominal Pipe
Diameter (in.)
Applied Lining
Thickness (in.)
Lining
Thickness (in.)
3-12 1/8 1/8
14-24 3/16 3/16
30-64 1/4 1/4
C. Protection of Pipe Lining/Interior: All shop-applied cement mortar lining shall be
given a seal coat of asphaltic material in conformance with ANSI/AWWA C104.
2.7 EXTERIOR COATING OF PIPE
A. Exterior Coating of Buried Piping: The exterior coating shall be an asphaltic
coating approximately 1 mil thick, conforming to ANSI/AWWA C151.
2.8 CORROSION PROTECTION
A. If specifically approved by Collier County Utilities for use, exterior protection shall
be provided for underground ductile iron pipe and fittings within areas of severe
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 10
corrosive conditions. This shall be accomplished by the installation of
polyethylene encasement through the area of concern. The soil test evaluation to
determine the necessity for extra protection in suspect areas shall be those set
forth in ANSI Standard A21.5. Additionally, where other existing utilities are
known to be cathodically protected, ductile iron pipe crossing said utility shall be
protected for a distance of 20 feet to each side. If ductile iron pipe is to be
installed parallel to and within 10 feet of cathodically protected pipe, then
protection shall be provided for the entire length. Steel pipe shall not be installed
in severe corrosion areas.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE
A. Handling and Storage: Carefully handle and protect all pipe, fittings, etc., against
damage, impact shocks, and free fall and in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600.
Do not place pipe directly on rough rocky ground, but in such instances support
the pipe in a manner that will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at
such trench site or elsewhere. Do not install any pipe where the lining or coating
show defects that may be harmful as determined by the ENGINEER. Repair such
damaged lining or coating, or furnish and install a new undamaged pipe.
B. Repair or replace all pipe damaged prior to Substantial Completion or during
warrantee period.
C. Inspect each pipe and fitting prior to installation to insure that no damaged
portions of pipe are installed.
D. Before placement of pipe in the trench, thoroughly clean each pipe or fitting of any
foreign substance that may have collected therein, and keep the pipe clean at all
times thereafter. For this purpose, close the openings of all pipes and fittings in
the trench during any interruption to the work.
E. Pipe Laying: Install the pipe in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C600.
F. Lay pipe directly on the bedding material. Refer to the Utilities Standards and
Procedures Ordinance Section 9.1.2 for laying and backfilling requirements. No
blocking will be permitted, and the bedding shall be such that it forms a
continuous, solid bearing for the full length of the pipe. Make excavations as
needed to facilitate removal of handling devices after the pipe is l aid. Form bell
holes at the ends of the pipe to prevent point loading at the bells or couplings.
Make excavations as needed outside the normal trench section at field joints to
permit adequate access to the joints for field connection operations and for
application of coating on field joints.
G. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or
other causes, the ENGINEER may change the alignment and/or the grades. Such
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 10
change may be made by the deflection of joints, by the use of bevel adapters, or
by the use of additional fittings. However, in no case shall the deflection in the
joint exceed 70 percent of the maximum deflection recommended by the pipe
manufacturer. No joint shall be misaligned any amount which will be detriment al
to the strength and water tightness of the finished joint.
H. Pipe and Specials Protection: Protect the openings of all pipe and specials with
suitable bulkheads to prevent unauthorized access by persons, animals, water, or
any undesirable substance. At all times, provide means to prevent the pipe from
floating.
I. Pipe Cleanup: As pipe laying progresses, keep the pipe interior free of all debris.
Completely clean the interior of the pipe of all sand, dirt, mortar splatter and any
other debris following completion of pipe laying, pointing of joints, and any
necessary interior repairs per ANSI/AWWA C600 and C602 prior to testing and
disinfecting the completed pipeline. For pipe larger than 12" diameter, utilize a
polyurethane foam plug "Poly Pig" to remove all debris from main.
3.2 RUBBER GASKETED JOINTS
A. Rubber Gasketed Joints: Immediately before jointing pipe, thoroughly clean the
bell end of the pipe, and place a clean rubber gasket in the bell groove. Carefully
clean the bell and spigot end of push-on joint pipe, and lubricate with a
vegetable-based lubricant or per manufacturer's recommendation. Insert the
spigot end of the pipe section into the bell of the previously laid joint and telescope
into the proper position. Do not tilt the pipe to insert the spigot into the bell.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPE APPURTENANCES
A. Installation of Valves: Handle all valves in a manner to prevent any injury or
damage to any part of the valve. Thoroughly clean and prepare all joints prior to
installation. Adjust all stem packing and operate each valve prior to installation to
insure proper operation.
B. Install all valves so that the valve stems are plumb and in the location shown on
the Drawings.
C. Mechanical joints consisting of bell, socket, gland, gasket, bolts, and nuts sha ll
conform to ANSI Standard A21.11. Bolts and nuts shall be high strength, low
alloy, Cor-Ten, T-Head Type having hexagonal nuts. Bolts and nuts shall be
machined through and nuts shall be tapped at right angles to a smooth bearing
surface. Single sealed gasket push-on type joints (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.11.
D. Mechanical joint retainer glands may be used to restrain mechanical joint pipe and
fittings to the plain end of ductile iron pipe and fittings when used in conjunction
with thrust blocks of reduced size. The Utilities ENGINEER must approve thrust
block size. Maintain joint flexibility.
Section 330504
COLLIER COUNTY DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) AND FITTINGS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 10
3.4 TESTING AND DISINFECTION
A. Test completed water or force main pipeline in accordance with Section 022501.
Disinfect completed water pipeline in accordance with Section 025400.
END OF SECTION
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 1 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPELINES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Installation of all underground pipelines. Provide pipeline
materials, coatings and linings as specified and pipe of the types, sizes and
classes shown or specified.
1. Use proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe and convenient
cutting, handling, and laying of the pipe and fittings.
2. Use suitable fittings where shown and at connections or where grade or
alignment changes require offsets greater than those recommended and
approved.
3. Lay all underground pipelines not supported on piles or concrete cradle in
select fill bedding material.
4. Close off all lines with bulkheads when pipe laying is not in progress.
B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes:
1. Section 022501 – Leakage Tests
2. Section 025400 – Disinfection
3. Section 312316 – Excavation - Earth and Rock
4. Section 312319 – Groundwater Control for Open Excavation
5. Section 312323 – Backfilling
6. Section 330502 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings
7. Section 330503 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings
8. Section 330504 - Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Fittings
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 2 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. ASTM D 2774 - Practice for Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pressure Piping
2. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances
3. ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60000 psi Tensile
4. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings,
C25, 125, 250, 800
5. ASME B16.21 - Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
6. AWWA C111/A21.11 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure
Pipe and Fittings
7. AWWA C115/A21.15 - Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Threaded
Flanges
8. Uni-Bell - Handbook of PVC Pipe
9. Collier County - Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. General: Deliver, store and handle all products and materials as specified in
Division 1 and as follows:
B. Transportation and Delivery: Take every precaution to prevent injury to the pipe
during transportation and delivery to the site.
C. Loading and Unloading: Take extreme care in loading and unloading the pipe and
fittings.
1. Work slowly with skids or suitable power equipment, and keep pipe under
perfect control at all times.
2. Under no condition is the pipe to be dropped, bumped, dragged, pushed, or
moved in any way that will cause damage to the pipe or coating.
D. Sling: When handling the pipe with a crane, use a suitable sling around the pipe.
1. Under no condition pass the sling through the pipe. Interior of pipe is to be
kept free of dirt and foreign matter at all times.
2. Use a nylon canvas type sling or other material designed to prevent damage
to the pipe and coating.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 3 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3. When handling reinforced concrete pipe or uncoated steel or ductile iron
pipe, steel cables, chain or like slings are acceptable.
E. Damaged Piping: If in the process of transportation, handling, or laying, any pipe
or fitting is damaged, replace or repair such pipe or pipes.
F. Blocking and Stakes: Provide suitable blocking and stakes installed to prevent
pipe from rolling.
1. Obtain approval for the type of blocking and stakes, and the method of
installation.
G. Storage for Gaskets: Store gaskets for pipe joints in a cool place and protect
gaskets from light, sunlight, heat, oil, or grease until installed. Store gaskets in a
sealed container (such as a vented drum). When long-term storage with exposure
to direct sunlight is unavoidable, PVC pipe should be covered with an opaque
material while permitting adequate air circulation above and around the pipe as
required to prevent excessive heat accumulation (Uni-Bell PVC Handbook).
1. Do not use any gaskets showing signs of cracking, weathering or other
deterioration.
2. Do not use gasket material stored in excess of six months without approval.
1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Repair of Sanitary Sewers and Services: Rebed, in compacted select fill material,
sanitary sewers which cross over the new pipe or which cross under the new pipe
with less than 12 inches clear vertical separation. Compact the bedding to
densities required for new pipeline construction and extend bedding below the
sewer to undisturbed earth. Reconstruct sewers damaged by pipeline
construction.
1. Furnish and install all materials and do all work necessary for the
reconstruction or repairs of sanitary sewers and services.
2. Provide pipe for reconstruction of sanitary sewers and services meeting the
appropriate specification requirements.
3. Provide pipe of the same size as the existing sewer or when the same size
is not available, use the next larger size of pipe. Obtain approval of joints
made between new pipe and existing pipe.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. The materials allowed for buried sewer pipes are PVC, HDPE or Ductile Iron Pipe.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 4 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Dry Trench Bottoms: Lay pipe only in dry trenches having a stable bottom.
1. Where groundwater is encountered, make every effort to obtain a dry trench
bottom in accordance with Section 312319.
2. Perform trench excavation and backfill in accordance with Sections 312316
and 312323.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install all piping in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations
and approved shop drawings and as specified in Division 1. Where pipe joint
deflections are used, do not exceed 80 percent of the maximum deflection limits
shown in AWWA C600. Gravity systems shall contain no joint deflection.
1. Arrange miscellaneous pipelines, which are shown in diagram form on the
Plans, clear of other pipelines and equipment.
2. Gravity systems shall not contain vertical dips greater than one inch (1.0”).
B. Code Requirements: Provide pipeline installations complying with AWWA C600
for iron pipe, AWWA Manual M11 for steel pipe, ASTM D 2774 for thermoplastic
pressure piping, and as modified or supplemented by the Specifications.
C. Pipe Laying - General:
1. Thoroughly inspect all pipe for damage and cleanliness. If found to be
defective, tag, remove and replace pipe with satisfactory pipe or fittings at no
additional charge to COUNTY.
2. Generally, lay all pipe with bells pointing ahead.
3. Carefully place all pipe, pipe fittings, valves and hydrants into trench by
means of a derrick, ropes or other suitable tools or equipment in such a
manner as to prevent damage and check for alignment and grade.
4. Make adjustments to bring pipe to line and grade by scraping away or filling
in select fill material under the body of the pipe.
5. Wedging or blocking up the pipe barrel is not permitted.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 5 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
6. Bring the faces of the spigot ends and the bells of pipes into fair contact and
firmly and completely shove the pipe home.
7. As the work progresses, clean the interior of pipelines of all dirt and
superfluous materials of every description.
8. Keep all lines absolutely clean during construction.
9. Lay pipelines accurately to line and grade.
10. During suspension of work for any reason at any time, a suitable stopper
shall be placed in the end of the pipe last laid to prevent mud or other
material from entering the pipe.
D. Pipe Laying - Trenches:
1. Carefully lay all pipelines in trench excavations piece by piece using suitable
tools or equipment on select fill bedding (refer to Utilities Standards and
Procedures Ordinance, Section 9.1.2), concrete cradle or other foundations
as shown, specified or ordered in writing. Prevent damage to materials,
protective coatings and linings.
2. Do not dump or drop pipe or pipe materials into trench.
3. Properly secure the pipe against movement and make the pipe joints in the
excavation as required.
4. Carefully grade and compact pipe bedding.
5. Bell Holes:
a. Cut out bell holes for each joint as required to permit the joint to be
properly made and allow the barrel of the pipe to have full bearing
throughout its length.
b. Thoroughly tamp bell holes full of select fill material following the
making of each joint to provide adequate support to the pipe
throughout its entire length.
E. Other Foundations: Install pipelines laid on other types of foundations as specified
for such other foundations or as ordered in writing.
F. Field Cuts of Pipelines: For shorter than standard pipe lengths, make field cuts in
a manner producing a cut square and perpendicular to the pipe axis. Remove any
sharp, rough edges which otherwise might injure the gasket.
G. Procedure for sealing cut ends and repairing field damaged areas of polyethylene
lined pipe and fittings is as follows:
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 6 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Remove burrs caused by field cutting of ends or handling damage and
smooth out edge of polyethylene lining if made rough by field cutting or
handling damage.
2. Remove oil or lubricant used during field cutting operations.
3. Areas of loose lining associated with field cutting operation must be removed
and exposed metal cleaned by sanding or scraping. For larger areas,
remove loose lining and dirt, then roughen bare pipe surface by scratching
or gouging with a small chisel to provide an anchor pattern for the epoxy. It
is recommended that the polyethylene lining be stripped back by chiseling,
cutting, or scraping about 1 inch to 2 inches into well adhered lined area
before patching. This ensures that all areas of undercutting have been
removed. Be sure to roughen an overlap of 1 inch to 2 inches of
polyethylene lining in area to be epoxy coated. This roughening should be
done with a rough grade emery paper (40 grit), rasp, or small chisel. Avoid
honing, buffing, or wire brushing since these tend to make surface to be
repaired too smooth for good adhesion.
4. With area to be sealed or repaired clean and suitably roughened, apply a
thick coat of a two-part coal tar epoxy (see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F). The heavy coat of epoxy must be worked into the scratched
surface by brushing. Mixing and application procedure for the epoxy must
follow the epoxy manufacturer's instructions.
5. It is important that the entire freshly cut, exposed metal surface of the cut
pipe be coated. To ensure proper sealing, overlap at least 1 inch of the
roughened polyethylene lining with this two-part epoxy system.
H. Ductile Iron Pipe Mechanical Joints:
1. Assembly: In making up mechanical joints, center the spigot in the bell.
a. With a wire brush just prior to assembly of the joint thoroughly brush 8
inches outside of spigot and inside of bell with which the rubber gasket
comes in contact. Remove all oil, grit, tar (other than standard coating)
and other foreign matter from joint.
b. Brush lubricant over the gasket just prior to installation. (Note: There is
only one rubber gasket size for each diameter of pipe.)
c. Press the gasket into place within the bell and move the gland into
position, bolts inserted, and the nuts tightened finger tight.
d. Tighten the nuts with a torque wrench so that the gland is brought up
toward the pipe evenly. Torque wrenches shall be set as specified in
AWWA C111. Spanner type wrenches not longer than specified in
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 7 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
AWWA C111 may be used with the permission of County Manager or
designee.
e. Tighten all nuts 180 degrees apart alternately in order to produce
equal pressure on all parts of the gland.
2. Torques: Apply the following range of bolt torques:
Size
Inches
Range of
Torque - ft. lbs
5/8
3/4
1
1-1/4
40 - 60
60 - 90
70 - 100
90 - 120
3. Remaking of Joints: If effective sealing is not obtained at the maximum
torque listed above, disassemble and reassemble the joint after thorough
cleaning.
I. Ductile Iron Pipe Rubber Gasket Joints:
1. Assembly: In making up the rubber gasket joint, brush the gasket seat in the
socket thoroughly with a wire brush and wipe the gasket with a cloth.
a. Place the gasket in the socket with the large round end entering first
so that the groove fits over the bead in the seat.
b. Apply a thin film of lubricant (AWWA C600) to the inside surface of the
gasket that will come in contact with the entering pipe.
c. Brush the plain end of the pipe to be entered thoroughly with a wire
brush and place it in alignment with the bell of the pipe to which it is to
be joined.
d. Exert sufficient force on the entering pipe so that its plain end is
moved past the gasket until it makes contact with the base of the
socket to make the joint.
2. Positioning: Before proceeding with backfilling, feel completely around the
joint using a feeler gauge to confirm that the gasket is in its proper position.
a. If the gasket can be felt out of position, withdraw the pipe and examine
the gasket for cuts or breaks.
b. If the gasket has been damaged, replace it with a new one before re-
installing the pipe.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 8 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3. Optional Mechanical Joints: Use mechanical joint fittings that meet the
requirements of Section 330504 with the rubber gasket joint pipe when
specified or when rubber gasket fittings are not available.
J. Temporary Bulkheads: Provide temporary bulkheads at the ends of sections
where adjoining pipelines have not been completed, and in connections built into
pipelines where adjoining pipelines or structures have not been completed and are
not ready to be connected.
1. Remove bulkheads encountered in connecting sewers or structures included
in this Contract, or in pipelines or structures previously built, when they are
no longer needed or when ordered.
K. Temporary Blow-Off Assembly: Dead-end water lines shall be temporarily ended
with a blow-off as shown in Collier County Standard Details. After full bore flush
replace with a fire hydrant meeting the requirements of Section 331619.
L. Sleeve Type Couplings: For sleeve type couplings, equally tighten diametrically
opposite bolts on the connection so that the gaskets will be brought up evenly all
around the pipe.
1. Torque Wrenches: Do the final tightening with torque wrenches set for the
torque recommended by the coupling manufacturer.
M. Concrete Encasement: Concrete encasement shall be constructed in accordance
with Collier County Standard Details when:
1. A potable water main crosses at a depth that provides less than 18 inches
clear distance from sewer lines in which case a Deviation Form request
should be completed. Encase the sewer main unless specifically approved
by Collier County Utilities. Encasement shall extend a minimum 10 feet on
each side of the point of crossing. Pressure test both pipelines to 150 psi
after the concrete has properly cured.
2. A water main running parallel to a sewer line provides less than 10 feet
separation from sewer lines, in which case a Deviation Form Request needs
to be completed. Encase the sewer main unless specifically approved by
Collier County Utilities.
3. The ENGINEER has ordered the line encased. NO POTABLE WATER
MAIN SHALL BE ENCASED IN CONCRETE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY
AUTHORIZED BY THE COUNTY MANAGER OR DESIGNEE.
The points of beginning and ending of pipe encasement shall be not more than 6
inches from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement
of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 9 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
N. Valve Box Setting: Install valve boxes vertical and concentric with the valve stem.
1. Adjust valve-box to final grade at the time designated by the County
Manager or designee.
2. Build a collar, as shown in the standard details, 18 inches by 18 inches by 6
inches or 24 inch diameter round by 6 inches flush to grade of top of box.
Similar collar shall be poured flush with grade and top of unpaved areas.
3. Satisfactorily reset any valve box that is moved from its original position,
preventing the operation of the valve.
4. Replace any valve box that has been damaged.
O. Identification:
1. Metallized Warning Tape: For DIP and PVC pipe (other than gravity sewer
pipe and laterals) to be installed, 3-inch detectable marking tape, of
appropriate color and appropriate warning statement, shall be placed along
the entire pipe length. In all cases, marking tape shall be installed two feet
(2’) below grade or one-half the pipe’s bury, whichever is less, during backfill
operations (refer to Utilities Standards Manual Section 1 – 1.1 and 2.2.1). All
PVC pipe, PVC fittings, and identification tape shall be color-coded per
Collier County Standards. HDPE pipe installed by horizontal directional
drilling will not be required to be marked with metalized warning tape.
2. Electronic Markers (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F): Install
electronic markers twenty-four inches (24”) below final grade, above pipe, at
all bends or changes in alignment and every two hundred and fifty feet (250’)
along the pipe between bends.
P. Separation From Other Pipe Systems:
1. Parallel Water and Sewer or Non-Potable Lines: Sanitary sewer lines, storm
sewers or force mains shall be separated from water mains by a minimum
clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of 10 feet. Non-
potable, reclaimed or reuse water mains shall be separated from water
mains, gravity sewers or force mains by a minimum clear vertical distance of
18 inches and a horizontal distance of 5 feet center to center or 3 feet
outside to outside. When this standard cannot be maintained, the sewer line
shall be concrete encased for a distance of 10 feet each way from the water
line and any other conduit, with a minimum vertical clearance of 12 inches
being provided at all times. See Section 1 - Design Criteria, Subsection
1.2.3.
2. Crossing Water and Sewer or Non-Potable Lines: Water mains crossing
over a sewer or non-potable water line shall be (bottom of water main to top
of sewer) separated by at least 18 inches unless local conditions or barriers
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 10 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
prevent an 18 inch vertical separation. All crossings with vertical clearance
less than 18 inches shall be made using sewer pipe thickness Class 200
AWWA C900 PVC pipe, and water pipe of Class 51 Ductile iron pipe, for a
distance of 10 feet on each side of the crossing. The gravity sewer pipe in
these locations shall be backfilled with USCS Class I bedding stone to a
height of 6 inches above the crown of the pipe. When water mains cross
under a sewer, both mains shall be constructed of C900 Class 200 PVC
pipe with joints equivalent to water main standards for a distance of 10 feet
on each side of the point of crossing with no intermediate joints. Additionally,
a section of water main pipe shall be centered at the point of crossing. See
Section 1 – Design Criteria, Subsection 1.3.
Q. Aerial Crossings:
1. Pipes spanning elevated pier crossings shall be flanged ductile iron
Pressure Class 350 pipe conforming to AWWA C115, C150 & C151. Pipe
spanning on piers spaced further apart than normal pipe length of 18 or 20
ft. shall be multiple length pipe with interior flanged joints with a rubber
gasket pipe (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). The pipe wall
thickness and flanged joints shall be designed to safely span the elevated
piers under working pressure without exceeding the allowable stresses and
conform to AWWA C150. Limit pipe deflection at center of span with pipe full
of water to 1/720 of span length. Provide expansion joints for between above
ground and below ground wastewater lines.
2. Flanges shall conform to AWWA C150 and C115. All bolts and nuts used in
aerial crossings shall be 304 stainless steel. Gaskets shall be full faced or
recessed "O-Ring" type to prevent leaks in pipe under stress in the aerial
crossing.
3. Outside surface of all pipe, flanges or spool pieces shall be shop coated with
zinc primer, High Build Epoxy protective coat and a finish coat of
polyurethane high gloss. Color shall be Federal Safety Blue for potable
water mains and Pantone Purple 522 C for non-potable irrigation water
mains.
4. Install operating valves or other flow regulating devices on each shoreline or
at a safe distance from each shoreline to prevent discharge in the event the
line is damaged.
5. Install supports for all joints in pipes utilized for aerial crossings and to
prevent overturning and settlement. Expansion jointing is specified between
above ground and below ground sewers and force mains.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Test pipelines in accordance with Section 022501.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 11 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Test valves in place, as far as practicable, and correct any defects in valves
or connections.
2. Gravity Sewer Lines: Test in accordance with Section 022501
B. Inspection: Clean, inspect, and examine each piece of pipe and each fitting and
special for defects before it is installed.
1. Cut away any lumps or projections on the face of the spigot end or the
shoulder.
2. Do not use any cracked, broken, or defective pieces in the work.
3. If any defective piece should be discovered after having been installed,
remove and replace this piece with a sound piece in a satisfactory manner at
no increase in Contract Amount.
3.4 CLEANING
A. General: Thoroughly clean all pipe before it is laid and keep it clean until it is
accepted in the completed work.
B. Removal of Materials: Exercise special care to avoid leaving bits of wood, dirt,
and other foreign particles in the pipe. If any particles are discovered before the
final acceptance of the work, remove and clean the pipe.
3.5 DISINFECTION
A. General: Disinfect all pipelines that are to carry potable water in accordance with
Section 025400.
END OF SECTION
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 12 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
COLLIER COUNTY Section 330520
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PIPE REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 1 of 6
SECTION 330520
PIPE REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes: Removal and abandonment of piping and appurtenances, wholly or in
part, as required to complete Work as shown on the Drawings and specified in this Section.
B.Related Work Specified in other Sections Includes:
1.Section 020500 –Connection to Existing Systems
2.Section 033100 –Concrete, Masonry Mortar and Grout
3.Section 312316 –Excavation –Earth and Rock
4.Section 312323 –Backfilling
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A.General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
B.Submit the following:
1.Proposed methods for pipe removal and abandonment;
2.Equipment proposed to be used to do pipe removal and abandonment work;
3.Resume of pipe grouting subcontractor;
4.Pipe removal and abandonment schedule/sequence.
C.If a detour is required, submit a traffic control plan for approval to County Manager or
designee and/or the Florida Department of Transportation as described in Section 015526.
1.3 SITE CONDITIONS
A.General
1.Prior to any work, a proper and approved maintenance of traffic plan (MOT) shall be
submitted to the engineer and the County.
2.Execute pipe removal and abandonment so that there is no injury to persons or
damage to adjacent buildings, structures, equipment, materials, piping, wiring,
pavement, fences,trees,guardrails, and other adjacent improvements. Execute
demolition and abandonment so that access to facilities that are in operation and to
residences and businesses is free and safe.
3.Execute pipe removal and abandonment so that interference to vehicular traffic and
personnel traffic does not exceed scheduled interference. Do not place rubble,
COLLIER COUNTY Section 330520
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PIPE REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 2 of 6
excavation,piping, or other materials removed on roadways, drives, or sidewalks that
are to remain in service.
PART 2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 TEMPORARY MATERIALS
A.Provide temporary fencing, barricades, barriers, piping, valves, pumps, power and
controls, and water necessary to meet the requirements of this Section.
B.Temporary fencing, barricades, barriers, and enclosures shall be suitable to the
purpose intended.
2.2 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT MATERIALS
For repair or replacement of existing facilities or improvements to remain, use
materials identical to, or equal to, materials used in existing work when new.
PART 3 –EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A.Conduct pipe removal and abandonment as shown and specified in the Contract
Documents.
B.Conduct pipe removal and abandonment so that existing equipment, piping, wiring,
structures, and other improvements to remain are not damaged. Repair or replace
equipment, piping, wiring, structures, and other improvements damaged at no
additional cost to the County.
C.Do not remove equipment, piping, wiring, structures, or other improvements not shown
or specified to be removed. If equipment, piping, wiring, structures, or other
improvements not shown or specified to be removed is removed, replace equipment,
piping, wiring, structures, or other improvements at no additional cost to the County.
3.2 DISCONNECTIONS
A.Prior to starting pipe removal or abandonment, check underground and exposed
existing utilities, piping, and equipment within the limits of pipe removal or
abandonment. Prior to starting, check underground and exposed existing utilities,
piping connected to and associated with existing pipe to be removed or abandoned.
Verify the following:
1.Piping is inactive (abandoned);
2.Other utilities which may be in conflict have been permanently or temporarily
disconnected,if required:
B.Do not proceed with salvage or demolition if piping is active or utilities have not been
disconnected.
COLLIER COUNTY Section 330520
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PIPE REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 3 of 6
3.3 ABANDONMENT
A.The Contractor shall, as described on the Drawings and as may be directed by the County,
abandon in place the following existing utility improvements:
1.All water mains, reuse water mains and raw water mains that are designated to be
abandoned shall be filled with grout.Refer to Section 033100 –Concrete, Masonry
Mortar and Grout.
2.All sewer lines, force mains, laterals and services that are designated to be
abandoned shall be flushed clean and filled with grout.Prior to grout fill, sewer lines,
force mains, laterals and services to be abandoned shall be flushed clean to remove
wastewater and solids. Contractor is responsible for securing and providing flushing
water, collection of flush water/wastewater, and disposal. The cleaning of these piping
systems shall comply with all local and DEP requirements.
3.Sewer manholes designated to be abandoned shall have the top two feet removed.
The remainder of each manhole shall be abandoned and filled with grout or flowable
fill.The excavation or pit shall be backfilled with select fill and compacted in
accordance with Section 312323 –Backfilling and the trenching details on the
Drawings.
B.Appurtenances: All water hydrants, ARV valves and other appurtenances on abandoned
lines shall be removed to the main and the fitting at the main shall be capped or plugged.
All valves shall have the valve box, pad and operator removed, with the valve left in the
open position unless specifically noted otherwise.
C.Preparation:
1.The County shall be notified at least 72 hours in advance of grouting operations.
2.Bulkheads shall be spaced at intervals of not more than 1,000 feet. If the line to be
abandoned is longer, bulkheads shall be inserted in the pipe to maintain the required
maximum spacing between bulkheads.
3.Temporary vents shall be installed in the line to be filled at a maximum spacing of 150
ft. The vents shall be capable of being capped to allow further grouting operations.
D.Equipment:
1.The materials shall be mixed or delivered in equipment of sufficient size and capacity
to provide the desired amount of grout material for each stage in a single operation.
The equipment shall be capable of mixing the grout at densities required for the
approved procedure and shall also be capable of changing density as dictated by field
conditions any time during the grouting operation.
2.Mixers and Pumps -The grout shall be delivered to the injection point at a steady
pressure with a non-pulsating centrifugal or triplex pump. Means shall be provided to
increase or decrease the water-cement ratio. The system shall mix the grout to a
homogeneous consistency. Means of accurately measuring grout component
quantities, pumping pressures, and volumes pumped shall be provided.
COLLIER COUNTY Section 330520
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PIPE REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 4 of 6
3.Pressure Gauges -CONTRACTOR shall provide one pressure gauge at the point
of injection and one pressure gauge at the grout pump. Grouting shall not
proceed without appropriate calibrated gauges in place and in working order.
Pressure gauges shall be equipped with diaphragm seals, have a working range
between 1.5 to 2.0 times the design grout pressure, and have an accuracy within
0.5 percent of full range.Pressure gauges shall be instrument oil filled and
attached to a saddle-type diaphragm seal to prevent clogging with grout.
E.Grouting:
Once grouting operations begin, grouting shall proceed uninterrupted from bulkhead to
bulkhead. Grout placement shall not be terminated until both of the following
conditions have been met, unless otherwise approved by the County: a) The estimated
volume of grout to fill the line has been injected; and, b) grout has been expelled from
the furthest vent or bulkhead. Bulkheads and temporary vents shall not be removed
until the grout has set.
F.Testing and Sampling:
1.Take four test specimens for each 50 cubic yards of grout or for each four hours
of placing.
2.Test in accordance with ASTM C109 except:
a.The specimens shall be 3 inch by 6 inch cylinders covered after casting to
prevent damage and loss of moisture. Moist cure specimens for a period up
to 7 days prior to a 28-day compressive strength test.
b.Do not oven dry specimens that are load tested. Specimens may be tested
at any age to monitor compressive strength. The material may require
special handling and testing techniques.
G.The CONTRACTOR may remove the pipe in accordance with the Paragraph 3.04 in
lieu of abandonment if acceptable to the County. Such removal, however, will be paid
at the same price for pipe abandonment.
H.All work under this Section shall comply with City, County, State and Federal
regulations.
3.4 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL
A.The Contractor shall, as described on the Drawings and as may be directed by the
County, remove the following existing utility improvements:
1.All water mains, reuse water mains and raw water mains that are designated to be
removed.
2.All sewer lines, sewer manholes, force mains, laterals and services that are
designated to be removed shall be flushed clean with water prior to removal.
Contractor is responsible for securing and providing flushing water, collection of
flush water/wastewater, and disposal. The cleaning of these piping systems shall
comply with all local and DEP requirements.
B.The pipe removal and disposal shall include all valves, fittings and appurtenances.
COLLIER COUNTY Section 330520
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PIPE REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 5 of 6
3.5 SALVAGE OF EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND MATERIALS
A.Remove items identified on the drawings or specified to remain the property of the County.
Do not damage equipment, piping, and materials to be salvaged.
B.Following removal or equipment, piping, and materials to be salvaged, place equipment,
piping, and materials in a location within the County limits as designated by the County.
3.6 REPAIRS
Repair structural elements, equipment, piping, conduit, and other improvements to remain
that are damaged during demolition. Use workers specifically qualified in trade, or trades,
involved to repair damaged work.
3.7 DISPOSAL
A.Remove and dispose of all equipment, piping, and materials from the jobsite not specifically
designated to be retained by the County.
B.Contractor shall not accumulate or store debris from demolition on the project site.
C.The disposal of the piping, manholes and appurtenances shall be in accordance with
County, State and Federal laws.
3.8 BACKFILLING
A.Backfill excavations, trenches, and pits resulting from abandonment and removal according
to Section 312323 –Backfilling.
B.Backfill of the pipe trenches shall be according to the County details for pipe trench backfill.
Pipe trenches for removed pipes that were within 3 horizontal feet of the edge of
pavement shall be backfilled according to the detail for the type of roadway.
3.9 CLEANUP AND CLOSURE
A.Following pipe abandonment or removal, clean-up areas where other work is to be done as
specified in this Section, or Sections applicable to work to be done.
B.Following pipe abandonment or removal, clean-up areas where no other work is to be done
under this Contract. Remove debris and rubbish, temporary facilities, and equipment.
Level surface irregularities to eliminate depressions. Leave work in a neat and presentable
condition.
C.In locations where a pipe to be abandoned or removed connects to a pipe that remains in
service, the Contractor shall install a suitable cap or plug on the end of the active pipe.
END OF SECTION
COLLIER COUNTY Section 330520
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PIPE REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT
Page 6 of 6
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 14
SECTION 330523.13
HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. The requirements of this section are applicable to all horizontal directional
drills where the carrier pipe is 3” in nominal diameter and larger.
B. Provide all necessary tools, materials, labor, supervision and equipment
to successfully complete the installation of directionally drilled piping as
specified herein and shown on the drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for the final constructed product, and for furnishing the qualified labor
and superintendence necessary for this method of construction.
C. Furnish all items necessary to perform the horizontal directional drilling
operation and construct the pipe to the lines and grade shown on the drawings.
Project work tasks include completion of the drilling, pulling operations,
horizontal directional drilling installation pressure testing, and final connection
of piping installed as part of the horizontal directional drilling to open-cut piping.
Horizontal directional drilling shall include the following work elements:
1. Drilling of the pilot hole and the reaming of the hole sufficient to install the
HDPE pipe.
2. Provide, assemble, and install HDPE pipe including:
a. Thermal fusion welding the HDPE pipe sections for temporary staging.
b. Pulling the HDPE fused pipe stringout, in a continuous pullback
operation with one fuse pipe cartridge.
3. Following HDPE pipe pullback, cut the HDPE pipe stubouts and install a
temporary thermal fusion welded HDPE cap on both ends of the HDPE
pipe stubouts, and perform pressure testing with water to verify pipeline
integrity in accordance with the requirements of Section 022501 for HDPE
product pipe material.
D. Use techniques of creating or directing a borehole along a predetermined
path to a specified target location. Use mechanical and hydraulic deviation
equipment to change the boring course and use instrumentation to monitor the
location and orientation of the boring head assembly along a predetermined
course.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 14
1. Develop, provide, and operate a Drill Fluid Loss Monitoring
Program as follows:
a. Drill Fluid Loss Monitoring Program shall insure the following:
1) Site specific storm water control measures meet the requirements of
the FDEP Best Management Practices guidelines. Storm water
control measures shall include, as a minimum, onsite silt fence and
sandbags or other mechanical means located between the
construction operations and any adjacent water body. Storm water
control measures shall provide positive containment of uncontrolled
fluids on the site resulting from spills or overtopping of drill pits from
heavy rainfall and prevent the fluids from reaching adjacent water
body, or bodies.
2) Positive containment of uncontrolled fluids on the site resulting from
spills or overtopping of drill pits from heavy rainfall.
3) Fluids are prevented from reaching the adjacent water bodies, per
FDEP ERP permit requirements.
b. Drill Fluid Loss Monitoring Program shall include the following:
1) Observations along the drill path during drilling and reaming
operations;
2) Equipment for spill control remediation including, but not
necessarily limited to, vac trucks, sand bags, and pumps; emergency
spill and leakage control materials and equipment including diapers,
absorbent material and other fuel and oil spill containment and
cleanup materials;
3) Drill fluid loss monitoring and containment including downhole
verification of annular drill fluid pressure with continual and
immediate reading capability of the pressure monitor;
4) Drill rig instrumentation, including remote-monitoring electronic
data recording features, to monitor drill fluid pressures and rates at
pits, tanks, pumps, and drill rig operations;
5) Drill fluid properties measuring equipment; and
6) Trained field personnel to monitor and maintain the
instrumentation.
c. Provide drill fluid Loss Circulation Materials (LCM’s) on site ready for use
if needed.
2. Equipment shall be in functional order during all drilling operations.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 14
3. Data shall be provided to the OWNER’s representative daily or on request
and a complete package of the recorded data will be provided to the
OWNER following completion of the drill.
E. Accomplish drilling with fluid-assist mechanical cutting. Use a mixture of
bentonite and water or polymers and additives. Use bentonite sealants and water
to lubricate and seal the mini-tunnel. Use minimum pressures and flow rates
during drilling operation as not to fracture the sub-grade material around and or
above the bore.
F. Utilize small diameter fluid jets to fracture and mechanical cutters to cut and
excavate the soil as the head advances forward.
G. Install an offset section of drill stem that causes the cutter head to turn
eccentrically about its centerline when it is rotating for steering. When steering
adjustments are required, rotate the cutter head of fset section toward the desired
direction of travel and advance the drill stem forward without rotation. Control of
tunnel line and grade shall meet the requirements of this section.
H. The mobile drilling system shall be capable of being launched from the
surface at an inclined angle and drilling a pilot hole with a diameter appropriate to
the size, length, and configuration of the directional drill. The pilot hole shall then
be enlarged with reamers as required. Pilot holes are not required on drills 4” and
smaller.
I. Develop and provide certified as-built plans, signed and sealed by a
Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida, in accordance with
this Section
1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. See Section 330502 for casing and carrier pipe diameter requirements.
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
(AASHTO).
C. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
D. ASTM Standards:
1. ASTM D 3261 Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion
Polyethylene (PE)Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and
Tubing
2. ASTM F 1962 Standard Guide for Use of Maxi-Horizontal
Directional Drilling for Placement of Polyethylene Pipe or Conduit Under
Obstacles, Including River Crossings
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 14
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CONTRACTOR’s Construction Drawings shall be defined as drawings by
which the CONTRACTOR proposes to construct, operate, build, etc., the
referenced item. Submit Construction Drawings for the sole purpose of providing
the sufficient details to verify that the CONTRACTOR’s work in progress is in
accordance with the intent of the design.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. The ENGINEER will base the review of submitted details and data on the
requirements of the completed work, safety of the work in regards to the public,
potential for damage to public or private util ities and other existing structures and
facilities, and the potential for unnecessary delay in the execution of the Work.
Such review shall not be construed to relieve the CONTRACTOR in any way of
his responsibilities under the contract. Do not commence work on any items
requiring CONTRACTOR’s Construction Drawings or other submittals until the
drawings and submittals are reviewed and accepted by the ENGINEER.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall:
1. Submit for review complete construction drawings in plan and profile view
identifying details of the proposed method of construction and the sequence
of operations to be performed during construction only if deviations from the
contract plans are proposed. The drawings shall be sufficiently detailed to
demonstrate to the ENGINEER whether the proposed materials and
procedures will meet the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Submit manufacturer’s data for the HDPE pipeline, as outlined in Section
330502 for HDPE product pipe material.
3. Submit the directional boring locating equipment proposed for use, method
of locating to be used, and the proposed sequence and method of
construction, for approval by the ENGINEER in accordance with the plans
and specifications. Include information on how the bore is to be steered, the
information recorded, and the pipe location verified for record drawings.
Include proposed pilot bore tunnel size, proposed drilling fluid composition
and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), proposed viscosities, proposed
pre-ream procedures, and final tunnel size. Submit proposed Temporary
Traffic Control (MOT) plans for FDOT right-of -way work and for Collier
County DOT right-of -way work.
4. Submit a work sequence and schedule. Provide a list of key personnel for
the project including superintendent, driller, and tracking specialists.
5. Prior to approval for directional boring, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the
names of supervisory field personnel and historical information of directional
boring experience.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 14
6. Drill Method Submittal: Submit a minimum of 20 days before starting drilling
for review and approval. This submittal shall include the following
information:
a. Drawings. Submit scaled plan showing the following: the work zone
equipment configuration at each end of the drill; staging and storage
areas; and the location of drill fluid, HDPE pipe, water supply for drilling,
cuttings, pit spoil handling areas; and storm water containment
measures, devices and locations.
b. Drilling Procedure. It is recognized and accepted that the
CONTRACTOR may need to adjust drilling procedures and equipment
as new information is developed during the drill. The intent of this
requirement is to provide the CONTRACTOR’s initial approach to the
project specific subsurface and permit conditions.
c. Maximum Pipe Pull-back Forces: Submit anticipated maximum pipe pull-
back forces based on proposed drill path plan and profile.
d. Drill Fluid Loss Monitoring/Frac-Out Plan. Submit materials list including
bentonite and bentonite additives for the project along with respective
MSDS for all materials used on the site.
7. Tracking Coordination Submittal: Provide this submittal a minimum of 20
days prior to drilling. The intent of this submittal is to coordinate the
contractor activities with the tracking specialist. Include manufacturer’s data
sheets and calibration on the tracking equipment and sample data recording
log sheets.
8. The CONTRACTOR shall bring to the attention of the ENGINEER any
known design issues based on CONTRACTOR’s proposed drilling methods
and/or procedures. This shall be stated in writing to the ENGINEER no later
than the preconstruction meeting.
9. CONTRACTOR’s construction drawings shall be submitted on the following
items only if deviations from the Contract plans are proposed.
a. Proposed contingency plans for critical phases and areas of directional
drilling.
b. Any proposed deviations from the Contract construction plans.
c. Any proposed deviations from the Contract construction specifications.
10. Quality Control Methods. CONTRACTOR shall submit a description of his
quality control methods he proposes to use in his operations to the
ENGINEER. The submittal shall describe:
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 14
a. Procedures for controlling and checking line and grade.
b. Equipment specifications for checking line and grade.
c. Field forms for establishing and checking line and grade.
d. Actual product pipe pullback forces.
1.5 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Low Pressure Air Test. Before the OWNER accepts the installation of each
HDD, the CONTRACTOR shall perform a low-pressure air test of each of the
HDPE fused pipe string-out cartridges prior to pipe pullback. Low pressure testing
of the above ground pipes to be 10 psig for 60 minutes duration, soap all joints to
test for leaks, and test pressure to remain within 2 PSI of original applied pressure
for acceptance.
B. Annular Pressure Monitoring. Annular pressure shall be monitored and
recorded using equipment constructed for that purpose, and shall include a fully-
instrumented remote-monitoring data recording package, such as PASON or
equal. Annular pressures shall be monitored and recorded in the Annular
Pressure Report. Annular pressure shall be recorded during active drilling of the
pilot hole and during the first ream pass. The minimum and maximum annular
pressure experienced during the joint shall also be recorded; the minimum and
maximum pressures are not necessarily the pressures recorded at the start,
middle and end of each joint, but shall be maximum values as measured
throughout the whole joint. The time of each recorded measurement shall be
recorded. The annular pressure measurements shall be indexed to the rod being
drilled. The trends of the circulating pressure information will be assessed and
corrective action shall be taken when appropriate. Drilling shall be stopped when
required to prevent excess annular pressure. Drilling may resume once the cause
of the excess down-hole pressure has been identified and corrected.
C. Pipe Pull-back Forces. Force applied to pipe during pull-back shall not
exceed the values shown on the Drawings.
D. ENGINEER Authority for Directional Drilling. Directional drilling shall be
performed in accordance with approved submittals. ENGINEER will have the
authority to interpret and make decisions with respect to drilling activities should
specification interpretation be required or unanticipated conditions occur.
1.6 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Safety Requirements
1. Perform work in a manner to maximize safety and reduce exposure of
men and equipment to hazardous and potentially hazardous conditions, in
accordance with applicable safety standards.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 14
2. Whenever there is an emergency or stoppage of work which is likely to
endanger the excavation or adjacent structures, operate a full work force for
24 hours a day, including weekends and holidays, without intermission until
the emergency or hazardous conditions no longer jeopardize the stability
and safety of the work.
B. Air Quality.
1. Conduct directional drilling operations by methods and with
equipment, which will positively control dust, fumes, vapors, gases or other
atmospheric impurities in accordance with applicable safety requirements.
C. Geotechnical Investigation
1. Make any geotechnical investigations deemed necessary to determine actual
site conditions.
D. Unanticipated Conditions
1. Notify ENGINEER of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue work
in affected area until notified by ENGINEER to resume work.
2. Take emergency measures as required to protect persons and
improvements.
1.7 UTILITY PROTECTION
A. Utility lines and structures indicated on the drawings, which are to remain in
service, shall be protected by the CONTRACTOR from any damage as a result of
their operations. Where utility lines or structures not shown on the drawings are
encountered, the CONTRACTOR shall report them to the ENGINEER before
proceeding with the work. The CONTRACTOR shall bear the cost of repair or
replacement of any utility lines or structures, which are broken or damaged by
their operations.
B. All utilities that may be impacted by the HDD shall be exposed through a
“pot-hole” or other opening, in accordance with state utility locate laws and
regulations, to ensure, through visual inspection, that the drill, reamer, or product
pipe will not cause damage to the utility.
1.8 PERMITS
A. Obtain any and all other permits required for prosecution of the work.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 14
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Refer to Section 330502 for HDPE pipe material.
B. Use a high quality bentonite drilling fluid or equivalent to ensure hole
stabilization, cuttings transport, bit and electronics cooling, and hole lubrication to
reduce drag on the drill pipe and the product pipe. Oil based drilling fluids or fluids
containing additives that can contaminate the soil or groundwater will not be
considered acceptable substitutes. Composition of the fluid shall comply with all
federal and local environmental regulations.
1. Disposal of drilling fluids shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and
shall be conducted in compliance with all relative environmental regulations,
right-of-way and workspace agreements and permit requirements.
2. Drilling fluid returns can be collected in the entrance pit, exit pit, or spoils
recovery pit. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately clean up any drilling fluid
spills or overflows from these pits.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for his means and methods of
directional drilling construction and shall ensure the safety of the work, the
CONTRACTOR’s employees, the public, and adjacent property, whether public or
private.
B. Obtain locations of all existing utilities within the horizontal directional drilling
project area, whether shown on the plans or not, in coordination with the owners
of such utilities. Be responsible for protection of such utilities from damage, and
repair of any utilities damaged during or as a result of construction.
C. Anticipate that portions of the drilled excavation will be below the
groundwater table.
D. Comply with all local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations at all
times to prevent pollution of the air, ground and water.
E. A pilot hole shall be drilled such that the required vertical clearances from
ditch, river, or wetland bottoms and utilities and horizontal clearances from
jurisdictional or buffer lines and utilities are maintained. If the pilot hole exits in
jurisdictional or buffer areas they shall be responsible to grout hole to satisfaction
of the environmental regulators and the ENGINEER.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 14
F. The boring hole shall then be reamed to be 120% to 150% oversized than
the HDPE product pipe OD. Drilling mud, usually fluidized bentonite clay, shall be
used to stabilize the hole and remove soil cuttings. The CONTRACTOR shall
monitor and record the reamed hole location and depth at the same intervals as
the bore hole.
G. The pull-back operations shall include pulling the entire pipe stringout, in one
segment back through the reamed hole and drilling mud. The pull-back
operations shall include filling the product pipe with water to reduce the buoyancy
and to reduce the pull-back forces required to pull-back the product pipe in the
borehole. Proper pipe handling, cradling, bending minimization, surface
inspection, and fusion welding procedures (for HDPE) shall be followed in
accordance with this specification and Section 330502. Note that anticipated
pullback speed is typically 1 to 2 feet per minute. Pull-back operation shall be
continuous with no stoppage. If conditions exist where the pull-back cannot be
continuous, the Contractor shall submit an alternative plan to the Engineer for
review and approval prior to commencing the drill.
H. Any soil borings required for the CONTRACTOR’s detailed designs shall be
included in the bid. The CONTRACTOR is fully responsible to obtain this
information.
I. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for design and construction of the drill
entrance and exit pits. Supports may be required to maintain safe working
conditions, ensure stability of the pit, minimize loosening, and minimize soil
deterioration and disturbance of the surrounding ground.
J. CONTRACTOR shall be required to locate all utilities prior to start of
excavation or drilling. All utilities crossed or approached within 48 inches in a
lateral direction shall be exposed to verify location. In addition, visual verification
shall be required that the drill, reamer, or product pipe has missed the utility as it
passes. Damage to utilities shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
K. Immediately upon completion of work, all rubbish and debris shall be
removed from the job site. All construction equipment and implements of service
shall be removed and the entire area involved shall be left in a neat, clean, and
acceptable condition.
L. “Frac-outs” or “Blow holes” of drilling fluid to the surface shall be immediately
reported to the ENGINEER and the OWNER’s representative, and shall be
cleaned up immediately and the surface area washed and returned to original
condition. All drilling fluids, spoils, and separated material shall be disposed of in
compliance with federal and local environmental regulations.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 14
M. If, during boring, an obstruction is encountered which prevents completion of
the bore in accordance with the design location and specification, and the product
pipe is abandoned in place and taken out of service, the failed bore shall be filled
with cement grout. The record drawings shall show the failed bore path along with
the final bore path on the as-built plans. Should the HDD crossing be lost or
damaged while the CONTRACTOR is engaged in the performance of the work, all
such lost or damage to the hole shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Failure to
complete the crossing or partially completed crossing by directional drilling or as
approved by ENGINEER and OWNER will result in forfeiture of all payment.
3.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Diesel, electrical, or air-powered equipment will be acceptable, subject to
applicable federal and state regulations.
B. Any method or equipment that the CONTRACTOR can demonstrate will
produce the specified results will be considered.
C. Employ equipment that will be capable of handling the various anticipated
ground conditions. In addition, the equipment shall:
1. Be capable of minimizing loss of ground ahead of and around the
machine and providing satisfactory support of the excavated face at all
times.
2. Provide a system to indicate whether the amount of earth material
removed is equivalent to that displaced by the advance of the machine such
that the advance rate may be controlled accordingly.
D. Provide adequate secondary containment for any and all portable storage
tanks.
E. Provide down-hole annular pressure monitoring equipment, including remote
monitored electronic data recording package, such as PASON, or equal.
3.3 DIRECTIONAL DRILLING DATA
A. Submit daily logs of construction location, progress and events, including
observations on the following:
1. Drill thrust pressure.
2. Drill pullback pressure.
3. Annular pressure.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 14
3.4 CONTROL OF THE TUNNEL LINE AND GRADE
A. Construction Control.
1. Establish and be fully responsible for the accuracy of control for the
construction of the pipeline to be installed, including structures, tunnel line
and grade.
2. Establish control points sufficiently far from the tunnel operation so as not to
be affected by construction operations.
3. Maintain daily records of alignment and grade and submit three copies of
these records to the ENGINEER. However, the CONTRACTOR remains
fully responsible for the accuracy of his work and the correction of it, as
required.
4. Check, monitor, and record control for the bore alignment against an above
ground undisturbed reference at least once each hour and at least once for
each drill rod length interval. CONTRACTOR shall immediately report bore
alignment location to ENGINEER after each control check. The location
shall be reported based on the approved bore alignment, i.e. horizontal
distance and direction from approved bore alignment and vertical distance
and direction from approved bore alignment length from the entry or exit
point along the bore path, and horizontal distance from the entry of exit
point.
5. The pilot hole shall be drilled on bore path with no deviations greater than 10
percent of depth of the bore path as shown on the Drawings or approved
CONTRACTOR submittal drawings. In the event that pilot hole deviates
from bore path more than 10 percent of depth, CONTRACTOR shall notify
ENGINEER and ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to pull-back and
re-drill from the location along bore path before the deviation. The depth of
the bore path is the vertical distance from the drill head to the surface of the
earth, i.e. ground, pavement, water surface. Any deviations greater than 10
percent shall be reviewed by the ENGINEER. Excessive deviation may be
grounds for rejection of the bore. All minimum vertical separations and
clearances must be maintained regardless of the allowable drill path
deviations.
6. Pilot hole shall be drilled on bore path with no deviations greater than 10 feet
horizontally along the path of the drill. Excessive deviation may be grounds
for rejection of the bore. Regardless of the tolerance achieved, right-of-way
and easement restrictions shall take precedence over the listed tolerances.
Listing of tolerances does not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for
safe operations or damage to adjacent utilities and structures.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 14
7. Record survey of the pilot hole shall be submitted in State Plane Coordinate
system using NAVD 1988 datum.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF TRACKING/LOCATING WIRE
A. Install all facilities such that their location can be readily determined by
electronic designation after installation. For non -conductive installations,
attach a minimum of two (2) separate and continuous conductive tracking (tone
wire) materials, either externally, internally or integral with the prod uct. The
ends of the tone wire shall be stubbed up through a one -inch (1”) diameter
SCH 80 PVC pipe which shall be installed in the concrete valve pad adjacent
to the valve box on both sides of the directional drill. Use either a continuous
green-sheathed solid conductor copper wire line (minimum #12 AWG for
external placement or minimum #14 AWG for internal placement in the
conduit/casing) or a coated conductive tape. Conductors must be located on
opposite sides when installed externally. Connect any br eak in the conductor
line before construction with an electrical clamp, or solder, and coat the
connection with a rubber or plastic insulator to maintain the integrity of the
connection from corrosion. Clamp connections must be made of brass or
copper and of the butt end type with wires secured by compression. Soldered
connections must be made by tight spiral winding of each wire around the
other with a finished length minimum of three (3) inches overlap. Test
conductors for continuity. Each conductor that passes must be identified as
such by removing the last six (6) inches of the sheath. No deductions are
allowed for failed tracking conductors. Conductor ends must be stubbed out
through the PVC conduit at the isolation valve box at the terminus of the drill.
3.6 DEWATERING
A. Where such effort is necessary, cost for groundwater control during the
course of the directional drilling work shall be included in the unit contract pric e
for the work.
B. Dewatering required during the course of the project to lower water table,
to remove standing water, surface drainage seepage, or to protect ongoing
work against rising waters or floods shall be considered incidental to the work
being performed.
3.7 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIAL
A. Dispose of excess material, including, but not necessarily limited to, drill
fluid, casing water, cuttings and pit spoil, off of the project site.
B. Non-hazardous waste meeting the requirements of a Class III Waste
shall be disposed of in a FDEP permitted Class III Landfill.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 13 of 14
C. Non-hazardous waste meeting the requirements of a Class I or II waste
shall be disposed of in a FDEP permitted Class I or Class II landfill.
3.8 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS OF RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Provide the ENGINEER a complete set of As-Built Plans showing all
bores (successful and failed) within 30 calendar days of completing the work.
Ensure that the plans are dimensionally correct copies of the Contract plans
and include utility and/or topography plan and profile, cross-section, boring
location and subsurface conditions as directed by the ENGINEER. As -Built
Plans shall show appropriate elevations and be referenced to two permanent
benchmarks as shown on the drawings, and in a State Plane grid system and
NAVD 88 datum, as designated on the Contract plans. As -Built Plans shall be
same scale in black ink on white paper, of the same size and weight as the
Contract Drawings. Submittal of electronic plans data in addition to hard copy
plans is required and shall be compatible with the industry standard CAD
software. As-Built Plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Land
Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. Specific plans content requirements
include but may not be limited to the following:
1. The Contract plan view showing the center line location of each facility
installed, or installed and placed out of service, to an accuracy of 0.1 feet at
the ends and other points physically observed in accordance with the bore
path report.
2. As directed by the ENGINEER, provide a plan and profile for each bore path.
Show the ground or pavement surface and center line elevation of each
facility installed, or installed and placed out of service, to an accuracy of
within 0.1 feet at the ends and other exposed locations. Each bore path shall
be depicted on the Contract plans using the same datum as the Contract
plans.
3. Show the top elevation, diameter and material type of all utilities encountered
and physically observed during the subsoil investigation. For all other
obstructions encountered during a subsoil investigation or the installation,
show the type of material, horizontal and vertical location, top and lowest
elevation observed, and note if the obstruction continues below the lowest
point observed.
4. Include bore notes on each plan stating the final bore path diameter, product
pipe diameter and type, drill entry and exit angles, and installed bore path
radius for each pipeline installed by HDD.
3.9 CLEANING
A. General. Directional drilling operation site cleaning shall meet the
requirements of Section 017423 Cleaning.
Section 330523.13
COLLIER COUNTY HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 14 of 14
B. Spillage. Clean spillage, on adjacent streets, from construction
operations on a daily basis, if spillage occurs.
END OF SECTION
Section 330523.16
COLLIER COUNTY JACKING, AUGERING AND MINING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 6
SECTION 330523.16
JACKING, AUGERING AND MINING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Pipeline installation in casing pipe beneath highways, railroads
and other structures may be installed by jacking and augering or by jacking and
mining.
B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes:
1. Section 033100 – Concrete, Masonry, Mortar and Grout
2. Section 312316 – Excavation - Earth and Rock
3. Section 314000 – Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1. ASTM C 76 - Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm
Drain, and Sewer Pipe
2. ASTM A 139 - Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc) -Welded Steel
Pipe (NPS in 4 in. and Over)
3. OSHA PL-91-596 - Occupational Safety Health Act of 1970 Public Law
91-596
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
1. Working drawings of the jacking pipe, jacking frame, jacking head, reaction
blocks, sheeting, including design calculations and the complete jacking
installation.
2. Necessary permit applications and approvals by the appropriate authority.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store and handle all products and materials as specified in Division 1.
Section 330523.16
COLLIER COUNTY JACKING, AUGERING AND MINING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 6
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Use the following for casing piping.
1. Spiral Weld or smooth wall steel pipe, meeting the requirements of ASTM A
139, Grade B. The minimum casing pipe size shall be determined by
maintaining a minimum of a four inch (4”) difference between the carrier
pipe’s largest outside diameter (including restraints) and the casing pipe’s
inside diameter. The wall thickness shall be a minimum of .25 inches for up
to twenty inch casings, .312 inches for twenty-four to thirty-six inch casings,
and .50 inches for forty-two inch and larger casings. For special design
considerations, obtain approval from Collier County Utilities.
B. Fill Material: Use fill material consisting of 1-1/4 pounds of Bentonite per gallon of
water during jacking to fill any voids between pipe and the earth.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Casing Pipe:
1. Install all casing pipe in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and approved shop drawings and as specified in Division
1.
2. The provisions of this section shall represent the minimum standards for the
installation of casing pipe for sewer force main or water main pipeline.
3. Install all sewer force mains and water mains in a casing to be placed under
all present and future Collier County Department of Transportation &
Engineering roadways. Conform steel casing procedures to the
requirements of Collier County DOT. All work and materials shall be subject
to inspection by DOT. Restore the Department’s property and surface
conditions to the original condition in keeping with the Department’s
specifications and standards.
4. In general, install all underground sewer force mains and water mains
crossing all existing Collier County roadways, Florida State Highways and
railroads within steel casing pipe extending at least five (5) feet beyond
pavement edge. Obtain specific crossing requirements in advance from the
authority having jurisdiction.
5. Submit the necessary permit documents and data to the appropriate
authority and receive approval thereof. Maintain traffic on the roadway and
Section 330523.16
COLLIER COUNTY JACKING, AUGERING AND MINING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 6
keep all workmen and equipment clear of the travelway during the work.
Comply with all Federal, State and County safety regulations and any
permit(s).
6. Locate casing pipes crossing under State and County roadways at suitable
approved alignments in order to eliminate possible conflict with existing or
future utilities and structures with a minimum 36 inches depth of cover
between the top of the casing pipe and the surface of the roadway. Conduct
boring operations in such a manner as not to create hazardous conditions or
impede traffic flow.
7. For casing pipe crossing under roadways, railroads, or other installations not
within the jurisdiction of Collier County, comply with the regulations of said
authority in regard to design, specifications and construction. State Highway
casing installations shall be as specified in the FDOT, “Utility
Accommodation Guide”, and for railroads, the American Railway
Engineering Association, Part 5, Section 5.2, “Specifications for Pipelines
Conveying Nonflammable Substances”, shall be applicable. However, in no
case shall the minimum casing pipe diameter and wall thickness, for a
specific carrier pipe size, be less than that specified above.
8. Use a simultaneous and continuous installation of any dry boring and jacking
operation until the casing pipe is in final position. Maintain correct line and
grade. Use full-ring welded add-on sections of casing pipe, developing
water-tight total pipe strength joints. Use pipe lengths of at least 18 feet.
Casing welders shall be certified welders. A copy of the certification shall be
obtained by the Engineer of Record and given to the County Manager or
designee prior to the welding procedure. Produce no upheaval, settlement,
voids, cracking, movement or distortion of the existing roadbed or other
facilities during the casing installation. Fill any voids with 1:3 portland
cement grout at sufficient pressure for roadway protection. Following
placement of the carrier pipe within the steel casing, install masonry plugs at
each open end. Plugs shall be suitable for restraining the external earth
load, while allowing internal drainage.
9. Mechanically bore casing pipe holes through the soil by a cutting head on a
continuous auger mounted inside the pipe. Extend the auger a maximum of
2 inches beyond the end of the casing pipe to preclude formation of voids
outside the pipe shell. Auger should not be of a greater diameter than the
outside diameter of the encasement.
10. Adequately protect the casing pipe to prevent crushing or other damage
under jacking pressures. Provide backstops for adequately distributing the
jack thrust without causing deformation of the soil or other damage.
Replace damaged casing pipe if not installed; however, if installed, abandon
encasement pipe in place, suitably plug, and install an alternate installation,
as directed by the County Manager or designee.
Section 330523.16
COLLIER COUNTY JACKING, AUGERING AND MINING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 6
11. In the event of obstruction, withdraw auger, cut and cap excess pipe and fill
void with 1:3 portland cement grout under sufficient pressure
12. Excavate and maintain required boring or jacking pits or shafts to the
minimum dimension. Adequately barricade, sheet, brace and dewater
excavation as required.
13. Deviation from approved jack and bore methods and above specifications is
grounds for work stoppage and line replacement at the expense of the
CONTRACTOR.
B. Casing Spacers:
Use Stainless Steel Casing Spacers (see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F) being on center and restrained as the preferred method for installing
the carrier pipe. Use skids installed with 6 ft to 10 ft spacing as recommended by
the manufacturer. After the carrier pipe has been tested for leakage, block the
casing ends with either an 8" wall of brick masonry with a weep hole installed near
the bottom of each wall or casing spacer end seals (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) with stainless steel bands.
C. Augering: Conduct augering with the proper equipment and procedure such that
the carrier pipe and the casing pipe can be installed to the grades specified
without disturbing the adjacent earth. Submit all equipment and procedures for
prior approval.
D. Hand Mining: Conduct hand mining only in casings that are sufficiently large
enough to permit such operation. Provide adequate fresh air supply within the
casing pipe and conduct all operations in accordance with the requirements of the
U.S. Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for Construction
promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act 7 1970 (PL-91-596).
E. Jacking Pit: Make the jacking pit of adequate length to provide room for the
jacking frame, the jacking head, the reaction blocks, the jacks, auger rig, and the
jacking pipe. Make the pit sufficiently wide to allow ample working space on each
side of the jacking frame. Make the depth of the pit such that the invert of the
pipe, when placed on the guide frame, is at the elevation desired for the
completed line. Provide excavation in conformance with Section 312316.
F. Sheeting: Sheet the jacking pit tightly and keep it dry at all times. Conform
sheeting to Section 314000. Have complete design calculation for sheeting the
jacking pit sealed and submitted by a Professional Engineer registered in the
State of Florida.
G. Jacking Frame: Use a jacking frame that applies a uniform pressure over the
entire pipe wall area of the pipe to be jacked.
Section 330523.16
COLLIER COUNTY JACKING, AUGERING AND MINING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 6
H. Reaction Blocks: Use reaction blocks designed to carry the thrust of the jacks to
the soil without excessive soil deflection and in such a manner as to avoid any
disturbance of adjacent structures or utilities.
I. Operation: Use hydraulic jacks in the jacking operation. Use extreme care to hold
the pipe to exact line and grade. Advance the excavation at the heading manually
or with an auger. Do not allow the advance to exceed one foot ahead of the
casing pipe. Make every effort to avoid loss of earth outside the casing.
J. Safety Railing: Provide a safety railing all around the top of the pit at all times.
K. Restore property and surface conditions to the original condition in accordance
with Collier County DOT specifications and standards.
L. Carrier Pipe:
Utilize joint restrained pipe for the entire water main or force main pipe length
inside the casing. Use special supporting of the carrier pipe within the casing with
a design approved by the County Manager or designee.
END OF SECTION
Section 330523.16
COLLIER COUNTY JACKING, AUGERING AND MINING
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 6
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 10
SECTION 331200
WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required and install
complete and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the
Drawings and as specified herein.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Codes, specifications, and standards referred to by number or title form a part of
this Section to the extent required by the references to codes, specifications, and
standards. Latest revisions, as of the date of bid opening, apply, unless otherwise
noted on the Drawings or specified in this Section.
B. Standards
Designation Title
ANSI/AWWA Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron and
C111/A21.11 Gray-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
ANSI/AWWA Gate Valves
C500
ANSI/AWWA Resilient-Seated Gate Valves 3 through 12 NPS,
C509 for Water and Sewage Systems
ANSI/AWWA Air Release, Air/Vacuum, and Combination Air Valves for
C512 Waterworks Service
ANSI/B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125
ANSI/B16.3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300
ANSI/B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and
Other Special Alloys
ASTM A276 Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars
and Shapes
ASTM A231 Specification for Steel Casting, Austenitic, for
High-Temperature Service
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 10
ASTM A743 Specification for Castings, Iron-Chromium,
Iron-Chromium-Nickel, and Nickel-Base
Corrosion-Resistant for General Application
MSS SP-60 Connecting Flange Joint Between Tapping Sleeves and
Tapping Valves
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. References to valve sizes on the Drawings and in the Specifications are intended
to be nominal size, and shall be interpreted as nominal size.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. General: as specified in:
1. General Conditions;
2. Supplementary General Conditions;
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing: Test valves as specified in this Section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL:
A. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and if
possible all equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer.
B. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working
pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters on the body.
C. All stainless steel components and hardware shall be a minimum of Type 304,
unless otherwise specified.
2.2 MANUFACTURERS (SEE COUNTY APPROVED PRODUCT LIST, APPENDIX
F).
2.3 DESIGN
A. Resilient, Wedge or Gate Valves and Boxes
1. Valves for pipe less than 2 inches in diameter shall conform to the
requirements of AWWA C509 (latest revisions) and shall be cast iron, single
wedge, non-rising stem, screwed bonnet, 125 pounds S.P., 200 pounds
W.O.G with stuffing box repackable under pressure and all parts renewable.
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 10
Ends shall be as shown or indicated on the drawings. For approved air
release line valves, bacterial sampling station line valves, curb stops,
corporation stops, and ball valves see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F.
2. Resilient, wedge or gate valves 2 inches in diameter and larger shall be
ductile iron body, non-rising stem, bronze mounted gate valves, mechanical
joint conforming to requirements of the AWWA C515 and shall be provided
with a 2 inch square operating nut with the word “open” and an arrow cast in
the metal to indicate direction. Valves shall be vertical resilient, wedge, or
gate type and shall turn to the left (counter clockwise) to open. The wedge
or gate shall be ductile iron per ASTM A536, minimum 65,000-psi strength
and, completely encapsulated with urethane rubber, permanently bonded to
the wedge or gate to meet ASTM test for rubber metal bond, ASTM D429.
The valve stems for non-rising stem assemblies shall be cast bronze with
integral collars in full compliance with AWWA. OS & Y stems shall be on
bronze bar stock. The NRS stem stuffing box shall be the O-ring seal type
with two rings located above thrust collar; the two rings shall be replaceable
with valve fully open and subjected to full rated working pressure. The
minimum safe working pressure shall be 200 psi. All valves thirty inches
(30”) or larger shall have a concrete slab placed under the valve to help
distribute the total weight of the valve and reduce line sagging. The
concrete slab shall have 6”x6” 10/10 welded wire mesh, have lifting eyes,
constructed using 3,000 psi concrete, be six inches (6”) thick, and sized
according to the following table:
Valve Size Length Width
30” 42” 30”
36” 48” 36”
42” 54” 42”
48” – 54” 60” 48”
60” – 66” 78” 60”
3. There shall be two low torque thrust bearings located above and below the
stem collar. The stem nut shall be independent of wedge and shall be made
of solid bronze. There shall be a smooth unobstructed waterway free of all
pockets, cavities and depressions in the seat area. The body and bonnet
shall be coated with fusion-bonded epoxy both interior and exterior. Each
valve shall have the manufacturers name, pressure rating and year
manufactured cast on body. The valve shall be designed and tested to be
opened and closed under a differential pressure of at least twice the working
pressure.
B. Valves for Buried Service
1. Valves for buried service shall meet all the requirements as specified herein
but shall have mechanical joint ends and stainless steel cover bolts.
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 10
2. All buried valves shall have cast-iron two-piece valve boxes (see County
Approved Product List, Appendix F). Valve boxes shall be provided with
suitable heavy bonnets to extend to such elevation at the finished grade
surface as directed by the ENGINEER. The barrel shall be two-piece, screw
type. The upper section shall have a flange at the bottom having sufficient
bearing area to prevent settling, shall be designed so as to prevent the
transmission of surface loads directly to the valve or piping, and shall be
complete with cast iron covers. Covers shall have "WATER" cast into the
top. The covers shall be so constructed as to prevent tipping or rattling. All
valve boxes located in paved roadways or sidewalks shall have locking
covers.
3. Where valves are located out of pavement, the boxes shall be adjusted to
finished grade with a concrete collar as shown in the Details.
4. Valve boxes shall be of the heavy duty, traffic bearing cast iron, adjustable
screw type with a drop cover. The valve box assembly shall consist of a
bottom section, top section and cover which is cast from gray iron,
formulated to ASTM specification A-48 latest revision, minimum tensile of
21,000 psi and shall be free from blowholes, shrinkage or other
imperfections not true to pattern. The shaft size shall be 5 1/4" and the
adjustable length shall be from 18" to 36". The wall thickness shall be 1/4".
The weight of the assembly shall be 61 pounds + 2 pounds, with the cover
weight being a minimum of 13 pounds.
5. The name of the manufacturer and foundry of origin shall be cast into each
of the components of the assembly in legible form. The assembly shall be
suitable for highway traffic wheel loads of 16,000 pounds and shall withstand
a proof load test of 25,000 pounds without failure or permanent deflection.
C. Check Valves
1. All check valve bodies shall be cast iron per ASTM A126 Class B, having
integral (not wafer) flanges.
2. The seat shall be centrifugally cast bronze with an O-ring seal and be locked
in place with stainless steel lock screws and be field replaceable, without the
use of special tools.
3. Swing check valves shall have a shaft of single and continuous stainless
steel, extending both sides of the body with a lever and weight. The air
cushion cylinder, when specifically required, shall be constructed of
corrosion resistant material and the piston shall be totally enclosed within
the cylinder and not open at one end. The air cushion cylinder assembly
shall be externally attached to either or both sides of the valve body and
shall permit adjustability to cushion the closure of the valve. Cushioning
shall be by air trapped in the cushion cylinder, which shall be fitted with a
one-way adjustable control check valve to cushion disc contact to the seat at
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 10
the shut-off point. The bottom cylinder head shall be swivel mounted and
not rigid to follow the change of force angles as the lever raises or lowers to
open or close the check valve. Valve shall prevent backflow on normal
pump shut off or power failure, at zero velocity and be watertight. The disc
shall be cast iron utilizing a double clevice hinge connected to a ductile iron
disc arm. The disc arm assembly shall be suspended from a stainless steel
shaft, which passes through a seal retainer on both sides of the valve body.
4. Rubber flapper swing valves shall have a heavily constructed cast iron body
and cover. The body shall be long pattern design (not wafer) with integrally
cast-on end flanges. The flapper shall be Buna-N having an O-ring seating
edge and be internally reinforced with steel. Flapper shall be captured
between the body and the body cover in a manner to permit the flapper to
flex from closed to full open position. Flapper shall be easily removed
without the need to remove the valve from line. The check valves shall have
full pipe size flow area. Seating surface to be on a 45° angle requiring the
flapper to travel only 35° from closed to full open position for minimum head
loss. Valve has non-slam closure characteristics. Flapper shall create an
elastic spring effect to assist the flapper to close against a slight head to
prevent or minimize slamming. Valve shall be designed for 175 psi working
pressure for water. The valve shall be suitable for buried service.
5. Valve exterior to be painted with Red Oxide Phenolic Primer Paint as
accepted by the FDA for use in contact with Potable Water. Materials shall
be certified to the following ASTM specifications:
a. Body, cover & disc - Cast Iron - ASTM A126, Class B
b. Disc Arm - Ductile Iron - ASTM A536
c. Seat - Aluminum Bronze or Stainless Steel - ASTM B148, ASTM A276
d. Disc Seat - Buna-N or metal
e. Cushion cylinder - Corrosion-resistant Commercial material
D. Backflow Prevention Devices
1. Backflow prevention devices shall be reduced pressure principle assemblies
and shall be USC approved, and shall meet all requirements of the Collier
County Cross-Connection Control/Backflow Prevention Ordinance, as then
amended. Refer to Section 3, Utility Detail Drawings.
E. Combination Air Release Valves for Potable Water and Non-Potable Irrigation
Systems
1. Air release valves shall exhaust large quantities of air during the filling of a
pipeline or vessel. The valve shall be capable of venting air up to sonic
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 10
velocity without blowing shut; closing only after all the air has been vented.
The valve shall continue to release small quantities of air under pressure as
often as needed to keep the system free of accumulated air. The valve shall
automatically open to allow air to re-enter during draining or whenever a
negative pressure occurs.
2. Combination air valves shall be of the size shown on the plans and conform
to the requirements of AWWA C512 and be of the “Kinetic” design capable
of exhausting air at up to sonic velocity without blowing shut.
3. Body and cover shall be ASTM A126 Class B cast iron with stainless steel
floats and replaceable seats of Buna-N or other suitable material. Internal
linkage mechanism shall be 18-8 stainless steel. Plastic or bronze
components are not acceptable. Air release orifice shall be suitable for 300
PSI maximum working pressure. Screens shall be installed on the opening
of all air release valves.
4. Valves 3-inch size and smaller shall have a threaded inlet connection, and
larger valves shall have a flanged inlet faced and drilled per ANSI B16.1
Class 250.
5. Valves shall have a threaded outlet on valves to 4-inch size and a protective
cowl on larger sizes.
6. 1 inch NPT inlet and outlet shall be provided, unless otherwise specified on
the drawings.
7. Connections from corporation stops to air release valves shall be brass for
rigidity.
F. Tapping Valves and Sleeves
1. All tapping sleeve and valve assemblies shall meet the requirements of
AWWA Standard C500, latest revision. Cast iron tapping sleeves or
stainless steel wrap-around sleeves, and cast iron valves shall be used to
make live taps into the existing water mains where shown on t he drawings.
Flanges must conform to AWWA C207 Class D ANSI 150# drilling.
Mechanical Joint (MJ) tapping sleeves are also acceptable. All bolts and
nuts shall be stainless steel.
2. CONTRACTOR shall verify type of existing main prior to ordering. The
tapping valve shall have an inlet flange to match the sleeve and a
mechanical joint outlet for connection to water main pipe. Tapping valve
shall meet the requirements for gate valves specified herein. The sleeve
shall have provisions for a tap and shall be pressure tested at 150 psi for a
minimum of 30 minutes prior to tapping.
G. Service Connection Materials
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 10
1. Service Saddles (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F)
a. Service saddles or fittings shall be used with taps to all types of pipe.
Gasket shall be cemented in place and confined in a retaining groove.
Saddles shall be cast iron saddles with double brass straps.
b. Tapping sleeves and valves shall be used for all taps.
2. Water Meters
a. Potable Water Meters: Potable water meters provided for service
connections to the COUNTY water distribution system shall be
designed to accept an encoder compatible with the COUNTY
Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) system. The COUNTY will install the
meter and the AMR encoder unit on 2” and smaller meters. AMRs 3”
and larger shall be turned over to the technician doing the full bore
flush. All potable water meters larger than 2” shall be installed above
ground. These meters shall be equipped with a backflow preventer
and installed by the CONTRACTOR at his expense, including the
AMR encoder unit. The type of backflow device utilized for potable
lines shall be on the Water Department approved list of backflow
preventers, Appendix G. All potable water meters 3” or greater shall
be purchased by the owner and installed by the CONTRACTOR. The
master meter assemblies shall be built in accordance with the design
details in Section 3 – Utilities Detail Drawings. The location of all
meters shall be clearly shown on the construction plans.
b. Non-Potable Irrigation Water Meters: Non-potable water meters
provided for service connections to the COUNTY non-potable
reclaimed distribution system shall be designed to accept an encoder
compatible with the COUNTY Automatic Meter Reading (AMR)
system. The COUNTY will install the meter and the AMR encoder unit
on 2” and smaller meters. All non-potable water meters 3” or greater
shall be purchased by the owner and installed by the CONTRACTOR.
The master meter assemblies shall be built in accordance with the
design details in Section 3 – Utilities Detail Drawings. The location of
all meters shall be clearly shown on the construction plans.
3. Corporation Stops for Service Connections
a. Corporation stops (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F)
shall meet the requirements of AWWA C800; ends AWWA thread x
compression, CTS.
4. Water Service Tubing
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 10
a. Water service connection tubing shall be blue polyethylene municipal
service tubing as shown on Utility Detail Drawing W -12.
b. Polyethylene tubing shall meet the requirements of AWWA Standard
C901. Polyethylene tubing shall be 3406 polyethylene.
5. Polyethylene Service Tube Stiffeners
a. A solid ring, stainless steel insert shall be installed with each and
every compression connection made with polyethylene tubing.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install all valves and appurtenances in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions and in the locations shown, true to alignment and rigidly supported.
Repair any damage to the above items to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER
before they are installed.
B. After installation, test all valves and appurtenances for at least one hour at the
working pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test
pressure is specified. If any joint proves to be defective, repair it to the
satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
C. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of
operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry
floors or walls, and install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as
forms are erected and before concrete is poured. Before setting these items,
check all plans and figures, which have a direct bearing on their location and
assure the proper location of these valves and appurtenances during the
construction of the structures.
D. Flanged joints shall be made with stainless steel bolts.
E. Buried mechanical joints shall be made with COR-TEN bolts.
F. Prior to assembly of split couplings, thoroughly clean the grooves as well as other
parts. The ends of the pipes and outside of the gaskets shall be moderately
coated with petroleum jelly, cup grease, soft soap or graphite paste, and the
gasket shall be slipped over one pipe end. After the other pipe has been brought
to the correct position, center the gasket properly over the pipe ends with the lips
against the pipes. The housing sections then shall be placed. After the bolts have
been inserted, tighten the nuts until the housing sections are firmly in contact,
metal-to-metal, without excessive bolt tension.
G. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, thoroughly clean the pipe ends
for a distance of 8". Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 10
and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6"
from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe end until
it is properly centered over the joint. Insert the other pipe end into the middle ring
and bring to proper position in relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and
followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flaires. After
the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up finger-tight,
uniformly tighten diametrically opposite nuts progressively all around the joint,
preferably by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the
bolts.
H. Carefully inspect each valve, open it wide and then tightly close it and test the
various nuts and bolts for tightness. Special care shall be taken to prevent any
foreign matter from becoming lodged in the valve seat. Gate valves, unless
shown otherwise, shall be set with their stems vertically above the centerline of
the pipe. Remove and replace any valve that does not operate correctly.
I. Carefully center valve boxes over the operating nuts of the valves so as to permit
a valve wrench or key to be fitted easily to the operating nut. Valve boxes shall be
set to conform to the level of the finished surface and held in position by a ring of
concrete placed under the support flange as shown in Section 3, Utility Detail
Drawings. The valve box shall not transmit surface loads to the pipe or valve.
Exercise care to prevent earth and other material from entering the valve box.
Any valve box which is out of alignment or whose top does not conform to the
finished ground surface shall be dug and reset. Before final acceptance of the
work, adjust all valve boxes to finish grade. Valve extension stems or risers shall
not be used.
3.2 AIR RELEASE VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Prior to pressure testing a pipeline, all air release valve assemblies on that
pipeline shall be installed.
3.3 SHOP PAINTING
A. Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of epoxy in
accordance with AWWA Standard C550 and meets or exceeds all test
requirements including the Food and Drug Administration Document Title 21 of the
Federal Regulations on Food Additives, Section 175.000 entitled "Resinous and
Polymeric Coating"; Impact Test Requirement in accordance with the ASTM
D2794.
END OF SECTION
Section 331200
COLLIER COUNTY WATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 10
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 331619
HYDRANTS
Page 1 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 331619
HYDRANTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. Furnish and install fire hydrants where shown on the Drawings or directed by the
ENGINEER.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. Section 033100 – Concrete for Non-Plant Work
B. Section 331200 – Water Valves and Appurtenances
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Install hydrants to meet current requirements of Collier County Utilities.
B. Provide manufacturer's certificate those products meet or exceed minimum
requirements as specified.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's certificates on conformance.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's drawings and data sheets for material to
be supplied under this Section. Indicate sizes and types to be installed.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. During loading, transportation and unloading, exercise care to prevent damage to
materials.
B. Handling: Fire hydrants should be unloaded carefully. The hydrant should be
carefully lowered from the truck to the ground, not dropped. Only hoists and
slings with adequate load capacity to handle the weight of the hydrant shall be
used.
C. Storage: Hydrants should be stored in the fully closed position to prevent entry of
foreign material that could cause damage to the seating surfaces. Whenever
practical, hydrants should be stored indoors. If outside storage is required, means
should be provided to protect the operating mechanism. In outside storage, parts
and flanges should be protected from the weather and foreign materials.
Section 331619
HYDRANTS
Page 2 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRE HYDRANTS
A. Fire hydrants shall be of the dry barrel, compression type conforming to AWWA
C502 “Standard for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants” and additional requirements as set
forth herein.
B. Hydrant shall have break away upper sections capable of ready replacement
without loss in the event of traffic damage. Each hydrant shall have a 6" bottom
inlet connection and valve opening at least 5-1/4 inches in diameter. Hydrants
shall have a national standard pentagon 1.5 inch, point to flat operating nut and
turn to the left (counter clockwise) to open. Each hydrant shall be fitted with one 4-
1/2-inch pumper connection and two 2-1/2 inch hose connections, both having
threads that conform to the Fire Division Standard for the area. Hose caps shall
be chained (unless specified without by appropriate fire control district) to the
hydrant barrel and fitted with nuts similar to the hydrant operating nuts. Each
hydrant shall have a barrel of sufficient length to bring the bottom of the 6" pipe
connection 3 feet below the surface of the finished ground. Each hydrant shall
have breakaway flanges and be made in at least two sections bolted together. All
interior working parts of the hydrant shall be removable from the top of the hydrant
to allow repairs without removing the hydrant barrel after it has been installed.
Hydrants shall have renewable O-ring stem seals. Hydrant barrels shall be
painted AWWA Safety Yellow (lead free) or as specified by appropriate fire control
district. They shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi.
C. Hydrant shall have no drain ports. If ports exist, they shall be plugged with a
threaded plug.
D. Operating stem shall be equipped with anti-friction thrust bearing to reduce
operating torque and assure easy opening. Stops shall be provided to limit stem
travel. Stem threads shall be enclosed in a permanently sealed lubricant reservoir
with O-ring seals.
E. Hydrants shall be designated for 150 psi working pressure and shop tested to 300
psi pressure with main valve both opened and closed. Under test the valve shall
not leak, the automatic drain shall function and there shall be no leakage into the
bonnet.
F. Hydrants shall be of the years manufacture when construction commenced.
G. Acceptable models, see Appendix F, County Approved Product List.
Section 331619
HYDRANTS
Page 3 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Set hydrants plumb and in true alignment with mains. Utilize restrained joints as
shown in the Collier County Standard Details. Carefully backfill around hydrants
so as not to disturb the hydrant and thoroughly compact backfill so as to support
the hydrant securely. The hydrants clearance measured from finish grade to the
center of pumper connection shall be based upon manufacturers
recommendations.
B. Hydrants shall be located a minimum of 4 feet from the curb in urban areas, and a
minimum of 14 feet from the edge of pavement in rural areas, and in accordance
with local Fire Department requirements. A gate valve shall be provided at the
connection to the main as shown in the Standard Details.
C. Hydrants requiring a lead to cross a roadway shall have a valve on both sides of
the road. The valve nearest the hydrant must be within 20 feet of the hydrant. This
requirement is not applicable to privately owned and operated water distribution
systems.
END OF SECTION
Section 331619
HYDRANTS
Page 4 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 1 of 9
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 333200
PUMP STATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK FOR COUNTY PUMP STATIONS
A. This section includes the following items for COUNTY owned and operated pump
stations: wet wells, access covers, pumps, wet well equipment, valves, emergency
bypasses, pump control panels, pump controller, antenna subsystem,
disconnects, electric meters, electric service, pump wiring, lightning arrestors, and
odor control systems.
B. Conform all pump stations to the specifications, Utilities Detail Drawings, and
latest National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements.
C. When a pump station has a peak design flow coming into the station greater than
500 gpm, contact Public Utilities Planning and Project Management Department
for specifications.
D. For systems eligible to be taken over by the COUNTY, provide enough room to
operate and maintain all water and wastewater systems in a simple and non-
awkward manner. If a pump station pump needs to be replaced, provide enough
room for the COUNTY to readily remove the pump, and to do so without
interfering with traffic. To be eligible for conveyance to the COUNTY, the pump
station easement area must be designed to 30’X30’, or twice the depth of the wet
well by twice the depth of the wet well, whichever is larger, as defined in the
Collier County Standards and Procedures Ordinance, Subsection 7.7(c), as
amended or superseded.
E. Schedule required COUNTY inspections of (1) pump station installation prior to
cover-up and (2) pump station start-up.
F. Install all fencing and gates around the pump station in accordance with Section
323113.
G. Communications: When proposing fiber-optic connectivity at pump stations, a letter
of availability shall be requested to the COUNTY for review and approval.
H. Elevated platforms shall be provided where necessary to provide access to wet wells,
pump station control panels, electrical devices and panels, generators, and bypass
equipment. Typically, these platforms shall be limited to locations with existing grades
requiring equipment to be located at a higher elevation due to the Florida Building
Code (FBC), FEMA, and the ASCE Standard 7 and 24 requirements.
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 2 of 9
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK FOR PRIVATE GRINDER PUMP STATIONS
A. This section includes the following items for privately owned and operated grinder pump
stations: wet wells, pumps, impeller, valves, level control, alarm, well equipment, pump
control panels, pump controller, disconnects, and sloping requirements for private pump
stations.
B. All maintenance tasks for private grinder pump stations must be possible without entry into
the grinder pump station per 29 CFR 1910.146 (OSHA Permit-Required Confined Spaces).
C. The grinder pump station shall be free from electrical and fire hazards as required for
functionality in a residential environment. The completed assembled and wired grinder
pump station shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) to be safe and
appropriate for the intended use. UL listing of components of the grinder pump station, or
third-party testing to UL standard is not acceptable.
D. All private grinder pump stations shall bear the seal of NSF International to show that
station meets accepted standards for plumbing equipment in or near residences, shall be
free from noise, odor, or health hazards, and shall have been tested by an independent
laboratory to certify its capability to perform as specified in either individual or low-pressure
sewer system applications.
E. Private pump service sewers shall conform to applicable parts of the Florida Building Code
and the COUNTY's Design Criteria. Where the COUNTY's standards are more restrictive
than the Florida Building Code, the COUNTY's standards shall prevail.
F. Private pump station force main connections must follow the COUNTY's requirements for
testing.
G. Schedule required COUNTY inspections of (1) testing of force main connection prior to
cover-up and (2) pump station start-up.
H. Prior to the start-up inspection, the following documentation must be furnished to the
COUNTY via electronic mail or a secure electronic file transfer service:
1. As-built drawing (in both PDF and DWG formats) showing the completed pump station
and force main locations, sizes, materials, and elevations along with the location of all
valves, the pump-out connection, the control panel, and the generator receptacle on
the property and
2. A pump test curve from the pump manufacturer.
PART 2 EQUIPMENT
2.1 MATERIALS FOR COUNTY PUMP STATIONS
A. All stainless steel components and hardware shall be a minimum of Type 304,
unless otherwise specified.
B. Wet Well: The concrete structure shall consist of precast, reinforced sections
conforming to ASTM C76 and/or ASTM C478. 8-foot diameter wet wells shall
have a minimum wall thickness of 8 inches. Wall thickness for larger wet wells
shall conform to ASTM standards for wall thickness, but shall not be less than 8
inches in any case. The minimum inside diameter for all wet wells eligible to be
owned and maintained by Collier County shall be 8 feet. As a deviation, a 6-foot
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 3 of 9
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
diameter wet well can be utilized if the ENGINEER can demonstrate that the wet
well is sufficient hydraulically and the developer can demonstrate that the pump
station shall be used for the perpetual and exclusive use of that development. For
pump stations that will not be owned and maintained by Collier County, the
ENGINEER shall set the design specifications for the wet well, provided such
design does not in any way endanger the health, safety and/or welfare of the
public. Base riser section shall be monolithically cast with the base slab. All
concrete shall utilize Type 2 cement and have a minimum compressive strength of
4000 psi at 28 days. On new construction, if more than one hole is abandoned
and required to be cemented in, provide a new wet well barrel section. Reinforcing
steel for all wet well structures should be sized by the unit manufacturer and
verified by the ENGINEER. All connections to the wet well for gravity sewer piping
shall be equal to those for manholes as described in Section 333913. Factory
double coat all exterior surfaces with an acceptable bituminous or epoxy sealer a
minimum of 18 mils thick. Seal all riser joints utilizing plastic joint sealing
compound (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). Reinforcement and
top slab thickness shall be specified by the design ENGINEER for H-20 loadings
in all cases. Minimum reinforced slab thickness shall be 8 inches. Typical
standards for wet wells are available in the Collier County Standard Details. The
ENGINEER shall be responsible for designing all wet well structures to overcome
buoyancy forces exerted on the installed structure. Coat all wet well interiors with
an acceptable field applied internal protection (see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F) in accordance with Section 099723.
C. Above-Ground Valves and Piping: Above-ground valves and piping must be
positioned so that it does not lie above any gravity sewer line entering the wet
well, unless field conditions dictate otherwise and the COUNTY has granted prior
approval. Typical above-ground valves and piping standards are shown in the
Collier County Standard Details. All valve and flange bolting shall be Type 316
stainless steel.
D. Pumps: Sewage pumps (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall be
of the submersible type suitable for operation in sewage of temperature not
exceeding 115 degrees Fahrenheit. Pump head curves and design specifications
for each application proposed shall be submitted for review and approval within
the ENGINEER’s hydraulic design report. All pumps shall be three-phase unless
approved by a Utility Deviation Form. At least one (1) pump in each wet well shall
be equipped with an opening in the volute with a bolted cover for a mix-flush
system (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F).
E. Access Covers: Access covers for pump station wet wells shall be above the 100-
year flood elevation unless the structure is located within a documented velocity
and tidal flood zone, and elevation differentials prohibit such installation. In such
cases, watertight access covers shall be utilized. The ENGINEER shall provide
shop drawings of such access covers for review and approval by THE County
Manager or designee prior to use. Access covers shall be constructed of diamond
plate aluminum sheets and aluminum structural members. All access covers shall
be attached to aluminum angle frames with stainless steel hinges and fasteners.
Angle frames shall be firmly anchored into the top concrete slab of the structure.
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 4 of 9
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
All access covers shall be equipped with a ratchet-type restraint mechanism to
prevent accidental closing of the cover and torsion bar or spring assist type
openers. Assist openers shall be manufactured of stainless steel. Access covers
shall be designed for H-20 loadings.
F. Wet Well Equipment: All pump discharge piping shall be HDPE pipe and shall be
in conformance with pipe utilized for wastewater force mains. All fittings shall be
HDPE fused, flange/flange, or Uni-Flange connections. All nuts, bolts, fasteners,
brackets, pump guide rails and other hardware located inside the wet well shall be
316 stainless steel. A pump out with a screened vent shall be provided on all
installations, with the pipe extended through the wet well lid (see details).
Electrical systems and components (e.g. motors, lights, cables, conduits, switch
boxes, control circuits, etc.) in raw wastewater wetwells, or in enclosed or partially
enclosed spaces where hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or vapors
may be present shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC)
requirements for Class I Group D, Division 1 locations. Electrical equipment
located in wet wells shall be suitable for use under corrosive conditions.
G. Valves: Discharge piping for each pump shall be equipped with a weighted check
valve and plug valve. A tee with an isolation plug valve, equipped with a quick
coupling (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F), shall be provided for a
means of emergency bypass access to the wastewater force main. Valves shall
be supported by stainless steel pipe supports.
H. Emergency Bypass: A 4-inch emergency bypass connection shall be provided
down-stream from the in-line discharge piping valves. The connection shall be
readily accessible and be equipped with a plug-type isolation valve and 4-inch
male camlock type quick coupling and cap.
I. Pump Control Panel (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F): Panel
enclosure construction shall be equal to a NEMA 4X stainless steel with 3-point
latch where required and utilize stainless steel. When possible, panel door shall
open away from wetwell and not towards wetwell hatch to ensure safety during
maintenance of wetwell and panel. To ensure proper installation of control panel,
contact the Wastewater Division prior to rough-in or installation of control panel,
for a pre-construction meeting with respective Wastewater Collections personnel.
Control panels shall be mounted on two 6-inch by 6-inch precast concrete posts.
All mounting bars, nuts, bolts, etc. shall be stainless steel. A 110/120-volt (110V)
receptacle shall be provided inside the control panel for pump stations that have
outdoor control panels. Ground fault interruption (GFI) protection shall be provided
for all outdoor outlets.
J. Pump Controller: Provide a pump control panel (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) including a telemetry control unit (TCU) for pump controlling
purposes. At a minimum, the TCU shall include an integrated 2-Watt digital radio
with and Ethernet module for dual communications capability, an 18-amp-hour
back-up battery, a manufacturer’s prefabricated wire harness, all manufacturer
recommended surge protection, and suitable devices for measuring wastewater flow.
The TCU shall incorporate three on-board fail-safe HOA switches and
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 5 of 9
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Triplex/Duplex/Simplex configurable operation mode. An on-board 240 or 460 VAC
three-phase monitor shall be provided. The Alarm light and bell shall be activated by
the TCU and the external push-button alarm silence switch shall be wired into the
TCU. The TCU shall incorporate an on-board 4- by 20- character LCD display for
elapsed runtime of each pump. During the automatic sequence, the pumps shall be
controlled in an alternate mode. Pump controller shall be Data Flow Systems model
TCU800 with features listed above.
K. Antenna Subsystem: Provide a high gain antenna (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) for use to transmit and receive TCU data to and from the
COUNTY’s existing SCADA server. Antenna shall utilize all welded-aluminum
elements. Element connections utilizing nuts and bolts are not acceptable.
Antenna shall have a single radiator element connected to a type N female
connector. Antenna shall be supported on a mast/pole and have DC grounding for
lightning protection. Antenna mounting hardware shall be made of stainless steel.
Antenna shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of the RTA
series as provided by Data Flow Systems, Inc. Antenna mast/pole shall be a
21foot by 1.25 inch SCH80 galvanized pole. Mounting of the antenna mast/pole
shall be in accordance with all applicable local and state building codes as they
pertain to structural strength and wind velocity requirements. Tower shall meet or
exceed the quality and reliability of the 25G manufactured by Rohn. Coaxial cable
shall be RTC 400 as supplied by Data Flow Systems, Inc. Type N connectors
shall be utilized at both ends of the coax. Type N connectors shall be sealed with
3-inch sections of Alpha FIT321-1-0 sealant shrink tubing. Coaxial cable shall be
secured to the mast/pole with E.V.A.-coated 316 stainless steel cable ties. Cable
ties shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of AE112 cable
ties manufactured by Band-It. For pump stations to be conveyed to the County, a
startup and successful testing of Data Flow telemetry equipment by Data Flow
representatives and County Wastewater Collections instrumentation and
telemetry representatives is required prior to County acceptance. After initial
startup, for pump stations to be conveyed to the County, the latitude and longitude
of pump stations shall be provided.
L. Disconnect: A circuit breaker disconnect shall be provided to isolate the pump
control panel. Disconnect shall be installed on the service line between the
electric meter and control panel and shall be lockable in the “ON” or “OFF”
position. Disconnects shall be housed in a NEMA 4X, stainless steel enclosure or
better.
M. Electric Meter: The electric meter servicing the pump station shall be located
adjacent to the pump control panel, and shall be located and wired to service only
the pump station facility.
N. Electric Service: All underground electric services shall be fully conduited in 2-inch
diameter Schedule 80 PVC pipe from the power company source point to the
pump control panel. The maximum length of the electric service from the power
company transformer to the pump control panel shall be 200 feet. One spare conduit
shall be provided and terminated in the meter. Only copper service wire shall be
utilized. Sizing of the service wire shall be verified with the power company and the
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 6 of 9
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
extent and location of the service shall be indicated on the record drawings. The
CONTRACTOR shall certify that the voltage drop across the service does not exceed
five percent (5%) of the power company’s line voltage at full load start-up of the pump
station pumps. All pump stations shall have minimum 100-amp service. All electrical
components shall be located within the COUNTY right-of-way or County Utility
Easement (CUE).
O. Pump Wiring: Power wiring for each pump, from the control panel to the wet well
shall be conduited in separate 2-inch diameter Schedule 80 PVC pipe and an
appropriately sized water-tight fitting with separate strain relief shall be installed
on each line. A spare parallel 2-inch PVC pipe conduit from the panel to the wet
well shall be provided. All wire shall be stranded THHN or MTW copper wire. The
pump motor cords shall be flexible and serviceable under conditions of extreme
usage. Total of angle bends shall be 180 degrees or less. All conduits between
wetwell and control panel shall not exceed a total of 180 degrees of bends per
run. All service conduits shall be 2" Schedule 80 PVC except where noted. The
pump motor cords shall be flexible and have an appropriate amount of slack.
P. Lightning Arrestors: All pump stations shall be equipped with lightning arrestor(s)
(see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). The lightning arrestor shall be
installed externally on the load side of the disconnect, between the disconnect
and the main breaker. The penetration through the disconnect must be made
below the working mechanism of the disconnect.
Q. Odor Control Systems for Community Pump Stations: Furnish and install an
8’X11’ concrete slab for potential future odor control system. A Pre-Engineered
Biofiltration Odor Control System shall be furnished if required by the engineer of
record.
R. Platforms and stairs shall meet the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) Part 1910, applicable FBC requirements, and ASCE Standards 7 and 24. All
platform and stair designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered
Professional Engineer. The Engineer of Record shall identify Flood Hazard Area,
Flood Design Class (ASCE 24) and other applicable loadings. All components shall
be aluminum with stainless steel hardware. Standard stairs shall be utilized. Fall
protection shall be provided on all exposed sides by use of an OSHA approved
guardrail system. Where required for access, removable guardrail sections shall be
provided. Grating shall be slip resistant and bonded at ends of bearing bars and
openings.
S. All platforms and stairs shall be supported by a concrete foundation system. The
foundation designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional
Engineer. It shall meet the requirements of the FBC, ASCE 7 (Dead, Live, Flood, and
Wind), ASCE 24 (Flood Resistant) and other regulatory requirements. Where head
clearance under the platform is less than 6’-8”, provisions shall be made to limit
access.
2.2 MATERIALS FOR PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 7 of 9
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
A. All private grinder pump stations shall conform to the requirements specified in Section
2.1 above, unless otherwise stated in this section.
B. Pumps: Private pump stations shall be constructed using progressive cavity, non-
clogging, non-jamming, positive or semi-positive displacement grinder pump(s)
capable of operating at a negative total dynamic head (TDH) equipped with thermal
overload protection. Grinder pumps shall be capable of grinding all material typically
found in domestic or commercial wastewater to a fine slurry that will pass through the
pump, 1-1/4-inch NPT discharge piping and downstream appurtenances.
C. Impeller: The grinder impeller shall be a one-piece, rotating type cutter wheel
constructed from hardened 4140 steel. The cutter teeth shall be treated and hardened
to 56 to 60 Rockwell C. The shredder ring shall be stationary type with a staggered
tooth pattern and made of white cast iron per ASTM A532(1B).
D. Valves: In addition to valve requirements described in Section 2.1, an anti-siphon valve
shall be integral with the grinder pump station pump. The anti-siphon port diameter shall be
no less than 60% of the inside diameter of the grinder pump station discharge piping. The
check valve will provide a full-ported passageway when open and shall introduce a friction
loss of less than 6 inches of water at maximum rated flow.
E. Level Control: Level sensing control for private grinder pump stations shall be a non-fouling
type with no moving parts in contact with the wastewater.
F. Alarms: All grinder pump station shall be equipped with a high level audible and visual
warning alarm to notify the residential or commercial property owner(s) of a high wet well
level.
G. Wet Well: The wet-well basin for all grinder pump stations shall be constructed from any
watertight material suitable for light commercial applications, such as high-density
polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), or glass-fiber reinforced polyester (FRP). FRP
wet wells must conform to ASTM D3753. All grinder pump station components must
function normally when exposed to 150 percent of the maximum external soil and
hydrostatic pressure. The grinder pump station shall have all necessary penetrations
molded in and factory sealed. To ensure a leak free installation, no field penetrations will
be acceptable. No secondary welding of the wet well basin or cover will be accepted. The
wet well shall be vented to the atmosphere.
H. Wet Well Equipment: Pumps and all electrical devices, components, and connections
inside the wet well shall be explosion proof.
I. Anti-Siphon/Check Valve: All private grinder pump stations shall be equipped with a factory
installed, gravity operated flapper-type integral check valve and anti-siphon valve built into
the stainless-steel discharge piping, per Section 2.1 and Section 2.2. valve requirements.
J. Pump Control Panel: All electrical elements for private grinder pump stations shall be
furnished pre-wired and housed in a NEMA 4X enclosure. In a flood zone, a NEMA 6P
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 8 of 9
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
enclosure is required if the control panel is mounted less than a foot above the base flood
elevation. A NEMA Control circuit shall be 115 volts. The door of the control box shall be
hinged of the dead type with locking hasp and suitable accessories to allow wall mounting.
Motor shall be activated by a magnetic type contactor and protected by a UL-listed
electrical monitoring system against damaging high current or low voltage conditions. An
automatic reset, integral thermal overload protector shall protect the motor against
excessive heat. The sensor shall reset automatically when the motor cools. An alarm test
switch, HOA switch, run light, auto/off switch, and overload reset button shall be supplied
inside the control box. A terminal strip with box type connections shall be supplied to make
all power and control connections. All terminals shall be marked for easy identification. A
ground terminal strip shall also be provided and labeled.
K. Disconnect: The grinder pump station shall be equipped with a factory-installed NEMA 6P
electrical quick disconnect for all power and control functions.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Finished grade shall be 1 inch to 4 inches below the bottom of the lid and shall slope away
from the wet well.
B. Fill grinder pump stations with water prior to backfill compaction to prevent deformation of
the basin wall and follow all other manufacturer’s installation instructions.
END OF SECTION
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 9 of 9
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 12
SECTION 333313
WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install complete
and ready for operation all valves and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and
as specified herein.
B. The equipment shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Eccentric Plug Valves
2. Check Valves
3. Vacuum Breakers
4. Air Release Valves
5. Flange Adapter Couplings
6. Flexible Couplings
7. Diaphragm Seals
8. Unions
9. Mechanical Type Seals
10. Hose End Faucets
11. Pressure Gauges
12. Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventer
13. Flow Meters
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS
A. All the equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard for use
in controlling the flow of wastewater and reclaimed water.
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 12
1.3 QUALIFICATIONS
A. All the types of valves and appurtenances shall be products of well-established
reputable firms who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture
of the equipment to be furnished. The equipment shall be designed, constructed and
installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with
these specifications as applicable.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit within 30 days after execution of the contract a list of materials to be
furnished, the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery of materials to the site.
B. Complete shop drawings of all valves and appurtenances shall be submitted to the
ENGINEER for approval in accordance with the General Conditions.
1.5 TOOLS
A. Special tools, if required for normal operation and maintenance shall be supplied with
the equipment.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. All valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings and as far
as possible all equipment of the same type shall be from one manufacturer.
B. All valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker and the working
pressure for which they are designed cast in raised letters upon some appropriate
part of the body.
C. All stainless steel components and hardware shall be a minimum of Type 304, unless
otherwise specified.
2.2 DESIGN
A. Eccentric Plug Valves
1. All valves (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall be eccentric
plug valves unless otherwise specified.
2. Plug valves shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C504 Section 5. Each
valve shall be performance tested in accordance with AWWA C504 Section 5.2
and shall be given a leakage test and hydrostatic test as described in AWWA
C504 Paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4. The leakage test shall be applied to the face of
the plug tending to unseat the valve. The Manufacturer shall furnish certified
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 12
copies of reports covering proof of design testing as described in AWWA C504
Section 5.5.
3. Plug valves shall be of the tight closing, resilient faced, non-lubricating variety
and shall be of eccentric design such that the valve's pressure member (plug)
rises off the body seat contact area immediately upon shaft rotation during the
opening movement. Valve pressure ratings shall be as follows and shall be
established by hydrostatic tests as specified by ANSI B16.1-1967. Valves shall
be drip-tight in both directions (bi-directional) at rated pressure of 175 psi
through 12-inch diameter, and 150 psi for 14-inch diameter and above. The
valve shall be provided with a 2-inch square operating nut.
4. The valve body shall be constructed of cast iron ASTM A126, Class B. Body
ends shall be mechanical joint to meet the requirements of AWWA C111/ANSI
A21.11 or single gasket push-on type.
5. The valve plug shall be constructed of cast iron or ductile iron and shall have a
conical seating surface that is eccentrically offset from the center of the plug
shafts. The plug and shafts shall be integral. The entire plug face shall be
totally encapsulated with Buna N (Nitrile) rubber in all valve sizes. The rubber
to metal bond must withstand 75 lbs. pull under test procedure ASTM D-429-73,
Method B. When the plug is in full open position, plug geometry and body
waterway contours must provide a passageway that allows flow capacity equal
to 100% of the adjacent pipe area.
6. Valve seat mating surface shall be constructed of a welded-in overlay of not
less than 90% nickel or be a one-piece stainless steel ring. Seat ring contour
must be precision machined.
7. A mechanical "brake" shall be supplied on all valves and shall be capable of
"locking" the valve in any intermediate position between full-open and
full-closed.
8. Valves shall have multiple V-type packing and packing glands and shall be
capable of being field adjusted or repacked without the bonnet or plug being
removed from the valve with the valve under the full rated pressure. Valves
shall have a port position indicator.
9. For corrosion protection, the interior ferrous surfaces of all plug valves shall
have a 2-part epoxy internal coating to a minimum of 20 mils thickness.
10. Valve shaft seals shall be adjustable and comply with AWWA C507 Section 10
and with AWWA C507 Section 11.
11. Manual valves shall have lever or gear actuators and tee wrenches, extension
stems, floorstands, etc. as indicated on the plans. All valves 6" and larger shall
be equipped with gear actuators. All gearing shall be enclosed in a semi-steel
housing and be suitable for running in a lubricant with seals provided on all
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 12
shafts to prevent entry of dirt and water into the actuator. All actuator shafts
shall be supported on permanently lubricated bronze bearings. Actuators shall
clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided to set
closing torque. All adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque. All
exposed nuts, bolts, and washers shall be stainless steel. Valve packing
adjustment shall be accessible without disassembly of the actuator.
12. Valves and gear actuators for submerged service shall have seals on all shafts
and gaskets on the valve and actuator covers to prevent entry of water.
Actuator mounting brackets for buried or submerged service shall be totally
enclosed and shall have gasket seals. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs and
washers shall be stainless steel.
13. Three-way plug valves shall be non-lubricated gear oriented. Valve bodies shall
be ASTM A-126 Class, and be semi-steel with 125 lb. ANSI standard flanges.
Plugs shall be resilient faced. Three-way valves shall be 3-way, 3-port 270-
degree turn.
14. Plug valves installed such that actuators are 6 feet or m ore above the floor shall
have chain wheels.
15. Where shown on the Drawings, plug valves shall be installed with extended
shafts and actuators. Actuators for extended shafts shall be mounted on floor
stands where indicated on the drawings or shall be removable handwheels
where floor stands are not called for. Six-inch sleeves shall be provided for
extended shafts in all floors; where necessary covers shall be provided. Shafts
shall be of adequate strength to operate the valve and shall be stainless steel
where submerged and carbon steel elsewhere. Floor stands and covers, where
called for shall be cast iron. Floor stands shall be equipped with valve position
indicators. Where shown on the drawings, plug valves shall be furnished with
extended bonnets, equal to DeZurik Figure 640.
16. All buried plug valves shall have a remote position indicator in the valve box
showing position of the valve. A stainless steel centering and I.D. plate shall be
provided showing direction of opening and number of turns to open for each
valve.
B. Valves for Buried Service
1. Valves for buried service shall meet all the requirements as specified herein for
interior except that buried valves shall have mechanical joint ends.
2. All buried valves shall have cast-iron two-piece valve boxes (see County
Approved Product List, Appendix F), valve boxes shall be provided with suitable
heavy bonnets to extend to such elevation at the finished grade surface as
directed by the ENGINEER. The barrel shall be two-piece, screw type. The
upper section shall have a flange at the bottom having sufficient bearing area to
prevent settling, shall be designed to prevent the transmission of surface loads
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 12
directly to the valve or piping, and shall be complete with cast iron covers.
Covers shall have "SEWER" cast into the top. The covers shall be so
constructed as to prevent tipping or rattling. All valve boxes located in paved
roadways or sidewalks shall have locking covers.
3. Where valves are located out of pavement, the boxes shall be adjusted to
finished grade and a concrete slab two feet square and six inches thick shall be
poured around the box, as shown in the Details.
4. Valve boxes shall be of the heavy duty, traffic bearing cast iron, adjustable
screw type with a drop cover. The valve box assembly shall consist of a bottom
section, top section and cover which is cast from gray iron, formulated to ASTM
specification A-48 latest revision, minimum tensile of 21,000 psi and shall be
free from blowholes, shrinkage or other imperfections not true to pattern. The
shaft size shall be 5 1/4" and the adjustable length shall be from 18" to 36". The
wall thickness shall be 1/4”. The weight of the assembly shall be 61 pounds + 2
pounds, with the cover weight being a minimum of 13 pounds.
5. The name of the manufacturer and foundry of origin shall be cast into each of
the components of the assembly in legible form. The assembly shall be suitable
for highway traffic wheel loads of 16,000 pounds and shall withstand a proof
load test of 25,000 pounds without failure or permanent deflection. The valve
box shall be cast, machined, assembled, and packaged within the United States
and shall fully comply with the Buy American provisions of Public Law 102 -240,
enacted 12/18/91.
C. Check Valves
1. All check valve bodies shall be cast iron per ASTM A126 Class B, having
integral (not Wafer) flanges.
2. The seat shall be centrifugally cast bronze with an O-ring seal and be locked in
place with stainless steel lock screws and be field replaceable, without the use
of special tools.
3. The shaft shall be single and continuous stainless steel, extending on one side
of the body with a lever and weight.
4. The air cushion cylinder, when specifically required, shall be constructed of
corrosion-resistant material and the piston shall be totally enclosed within the
cylinder and not open at one end. The air cushion cylinder assembly shall be
externally attached to either or both sides of the valve body and will permit
adjustability to cushion the closure of the valve. Cushioning shall be by air
trapped in the cushion cylinder, which shall be fitted with a one-way adjustable
control check valve to cushion disc contact to the seat at the shut-off point. The
bottom cylinder head shall be swivel mounted and not rigid to follow the change
of force angles as the lever raises or lowers to open or close the check valve.
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 12
Valve shall prevent backflow on normal pump shut-off or power failure, at zero
velocity, and be watertight.
5. The disc shall be cast iron utilizing a double clevice hinge connected to a ductile
iron disc arm. The disc arm assembly shall be suspended from a stainless steel
shaft, which passes through a seal retainer on both sides of the valve body.
6. Valve exterior to be painted with Red Oxide Phenolic Primer Paint as accepted
by the FDA for use in contact with Potable Water. Materials shall be certified to
the following ASTM specifications:
a. Body, cover & disc - Cast Iron - ASTM A126, Class B
b. Disc Arm - Ductile Iron - ASTM A536
c. Seat - Aluminum Bronze or Stainless Steel - ASTM B148, ASTM A276
d. Disc Seat - Buna-N or metal
e. Cushion cylinder - Corrosion-resistant Commercial material
f. Exposed Nuts and Bolts – 316 Stainless Steel
7. For corrosion protection, the interior ferrous surfaces of all check valves used in
sewage applications shall be coated with a factory applied, two-part epoxy
coating to a minimum of 20 mils thick.
D. Automatic Air Release Valves for Wastewater Systems
All force mains shall have automatic air release valves installed as they are indicated
on the plans. These Automatic Air Release Valves (ARV’s) shall conform to the
following:
1. The ARV shall be a “Combination” ARV modified with a check valve on the
discharge of the air piping to allow air release only operation.
2. The body of these valves shall be conical shaped to maintain maximum air gap
to ensure no contact between the sewage and the seal.
3. The ARV shall seal at zero (0) psi and have an overall operating range of 0 –
250 psi, (0 – 17.2 bar).
4. The ARV shall close watertight when liquid enters the valve, even when the fluid
is rising without pressure, (no minimum operating pressure required).
5. The working pressure shall be 250 psi (17.2 bar) tested to 360 psi (25 bar).
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 12
6. The ARV shall include both a Polypropylene Debris Shield funnel and an Orifice
Strainer to prevent solids from entering sealing area.
7. The ARV shall have a rolling cup seal diaphragm for infinitely variable operation,
providing water hammer inhibition.
8. The ARV body shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel. The float shall be
Delrin (Polyoximethylene, POM) and the Float Spindle shall be of 316 stainless
steel. The valve seat and all internal working parts shall be of corrosion-
resistant materials. ARV flange hardware (nuts, bolts, washers) shall be of 316
stainless steel construction.
9. The threaded or flanged outlet size of the ARVs shall be sized by the design
engineer. A minimum diameter of two inches (2”) shall be provided.
10. All parts required for ARV maintenance shall be the same for all connection
sizes (i.e. the internal parts for the 2” ARV are identical to the internal parts for
the 4” ARV).
11. All ARV manufacturers and models shall comply with the County Approved
Product List (Appendix F). All ARVs shall be installed in accordance with
manufacturer recommendations and shall have an isolation valve connection for
control.
12. All ARVs installed for wastewater transmission systems (except at pump
stations or wastewater treatment facilities) shall be installed in above ground
polyethylene enclosures as shown on the County’s standard details. Color of
enclosures shall be dark green.
E. Flange Adapter Couplings
1. Flange adapter couplings shall be of the size and pressure rating required for
each installation and shall be suitable for use on either cast iron or ductile iron
pipe. They shall be similar or equal to Dresser Company, Style 128. All
couplings shall have enough factory installed anchor studs to meet or exceed
the test pressure rating for this project, 100-psi minimum.
F. Flexible Couplings:
1. Flexible couplings shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as shown on
the Drawings.
a. Split type coupling shall be either the split type or the sleeve type as
shown on the Drawings. The couplings shall be mechanical type for
radius groove piping. The couplings shall mechanically engage and lock
grooved pipe ends in a positive coupling and allow for angular deflection
and contraction and expansion.
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 12
b. Couplings shall consist of malleable iron, ASTM Specification A47, Grade
32510 housing clamps in two or more parts, a single chlorinated butyl
composition sealing gasket with a "C" shaped cross-section and internal
sealing lips projecting diagonally inward, and two or more oval track head
type bolts with hexagonal heavy nuts conforming to ASTM Specification
A183 and A194 to assemble the housing clamps. Bolts and nuts shall be
stainless steel.
c. Victaulic type couplings and fittings may be used in lieu of flanged joints.
Pipes shall be radius grooved as specified for use with the Victaulic
couplings. Flanged adapter connections (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) at fittings, valves, and equipment.
d. Sleeve type couplings (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F)
shall be used with all buried piping. The couplings shall be of steel. The
coupling shall be provided with stainless steel bolts and nuts unless
indicated otherwise.
e. All couplings shall be furnished with the pipe stop removed.
f. Couplings shall be provided with gaskets of a composition suitable for
exposure to the liquid within the pipe.
g. If the CONTRACTOR decides to use victaulic couplings in lieu of flanged
joints, he shall be responsible for supplying supports for the joints.
G. Diaphragm Seals (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F):
1. Diaphragm seals shall be installed on pressure gauge connection to all lines
where shown on the Drawings, to protect pressure switches used to monitor
excessive pressures on pipe lines. The diaphragm shall be "thread attached" to
both piping and pressure switches. Diaphragm seals shall be constructed of
cadmium plated carbon steel, except for the lower housing which shall be
specifically chosen according to the fluid pressure being monitored.
2. Diaphragm seals shall have a flushing connection.
H. Unions
1. Unions on ferrous pipe 2" in diameter and smaller shall be 150 pounds
malleable iron, zinc-coated. Unions on water piping 2" in diameter and larger
shall be flange pattern, 125-pound class, zinc-coated. Gaskets for flanged
unions shall be of the best quality fiber, plastic, or leather. Unions sha ll not be
concealed in walls, ceilings, or partitions.
I. Mechanical Type Seals
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 12
1. Mechanical type seals (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall
consist of an adjustable modular bolted, synthetic rubber and plastic sealing
element.
J. Hose End Faucets
1. Hose end faucets (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) for potable
water supply at submersible stations shall be furnished with removable key and
shall be lockable.
K. Pressure Gauges
1. Each pressure gauge shall be direct mounted, cast aluminum case, with a four
inch (4”) diameter dial and furnished with a clear glass crystal window, 3/8"
shut-off valve, and a bronze pressure snubber. Provide diaphragm seals
between shut-off valve and pressure gauge on all sludge and lines with
nonclear matter in suspension of solution. All gauges shall be weatherproofed.
The face dial shall be white finished aluminum with jet black graduations and
figures. The face dial shall indicate the units of pressure being measured (e.g.,
feet, inches, etc.) or be dual scale.
2. Gauges shall be sized with an appropriate range of pressure readings shown in
pounds per square inch (PSI).
L. Reduce Pressure Backflow Preventer
1. If shown on the drawings, backflow preventers shall be supplied at each pump
station, and installed in accordance with the Collier County Standard Details.
M. Flow Meters for Master Pumping Stations
1. Meters shall be of the magnetic type (see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F). Flow meters shall be designed to record both the peak pumping
station capacity and anticipated minimum flows with equally high accuracy. All
meters shall be tied to the Radio Telemetry SCADA System. The flow metering
system shall be installed within the pumping station structure, if space is
available, or in an exterior protected and drained pit. In all cases, meter
by-pass valves and piping shall be provided.
2. Flow meters shall be supplied for “Master Pumping Stations” only.
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 12
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install all valves and appurtenances in the locations shown, true to alignment and
rigidly supported. Repair any damage to the above items to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER before they are installed.
B. Carefully inspect each valve, open it wide and then tightly close it, and test the
various nuts and bolts for tightness. Take special care to prevent any foreign matter
from becoming lodged in the valve seat. Valves, unless shown otherwise shall be set
with their operator shaft vertically. Repair and replace any valve that does not
operate correctly.
C. Carefully center valve boxes over the operating nuts of the valves to permit a valve
wrench or key to be fitted easily to the operating nut. Valve boxes shall be set to
conform to the level of the finished surface and held in position by a ring of concrete
placed under the support flange as shown on the Collier County Standard Details.
The valve box shall not transmit surface loads to the pipe or valve. Care shall be
taken to prevent earth and other material from entering the valve box. Any valve box
which is out of alignment or whose top does not conform to the finished ground
surface shall be dug out and reset. Before final acceptance of the work, adjust all
valve boxes to finish grade. Valve operating risers shall be installed with any valves
required to ensure that the operating nut is 30-inches or less from the ground surface.
D. After installation, test all valves and appurtenances for at least 1 hour at the working
pressure corresponding to the class of pipe, unless a different test pressure is
specified. If any joint proves to be defective, repair it to the satisfaction of the
ENGINEER.
E. Install all floor boxes, brackets, extension rods, guides, the various types of operators
and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings that are in masonry floors or walls, and
install concrete inserts for hangers and supports as soon as forms are erected and
before concrete is poured. Before setting these items, check all plans and figures that
have a direct bearing on their location and he shall be responsible for the proper
location of these valves and appurtenances during the construction of the structures.
F. Pipe for use with flexible couplings shall have plain ends as specified in the respective
pipe sections.
G. Buried mechanical joints shall be made with COR-TEN bolts.
H. Prior to assembly of split couplings, thoroughly clean the grooves as well as other
parts. The ends of the pipes and outside of the gaskets shall be moderately coated
with petroleum jelly, cup grease, soft soap or graphite paste, and the gasket shall be
slipped over one pipe end. After the other pipe has been brought to the correct
position, center the gasket properly over the pipe ends with the lips against the pipes.
The housing sections then shall be placed. After the bolts have been inserted, tighten
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 12
the nuts until the housing sections are firmly in contact, metal -to-metal, without
excessive bolt tension.
I. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings, thoroughly clean the pipe ends for 8
inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in
that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to about 6" from the end, and the middle
ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe end until it is properly centered over the
joint. Insert the other pipe end into the middle ring and bring to proper position in
relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed
evenly and firmly into the middle ring flaires. After the bolts have been inserted and
all nuts have been made up finger-tight, uniformly tighten diametrically opposite nuts
progressively all around the joint, preferably by use of a torque wrench of the
appropriate size and torque for the bolts.
3.2 AIR RELEASE VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Each air release valve shall be installed at a high point in the pipeline.
B. Prior to pressure testing a pipeline, all air release valve assemblies on that pipeline
shall be installed.
3.3 SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS
A. Materials, Construction:
1. All sewer service connections shall be of SDR 35 PVC as specified herein with
elastomeric gaskets on pipe and fittings.
2. Service lines shall be connected to the sewer mains by means of a PVC wye
fitting. The service branch of the wye fitting will be elevated depending on the
depth of the sewer and the elevation of the property to be served. 45-degree
bends or other fittings shall be used to connect the service line at the wye
branch. Service lines shall be installed at such grades as will adequately serve
the properties, minimum 1% slope.
3. Service lines shall extend from the sewer to the property line and be plugged.
Plugs shall be plastic with sealer. Service lines shall be 6 inches for single
residential properties and 6 inches pipe and larger for commercial, industrial,
and multiple residential services. Service lines will have a minimum of 3 feet
and a maximum of 5 feet of cover at the property line. Service will be provided
to each lot. All laterals shall have a vertical clean out installed at the property
line. Clean outs shall extend 24 inches above grade and should be capped.
After final connection of the lateral to a structure the clean out shall be cut off at
grade and capped.
Section 333313
COLLIER COUNTY WASTEWATER VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 12
3.4 SHOP PAINTING
A. Coat ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances with rust-inhibitive primer. Cap all
pipe connection openings to prevent the entry of foreign matter prior to installation.
3.5 FIELD PAINTING
A. Paint all metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and installed in valve and
meter pits as specified.
3.6 INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Subject completed pipe to hydrostatic pressure test at full working pressure. Repair
all leaks and retest the line as approved by the ENGINEER. Prior to testing, support
the gravity pipelines in an approved manner to prevent movement during tests.
END OF SECTION
Section 333913
COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 7
SECTION 333913
SEWER MANHOLES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Requirements for providing sewer manholes and all other
appurtenances for a complete installation. Provide precast reinforced concrete
manholes conforming to ASTM C478 in accordance with the Collier County
Standard Details.
B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Include:
1. Section 055600 – Metal Castings
2. Section 099723 – Concrete Coatings
1.2 REFERENCE
A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
1. ASTM C 76 - Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm
Drain and Sewer Pipe.
2. ASTM C 478 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole
Sections
3. ASTM C 32 - Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made for
Clay or Shale)
4. ASTM C 443 - Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and
Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets [Metric]
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of sewer manholes as specified in
Division 1.
B. Quality Control: Submit shop and field test reports of concrete samples tested in
an approved laboratory.
Section 333913
COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 7
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. General: Take every precaution to prevent injury to the manhole sections during
transportation and unloading. Unload manhole sections using skids, pipe hooks,
rope slings, or suitable power equipment, if necessary, and keep the sections
under control at all times. Do not allow the manhole sections to be dropped,
dumped or dragged under any conditions. Follow applicable requirements
specified in Division 1.
B. Damaged Section: If any manhole section is damaged in the process of
transportation or handling (see Section 2.3.C below), contact the Public Utilities
Wastewater Department for visual inspection. If the Wastewater Department
deems it necessary to reject the manhole section, reject and immediately remove
such sections from the site, and replace the damaged manhole sections at no
increase in Contract Amount.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. See County Approved Product List, Appendix F, for a cceptable manufacturers
of plastic joint sealing compound and sewer manhole frames and covers.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Concrete, Steel Reinforcement and Aggregates: Provide reinforced concrete,
cementitious materials, aggregates and steel reinforcement conforming to the
requirements of ASTM C 478, with 4000 psi concrete, Grade 40 reinforcement
bars, Type II cement, and a minimum wall thickness of 8 inches.
B. Steel reinforced polymer concrete manholes may be furnished and installed
instead of the Type II cement manholes described above. If provided, steel
reinforced polymer concrete manholes shall not require interior and exterior
protection as described in part 3.1 F and 3.1 G. All steel reinforced polymer
concrete structures shall be supplied by a qualified company with a minimum of 5
years’ experience manufacturing polymer concrete. All steel reinforced polymer
concrete structures shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with the
applicable requirements of ASTM C76, C478, C443, D6783, C33, C267, A82,
A165, A496, A497, A615, and A615M.
C. Manhole Frames and Covers: Provide manhole frames and covers as shown on
the Collier County Standard details. Castings for manhole frames, covers and
other items shall conform to the ASTM Designation A48, Class 30. Castings shall
be true to pattern in form and dimensions and free of pouring faults and other
defects in positions which would impair their strength, or otherwise make them
unfit for the service intended. The scating surfaces between frames and covers
shall be machined to fit true so the frames and covers do not shift under traffic
Section 333913
COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 7
conditions or permit entry of storm water from flooding. Lifting or “pick” holes shall
be provided, but shall not penetrate the cover. The words SANITARY SEWER, as
well as COLLIER COUNTY shall be cast in all manhole covers except those
owned by a private party. All manhole frames and covers shall be traffic bearing
unless otherwise specified. Frames and covers shall be fully bedded in mortar to
the correct finished grade elevation with materials shown in the COUNTY’s
Standard Detail Drawings.
D. Preformed Joint Sealing Compound: Provide preformed joint sealing compound
for joining manhole sections.
E. Concrete Protective Liner: Provide concrete protective liner conforming to Section
02608.
F. Pipeline Connections: Provide neoprene boots with type 316 stainless steel
clamps of a design approved by the County Manager or designee for joining
sewers to manhole riser sections. Fill the unfilled portion of the connection with
mortar or concrete to guarantee a watertight seal.
G. Doghouse Manholes: Doghouse manholes over existing sanitary sewer pipes are
permitted, and in a number of instances, preferred. Provide a concrete base a
minimum of 8 inches thick, with proper reinforcing rods to prevent cracking. Pour
concrete base upon a 12-inch base of gravel. Precast manhole rings may be set
in the concrete over the existing pipe. Concrete should then be used to form both
the bench and to seal the pipe entrances, both inside and especially outside.
Once dry, remove the top of the pipe in the manhole.
H. Standard Manholes: The standard manhole shall be 4 feet or more in depth
measured from the base of the cover frame to the top of the concrete footing and
shall be of the concentric cone type, as shown in the Standard Details. If the
manhole is 4 feet or less in depth, it shall be classified as a "Shallow Manhole" as
specified below.
I. Shallow Manholes: The shallow manhole shall be 4 feet or less in depth
measured from the base of the cover frame to the top of the concrete footing and
shall be of flat top construction, as shown in the Standard Details.
J. Manhole Inverts: Form manhole inverts from concrete having a minimum 28 day
compressive strength of 2500 psi, and as shown in the Standard Details. Inverts
for "straight-through" manholes may be formed by laying the pipe straight through
the manhole, pouring the concrete invert, and then cutting out the top half of the
pipe. Construct curved inverts of concrete, as shown in the Standard Details, and
form a smooth, even, half pipe section. Precast inverts may be used, however, no
large "bowls" shall be permitted in the center of the manhole. To alleviate this
problem, grout the invert to form a smooth, uniform invert as shown in the
Standard Details. Maintain a 0.1 foot drop across the manhole.
Section 333913
COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 7
K. Inflow Protectors: In all manholes, install an inflow protector manufactured from
a high-quality 304 stainless steel with a consistent thickness of not less than
18 gage (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). The inflow shall
have a deep-dish bowl design with no less than 8 inches in depth to allow easy
and unobstructed removal of the manhole cover. The manhole inflow protector
is to be manufactured with a one-piece rubber gasket installed at the factory
for a tight, consistent fit. The rubber gasket is to be designed to secu rely wrap
around the entire leading edge of the inflow protector at the point where it
comes in contact with the manhole frame and cover. The wrap around rubber
gasket is to be manufactured to a width of no less than 3/8 inches, consistent
on top and bottom of the leading edge of the inflow protector. The gasket shall
be no more than 3/32 inches thick. The insert removal handle shall be
manufactured of a high-quality stainless steel for strength and durability. The
handle is installed in such a way that it does not interfere with the installation or
removal of the manhole lid. The insert handle will be manufactured to
withstand a minimum pull force of 500 pounds before it fails or separates from
the insert. The inscription “PROPERTY OF COLLIER COUNTY U TILITIES”
shall be etched, at the base of the handle frame, to provide a long -lasting
identification marker for the COUNTY.
L. Chimney Seals: Install a minimum of two (2) precast concrete or HDPE riser
rings with a chimney seal (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F)
between manhole and cast iron frame.
2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. If requested by the County Manager or designee, at least three cylinders shall be
taken each day that manhole sections are cast, with batch samples to be
designated by the laboratory representative. At least one set of cylinders will be
taken from each 9 cubic yards of concrete used in manhole section construction.
These samples will be tested for strength. If the samples fail to meet specified
minimum concrete strength requirements, all manhole sections manufactured from
the concrete from which the cylinders were made will be rejected.
B. The County Manager or designee reserves the right to core manholes either at the
job site or point of delivery to validate strength of concret e and placement of steel.
If cores fail to demonstrate the required strength or indicate incorrect placement of
reinforcing steel, all sections not previously tested will be considered rejected until
sufficient additional cores are tested, at no increase in Contract Amount, to
substantiate conformance to these requirements.
C. Components of the manhole shall be free of fractures, cracks, and undue
roughness. Concrete shall be free of defects, which indicate improper mixing or
placing, and surface defects such as honeycomb or spalling. Cracks or broken
ends due to improper handling will not be acceptable. No lift holes will be allowed
except in rise and corbel sections. These holes shall not penetrate the wall and
shall be filled with non-shrink grout after installation.
Section 333913
COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 7
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Lifting Holes: Grout lifting holes through the structure with non-shrink grout.
B. Precast Base: Provide a precast base of not less than 8 inches in thickness with a
minimum dimension across the precast base of 72 inches poured monolithically
with the bottom section of the manhole walls, reinforced, with a minimum 28 -day
compressive strength of 3000 psi.
C. Joining Manhole Sections: Join precast sections using plastic joint sealing
compound (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) and trimmed prior to
grouting. The first construction joint shall be not less than 2 feet above the base
slab. Use tongue and groove joints suitable for the flexible gasket. Use non -
shrink grout inside and outside for sealing between manhole precast sections.
Grout shall be of a type acceptable to the County Manager or designee and
designed for use in water. Seal all openings and joints watertight.
D. Top Termination: Terminate manhole tops at such elevations as will permit laying
up grade rings under the manhole frame to make allowances for future street
grade adjustments.
E. Drop Connections: Manufacture drop connections, where required on precast
manholes, with the manhole elements at the casting yard. Drop manholes shall
be constructed per the Collier County Standard Details.
F. Internal Protection: Provide internal protection for all manholes by either of the
following (not required for steel reinforced polymer concrete manholes as
described in 2.2 B. above):
1. Sewpercoat, or
2. IET Coating system, or
3. Raven Lining Systems
Install the coating systems per manufacturer’s recommendation and completely
protect the structure from corrosion. The liner or coating systems must extend
and seal onto manhole ring, seal onto and around pipe openings, and any other
protrusions, completely cover the bench and flow invert. Provide a five (5)-year
unlimited warranty on all workmanship and products. The work includes the
surface preparation and application of the coating or liner system, and shall
protect the structure for at least five (5) years from all leaks and from failure due to
corrosion from exposure to corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulfide.
Repair internal coating of existing manholes cored during tie-in of new sewers by
applying approved coating material as listed above in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations. If existing manhole has an internal coating
Section 333913
COLLIER COUNTY SEWER MANHOLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 7
other than that listed above, sandblast the interior of the existing manhole and
apply an approved coating in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
G. Coal Tar Epoxy: Coat all manhole, wet well, and valve vault exteriors with two (2)
coats of coal tar epoxy to a minimum thickness of 8 dry mils (not required for steel
reinforced polymer concrete manholes as described in 2.2 B. above).
END OF SECTION
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 14
SECTION 334713
HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A.Specifications and guidelines for MANUFACTURING and INSTALLING
geomembrane.
1.2 REFERENCES
A.American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1.D 1004 Test Method for Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting.
2.D 1238 Standard Test Method for Flow Rates of Thermoplastics by Extrusion
Plastometer.
3.D 1505 Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density-Gradient
Technique.
4.D 1603 Test Method for Carbon Black in Olefin Plastics.
5.D 3895 Standard Test Method for Oxidative-Induction Time of Polyolefins by
Differential Scanning Calorimetry.
6.D 4833 Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotextiles,
Geomembranes, and Related Products.
7.D 5199 Standard Test Method for Measuring Nominal Thickness of
Geotextiles and Geomembranes.
8.D 5397 Standard Test Method for Evaluation of Stress Crack Resistance of
Polyolefin Geomembranes Using Notched Constant Tensile Load Test.
9.D 5596 Standard Test Method for Microscopic Evaluation of the Dispersion of
Carbon Black in Polyolefin Geosynthetics.
10.D 5994 Standard Test Method for Measuring Core Thickness of Textured
Geomembranes.
11.D 6392 Standard Test Method for Determining the Integrity of Nonreinforced
Geomembrane Seams Produced Using Thermo-Fusion Methods.
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 14
12.D 6693 Standard Test Method for Determining Tensile Properties of
Nonreinforced Polyethylene and Nonreinforced Flexible Polypropylene
Geomembranes.
B.Geosynthetic Research Institute
1.GRI GM 13 Test Properties, Testing Frequency and Recommended Warranty
for High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Smooth and Textured
Geomembranes.
2.GRI GM 17 Test Properties, Testing Frequency and Recommended Warranty
for Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE) Smooth and Textured
Geomembranes.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A.Lot-A quantity of resin (usually the capacity of one rail car) used in the manufacture
of geomembranes. Finished roll will be identified by a roll number traceable to the
resin lot used.
B.Construction Quality Assurance Consultant (CONSULTANT) -Party, independent
from MANUFACTURER and INSTALLER that is responsible for observing and
documenting activities related to quality assurance during the lining system
construction.
C.ENGINEER-The individual or firm responsible for the design and preparation of the
project’s Contract Drawings and Specifications.
D.Geomembrane Manufacturer (MANUFACTURER) -The party responsible for
manufacturing the geomembrane rolls.
E.Geosynthetic Quality Assurance Laboratory (TESTING LABORATORY)-Party,
independent from the OWNER, MANUFACTURER and INSTALLER, responsible
for conducting laboratory tests on samples of geosynthetics obtained at the site or
during manufacturing, usually under the direction of the OWNER.
F.INSTALLER-Party responsible for field handling, transporting, storing, deploying,
seaming and testing of the geomembrane seams.
G.Panel-Unit area of a geomembrane that will be seamed in the field that is larger
than 100 ft2.
H.Patch-Unit area of a geomembrane that will be seamed in the field that is less than
100 ft2.
I.Subgrade Surface-Soil layer surface which immediately underlies the geosynthetic
material(s).
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 14
1.4 SUBMITTALS POST-AW ARD
A.Furnish the following product data, in writing, to ENGINEER prior to installation of
the geomembrane material:
1.Resin Data shall include the following.
2.Certification stating that the resin meets the specification requirements (see
Section 1.09).
3.Geomembrane Roll.
4.Statement certifying no recycled polymer and no more than 10% rework of the
same type of material is added to the resin (product run may be recycled).
B.The INSTALLER shall furnish the following information to the ENGINEER and
OW NER prior to installation:
1.Installation layout drawings:
a.Must show proposed panel layout including field seams and details.
b.Must be approved prior to installing the geomembrane.
2.Approved drawings will be for concept only and actual panel placement will be
determined by site conditions.
3.Installer’s Geosynthetic Field Installation Quality Assurance Plan.
C.The INSTALLER will submit the following to the ENGINEER upon completion of
installation:
1.Certificate stating the geomembrane has been installed in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
2.Material and installation warranties.
3.As-built drawings showing actual geomembrane placement and seams
including typical anchor trench detail.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.The OW NER will engage and pay for the services of a Geosynthetic Quality
Assurance Consultant and Laboratory to monitor geomembrane installation.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A.MANUFACTURER
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 14
1.See County Approved Product List, Appendix F, for approved geomembrane
manufacturer.
2.MANUFACTURER shall have manufactured a minimum of 5000,000 square
feet of polyethylene geomembrane during the last year.
B.INSTALLER
1.Installation shall be performed by the manufacturer approved dealer/installer.
2.INSTALLER shall have installed a minimum of 15,000 square feet of HDPE
geomembrane during the last 3 years.
3.INSTALLER shall have worked in a similar capacity on at least 3 projects
similar in complexity to the project described in the contract documents, and
with at least 5,000 square feet of HDPE geomembrane installation on each
project.
4.The Installation Supervisor shall have worked in a similar capacity on projects
similar in size and complexity to the project described in the Contract
Documents.
5.The INSTALLER shall provide a minimum of one Master Seamer for work on
the project.
a.Must have completed a minimum of 15,000 square feet of
geomembrane seaming work using the type of seaming apparatus
proposed for the use on this Project.
1.7 MATERIAL LABELING, DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.Labeling -Each roll of geomembrane delivered to the site shall be labeled by the
MANUFACTURER. The label will identify:
1.manufacturer’s name
2.product identification
3.thickness
4.length
5.width
6.roll number
B.Delivery-Rolls of liner will be prepared to ship by appropriate means to prevent
damage to the material and to facilitate off-loading.
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 14
C.Storage-The on-site storage location for geomembrane material, provided by the
CONTRACTOR to protect the geomembrane from punctures, abrasions and
excessive dirt and moisture for should have the following characteristics:
1.level (no wooden pallets)
2.smooth
3.dry
4.protected from theft and vandalism
5.adjacent to the area being lined
D.Handling-Materials are to be handled so as to prevent damage.
1.8 WARRANTY
A.Material shall be warranted, on a pro-rata basis against Manufacturer’s defects for a
period of 5 years from the date of geomembrane installation.
B.Installation shall be warranted against defects in workmanship for a period of 1 year
from the date of geomembrane completion.
1.9 GEOMEMBRANE
A.Material shall be smooth/textured polyethylene geomembrane as shown on the
drawings.
B.Resin
1.Resin shall be new, first quality, compounded and manufactured specifically
for producing geomembrane.
2.Natural resin (without carbon black) shall meet the following minimum
requirements:
Property Test Method HDPE LLDPE
Density [g/cm3]ASTM D 1505 0.932 0.915
Melt Flow Index [g/10
min.]
ASTM D 1238 (190/2.16)•1.0 •1.0
OIT [minutes]ASTM D 3895 (1
atm/200°C)
100 100
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 14
C.Geomembrane Rolls:
1.Do not exceed a combined maximum total of 1 percent by weight of additives
other than carbon black.
2.Geomembrane shall be free of holes, pinholes as verified by on-line electrical
detection, bubbles, blisters, excessive contamination by foreign matter, and
nicks and cuts on roll edges.
3.Geomembrane material is to be supplied in roll form. Each roll is to be
identified with labels indicating roll number, thickness, length, width and
MANUFACTURER.
4.All liner sheets produced at the factory shall be inspected prior to shipment
for compliance with the physical property requirements listed in section 1.09,
B, and be tested by an acceptable method of inspecting for pinholes. If
pinholes are located, identified and indicated during manufacturing, these
pinholes may be corrected during installation.
D.Smooth surfaced geomembrane shall meet the requirements shown in the following
table(s) for the following material(s):
Table 1.1: Minimum Values for Smooth Black-Surfaced HDPE Geomembranes
Property Test Method(1)Thicknes
(mils)
Thicknes
(mils)
Thicknes
(mils)
Thicknes
(mils)
Thicknes
(mils)
Thicknes
(mils)
Thickness, mil (mm)
Minimum Average
Lowest Individual Reading
ASTM D 5199
30 (0.75)
27 (0.69)
40 (1.0)
36 (0.91)
60 (1.5)
54 (1.4)
80 (2.0)
72 (1.8)
100 (2.5)
90 (2.3)
120 (3.0)
108 (2.7)
Density, g/cm3 ASTM D 1505 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94
Carbon Black Content, %ASTM D 1603, mod.2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Carbon Black Dispersion ASTM D 5596 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2 Note 2
Tensile Properties:
(each direction)
ASTM D 6693
Strength at Yield, lb/in (kN/m)63 (11) 84 (15)130 (23) 173 (30) 216 (38) 259 (45)
Strength at Break, lb/in (kN/m)122 (21) 162 (28) 243 (43) 324 (57) 405 (71) 486 (85)
Elongation at Yield, %(1.3” gauge length)13 13 13 13 13 13
Elongation at Break, %(2.0” gauge length)700 700 700 700 700 700
Tear Resistance, lb (N)ASTM D 1004 21 (93)28 (124) 42 (187) 56 (249) 70 (311) 84 (373)
Puncture Resistance, lb (N)ASTM D 4833 59 (263) 79 (352)119 (530) 158 (703) 198 (881)238 (1059)
Notched Constant Tensile Load, hours ASTM D 5397, app.400 400 400 400 400 400
Oxidative Induction Time, min.ASTM D 3895 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 Some test procedures have been modified for application to geosynthetics. All procedures and values are subject to change without prior notification.
2 Only near spherical agglomerates are considered. 9 of 10 views shall be Category 1 or 2. No more than one view Category 3.
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 14
E.Textured surfaced geomembrane shall meet the requirements shown in the following
table(s) for the following material(s).
Table 2.1: Minimum Values for Black Surfaced Coextruded Textured HDPE Geomembranes
Property Test Method(1)Thicknes
(mils)
Thicknes
(mils)
Thicknes
(mils)
Thicknes Thickness
(mils) (mils)
Thickness, mil (mm)
Minimum Average
Lowest Individual Reading
ASTM D 5994
30 (0.75)
27 (0.69)
40 (1.0)
36 (0.91)
60 (1.5)
54 (1.4)
80 (2.0)
72 (1.8)
100 (2.5)
90 (2.3)
Density, g/cm3 ASTM D 1505 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94
Carbon Black Content, %ASTM D 1603, modified 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
Carbon Black Dispersion ASTM D 5596 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4 Note 4
Tensile Properties(2):
(each direction)
ASTM D 6693
Strength at Yield, lb/in (kN/m)63 (11) 84 (15)130 (23) 173 (30) 216 (38)
Strength at Break, lb/in (kN/m)45 (8)60 (11) 90 (16)120 (21) 150 (27)
Elongation at Yield, %(1.3” gauge length)13 13 13 13 13
Elongation at Break, %(2.0” gauge length)150 150 150 150 150
Tear Resistance, lb (N)ASTM D 1004 21 (93)28 (124) 42 (187) 56 (249) 70 (311)
Puncture Resistance, lb (N)ASTM D 4833 54 (240) 72 (320)108 (480) 144 (641) 180 (801)
Notched Constant Tensile Load (3), hours ASTM D 5397, appendix 400 400 400 400 400
Oxidative Induction Time, min.ASTM D 3895 100 100 100 100 100
1 Some test procedures have been modified for application to geosynthetics. All procedures and values are subject to change without prior notification.
2 The combination of stress concentrations due to coextrusion texture geometry and the small specimen size results in large variations of test
results. Therefore, these tensile properties are minimum average roll values.
3 NCTL on coextruded textured product is conducted on representative smooth membrane samples.
4 Only near spherical agglomerates are considered. 9 of 10 views shall be Category 1 or 2. No more than one view Category 3.
F.Extrudate Rod or Bead:
1.Extrudate material shall be made from same type resin as the geomembrane.
2.Additives shall be thoroughly dispersed.
3.Materials shall be free of contamination by moisture or foreign matter.
1.10 EQUIPMENT
A.Welding equipment and accessories shall meet the following requirements:
1.Gauges showing temperatures in apparatus (extrusion welder) or wedge
(wedge welder) shall be present.
2.An adequate number of welding apparati shall be available to avoid delaying
work.
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 14
3.Power source must be capable of providing constant voltage under combined
line load.
1.11 DEPLOYMENT
A.Assign each panel a simple and logical identifying code. The coding system shall be
subject to approval and shall be determined at the job site.
B.Visually inspect the geomembrane during deployment for imperfections and mark
faulty or suspect areas.
C.Deployment of geomembrane panels shall be performed in a manner that will
comply with the following guidelines:
1.Unroll geomembrane using methods that will not damage geomembrane and
will protect underlying surface from damage (spreader bar, protected
equipment bucket).
2.Place ballast (commonly sandbags) on geomembrane which will not damage
geomembrane to prevent wind uplift.
3.Personnel walking on geomembrane shall not engage in activities or wear
shoes that could damage it. Smoking will not be permitted on the
geomembrane.
4.Do not allow heavy vehicular traffic directly on geomembrane. Rubber-tired
ATV’s and trucks are acceptable if wheel contact is less than 6 psi.
5.Protect geomembrane in areas of heavy traffic by placing protective cover
over the geomembrane.
D.Sufficient material (slack) shall be provided to allow for thermal expansion and
contraction of the material.
1.12 FIELD SEAMING
A.Seams shall meet the following requirements:
1.To the maximum extent possible, orient seams parallel to line of slope, i.e.,
down and not across slope.
2.Minimize number of field seams in corners, odd-shaped geometric locations
and outside corners.
3.Slope seams (panels) shall extend a minimum of five-feet beyond the grade
break into the flat area.
4.Use a sequential seam numbering system compatible with panel numbering
system that is agreeable to the CONSULTANT and INSTALLER.
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 14
5.Align seam overlaps consistent with the requirements of the welding
equipment being used. A 6-inch overlap is commonly suggested.
B.During Welding Operations
1.Provide at least one Master Seamer who shall provide direct supervision over
other welders as necessary.
C.Extrusion Welding
1.Hot-air tack adjacent pieces together using procedures that do not damage
the geomembrane.
2.Clean geomembrane surfaces by disc grinder or equivalent.
3.Purge welding apparatus of heat-degraded extrudate before welding.
D.Hot Wedge Welding
1.Welding apparatus shall be a self-propelled device equipped with an
electronic controller which displays applicable temperatures.
2.Clean seam area of dust, mud, moisture and debris immediately ahead of hot
wedge welder.
3.Protect against moisture build-up between sheets.
E.Tr ial W elds
1.Perform trial welds on geomembrane samples to verify welding equipment is
operating properly.
2.Make trial welds under the same surface and environmental conditions as the
production welds, i.e., in contact with subgrade and similar ambient
temperature.
3.Minimum of two trial welds per day, per welding apparatus, one made prior to
the start of work and one completed at mid shift.
4.Cut four, one-inch wide by six-inch long test strips from the trial weld.
5.Quantitatively test specimens for peel adhesion, and then for shear strength.
6.Tr ial weld specimens shall pass when the results shown in Table 3 are
achieved in both peel and shear test.
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 14
a.The break, when peel testing, occurs in the liner material itself, not
through peel separation (FTB).
b.The break is ductile.
7.Repeat the trial weld, in its entirety, when any of the trial weld samples fail in
either peel or shear.
8.No welding equipment or welder shall be allowed to perform production welds
until equipment and welders have successfully completed trial weld.
F.Seaming shall not proceed when ambient air temperature or adverse weather
conditions jeopardize the integrity of the liner installation. INSTALLER shall
demonstrate that acceptable seaming can be performed by completing acceptable
trial welds.
G.Defects and Repairs
1.Examine all seams and non-seam areas of the geomembrane for defects,
holes, blisters, undispersed raw materials, and any sign of contamination by
foreign matter.
2.Repair and non-destructively test each suspect location in both seam and
non-seam areas. Do not cover geomembrane at locations that have been
repaired until test results with passing values are available.
1.13 FIELD QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.MANUFACTURER and INSTALLER shall participate in and conform to all terms and
requirements of the Owner’s quality assurance program. CONTRACTOR shall be
responsible for assuring this participation.
B.Quality assurance requirements are as specified in this Section and in the Field
Installation Quality Assurance Manual if it is included in the contract.
C.Field Testing
1.Non-destructive testing may be carried out as the seaming progresses or at
completion of all field seaming.
a.Vacuum Testing
(1)Shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 5641,
Standard Practice for Geomembrane Seam Evaluation by
Vacuum Chamber.
b.Air Pressure Testing
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 14
(1)Shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 5820,
Standard Practice for Pressurized Air Channel Evaluation of
Dual Seamed Geomembranes.
c.Other approved methods.
2.Destructive Testing (performed by CONSULTANT with assistance from
INSTALLER)
a.Location and Frequency of Testing
(1)Collect destructive test samples at a frequency of one per
every 1500 lineal feet of seam length.
(2)Test locations will be determined after seaming.
(3)Exercise Method of Attributes as described by GRI GM-14
(Geosynthetic Research Institute, http://www.geosynthetic-
institute.org) to minimize test samples taken.
b.Sampling Procedures are performed as follows:
(1)INSTALLER shall cut samples at locations designated by the
CONSULTANT as the seaming progresses in order to obtain
field laboratory test results before the geomembrane is
covered.
(2)CONSULTANT will number each sample, and the location will
be noted on the installation as-built.
(3)Samples shall be twelve (12) inches wide by minimal length
with the seam centered lengthwise.
(4)Cut a 2-inch wide strip from each end of the sample for field-
testing.
(5)Cut the remaining sample into two parts for distribution as
follows:
(a)One portion for INSTALLER, 12-inches by 12 inches
(b)One portion for the Third Party laboratory, 12-inches by
18-inches
(c)Additional samples may be archived if required.
c.Destructive testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D
6392, Standard Test Method for Determing the Integrity of Non-
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 14
Reinforced Geomembrane Seams Produced Using Thermo-Fusion
Methods.
d.INSTALLER shall repair all holes in the geomembrane resulting from
destructive sampling.
e.Repair and test the continuity of the repair in accordance with these
Specifications.
D.Failed Seam Procedures
1.If the seam fails, INSTALLER shall follow one of two options:
a.Reconstruct the seam between any two passed test locations.
b.Trace the weld to intermediate location at least 10 feet minimum or
where the seam ends in both directions from the location of the failed
test.
c.The next seam welded using the same welding device is required to
obtain an additional sample, i.e., if one side of the seam is less than
10 feet long.
d.If sample passes, then the seam shall be reconstructed or capped
between the test sample locations.
e.If any sample fails, the process shall be repeated to establish the zone
in which the seam shall be reconstructed.
1.14 REPAIR PROCEDURES
A.Remove damaged geomembrane and replace with acceptable geomembrane
materials if damage cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
B.Repair any portion of unsatisfactory geomembrane or seam area failing a destructive
or non-destructive test.
C.INSTALLER shall be responsible for repair of defective areas.
D.Agreement upon the appropriate repair method shall be decided between
CONSULTANT and INSTALLER by using one of the following repair methods:
1.Patching-Used to repair large holes, tears, undispersed raw materials and
contamination by foreign matter.
2.Abrading and Re-welding-Used to repair short section of a seam.
3.Spot Welding-Used to repair pinholes or other minor, localized flaws or
where geomembrane thickness has been reduced.
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 13 of 14
4.Capping-Used to repair long lengths of failed seams.
5.Flap Welding-Used to extrusion weld the flap (excess outer portion) of a
fusion weld in lieu of a full cap.
6.Remove the unacceptable seam and replace with new material.
E.The following procedures shall be observed when a repair method is used:
1.All geomembrane surfaces shall be clean and dry at the time of repair.
2.Surfaces of the polyethylene which are to be repaired by extrusion welds
shall be lightly abraded to assure cleanliness.
3.Extend patches or caps at least 6 inches for extrusion welds and 4 inches for
wedge welds beyond the edge of the defect, and around all corners of patch
material.
F.Repair Verification
1.Number and log each patch repair (performed by CONSULTANT).
2.Non-destructively test each repair using methods specified in this
Specification.
1.15 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A.Payment for geomembrane installation will be as per contract unit price per square
foot, as measured parallel to liner surface, including designed anchor trench material
and is based upon net lined area.
B.Net lined area is defined to be the true area of all surfaces to be lined plus designed
burial in all anchor trenches, rubsheets, and sacrificial layers.
C.Prices shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, material, tools,
equipment, and incidentals.
END OF SECTION
Section 334713
COLLIER COUNTY HDPE IRRIGATION POND LINER
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 14 of 14
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 18
SECTION 409500
FIBER-OPTIC COMMUNICATION STANDARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 OVERVIEW
A. The standards herein pertain to all work associated with the procurement,
installation, configuration, and testing of fiber-optic communications and
associated infrastructure for County installations.
B. All contractors and subcontractors selected to perform fiber-optic communications
work for the County shall adhere to the standards described in this document.
C. Additional requirements may be defined in engineering plans related to the fiber-
optic communications work performed. In the event of a conflict, the most
stringent requirement shall be followed. In the event of a conflict where the most
stringent requirement cannot be resolved, Contractor shall inform County in
writing identifying the discrepancy for final direction.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Common Abbreviations
1. Amps: Ampere.
2. ANSI: American National Standards Institute.
3. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials.
4. AWG: American Wire Gauge.
5. CCITD: Collier County Information Technology Department.
6. CFR: Code of Federal Regulations.
7. dB: Decibel.
8. EIA: Electronic Industries Alliance.
9. FDEP: Florida Department of Environmental Protection.
10. HASB: High Airspeed Blowing.
11. HDPE: High Density Polyethylene.
12. IT: Information Technology.
13. km: Kilometer.
14. lbs: Pounds.
15. m: Meter.
16. N: Newton.
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 18
17. NEC: National Electric Code.
18. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
19. NESC: National Electrical Safety Code.
20. nm: Nanometer.
21. OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
22. OTDR: Optical Time Domain Reflectometer.
23. PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride.
24. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer.
25. RUS: United States Rural Utilities Service.
26. SC: Subscriber Connection.
27. SDR: Standard Dimension Ratio.
28. SMF: Single Mode Fiber.
29. SRM: Standard Route Marker.
30. TIA: Telecommunications Industry Association.
31. UV: Ultraviolet.
32. VAC: Volts Alternating Current.
33. WGU: Wire Grounding Unit.
1.3 COORDINATION ACTIVITIES
A. Work involving the installation of fiber-optic cabling and equipment will interface
with equipment provided by Others including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Mounting of the IT Telecommunications Panel
a. The IT telecommunications panel shall be mounted to an
equipment rack at the installation site. Refer to County Utility
Detail G-12.
B. Contractor shall determine all interface and installation requirements at the site
prior to procurement and delivery and coordinate as required with County.
C. Permitting:
1. Contractor is responsible for determining and obtaining all necessary
permits for the work being performed, including, but not limited to:
a. Stormwater.
b. Utilities.
c. Right-of-way.
d. Canal crossings [South Florida Water Management District].
e. FDEP.
2. Contractor is responsible for all permitting fees.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor Qualifications:
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 18
1. Contractor shall be firms, corporations, individuals, or partnerships
normally engaged in the deployment, maintenance, and repairs of
fiber-optics at the municipal, county or state level.
2. Contractor shall have one or more of the following certifications
a. Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD)
b. IMSA Fiber Optics for Traffic Stem Technician 2
c. IMSA Traffic Signal Technician Level 2
d. IMSA Traffic Signal Technician Level 3
3. Contractor shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience performing
fiber-optic communications work based on the relevant scope
definition category or categories above.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Each subsection below specifies the minimum requirements for each type of
product. Contractor shall adhere to product requirements below unless otherwise
approved by County in writing.
2.2 FIBER-OPTIC CABLE
A. General: Provide all-dielectric, dry-filled, loose-tube, dispersion-unshifted, single-
mode fiber (SMF) with low water peak, gel free, and suitable for underground (i.e.,
in conduit) and aerial outside plant installation. All fiber optic cable shall be splice-
compatible with existing dispersion-unshifted SMF and require no electronic
equipment for dispersion compensation between new and existing fiber. Ensure
that all components that comprise a single length of cable are continuous and of
the same material. Furnish only commercial off-the-shelf materials, equipment,
and components.
B. Optical Fibers:
1. Ensure that the optical fibers used in the cable meet or exceed the
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) and Electronic
Industries Alliance (EIA) TIA/EIA-492-CAAB specification, the U.S.
Department of Agriculture Rural Utilities Service (RUS) 7 CFR
1755.900, and International Telecommunication Union ITU-T G.652.D
requirements. Use only optical fibers meeting the additional
requirements as follows:
a. Optical:
1) Cabled Fiber Attenuation:
a) 1310 nm; Less than or equal to 0.35 dB/km.
b) 1550 nm; Less than or equal to 0.25 dB/km.
2) Point Discontinuity:
a) 1310 nm; Less than or equal to 0.05 dB/km.
b) 1550 nm; Less than or equal to 0.05 dB/km.
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 18
2. Ensure that all fiber in the buffer tube is usable fiber that complies with
attenuation requirements. Ensure that fibers do not adhere to each
other. Ensure that the fiber is free of surface imperfections and
inclusions. Ensure that all fiber optic core glass is from the same
manufacturer.
C. Buffer Tubes: Ensure that the fiber optic cable includes loose buffer tubes that
isolate internal optical fibers from outside forces and provide protection from
physical damage as well as water ingress and migration. Ensure that buffer
tubes provide freedom of movement for internal optical fibers. Ensure buffer
tubes allow for expansion and contraction of the cable without damage to
internal optical fiber. Ensure that fiber does not adhere to the inside of the
tube. Ensure that buffer tubes permit intentional scoring and breakout without
damage to the fiber. Ensure that each fiber optic cable buffer tube contains
12 fibers per tube.
D. Color Code:
1. Ensure that the marking and color-coding of the fibers and buffer tubes
conforms to the TIA-598-D standard.
2. Ensure that colors are permanent and stable during temperature
cycling, and not subject to fading or smearing onto each other or into
the water-blocking material. Ensure that fibers are colored with UV
curable inks that remain clearly distinguishable as the intended color.
E. Strength Member: Ensure that the fiber optic cable contains a dielectric central
and outside elements that prevent buckling of the cable and provide tensile
strength. Ensure that the fiber optic cable can withstand a pulling tension of
600 lbs. without damage to any components of the fiber optic cable.
F. Outer Jacket:
1. Mark the jacket with the cable manufacturer’s name, fiber type, fiber
count, date of manufacture”, and the sequential cable lengths marked
in feet. All fiber-optic cabling shall have a stripe, yellow in color, along
the entire length of the cable, and shall be marked "Collier County
BCC IT" at three-foot intervals. Provide legible marking with
contrasting color to that of the cable jacket.
G. Performance:
1. Bend radius: Ensure that the fiber optic cable is capable of
withstanding a minimum unloaded bend radius of 10 times the cable
diameter and a minimum loaded bend radius of 20 times the cable
diameter when loaded to pulling tension of 600 pounds. Test the cable
as required in the TIA -455-33B standard. Ensure that bending the
fiber optic cable up to the minimum bend radius does not affect the
optical characteristics of the fiber.
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 18
2. Cable Strength: Ensure that the fiber optic cable is capable of
withstanding a pulling tension of 600 pounds during installation without
increasing the fiber attenuation more than 0.8 dB/mile and without
changing other optical fiber characteristics after the tensile load is
removed. Ensure that optical fiber is proof-tested by the fiber
manufacturer at a minimum of 100 kilo pounds per square inch.
Ensure that the cable will withstand 25 impact cycles and the change
in attenuation does not exceed 0.2 dB at 1550 nm when tested
according to the requirements as detailed in the TIA -455-25D
standard. Ensure that the change in attenuation will not exceed 0.15
dB during loading at 1550 nm, and that no fiber displays a measurable
change in attenuation after load removal.
2.3 FIBER-OPTIC CONNECTION HARDWARE
A. General: Ensure that all splice enclosures, organizers, cable end preparation
tools, and procedures are compatible with the fiber optic cable, and are
approved by the County in writing.
B. Splice Enclosures:
1. Contain all optical fiber splices within a splice enclosure. Ensure that
the enclosures provide storage for splices, fiber, and buffer tubes.
Ensure that the splice enclosure restores the mechanical and
environmental integrity of the fiber optic cable, encases the sheath
opening in the cable, and organizes and stores optical fiber. Ensure all
hinges and latching devices are stainless steel. Ensure that the
enclosure is airtight and prevents water intrusion. Ensure that the
splice enclosure can accommodate pressurization and has the ability
to be reentered without requiring specialized tools or equipment.
Ensure that the enclosure provides fiber and splice organizers
including splice trays and strain relief.
2. Ensure that splice enclosures are hermetically sealed to protect
internal components from environmental hazards such as moisture,
insects, and UV light. Fiber optic splice enclosures shall also:
3. Comply with the Telcordia Technologies’ GR-771-CORE standard and
all applicable NEC requirements.
4. Provide space for future expansion equal to 100% of the initial
utilization.
5. Provide fiber optic cable penetration end caps to accommodate a
minimum installation of two trunk fiber optic cables and two fiber optic
drop cables. Ensure that the enclosure end caps are factory-drilled to
the proper diameter to accept and seal the fiber optic cable entries.
Ensure that the cable entry locations can accommodate an assortment
of cables with outside diameters ranging from 0.45 inches to 0.55
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 18
inches, plus 10%, without jeopardizing the waterproof characteristics
of the enclosure.
C. Splice Trays: Ensure that splice trays are securely attached and accessible and
provide sufficient storage for the fiber cable. Ensure splice trays provide
access to individual fibers without disrupting other fibers in the tray. Ensure
that splice trays hold the buffer tubes rigidly in place and provide protection
for fusion splices. Ensure that the raceway accommodates the minimum bend
radius of the fiber. Ensure that splice trays allow visible inspection of the fiber.
Ensure that splice trays include a cover with a locking mechanism to hold it in
place.
D. Cable Terminations:
1. Use Type SC connectors for all new network installations. Ensure that
all connectors include a ceramic ferrule and provide a strain relief
mechanism when installed on a single fiber cable that contains
strength elements. Ensure that the optical fiber within the body of all
connectors is mechanically isolated from cable tension, bending, and
twisting.
E. Pre-Terminated Connector Assemblies: Ensure that pre-terminated cable
assemblies consist of fiber optic cables with factory-installed connectors on
one end of the cable and an un-terminated optical fiber on the other. Ensure
that the pre-terminated connector assemblies are installed with fusion splices.
Ensure that all buffer tubes and fibers are protected once the attachment of
pre-terminated connector assemblies is complete.
F. Buffer Tube Fan-Out Kits: Ensure that a buffer tube fan-out kit is installed when
fiber optic cables are terminated. Use a kit compatible with the fiber optic
cable being terminated and that is color-coded to match the optical fiber color
scheme. Ensure that the buffer tube fan-out kit supports 12 fiber strands.
G. Patch Panels:
1. Ensure that the patch panel is compatible with the fiber optic cable
being terminated and color coded to match the optical fiber color
scheme. Ensure that the patch panel has a minimum of 12 SC-type
panel connectors unless otherwise shown in the Plans. Ensure that
the patch panel dimensions do not exceed 14 inches x 6 inches x 4
inches for fiber counts of twelve or less. Ensure the patch panel is
suitable for mounting within an approved cabinet at the field device
location. Ensure patch panels are sized to accommodate specified
coupler housings and maintain sufficient bend radius for cables.
Ensure the patch panel is sized to occupy the minimum space
required for capacity.
2. Connector Panels:
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 18
a. Ensure that the connector panel provides 12 SC-type,
bulkhead-mount coupling connectors. Ensure that each
coupling connector allows connection of a cable terminated on
one side of the panel to a cable on the opposite side.
2.4 IT TELECOMMUNICATIONS PANEL
A. General:
1. Function: Receive incoming fiber-optic cable at installation site from
County network.
2. Major parts include fiber-optic patch panel, network cabling, and
accessories.
B. Enclosure Specifications:
1. Manufacturers and Products:
a. American Products; AP Minifort Model AM-462418-24RU.
b. No substitutions.
2. Panel Size:
a. Include mounting bracket accessory from panel manufacturer
for installation.
b. Increase panel size if and as needed to accommodate
additional network equipment or to increase heat dissipation to
reach an internal steady-state operating temperature below the
maximum operating temperature of all contained equipment.
3. Provide ground bar inside enclosure.
4. All conduit penetrations shall be made through the bottom face of the
enclosure. Side or top penetrations are not acceptable.
5. Include quad 120 VAC power receptacle gang box inside enclosure.
6. Enclosure shall include a standard rack for mounting of rack-mounted
equipment.
2.5 CONDUIT
A. Materials of Construction: Use materials that have been tested and listed by a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory to the following industry standards:
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE):
o For use outside site boundaries, such as roadside pull boxes and
splice enclosures.
HDPE Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) 13.5: ASTM F2160, NEMA TC-7
All HDPE conduit shall be orange in color.
Schedule 80 PVC:
o For use inside site boundary for interconnection of fiber-optic
equipment and to on-site fiber-optic handholes, pull boxes, and splice
enclosures.
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 18
B. Locate Wire: Ensure that locate wire is a single copper solid conductor with a
minimum gauge of No. 12 AWG with blue shielding. Ensure locate wire is
insulated using a 45-millimeter minimum thickness polyethylene sheath that is
orange in color and marked to identify the manufacturer and the conductor
size.
C. Locate Wire Grounding: Ensure that locate wires are attached to a wire
grounding unit (WGU) dedicated to safely dissipate high transient voltages or
other foreign electrical surges induced into the designated system. Ensure
the WGU conforms to the following:
1. Allows signals generated by locate system transmitters to pass
through the protection system without going to ground.
2. The protection system automatically resets and passes locate system
transmitter signals after the unit has been grounded to dissipate over-
voltages.
3. Is intended for below or above grade applications. Ground the WGU to
a driven rod within 10 feet of the system using a No. 6 AWG single
conductor wire with green insulation.
4. The WGU system meets the minimum standards listed below for surge
protection:
a. Surge Element: Three-element maximum duty fail-safe gas
tube.
b. Rating: 40,000 Amp surge capacity (single-cycle, 8 by 20
microsecond waveform).
c. Life: Minimum 1,000 surges (1000 Amps to ground).
d. Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohm minimum at 100 volts of
direct current.
e. Clamp Voltages:
1) Impulse at 100 volts per microsecond.
2) Direct Current: 300 to 500 volts.
D. Route Markers:
1. Ensure Standard Route Marker (SRM) is a rigid, three-sided driven
post used for location and notification purposes only.
2. Ensure that each SRM is labeled and identified as a County IT fiber
optic cable marker unless otherwise shown in the Plans. The labels
must include the contact information for the Collier County IT
department, and a telephone number to call prior to any excavation in
the area. Ensure that the identification information is permanently
imprinted on the top fitting, and will not peel, fade, or deteriorate.
3. Ensure that SRM posts are white with an orange top fitting cover with
black or white lettering and graphics. Ensure that the SRM is a tubular
configuration, and both the marker post and the top fitting are made
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 18
from virgin Type 111 HDPE. Ensure that any fasteners used with the
SRM are constructed of stainless steel.
4. Ensure that all SRMs have a minimum outside diameter of 3.5 inches
with a minimum wall thickness of 0.125 inches. Ensure that the top
fitting cover is a minimum of 1.5 feet long and has an outside diameter
of 3.75 inches with a minimum wall thickness of 0.125 inches. Ensure
that each SRM provides a tensile strength of 4,200 pounds per square
inch as required in ASTM D638. Ensure that each SRM is
manufactured for use in temperatures range of minus 30° to 165°F in
accordance with NEMA TS 2.
5. Ensure the SRM can withstand an impact force of 70 pounds per foot
at 32°F in accordance with ASTM D2444, before and after UV
conditioning for 2,000 hours in accordance with ASTM G154. Ensure
that the control sample of any material tested maintains a minimum of
70 percent of its original tensile strength.
6. Ensure that SRMs installed at the minimum 2-foot depth can withstand
at least one impact at 45 miles per hour by a vehicle weighing at least
3,500 pounds and that after impact, post returns to an upright position
within 10 degrees of vertical alignment within 30 seconds from the
time of impact.
2.6 PULL AND SPLICE BOXES
A. General:
1. The box bodies and covers shall be free of flaws such as cracks,
sharp, broken, or uneven edges, and voids.
2. Ensure in-ground boxes have an open bottom design.
B. Marking:
1. The following information shall be permanently cast or engraved into
the top surface of all pull and splice box covers. If used, identification
plates shall be UV stable, mechanically fastened, and bonded with
adhesive material suitable for outdoor applications.
a. Mark application as “COMMUNICATIONS”
b. Manufacturer’s name or logo.
C. Dimensions:
1. For fiber optic cable applications, pull boxes with nominal cover
dimensions of 24 inches wide by 36 inches long or larger and no less
than 18 inches deep shall be provided.
2. Rectangular splice boxes with nominal cover dimensions of 30 inches
wide by 48 inches long or larger and no less than 18 inches deep shall
be provided.
D. Fabrication:
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 18
1. Box covers shall be constructed of concrete, polymer concrete or other
materials meeting the requirements of this Section.
2. Box covers with lifting slots and a flush-seating lockdown mechanism
shall be provided. Penta-head or other non-standard, security type
lockdown lag bolts shall be used. Lockdown bolts and lifting slots shall
be Type 316, 304, or 302 passivated stainless steel or brass.
Lockdown bolt assembly shall be designed to prevent seizing and can
be removed without damaging the cover or box body. The lockdown
bolt threaded insert/nut assembly shall be field replaceable.
3. The box construction shall be an ANSI Tier 22 Quazite brand
enclosure.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Conduit:
1. Ensure installed conduit system conforms to fiber-optic system
requirements, including:
a. Conduits: Size and number.
b. Access Holes, Handholes, and Pull Boxes: Location and size,
to ensure cables may be installed without exceeding
manufacturer’s limitations.
c. Outlet Boxes: Size to coordinate with outlet cover plates for
adequate volume and bend radius.
2. Expansion Plugs: Seal conduit to stop ingress of water and grit with
fabricated expansion plugs.
3. Ensure duct bank, conduit, and other confined routing is free and clear
of debris before cable placement.
3.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Cable End Sealing: Ensure that fiber optic cable ends are capped or sealed to
prevent the entry of moisture during shipping, handling, storage, and
installation. Equip one end of the fiber optic cable with flexible pulling eyes.
B. Protective Wrap: Ensure that the fiber optic cable is shipped and stored with a
protective wrap or other approved mechanical reel protection device over the
outer turns of the fiber optic cable on each reel. Ensure that the wrap is
weather resistant and protects the cable reel from environmental hazards.
Ensure that the cable reel remains wrapped until cable is to be installed.
C. Packaging, Shipping and Receiving: Ensure that the packaging and delivery of
fiber optic cable reels comply with the following minimum requirements:
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 18
1. Ensure cable is shipped on reels of marked continuous length.
2. Ensure each cable is shipped on a separate, strongly constructed reel
designed to prevent damage to the cable during shipment and
installation.
3. Ensure each reel has a minimum of 6 feet on each end of the cable
available for testing.
4. Ensure that all fiber optic cable is continuous and free from damage.
5. Ensure no point discontinuities greater than 0.1 dB per reel.
6. Ensure satisfactory transmission loss test results as required by the
TIA-455-61-A standard.
7. Ensure that the manufacturer submits the date of manufacture;
product and serial numbers; cable data, including the reel length;
refraction index; the project name and location; type of fiber and
quantity of strands used; technical product data sheets; and reel
numbers.
D. Manufacturer Testing and Certification: Submit documentation of all factory tests
performed by the manufacturer for all fiber optic cable, splicing material, cable
terminations, and patch panels as requested by the County.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Fiber-Optic Cable Installation:
1. Install all materials and equipment according to the latest version of
the manufacturer’s installation procedures. Ensure that all materials
and installation practices are in accordance with the applicable OSHA
requirements as found in 29 CFR Part 1926, Safety and Health
Standards for Construction. In addition, perform the following:
a. Ensure conduit and innerduct is clean and free from damage
prior to installing fiber optic cable.
b. Document the sequential cable length markings at each splice
box and pull box wall that the cable passes through and include
the information with the as-built documentation.
2. Provide all incidental parts needed to complete the installation as
necessary for a complete and properly operating system.
3. Cable Identification:
a. All fiber cable shall be striped with a yellow color along the
entire length of the cable.
b. A cable tag with permanent ink shall denote “COLLIER
COUNTY BCC IT FIBER-OPTIC CABLE” shall be affixed on
the cable at every 3-foot interval.
4. Pulling:
a. Install the fiber optic cable by hand or by using a mechanical
pulling machine. If a mechanical pulling machine is used, equip
the machine with a monitored or recording tension meter.
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 18
Ensure that at no time the manufacturer’s recommended
maximum pulling tension is exceeded. Ensure that the central
strength member and aramid yarn are attached directly to the
pulling eye during cable pulling. Use pulling attachments to
ensure that the optical and mechanical characteristics are not
degraded during the fiber optic cable installation.
b. Ensure that excess cable is coiled in a figure eight and fed
manually when pulling through pull boxes and splice boxes by
hand. If pulleys and sheaves will be used to mechanically pull
through pull boxes and splice boxes, ensure that the cable will
never be pulled through a radius less than the manufacturer’s
minimum bend radius. Use large diameter wheels, pulling
sheaves, and cable guides to maintain the appropriate bend
radius. Provide tension monitoring at all times during the pulling
operation. Ensure that cable pulling lubricant used during
installation is recommended by the optical fiber cable
manufacturer.
5. Blowing: Use either the high airspeed blowing (HASB) method or the
piston method. When using the HASB method, ensure that the volume
of air passing through the conduit does not exceed 600 cubic feet per
minute or the conduit manufacturer’s recommended air volume,
whichever is more restrictive. When using the piston method, ensure
that the volume of air passing through the conduit does not exceed
300 cubic feet per minute or the conduit manufacturer’s recommended
air volume, whichever is more restrictive.
6. Slack Cable Storage: Provide and store fiber optic cable at each pull
box and splice box to allow for future splices, additions, or repairs to
the fiber network. Store the fiber optic cable without twisting or
bending the cable below the minimum bend radius.
a. Store a total of 200 feet of fiber optic backbone cable in splice
boxes, with 100 feet of cable on each side of the cable splice
point.
b. Store a minimum of 100 feet of fiber optic drop cable in splice
boxes.
c. Store 100 feet of spare fiber optic cable in pull boxes.
7. Fiber Optic Connection - Splicing:
a. Perform all optical fiber splicing using the fusion splicing
technique, and according to the latest version of the
manufacturer’s cable installation procedures, industry accepted
installation standards, codes, and practices. Ensure that all
splices match fiber and buffer tube colors.
b. Ensure that splice loss does not exceed a maximum of 0.05 dB
per splice as measured on the fusion splice machine when
splicing newly installed fibers together. Ensure that splice loss
does not exceed a maximum of 0.1 dB per splice as measured
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 13 of 18
on the fusion splice machine when splicing newly installed
fibers to existing fibers.
c. Where a fiber cable is to be accessed for lateral or drop signal
insertion, only open the buffer tube containing the fiber to be
accessed and only cut the actual fiber to be accessed. If a fiber
end is not intended for use, cut the fiber to a length equal to
that of the fiber to be used and neatly lay it into the splice tray.
d. Treat any fibers exposed during splicing with a protective
coating and place in a protective sleeve or housing to protect
the fiber from damage or contaminants. Neatly store all splice
enclosures within a splice box.
8. Splice Plan: Submit a splice plan showing the location and
configuration of splices in the system for approval by the County.
Perform all splicing according to the splice plan. Document each splice
location and identify the source and destination of each fiber in each
splice tray. Document all fiber colors and buffer jacket colors used
during installation and develop a sequential fiber numbering plan as
required in the TIA -598-D standard for color-coding in the
documentation.
9. Splice Equipment: Use a fusion splice machine to splice all optical
fiber. Ensure that splice equipment is new from the factory, or
equipment has been serviced and certified by the factory or its
authorized representative within the previous 12 months from the
commencement of its use. Ensure that the calibration certificate is
maintained in the splicing equipment case or provided electronically
when requested. Clean all splicing equipment and calibrate according
to the manufacturer’s recommendations prior to each splicing session
at each location.
B. Cable Termination Installation: Ensure that cables, buffer tubes, or strands are
neatly routed, secured, and terminated in a patch panel in coordination with
the County. Ensure all cable termination points include documentation
regarding the identification, route, and function of each fiber installed at that
location. Ensure that a copy of this information is placed alongside the
installed equipment (for instance, in a document pouch or drawer within a
field cabinet).
C. Patch Panel Installation: Ensure that patch panels are neatly installed and
secured in a weather-proof enclosure.
D. Conduit Installation:
1. Install the conduit in accordance with NEC or National Electrical Safety
Code (NESC) requirements and the Standard Plans. Construct conduit
runs as straight as possible. Mark the location of the conduit system
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 14 of 18
with route markers every 1,000 feet and at every pull box and splice
box. Ensure that all route markers used are new and consistent in
appearance.
2. Install a No. 12 AWG pull wire or polypropylene cord inside the full
length of all conduits. Ensure that a minimum of 24 inches of pull
wire/cord is accessible at each conduit termination.
3. Ensure the conduit includes all required fittings and incidentals
necessary to construct a complete installation.
4. Prevent the ingress of water, dirt, sand, and other foreign materials
into the conduit prior to, during, and after construction. Seal the ends
of conduit after wiring is complete with a moisture resistant sealant
that is designed for this specific application.
5. Install the conduit system so the fiber optic cable maintains the
minimum bend radius. Use approved methods for connecting inner
duct or conduit within or between plowed portions, trenched portions,
and bored portions. Coupling method and material to be in compliance
with manufacturer’s installation guidelines.
6. Conduit Terminations:
a. Where conduit enters a box, fitting, or other enclosure, provide
a bushing or adapter (end bell, conduit adapter, etc.) to protect
the conductor or cable from abrasion unless the box, fitting, or
enclosure provides equivalent protection.
b. For conduit to be encased in concrete, wrap with tape, or
otherwise protect all terminations to prevent the entrance of
concrete.
c. Connect new underground conduits to existing underground
conduits with a pull box.
d. Seal conduits terminating in a pull box or junction box with a
moisture resistant sealant.
7. Restoration of Trench Areas: Restore the conduit trench construction
area to an acceptable condition. Such work includes repair or
replacement of all pavement areas, sidewalks, driveways, curbs,
structures, landscaping, grass areas (including removal of excavated
materials and spoils), removal and disposal of drilling fluids, and
backfilling areas disturbed by the conduit installation.
8. Above-Ground Installation
a. Use conduit designed and manufactured for use in long-term
above-ground applications with UV stabilization to prevent
material deterioration.
b. Securely attach above-ground conduit installations to the
surface of the supporting structure using conduit straps. As a
minimum, use conduit straps located on 5-foot centers.
9. Elbow Curvature:
a. For 2-inch conduit, the radius of curvature of the centerline of
any bend shall not be less than 9.5 inches.
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 15 of 18
E. Fiber-Optic Cable Locate Wire:
1. Installation:
a. Install locate wire in the trench or bore with all underground
conduits to provide end-to-end electrical continuity for
electronically locating the underground conduit system. When
conduit is placed by trenching, bury locate wire along the
centerline of the top outer surface of installed conduit.
b. Do not run locate wires into field cabinets. Terminate locate
wires at the following locations or as shown on the Plans,
nearest pull box to a field cabinet, nearest pull box to a
building, and splice box locations. Ensure that wire termination
occurs in a pull box.
c. Install WGUs in pull boxes and splice boxes as shown in the
Plans. Mount the device in a location high enough from the
bottom of the box to allow access to terminal facilities without
disturbing cables present within the box. Terminate the locate
wires and connect the WGU to ground in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Testing: Test the locate wire system after installation to ensure that it
functions and can be used to accurately locate the conduit system.
Perform continuity tests and insulation resistance tests on all locate
wires. Replace, or repair defective locate wire at no additional cost.
F. Route Markers:
1. Install route markers for new fiber optic cable installations, replace
route markers as shown in the Plans, and ensure the following:
a. Markers are plumb and level and the notification information is
clearly visible when viewed from the side facing the roadway.
b. Markers are set within the right of way.
c. Markers are placed at a one-foot offset from the conduit
system.
d. The top of the marker post is a minimum of five feet and
maximum of six feet above the finish grade
e. Place marker at each pull box location.
f. Markers are installed on both sides of a stream, river, or other
water crossing, and on both sides of aboveground attachments
such as bridges and walls.
2. Remove and replace all marker posts damaged during installation at
no additional cost. Provide as-built documentation at the completion of
installation that includes location of all installed route markers and
correlates the marker to the fiber optic infrastructure that it signifies.
G. Pull and Splice Boxes:
1. Do not install power and communication cables in the same box.
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 16 of 18
2. Install pull and splice boxes in accordance with Plans. Ensure that the
pull or splice box cover is flush with the concrete apron or sidewalk.
Prior to installation, pour in a bed of pea rock or crushed stone at least
one foot deep, with horizontal dimensions four inches longer than the
width and length of the pull box. The pull or splice box installation
shall be placed so that the inside edge of the box rests entirely on a
gravel bed. Do not install pull or splice boxes in roadways, driveways,
parking areas, ditches, or public sidewalk curb ramps. Avoid placing
pull and splice boxes in low-lying locations with poor drainage. Ensure
that pull and splice boxes house fiber optic cable without exceeding
the cable bend radius.
3. Provide conductive metal ground rod that is at least 5/8 inches in
diameter and 48 inches long. Ground rod shall be installed vertically
within three inches of the inside edge of the pull or splice box, with at
least 10 inches of the rod exposed above the gravel base.
4. Placement and Spacing: Pull boxes shall be spaced a maximum of
1,000 feet apart, and within 20 feet of either side of a roadway, and
within 10 linear feet of any fiber optics termination point. The County
agency shall reserve sole determination whether spacing of pull boxes
shall be less or more than the standard 1,000 feet apart.
5. Relocation of Pull and Splice Boxes:
a. Relocation of pull and splice boxes shall consist of removing an
existing box and installing the box at the location shown in the
Plans. Restore the area of the box removal and relocation to
the condition of the adjacent area. The costs for restoration will
be included in the Contract unit price of the relocation.
b. Boxes damaged due to the Contractor’s operations must be
replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the County.
Replacement boxes must be of the same material and size of
the existing box, unless directed otherwise by the CCITD.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Installation Testing:
1. General:
a. Notify the CCITD of cable testing at least 14 calendar days in
advance. Submit the testing procedures to the CCITD staff for
approval prior to commencement of testing. Perform all tests at
1310 nm and 1550 nm wavelengths, and include the last
calibration date of all test equipment with the test parameters
set on the equipment in the test documentation. Ensure that the
last calibration date of all test equipment is within the last 12
months and that the calibration certificate is maintained in the
test equipment case or provided electronically when requested.
Test all installed fibers (terminated and un-terminated) using
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 17 of 18
methods identified in this Section. All tests must be conducted
with a launch box.
b. Fibers containing splices or fibers terminated on both ends
must be bidirectionally tested.
c. Present the results of the optical time domain reflectometer
(OTDR) testing (i.e., traces for each fiber) and a loss table
showing details for each splice and termination tested to the
CCITD in an approved electronic format. Ensure all OTDR
testing complies with the EIA/TIA-455-61 standard.
2. OTDR Attenuation Testing: Perform testing on all fibers to ensure that
attenuation does not exceed allowable loss (0.35 dB/km for 1310 nm
wavelength, 0.25 dB/km for 1550 nm wavelength, plus 0.5 dB for any
connectors and 0.1 dB for splices). Repair or replace cable sections
exceeding allowable attenuation at no cost to the County.
3. OTDR Tracing: Test all fibers with an OTDR at wavelengths of 1310
and 1550 nm.
4. Splice Loss Testing: Ensure that the splice loss for a SMF fusion
splice does not exceed a maximum bidirectional average of 0.1 dB per
splice when measured using an OTDR. Repair or replace splices that
exceed allowable attenuation at no cost to the County.
5. Connector Loss Testing: Ensure that the attenuation in the connector
at each termination panel and its associated splice does not exceed
0.6 dB when measured using an OTDR. Repair or replace connectors
exceeding allowable attenuation at no cost to the County.
B. Fiber Optic Cable Locator: Locate and mark all existing County owned or
maintained fiber optic facilities within project limits prior to performing any
subsurface work. Locate and mark as necessary to ensure that all fiber optic
facilities are located and visibly marked at all times.
C. Fiber-Optic Cable Warranty: Ensure that the fiber optic cable, the splice
enclosures, and terminations have a manufacturer’s warranty covering defects for
a minimum of two years from the date of final acceptance. Ensure the warranty
includes providing replacements, within 10 calendar days of notification, for
defective parts and equipment during the warranty period at no cost to the
County.
D. Pull and Splice Box Warranty: Ensure all pull, splice, and junction boxes have a
manufacturer’s warranty covering defects for a minimum of one year from the date
of final acceptance. Ensure the warranty includes providing replacements, within
30 calendar days of notification, for defective parts and equipment during the
warranty period at no cost to the County.
E. Documentation and Closeout
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 18 of 18
1. Within ten (10) days following successful installation and testing of the
fiber-optic communication work, Contractor shall provide the County
both printed and electronic copies of as-built network drawings.
2. At minimum, as-builts shall contain:
a. Network block diagrams, identifying endpoints for fiber
termination, number of fiber strands and cables, and topology
layout.
b. Updated site plan of each affected installation site identifying
location of the IT telecommunications cabinet, in addition to pull
boxes and handhole locations at the installation and
interconnecting conduit.
c. Updated overall site plan identifying the fiber-optic cable
installation for the entire project, including all interconnecting
segments between installations or other endpoint locations.
Overall site plant shall include all pull boxes, splice vaults,
handholes, and fiber cable lengths.
d. As-built plans shall additionally be provided as converted
Google Earth and Visio formats for County use.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 3
UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS
For the latest revisions to the Utilities Detail Drawings visit:
Collier County Public Utilities
Engineering and Project Management Resources Webpage.
COLLIER COUNTY
UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 1 of 3
COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT
UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL
SECTION 3
UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS
Table of Contents
Drawing
No.
Title
Revision
Date
General Details
G-1 Unpaved Area Trench Backfill Detail 04/2006
G-2
G-2A
Paved Area Trench Restoration Detail for Private Roads
State Road, Major County Road, and Numbered County Road
Flowable Fill Road/Trench Restoration
07/2018
07/2018
G-2B Road and Trench Restoration for Local Roads 07/2018
G-3 Pipe Separation Detail 07/2018
G-4 Pipe Conflict Detail 04/2006
G-5 Jack and Bore Detail 08/2008
G-6 Thrust Block Detail for Existing A / C Pipe 04/2006
G-7 Typical Valve Setting Detail 07/2018
G-8 Typical Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) Under a Roadway 07/2018
G-9 Typical Subaqueous Horizontal Directional Drill (HDD) 07/2018
G-9A Subaqueous Water Main Valve Detail 07/2018
G-10 Pipe Restraint Schedule 01/2025
G-11 Vehicular Guard Post Detail 07/2018
G-12 IT Fiber-Optic Telecommunications Detail 01/2025
Non-Potable Irrigation Water Details
NP-1
NP-2
Standard Irrigation Water Non-Telemetry Meter
Assembly 3” and Larger Typical Irrigation Service Meter Setting Detail for Connection
07/2018
To Irrigation Main 05/2009
NP-3 Not Used
NP-4 Reuse, Raw, and Supplemental Water Air Release Valve Detail 05/2009
NP-E1 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site General Note and Keynotes 04/2006
NP-E2 Standard Irrigation Water Meter Assembly 3” and Larger - Telemetry 07/2018
NP-E3 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Layout & Elementary 08/2008
NP-E4 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Open/Closed MOV
Control Diagram 04/2006
NP-E5 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Equipment Elevations 08/2008
NP-E6 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close Valve
Single Control Panel Site Level Transducer Mounting Details 08/2008
NP-E7 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Drawing
No.
Revision
Date Title
COLLIER COUNTY
UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2 of 3
Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Details 08/2008
NP-E8 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Electrical Details 04/2006
NP-E9 Reuse System Standard Service Connections Open/Close
Valve Single Control Panel Site Typical RTU Antenna
Tower Details 08/2008
Water Details
W-1 Temporary Blowoff Assembly with Bacterial Sample Point Detail 01/2014
W-2 Automatic Water Main Flushing Device Detail 01/2014
W-3 Fire Hydrant Detail 01/2025
W-4 Connection to Existing Water Main Detail (Gap Configuration) 07/2018
W-5 Potable Water Air Release Valve Detail 08/2008
W-6 Permanent Bacterial Sample Point Detail 01/2025
W-7 Not Used
W-8 2-1/2” and Smaller Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail 07/2018
W-9 Temporary Backflow Preventer and Fire Protection
Meter Tie-In Assembly 01/2009
W-9A Alternate Temporary Backflow Preventer and Fire Protection
Meter Tie-in Assembly 01/2009
W-10 Not Used
W-10A Not Used
W-11 3” and Larger Fire System Detector Check Assembly Detail 07/2018
W-11A 4” Through 10” Only Compact Fire System Detector Check
Assembly Detail 07/2011
W-12 Typical Short and Long Side Water Service Meter Setting Detail
for Connection to Water Main 01/2025
W-12A Service Connection Sizing Chart and Notes 01/2025
W-13 3” and Over Potable Water Meter Assembly Detail 01/2025
W-14 4” and Over Potable Water Fire and Domestic Meter
Assembly Detail 01/2025
W-14A Maintenance Driveway for Water Meters 3” and Larger 07/2018
W-15 Not Used
W-16 Fire Service Dual Detector Check Assembly Over 10” Fire
Main Detail (Dual 8” Assemblies) 07/2011
Wastewater Details
WW-1 Force Main Connection to Gravity Sanitary Sewer Detail 04/2006
WW-2 Private Force Main Connection to County Force Main Detail 07/2018
WW-3 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Detail 01/2025
WW-4 Shallow Manhole Detail 01/2025
WW-5 Drop Manhole Detail 01/2025
WW-6 Manhole Ring and Cover Detail 01/2025
WW-7 Pump Station Detail – Profile 01/2025
WW-7A Pump Station and Wastewater Details 01/2015
WW-7B Pump Station Concrete Details 01/2015
WW-7C Pump Station and Wastewater Details 07/2018
WW-7D Private Grinder Pump Station Detail 01/2025
WW-8 Pump Station Detail – Plan 01/2025
WW-8A Community Pump Station with Generator Detail – Plan 01/2025
Drawing
No.
Revision
Date Title
COLLIER COUNTY
UTILITIES DETAIL DRAWINGS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 3 of 3
WW-8B Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail – Plan 01/2025
WW-9 Pump Station Control Panel Detail 01/2025
WW-9A Community Pump Station Control Panel Detail –
VFD Station with Generator 01/2025
WW-9B Community Pump Station Control Panel Detail –
Non-VFD Station with Generator 01/2025
WW-9C Pump Station Lightning Protection Details 01/2015
WW-9D Community Pump Station – Riser Diagram with Generator Backup 01/2015
WW-9E Community Pump Station – Riser Diagram with Diesel Backup Pump 01/2015
WW-10 Sewer Connection Details – Property, ROW or Easement Line 05/2009
WW-11 Sewer Clean-out Detail - Paved Areas 07/2018
WW-12 Sewer Clean-out Detail - Non Paved Areas 01/2014
WW-13 Force Main Air Release Valve Detail 01/2015
WW-14 Not Used
WW-15 Typical Flow Line Channels Detail 04/2006
WW-16 Double Sewer Clean-out Detail 05/2009
WW-17 Telemetry Antenna Mount Detail 08/2008
WW-18 Grease Interceptor 08/2008
WW-18A Grease Interceptor Tables 04/2006
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
2" CONDUIT CONTAINING120 VAC POWER CABLE
2" CONDUIT CONTAINING DATA LINK CABLE( COPPER OR FIBER-OPTIC ETHERNET AS DETERMINED )
2" CONDUIT CONTAINING ITSINGLE-MODE FIBER-OPTIC CABLE - 48 STRANDS MINIMUM
GRADE
FIBER OPTICPULL BOX
4
TO CONTROL PANEL 2
MINIMUM PULL BOX DIMENSIONS:
24" W X 36"L X 18"D
3TO PANELBOARD
ITTELECOMMUNICATIONSPANEL
TO SITE GROUND
INCOMING FIBER-OPTIC CONDUITFROM PROPERTY BOUNDARY
1
1 DETAIL
ELEVATION
PULL BOX
GROUND ROD (AS REQUIRED)
12" BED OF PEAROCKOR CRUSHED STONE
FOR DRAINAGE.
APPROVED GROUNDCONNECTION(AS REQUIRED)
1'-0"VARIES 1'-0"6" MIN.
PLAN
SECONDARY CONDUIT(AS REQUIRED)
GROUND ROD(AS REQUIRED)
CONDUIT(AS SHOWN IN PLANS)
CONCRETE APRON
VARIES
1'-0"2" CONDUIT(AS SHOWN IN PLANS)VARIESCollier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
12" BERM WIDTH
2
10
8
6
4
PIPE
SIZE
24
14
20
18
16
"A"PIPE
SIZE
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE
GIVEN IN INCHES.SEE TABLE"A"PASSING PIPE
PENETRATION SEAL
ASSEMBLY WITH
STAINLESS STEEL
HARDWARE (SEE
COUNTY APPROVED
PRODUCT LIST,
APPENDIX F)
C6
1"
6"
AA
1/2" DIA. EXP.
ANCHOR
EMBEDMENT 5" MIN.
SS (TYP. OF 4)
1"x5/8" SLOT
FOR 1/2"x2" 1/2"
LG. SS BOLT,
NUT AND LOCK
WASHER (TYP.)
1" MIN TYPE II
PORTLAND
CEMENT
SS PL 1/4" X 9 X -9"
SS BASE PLATE
1"x5/8" SLOT FOR 1/2"x 2" 1/2"
LG. SS BOLT, NUT AND LOCK
WASHER (TYP.)
CL
C6x13 (TYP.)
L 2x2 SS
2 1/2"
6"3"5"3"
DRILL HOLE ONLY (TYP.)C LIFT STATIONLCENTER OF LIFT STATION WET WELL
L 2"x2"x1/4" SS
1 1/2" (TYP)
SECTION A-A
PLAN
TYPE II PORTLAND CEMENT
C LIFT STATIONL
1/2" DIA. SS U-BOLT
L 2" x 2" SS
SS PL 1/4" X 9" X 9"
1/4
1/2" DIA. EXP. ANCHOR
SS (TYP. OF 4)
LIFT STATION
PUMP DISCHARGE
1/2" DIA. EXP. ANCHOR SS
(TYP. OF 4)
316 STAINLESS
STEEL PLATE
NOTE:
RIGHT SUPPORT SHALL BE A MIRROR
IMAGE OF DETAIL SHOWN
4
14
12
10
8
12 16
28
18
26
24
20
"A"12"SUCTION AND VENT PIPE
Collier County
12'-0"
#4 DOWELS @ 12" C/C X:1'-0"GENERATOR (SLAB/REINF.)
8"
(3)#4
CONT.1
1
#4 @ 12" O/C, EW,
TOP & BOTTOM
1'-6"T.O. CONC
100 YEAR
FLOOD EL.
NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 3/8" CLOSED
CELL NEOPRENE PAD ON THE SLAB TO MATCH THE BASE
FOOTPRINT OF THE GENERATOR OR THE DIESEL PUMP.6'-0"8" GRANULAR, FREE DRAINING SAND
UNDER SLAB, COMPACTED TO (98%
MODIFIED PROCTOR) ASTM D1557
1
1
1'-6"8"8"#5@12" O/C, EW,
MID-DEPTH
#5@12" O/C, EW
BROOM FINISH
6" FREE-DRAINING,
CLEAN GRANULAR
MATERIAL
COMPACT SUBGRADE TO A
DENSITY OF 95% PER ASTM
D-1557 (MODIFIED PROCTOR)
1"
132"
SLOPED CONCRETE PAD
SLOPED CONCRETE
EQUIPMENT PAD
11'-0"
STRUCTURAL NOTES:
1.ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE 4000 PSI MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH; W/C = 0.45,
AIR CONTENT 6% (±) 1%; SLUMP = 4" BEFORE ADDING WATER REDUCING AGENT.
2.ALL STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A615, GR 60.
3.ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY OVERALL
SLAB SIZE WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION.
4.ALL SLABS SHALL HAVE TOOLED EDGES ON ALL SIDES8'-0"FIN GR.
#5 AT 12" EW, CENTER
PLAN
6'-0"4'-0"6"PROFILE
T.O. CONC
100 YEAR
FLOOD EL.
T.O. CONC
100 YEAR
FLOOD EL 2" TO 6"3/8" NEOPRENE PAD
Collier County
EDCBAPIPE30181711117777714 3/1634 13/165 7/168 7/166 15/163333456108* ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES.3129 15/16MINSIZEMAXSTEEL PLATE1/2" 316 SS THICK SQUARE1/4"B
ACPROCESS PIPE1" NON-SHRINK GROUT(TYP OF 4)LEVELING NUTSANCHORS WITH 5/8" 316 SST WEDGEGRADE (DIMENSION "E")REQUIRED PIPEPIPE CUT TO MEETSCHEDULE 40 316 SS1/4" NEOPRENE PAD316 SST U-BOLTNOTES:1.PIPE SUPPORT HEIGHT TO BE ADJUSTABLE.2.SEE PLANS AND SECTIONS FOR PIPE GRADEREQUIREMENT (DIMENSION "E").3.PIPE SUPPORT TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH HDPE PIPE.4.ALL MATERIALS AND HARDWARE TO BE 316 SS.CONSTRUCT 18" x 18" x 6" CONC BASE WITH # 4REINFORCING STEEL @ 5" OCEW IF SUPPORT ISNOT LOCATED ON AN EXISTING SLAB.STANCHION 316 SSSADDLE30183018301830183018E
DSLATSDETAILNOTE:COLOR OF THE SLATS SHALL BEGREEN OR BLACK TO MATCH VINYLCOATED PARTS2"GRADE3000 PSI CONCRETETURNBUCKLETRUSS BARS3/8" ROUNDBARSSTRETCHERTOP RAILMIN. 6'-0"3'-0"6"6"10'-0" TO CENTER (MAX)CORNERPOSTGALV. POST CAPSPACING14" MAX.#9 GALV. CLIPS1'-0"316 SS TENSION WIRELINE POST12" O.C.316 SS #9 TIE WIRESSTRETCHERBARSTRUSS BARSAS REQUIREDGALV. POST CAP3" ±1"ONE PIECE TRACKAND TOP RAILROLLER GUIDE8.625" OD(SCHDEULE 40 PIPE)POST CAP4'-0"2"2.0"2.0"2"4'-0"8.625" OD GALV.STEEL POST(SCHEDEULE 40 PIPE)3'-0"1'-0"316 SS #9 TIE WIRES12" O.C.ASSEMBLYGALV. STEEL POSTSGRADEROLLER GUIDEASSEMBLYFABRICNOTES:1.ALL FENCING COMPONENTS SHALL BE VINYL COATEDGREEN OR BLACK AS APPLICABLE.NOTES:1.ALL FENCING COMPONENTSSHALL BE VINYL COATED GREENOR BLACK AS APPLICABLE.Collier County
VENT (FACTORY DRILLEDFIELD INSTALLED)LOCKABLE LIDDISCHARGE SLIDE FACEQUICK DISCONNECTSS DISCHARGE WYEFEMALE NPT(FACTORY INSTALLED)QUICK-COUPLING UNIT WITH 2-HANDLELOCKING CAP ON PIPE RISER ASAPPLICABLE PER DESIGN CRITERIA.PLACE INSIDE METER BOX FLUSH WITHFINISHED GRADE.PLUG VALVEOR CURB STOPMIN. ELEVATION100 YEAR FLOOD STAGETOP/OVERFLOWFINISH GRADE SHALL BE 1" TO 4" BELOWBOTTOM OF THE LID AND FINAL GRADESHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM THE GRINDERPUMP STATION.NEMA 6P ELECTRICALQUICK DISCONNECTEQUALIZERDIAPHRAGMGROUTCONCRETE BALLASTSEE NOTE 7NOTES:1.ALL NEW PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS SHALL BE DUPLEXSTATIONS WITH GRINDER PUMPS.2.PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS ARE TO BE LOCATED NOCLOSER THAN 100-FEET FROM A PUBLIC DRINKINGWATER SUPPLY WELL AND NO CLOSER THAN 75-FEETFROM A PRIVATE DRINKING WATER WELL.3.FORCE MAIN AND POTABLE WATER LINES SHALL BESEPARATED 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY.4.FORCE MAIN SHALL CROSS UNDER WATER LINES WITH18 INCHES OF VERTICAL CLEARANCE.5.ALL PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVEA GENERATOR RECEPACLE6.WET WELL MUST INCLUDE A BOTTOM FLANGE TOSUPPORT CONCRETE BALLAST SIZED TO PREVENTFLOTATION WHEN EMPTY AND FULLY SUBMERGED.7.A PRIVATE PUMP STATION SERVING MULTIPLEBUILDINGS REQUIRES SURGE PROTECTION BY ALIGHTING ARRESTOR, SOURCE CAPACITOR, OR OTHERSIMILAR PROTECTION DEVICE, AND PHASEPROTECTION.8.SEE PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS PANEL SPECIFICATIONSECTION 333200 2.2J FOR PANEL REQUIREMENTS.POSITIVE OR SEMI-POSITIVEDISPLACEMENT TYPE PUMP(FIELD INSTALLED)POWER/ALARM CABLETO CONTROL PANELPUMPS ON ELEVATION PUMPS OFF ELEVATIONALARM ELEVATIONPIPE INLETANTI-SYPHONCHECK VALVERESERVE CAPACITYSTORAGE VOLUMEEFFECTIVE VOLUMECURB ORVALVE BOXCollier County
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxCollier County
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxCollier County
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxCollier County
PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL DETAIL - FRONT ELEVATION
SCALE: 1" = 4'-0"
PUMP STATION CONTROLPANEL DETAIL - PLAN VIEW
SCALE: 1" = 4'-0"
PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL DETAIL - BACK ELEVATION
SCALE: 1" = 4'-0"
SINGLE SIDE ALTERNATE - PLAN VIEW
SCALE: 1" = 4'-0"
GR
Collier County
GR
Collier County
GR
Collier County
FENCE POST/GATE BONDING DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
CONCRETEFOUNDATION
MASONRY ANCHOR
GROUND CLAMP
FINISH GRADE
FENCE POST
#2 SOLID TINNEDCOPPERJUMPER CABLE,GREEN INSULATIONTYPICAL FOR BOTHSIDES OF GATES.
TOGROUNDROD
GATEFRAME
GROUNDCLAMP
#2 SOLID TINNED
COPPER GROUND
CONDUCTOR
GATEPOST
3/4"x20'
COPPER-CLAD
GROUND ROD
GROUND TEST WELL DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE 24" MIN.FINISHED GRADE
MATCH SITE STONE
#4/0 BARE COPPER
GROUND CABLE (TYP.)
3/4"x20' COPPER-CLAD
GROUND ROD
EXOTHERMICALLY
CONNECT
3" MIN.12" MIN.COMPACTED BACKFILL
TO COUNTERPOISE TO SERVICE RATED
DISCONNECT
GROUND MAT DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
BUS LUGSEQUIP. GROUND
#4/0 BARECOPPER (TYP.)
(TYP. OF 4) TO COUNTERPOISE3/4"X20' COPPER-CLAD
GROUND ROD, SEE GROUND
ROD TEST WELL DETAIL (TYP.)
NOTES:
1.ADDITIONAL CONCENTRIC RINGS SHALL BE ADDED
AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE FIVE (5) OHM (OR LESS)
SPECIFIED RESISTANCE. EACH RING TO HAVE FOUR
(4) GROUND RODS MIN. AND SPACED TEN (10) FEET
FROM THE INNER RING.
18"
9.5"
22"13.5"12"CAST IRON TRAFFIC
COVER MARKED
"GROUND"
OLD CASTLE
CONCRETE BOX
SERIES MB37
Collier County
C
M
C
#4/0 BARE COPPER
(TYP. OF 2)
#4/0 BARE COPPER
(TYP. OF 2)
SEE GROUND TEST
WELL DETAIL WW-19B
#4/0 BARE COPPER TO
GROUND MAT (TYP)
PANEL
BOARD
NOTES
1.BOND FENCE AND VEHICLE ACCESS GATE TO COUNTERPOISE.
2.PROVIDE LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR SCADA ANTENNA.
3.SURGE PROTECTION SHALL BE SQUARE D (THREE PHASE:
#SDSA3650) WITH LED LIGHTS AND MOUNTED IN A FASHION THAT
THE PHASE LIGHTS ARE VISIBLE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION
WITH OWNER.
4.EXOTHERMICALLY BOND GROUNDING JUMPERS TO COUNTERPOISE.
GROUND POTENTIAL SHALL BE CONSISTENT FOR ENTIRE SITE.
GROUNDING JUMPERS AND COUNTERPOISE SHALL BE #4/0 BARE
COPPER. GROUND RODS SHALL BE 3/4" X 20' COPPER-CLAD GROUND
RODS. EXOTHERMICALLY WELD CONNECTIONS BELOW GRADE.
MECHANICALLY CONNECT CONNECTIONS ABOVE GRADE.
MECHANICAL LUGS SHALL ONLY HAVE ONE WIRE LANDED IN EACH
TERMINATION. EACH LUG SHALL BE FASTENED WITH A STAINLESS
STEEL NUT AND BOLT. STACKING OF INDIVIDUAL LUGS WILL NOT BE
ACCEPTABLE. GROUND BOXES
SHALL BE 14" LONG QUAZITE
#PC1118CA0017 OR #PG1118BA12,
INSTALL LEVEL WITH THE
ADJACENT GROUND, PROVIDE 57
STONE OR MATCH SITE STONE IN
BOX, WITH GROUND ROD LOCATED
OFF CENTER OF BOX. QUAZITE
BOX COVER TO READ "GROUND".
EXPOSED GROUNDING SHALL BE
IN 1" SCHEDULE 80 PVC OR LIQUID
TIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT.
5. PROVIDE COUNTY SIGNED
INSPECTION OR PHOTO OF ALL
CAD-WELDED SPLICES AND
UNDERGROUND TAPS. PROVIDE
GROUND TEST REPORT TO
COUNTY VERIFYING
COUNTERPOISE RESISTANCE IS
LESS THAN 5 OHMS.
Collier County
CONTROL
PANEL
SEE "TYPICAL
EQUIPMENT
ELEVATION - FRONT
VIEW" DETAIL ON
SHEET E-501
SEAL-OFF FITTING (TYP.)
DIESEL
BACKUP
PUMP
CONTROL
SEAL-OFF FITTING (TYP.)
PANEL
BOARD
C
SEE GROUND TEST
WELL DETAIL WW-19B
#4/0 BARE COPPER
(TYP. OF 2)
M
NEMA 3R JUNCTION BOX
C
#4/0 BARE COPPER TO
GROUND MAT (TYP)
#4/0 BARE COPPER
(TYP. OF 2)
MOTOR
J-BOX
NOTES
1.BOND FENCE AND ACCESS GATE TO COUNTERPOISE.
2.PROVIDE LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR SCADA ANTENNA.
3.SURGE PROTECTION SHALL BE SQUARE D (THREE PHASE:
#SDSA3650) WITH LED LIGHTS AND MOUNTED IN A FASHION THAT
THE PHASE LIGHTS ARE VISIBLE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION
WITH OWNER.
4.EXOTHERMICALLY BOND GROUNDING JUMPERS TO COUNTERPOISE.
GROUND POTENTIAL SHALL BE CONSISTENT FOR ENTIRE SITE.
GROUNDING JUMPERS AND COUNTERPOISE SHALL BE #4/0 BARE
COPPER. GROUND RODS SHALL BE 3/4" X 20' COPPER-CLAD GROUND
RODS. EXOTHERMICALLY WELD CONNECTIONS BELOW GRADE.
MECHANICALLY CONNECT CONNECTIONS ABOVE GRADE.
MECHANICAL LUGS SHALL ONLY HAVE ONE WIRE LANDED IN EACH
TERMINATION. EACH LUG SHALL BE FASTENED WITH A STAINLESS
STEEL NUT AND BOLT. STACKING OF INDIVIDUAL LUGS WILL NOT BE
ACCEPTABLE. GROUND BOXES SHALL
BE 14" LONG QUAZITE #PC1118CA0017
OR #PG1118BA12, INSTALL LEVEL WITH
THE ADJACENT GROUND, PROVIDE 57
STONE OR MATCH SITE STONE IN BOX,
WITH GROUND ROD LOCATED OFF
CENTER OF BOX. QUAZITE BOX COVER
TO READ "GROUND". EXPOSED
GROUNDING SHALL BE IN 1"
SCHEDULE 80 PVC OR LIQUID TIGHT
FLEXIBLE CONDUIT.
5. PROVIDE COUNTY SIGNED
INSPECTION OR PHOTO OF ALL
CAD-WELDED SPLICES AND
UNDERGROUND TAPS. PROVIDE
GROUND TEST REPORT TO COUNTY
VERIFYING COUNTERPOISE
RESISTANCE IS LESS THAN 5 OHMS.
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
≥
≥
≥
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
SECTION 4
APPENDICES
For the latest revisions to the Appendices visit:
Collier County Public Utilities
Engineering and Project Management Resources Webpage.
COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT
UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL
SECTION 4
APPENDICES
Table of Contents
Appendix A Utility Deviation Form
Appendix B Water Meter Sizing Form
Appendix C Final Waiver of Liens – Conveyance of Utilities Facilities to County
Appendix D Utilities Conveyance Checklist
Appendix E Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form
Appendix F County Approved Product List
Appendix G Approved Backflow Devices
Appendix H Basic User Application & Agreement for Delivery and Reuse of IQ Water
COLLIER COUNTY TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDICES Page 1 of 1
Utility Deviation Form Revision Date: July 2018
Any request for a deviation from the Collier County Water-Sewer District Utilities Standards and
Procedures must be submitted on the Utility Deviation Form and should include all required
information for a faster and more efficient process. Please email your request to
UtilityPlanning@colliercountyfl.gov.
Please maintain on deviation per form and select the appropriate type(s) of deviation
(Wastewater, Water, IQ Water, or Grease Trap). Provide the associated land use application
number assigned by the Growth Management Department. Ensure to select whether the deviation
is on a privately owner or county owner system. Include a drawing that has the area(s) of interest
highlighted for quick referencing.
Please include any and all equipment specification information, pressures and velocities of flows,
or other pertinent documentation and a cover letter to give additional information that may not be
addressed on the form.
For Grease Trap Deviations, please include a cover letter giving any relevant information
regarding the kitchen and its use, a copy of the menu of what is to be cooked and served, and a
floor plan of the kitchen and seating area.
Typically, Utility Deviation requests are processed within 5-10 business days. You will be notified
by email of the outcome of your deviation request. If the deviation is rejected, a meeting may be
requested with the appropriate Director and staff to discuss.
If you have any questions regarding this process, please call (239) 252-8836 or email your
questions to UtilityPlanning@colliercountyfl.gov.
COLLIER COUNTY PUBLIC UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
ENGINEERING AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION
3339 East Tamiami Trail
Suite 303
Naples, FL 34112
Phone: (239) 252-8836
Utility Deviation Form Revision Date: July 2018
Date:___________ Wastewater Water IQ Water Grease Trap
Land Use Application #____________________ Privately Owned County Owned
Project Name: ________________________________________________________________
Folio Number(s): ________________________________________
Petitioner’s Name & Business Name: _______________________
_______________________________________________________
Business Address: ______________________________________
_______________________________________________________
Phone #: ______________________________________________
Email: _______________________________________________
Reason for Request: __________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
How does this Request Differ from Ordinance: ____________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Impact of this Request of Affected Area:__________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Impact of this Request on the Maintenance of the System: __________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Explain Benefits Request Will Have to the Operation/Maintenance of the Collier County Utility
System: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Additional Comments: ________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
UTILITY DEVIATION FORM
Petitioners Request
REQUIRED INFORMATION
Cover Letter w/Pertinent
Information
Site Drawings
Detail Specifications (include MFR
Maint. Procedures for Grease Trap
Deviations)
Menu & Seating (Only for Grease
Trap Deviations)
Water Meter Sizing Form
Preparer's Information:Project Information:Date ====>
Name ============>Permit or AR Number
Title ==============>Name of Project ===>
Company=========>Project Address ===>
Address ==========>
Phone ============>
Email Address =====>
Please Note:
3. For remodeling projects this form must be submitted only if there is a net increase in fixture flow value.
Meter Size Required:
GPM Meter Size Requested:
Existing Meter Size:
Demand Range (GPM)Meter Size
0 to 30 3/4"
30.1 to 50 1"
50.1 to 100 1 1/2"
100.1 to 160 2"
160.1 to 435 3"
435.1 to 750 4"
750.1 to 1600 6"
1600.1 to 2800 8"
2800.1 to 4200 10"
Demand ranges from AWWA M22
Table 6-1 Third Edition
[Affix Engineering/Architect Seal Here]
Signature of Engineer/Architect of Record for Project and Date
Type or Print Name of Engineer/Architect of Record for Project
1. All commercial facilities must be metered separately from residential facilities with the exception of those commercial facilities that are within a master metered residential development
and designed for the exclusive use of the residents within such development.
2. The Design Engineer/Architect must submit signed and sealed documentation supporting meter sizing. Sizing shall be based upon fixture flow values, as shown on the following page
and the table on page 3, unless approved otherwise by Utility Deviation. If an increase in meter size is requested to accommodate for fire flow, the Engineer/Architect should check
appropriate box below. A Utility Deviation will not be required for increasing meter size for fire flow requirements. For all meter sizes, the Engineer/Architect must consider all relevant
factors before selecting the final meter size.
This Section to be filled out by Engineer/Architect of Record:
Demand in accordance with the Fixture Flow Value Worksheet
and the Table for Estimating Demand
If the meter size requested is larger than the meter size required per the table velow, please indicate the reason for the request by
checking the appropriate box:
Water Meter Sizing Form
One Form Per Meter
Fire Flow Other (Please attach Utility Deviation approval)Fire Flow
Effective: June 2024
Water Meter Sizing Form
Fixture Occupancy Type of Supply
Control
Load Values, in
Water Supply
Fixture Units
(wsfu) Total
# of Fixtures Per Unit Fixture Flow Value
Bathroom group Private Flush tank 3.6 x =
Bathroom group Private Flushometer valve 8 x =
Bathtub Private Faucet 1.4 x =
Bathtub Public Faucet 4 x =
Bidet Private Faucet 2 x =
Combination fixture Private Faucet 3 x =
Dishwashing machine Private Automatic 1.4 x =
Drinking fountain Offices, etc.3/8″ valve 0.25 x =
Kitchen sink Private Faucet 1.4 x =
Kitchen sink Hotel, restaurant Faucet 4 x =
Laundry trays (1 to 3)Private Faucet 1.4 x =
Lavatory Private Faucet 0.7 x =
Lavatory Public Faucet 2 x =
Service sink Offices, etc.Faucet 3 x =
Shower head Public Mixing valve 4 x =
Shower head Private Mixing valve 1.4 x =
Urinal Public 1″ flushometervalve 10 x =
Urinal Public 3/4″ flushometervalve 5 x =
Urinal Public Flush tank 3 x =
Washing machine (8 lb)Private Automatic 1.4 x =
Washing machine (8 lb)Public Automatic 3 x =
Washing machine (15 lb)Public Automatic 4 x =
Water closet Private Flushometer valve 6 x =
Water closet Private Flush tank 2.2 x =
Water closet Public Flushometer valve 10 x =
Water closet Public Flush tank 5 =
Water closet Public or private Flushometer tank 2 x =
For any fixtures not listed, submit manufacturer's data sheets and enter appropriate description and value:
x =
x =
x =
x =
x =
Fixture Flow Value worksheet from FBC 2023 edition
Total Fixture Value Per Unit =====>
Number of Units with this Fixture Count =====>
Grand Total of Fixture Flow Value (Per Unit Total x Number of Units)** =====>
**Use total Fixture Flow Value on "Table for Estimating Demand" to estimate water meter demand.
Other:
Other:
Other:
Other:
Other:
Fixture Flow Value Worksheet
Please call Public Utilities Engineering (239) 252-2380 with any questions.
Enter # of Fixtures of each Fixture Type, per unit, then multiply by appropriate Load Value to get Fixture Flow Value
Effective: June 2024
Water Meter Sizing Form
Load Demand Load Demand
Fixture Flow Value Gallons per minute Fixture Flow Value Gallons per minute
1 3.0 ------
2 5.0 ------
3 6.5 ------
4 8.0 ------
5 9.4 5 15.0
6 10.7 6 17.4
7 11.8 7 19.8
8 12.8 8 22.2
9 13.7 9 24.6
10 14.6 10 27.0
11 15.4 11 27.8
12 16.0 12 28.6
13 16.5 13 29.4
14 17.0 14 30.2
15 17.5 15 31.0
16 18.0 16 31.8
17 18.4 17 32.6
18 18.8 18 33.4
19 19.2 19 34.2
20 19.6 20 35.0
25 21.5 25 38.0
30 23.3 30 42.0
35 24.9 35 44.0
40 26.3 40 46.0
45 27.7 45 48.0
50 29.1 50 50.0
60 32.0 60 54.0
70 35.0 70 58.0
80 38.0 80 61.2
90 41.0 90 64.3
100 43.5 100 67.5
120 48.0 120 73.0
140 52.5 140 77.0
160 57.0 160 81.0
180 61.0 180 85.5
200 65.0 200 90.0
225 70.0 225 95.5
250 75.0 250 101.0
275 80.0 275 104.5
300 85.0 300 108.0
400 105.0 400 127.0
500 124.0 500 143.0
750 170.0 750 177.0
1,000 208.0 1,000 208.0
1,250 239.0 1,250 239.0
1,500 269.0 1,500 269.0
1,750 297.0 1,750 297.0
2,000 325.0 2,000 325.0
2,500 380.0 2,500 380.0
3,000 433.0 3,000 433.0
4,000 535.0 4,000 535.0
5,000 593.0 5,000 593.0
Table for estimating demand taken from Florida Building Code 2023 Edition
Enter # of Fixtures of each Fixture Type, per unit, then
multiply by appropriate Load Value to get Fixture Flow
SUPPLY SYSTEMS PREDOMINANTLY FOR FLUSH
VALVES
Table for Estimating Demand
Please call Public Utilities Engineering (239) 252-2380 with any questions.
Effective: June 2024
FINAL WAIVER OF LIENS -
CONVEYANCE OF UTILITY FACILITIES TO COUNTY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that for and in consideration in the
amount of $______________ lawful money of United States of America, to me in
hand paid, the receipt whereof of which is herby acknowledged, does hereby
waive, release, remiss and relinquish any and all right to claim any lien(s) for
work performed and/or for material furnished, and/or for any claim whatsoever
with regard to utility facilities constructed in, over or under the below-described
real property. The undersigned certifies to the County that the undersigned has
all requisite authority to execute this Waiver for all intended purposes.
Every individual who, and each entity that, pursuant to the undersigned's
agreement with regard to the subject utility facilities, has supplied or furnished
service(s), labor, material(s) and/or supplies used in installation, construction,
maintenance, repair, location, relocation, or otherwise, with regard to utility
facilities thereby located in, on or over the real property described below, have
been paid in full (or have been adequately bonded) whereby as to all such
services, labor, materials and/or supplies there exist no claim(s) from any such
individual or entity that will affect conveyance of good and marketable title to the
utility facilities to Collier County and/or to the Collier County Water-Sewer District.
Legal description of the site where the subject utility facilities have been
constructed or installed is ___________________________________________
________________________________________________________________.
Signed: ________________________
Printed (or typed) Name
STATE OF FLORIDA )
COLLIER COUNTY )
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this ______ day of
_____________, 200__ by ______________________, who is personally known
to me OR who provided identification Type of identification produced:
_______________________________________________________________.
___________________________ My Commission Expires ________________
Notary Public, State of Florida
08/26/03
Page 1 of 3
Rev. 07/2018
Utilities Conveyance Checklist
POTABLE WATER, NON-POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER AND WASTEWATER
FACILITIES ACCEPTANCE
Today’s Date:
Project Name:
Original
Project No.
(AR/PL):
Utility
PL#:
Submittal Requirements
N/A
In
review
Item
accepted Item Needed Notes
1. Final Utility Acceptance Application
2. Addressing Checklist (ID number or Folio number of Property)
Legal Documents
N/A
In
review
Item
accepted Item Needed Notes
1. Attorney’s Affidavit
2. Owner’s Affidavit
3. Warranty Deed/Bill of Sale with Exhibit B per Utilities Standards and Procedures
Ordinance Section 10.2.6
4. Utilities Facilities Securities Subordination (required when any security
interest in the utility facilities/systems is involved). UCC-1(s) can be subordinated by a
Subordination or by use of UCC-3(s) if not released by Subordination.
5. Deed of Utility Easement - Copy of last Deed that conveyed title of the
Associated Real Property and Copy of all Utility Easements then being
conveyed to the County, including legal description with Surveyor’s
Sketch of Easement.
(Utility easements are not required provided all utility facilities then being conveyed are
in public right-of way, are in then existing utility easements, or are in CUEs)
6. Utilities Performance Security (UPS) 10% of Total Cost plus
Final Obligations cash bond of not less than $4,000 (AR-5939 & above)
7. Final Release of Lien from Utility Contractor for the system(s) or
portion(s) thereof constructed
8. Facilities Lease (when applicable)
CHECKLIST
WATER & SEWER FACILITIES ACCEPTANCE
COUNTY ORDINANCE 97-17, AS AMENDED
Page 2
Page 2 of 3
Rev. 07/2018
9. Facilities Lease (including Sub-Developer) use Form 10.1
Tests, Certifications and Supplemental Documents
N/A In
review
Item
accepted Item Needed Notes
1. Sewer Video of constructed gravity sewer (Sewer Report & Master Utility
Sheet)
2. Certification of pressure testing of wastewater force mains by Engineer of
Record
3. Certification of the infiltration/exfiltration tests for the sewer lines by
Engineer of Record
4. Coating certification from the manufacturer or a professional testing
laboratory for all manholes, wet wells and valve vault.
5. Lift station(s) start up report(s)
6. Electrical Contractor’s certification of Lift Station electric service wire
sizing and voltage drop pursuant to National Electrical Code
Specifications
7. Start-up and successful testing of Data Flow telemetry equipment
(AR-7936 & above)
8. Certification of pressure testing of water and non-potable irrigation mains
by Engineer of Record
9. Letter by Engineer certifying that:
•All water, non-potable irrigation and/or sewer facilities are located
within the public right-of-way or dedicated easements
•All the utilities system(s), or portion(s) thereof, has been
constructed in accordance with County Ordinances and
Regulations, including the required color for piping
10. One year (1) Warranty on work performed and system(s) or portion(s)
thereof installed by Utilities Contractor
11. Engineer’s Final Payment Confirmation
12.
13.
DEP Certification and copy of General Permit for WATER facilities
(including interim facilities, if applicable);
DEP WATER Certification approval to be forwarded when received
CHECKLIST
WATER & SEWER FACILITIES ACCEPTANCE
COUNTY ORDINANCE 97-17, AS AMENDED
Page 3
Page 3 of 3
Rev. 07/2018
14.
15.
DEP Certification and copy of General Permit for SEWER facilities
(including interim facilities, if applicable);
DEP SEWER Certification approval to be forwarded when received
16. DEP Certification and copy of General Permit for (RECLAIMED) NON-
POTABLE IRRIGATION WATER facilities (including interim facilities, if
applicable); In-service Letter to be forwarded when received
17. Lab results on bacteriological tests for potable water mains
18. Satisfactory Test Reports and Certification of backflow device by Certified
Laboratory.
19. Verification of Final Cost (Include materials and labor, misc.)
Cost breakdown – Contributory Assets for County/Private Materials
(materials only)
(i.e. detailed quantities, sizes, unit cost, total cost, etc)
20 Letter from the Fire District regarding ownership and maintenance of
fire hydrants
21. Signed copy of field fire flow testing by the applicable Fire Control District
Engineering Documents
N/A In
review
Item
accepted Item Needed Notes
1. One (1) complete set of Record Drawings to include all utilities and all
related underground work signed and sealed by the Engineer of Record
for potable water, non-potable irrigation water and / or wastewater
system(s) or portion(s) thereof
2. One (1) computer-generated disk of Record Drawings in CAD and PDF
format in accordance with Section 10.4: Record Drawings of the Utilities
Standards and Procedures Ordinance
3. Longitude and latitude shall appear on detail sheet. (AR-7936 & above)
Office Use Only below this line
W W/S S IRR
VENDOR AND MANUFACTURER APPROVAL APPLICATION FORM
Please prepare the completed Approval Application Form along with all requested information,
and email all documents to the Public Utilities Engineering and Project Management Division as
noted below. All documents must be in either PDF or WORD or EXCEL format. Other file formats
will not be accepted. Faxes will not be accepted.
UtilityPlanning@colliercountyfl.gov
Page 1 of 4 Rev 07/18
Date:
A. Application Contact Name & Business:
Address
Phone # Fax #
Email address
B. Manufacturer of Product
Address
Phone # Fax #
Email address
C. Specific Location(s) of Product Manufacture and Assembly
Address
Phone # Fax #
Email address
D. Identify specific County Detail(s) or Specification(s) on which approval is
sought.
VENDOR AND MANUFACTURER APPROVAL APPLICATION FORM
Page 2 of 4 Rev 07/18
E. Is the applicant the product manufacturer? If not, describe the relationship
of the applicant to the manufacturer.
Yes
No
F. Is the product available through more than one vendor? Describe who
will provide sales and service to the County for the submitted product .
Yes No
G. Is the product is manufactured in whole or in part outside of the United
States?
Yes No
H. If the answer to Item G is Yes, attach copy of ISO 9001 Quality Control current
certification certificates for the manufacturer and the point of manufacture.
I. How long has the specific product or service being proposed been on the
market for public purchase?
No. of Years
J. In the case of applicators or installers, for how long has work been
commenced and completed using the specific product or service being
proposed?
No. of Years
K. Provide a product or service customer reference list that identifies the
organization, location, contact person, email address, phone number, date
of first installation, date of completion, number of products used, and the
specific application of the product with each reference. Applicators and
installers must have at least three references using the specific product or
service being proposed.
L. Provide a list identifying the public utility departments or organizations that
have approved your product. Preference should be given to utility
departments within the state of Florida. The list must include a contact name,
email address and phone number at each public utility.
Page 3 of 4 Rev 07/18
M. Attach legible copies of pertinent product data sheets, shop drawings and
performance data to assist with the County’s review. All information must be
submitted with the Application form. Clearly identify what product and
product sizes are being proposed. Complete submittals are required with
initial application, and supplemental submittals will not be accepted.
N. As applicable, provide copies of certifications that specific product being
proposed meets the following standards:
UL Approval attached Yes No
FM Approval attached Yes No
NSF 61 Approval attached Yes No
(NSF 61 approval is mandatory for all products that may be in
contact with potable water.)
O. Summarize the advantages of the submitted product or service. Provide no
more than one page of text.
P. Provide estimated unit cost for the submitted product or service.
Q. Provide separate estimated unit costs for the operation and the
maintenance of the submitted product or service.
R. Based on the references identified above, identify the anticipated life of the
submitted product or service before either replacement or major repair is
needed.
S. Explain benefits this application will have to the operation and
maintenance of the Collier County Utility system:
Page 4 of 4 Rev 07/18
The applicant hereby affirms the information provided with this Application Form
is complete, accurate and current.
Submitted by
Signature
Firm name
Date
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
All Systems
Appendix F Page 1 of 56 Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Casing Spacer End Seals Power Seal EndSeal Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B
Casing Spacer End Seals Cascade Waterworks MFG Co. CCES Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B
Casing Spacers Stainless Steel Power Seal 4810 Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 BG-5
Casing Spacers Stainless Steel Cascade Waterworks MFG Co. CCS Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B-5
Electronic Markers 3M Electronic Ball Marker 1423, 1424 & 1428 Section 1: 2.6.1, 3.1.4, 3.2.1/WW-10/WW-
12/WW-16
Electronic Markers OMNI MARKER 161, 162 & 168 Section 330518, Page 9, 3.2 O.2
Joint Restraint Devices EBAA Iron Sales Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5, 2.1
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices Romac Industries Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5, 2.1
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices Sigma Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5,
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices Star Pipe Products Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5, 2.1
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices Ford Meter Box Company Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5,
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On
joints for push joint pipe
American Cast Iron Pipe
Company Flex-Ring & Lok-Ring Section 330504, Page 7, F.3
Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On
joints for push joint pipe McWane Inc. Super-Lock & TR Flex Section 330504, Page 7, F.3
Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On
joints for push joint pipe U.S. Pipe Section 330504, Page 7, F.3
Metalized Tape Reef Industries, Inc. Houston,
TX Terra Tape Section 330518, Page 9, O.1
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
All Systems
Appendix F Page 2 of 56 Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Metalized Tape Proline Safety Products Detectable Tape Section 330518, Page 9, O.1
Rubber Gasket pipe McWane Inc. Long-Span Pipe Section 330518, Page 10, Q.1
Rubber Gasket pipe American Cast Iron Pipe
Company Flanged Section 330518, Page 10, Q.1
Rubber Gasket pipe US Pipe Flanged Section 330518, Page 10, Q.1
Single Sealed Gasket Push-on type
joint
American Cast Iron Pipe
Company Fastite Section 330504, Page 10, 3.3.C
Single Sealed Gasket Push-on type
joint U.S. Pipe Tyton Section 330504, Page 10, 3.3.C
Single Sealed Gasket Push-on type
joint McWane Inc. Tyton Section 330504, Page 10, 3.3.C
Two-part Coal tar Epoxy Madewell Products Corp. Madewell 1104 Section 330518, Page 6, 3.2 G.4
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Water Systems
Appendix F Page 3 of 56 Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Automatic Flushing Device, Ground
Mounted Mueller/Hydro-Guard HG-1 W-2
Automatic Flushing Device, Ground
Mounted Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse #9400-WC W-2
Automatic Flushing Device, Hydrant
Mounted Mueller/Hydro-Guard HG-6 W-2
Automatic Flushing Device, Hydrant
Mounted Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse #9700 W-2
Backflow Preventer Assembly See Approved Backflow
Devices List, Appendix G
Bushing Ford C18 W-6
Corporation Stops Ford F1100NL SERIES W-6
Corporation Stops Ford FB1100NL SERIES W-6
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 4104NL W-5
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 4101 BF NL W-5
Corporation Stops Mueller H10045N, H15008N Section 331200, Page 2, 2.3 A.1
Corporation Stops Mueller H-10046N/
H-10046 W-5
Coupling Ford Model numbers vary by
application W-6
Coupling A.Y. McDonald Model numbers vary by
application W-6
Coupling Mueller Model numbers vary by
application W-6
Curb Stop Ford B43xxxW-NL W-12
Curb Stop A.Y. McDonald 76102-22 W-12
Curb Stop Mueller Mark II Oriseal H-15172N Section 331200, Page 2, 2.3 A.1
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Water Systems
Appendix F Page 4 of 56 Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
HDPE Stab Fitting Elster Hydrosert
Hydrant American Darling 6-inch B-84-B Section 331619, Page 2, 2.1 G
Hydrant Clow Medallion Section 331619, Page 2, 2.1 G
Hydrant Mueller Centurion A-423 Section 331619, Page 2, 2.1 G
Meter Box Carson Fiberlyte FL12 W-12
Meter Box Carson Fiberlyte FL30 W-12
Meter Box Oldcastle Lid-FL12 GP (AMR) W-12
Meter Box Oldcastle Box, FL12 T 12 (w/mouseholes) W-12
Meter Box Oldcastle Unit, FL30 P W-12
Meter Box DFW DFW1324XX-12-AF1PT MUE W-12
Meter Box DFW DFW37F-12-AF1PT MUE W-12
Meter Box DFW DFW1324F-12-AF1PT MUE W-12
Meter, Fire Protection (3", 4", 6", 8") Elster AMCO evoQ4 Electromagnetic Meter W-9/W-14
Meter, Fire Protection (3", 4", 6", 8",
10") Neptune HP Fire Service Turbine Meter W-9/W-14
Meter, Fire Protection (3/4", 1", 1-
1/2", 2") Mueller Systems - Hersey Residential Fire Meter W
Meter, Fire Protection (4", 6", 8",
10") Neptune HP Protectus III Fire Service
Meter W-9/W-14
Meter, Potable Water Neptune Tru/Flo W-13
Meter, Potable Water Neptune Mach 10 W-13
Pedestal Housing Channel CCWD Signature Series SPH W-5
Pedestal Housing Water Plus Corp 131632 NP-4
Pedestal Housing PenCell Plastics AV142034HDHS001009 NP-4
Sampling Station Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse 88 W-6
Sampling Station Mueller Company Safety Guard BOSS SMPL STA W-6
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Water Systems
Appendix F Page 5 of 56 Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Sampling Station Mueller Company 2” BOSS-BSS0212CHANLCSR W-6
Service Saddles (Brass) Ford F202B Section 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1
Service Saddles (Brass) Mueller DR2 B Section 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1
Service Saddles (PVC) Perm Bact Sample Point
Powerseal P3401 SERIES Section 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1/W-6
Service Saddles (PVC) Perm Bact Sample Point
Ford S 90 SERIES Section 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1/W-6
Service Wye Ford Y44-xxx-NL W-12
Strainer, Flanged (Staff Use) Mars Z-plate
Strainer, Flanged (Staff Use) Neptune Rilsan nylon-coated ductile iron
Tapping Saddle/ Hot taps Powerseal P3490MJ Series W-12
Valve Box Tyler/Union 461 Section 331200, Page 4, 2.3 B.2
Valve Box, Locking Cover AMPro USA LL562 Section 331200, Page 4, 2.3 B.2.
Valve Setter Wilkins WMJS W-9A/W-11A
Valve, Air Val-Matic Model 801AS W-11/W-14/W-16
Valve, Air Release A.R.I. D-040 (nylon), D-040 ST ST (SS)
W-5
Valve, Bacterial Sampling Station Line
Mueller Mark II Oriseal Section 331200, Page 3, 2.3 A.1
Valve, Ball Ford Section 331200, Page 3, 2.3 A.1
Valves and Appurtenances American Darling Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances A.Y. McDonald Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances Clow Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances Ford Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances Kennedy Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances Mueller Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances U.S. Pipe Section 331200 2.3 A
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Irrigation Quality (IQ) Systems
Appendix F Page 6 of 56 Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
120VAC Surge Suppressor Edco HSP121 NP-E3
12VDC Power Supply Allen Bradley 1606-XLS NP-E3
12VDC Power Supply Sola HD SDN-P NP-E3
12VDC Power Supply PULS Dimension - QS NP-E3
24VDC Power Supply Allen Bradley 1606-XLE NP-E3
24VDC Power Supply Sola HD SDN-P NP-E3
24VDC Power Supply PULS Dimension - QS NP-E3
Antenna Subsystem Data Flow Systems, Inc. RTA209 Yagi Antenna NP-E9
Back Pressure Sustaining Valve Ames No. 920 NP-1/NP-E2
Plate Strainer, Top Access Mars NP-1/NP-E2
Corporation Stops Ford FB 1100-NL/
FB 1100 NP-2
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 74704B NP-2
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 74104NL/
74104 NP-4
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 74101 BF NL/
74101 BF NP-4
Corporation Stops Mueller H-10046N/
H-10046 NP-4
Curb Stop Ford B43-444W-NL, Compression x
Meter Swivel NP-2
Data Radio Integra TR NP-E3
Data Signal Line Surge Processor Edco PC642 Series NP-E3
Geomembrane GSE Environmental Section 334713, Page 4, 1.6 A.1
Level Transducer Wika NP-E6
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Irrigation Quality (IQ) Systems
Appendix F Page 7 of 56 Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Meter Box Carson Fiberlyte FL12 NP-2
Meter Box Carson Fiberlyte FL30 NP-2
Meter Box Oldcastle Lid-FL12 GP (AMR) NP-2
Meter Box Oldcastle Box, FL12 T 12 (w/mouseholes) NP-2
Meter Box Oldcastle Unit, FL30 P NP-2
Meter Box DFW DFW1324XX-12-AF1PT MUE NP-2
Meter Box DFW DFW37F-12-AF1PT MUE NP-2
Meter Box DFW DFW1324F-12-AF1PT MUE NP-2
Flow Meter, Magnetic
Meter, Non-Potable Propeller
Pedestal Housing Endress+Hauser W400 NP-1/NP-E2
Pedestal Housing
McCrometer
Water Specialties No. ML-04-X
with 4-20 MA Output
Transmitter, TR-16
NP-1/NP-E2
Pedestal Housing Channel CCWD Signature Series
SPH14206C1B1L01 NP-4
Rain Gauge Water Plus Corp 131632 NP-4
Service Wye PenCell Plastics AV142034HDHS001009 NP-4
Service Wye ISCO 674 NP-E5
Service Wye Ford Y44-264-NL NP-2
Surge Suppression A.Y. McDonald 708YS22 NP-2
Surge Suppression Mueller P-15343N NP-2
Surge Suppression, Main Service Edco SS65 Series NP-E6/NP-E7
Tapping Saddle/ Hot taps CITEL TSP15M NP-E6/NP-E7
Valve, Air Release Lea USP-M Series NP-E5
Valve, Air Release Powerseal P3490MJ Series NP-2
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Irrigation Quality (IQ) Systems
Appendix F Page 8 of 56 Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
3) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
4) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Valve, Air Release A.R.I. D-040 NP-4
Valve, Air Release A.R.I. D-040 SS NP-4
Valve, Rising Stem Gate/ OS&Y GA Industries 942SS NP-4
Valve, V-Port Ball
GA Industries Combination Section 1 2.7/NP-1/NP-4/NP-E2
Valve, V-Port Ball - Motor
(Actuator)
Rotork IQTM NP-E2
American Flow Control AFC-2500 SERIES NP-1/NP-E2
DeZurik
VPB - flanged, type 317
stainless, and Teflon seat and
bearings
NP-1
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 9 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Access Frame (Pump Station) U.S. Foundry AHD WW-7/WW-8
Access Hatch, Aluminum Bilco J-AL H20 (5-1/2" depth) WW-8/WW-8A/WW-8B
Access Hatch, Aluminum Halliday H1W (3-1/2" depth) WW-8/WW-8A/WW-8B
Access Hatch, Aluminum U.S. Foundry AHS (5" depth) WW-8/WW-8A/WW-8B
Antenna Subsystem Data Flow Systems, Inc. RTA209 Yagi Antenna Section 333200, Page 4, 2.1 J/WW-17
Biofiltration Odor Control System Evoqua Zabocs (pre-engineered) Section 333200, Page 5, 2.1 P
Ceramic Epoxy Lining Vulcan Painters Protecto 401 Coating Section 330504, Page 3, 2.1.B
Chimney Seal Cretex Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K/WW-3/WW-
4/WW-5
Chimney Seal Trelleborg Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K/WW-3/WW-
4/WW-5
Coaxial Cable Data Flow Systems, Inc. RTC 400 Section 333200, Page 2.1 J/WW-17
Diaphragm Seals Ashcroft Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 G
Diaphragm Seals Mansfield and Green Type SB Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 G
Diaphragm Seals Trerice Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 G
Flanged Adapter Connections EBAA Iron Sales E2100 SERIES Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.c.
Flanged Adapter Connections Victaulic Vic Flange Style 741 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.c.
Flow Meter Endress-Hauser Promag W400 Section 333313, Page 9, 2.2 M.1
Generator Receptacle and Angle
Adapter Crouse-Hinds AR2042 with S22 option, and
an AJA1 angle adaptor WW-7/WW-9
Grass Covered Porous Pavement Invisible Structures Grasspave2 WW-8/WW-8A/WW-8B
Inflow Protector, Stainless Steel Sewer Shield, Inc. Maitland, FL Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K
Inflow Protector, Stainless Steel Rainstopper LLC. Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K
Inflow Protector, Stainless Steel L.F. Manufacturing, Inc. Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 10 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
NOTES:
3) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Internal Protection IET Systems IET Coating System Section 333913, Page 5, 3.1 F/Section
099723/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-7
Appendix F Page 11 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department County
Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Internal Protection Raven Lining Systems -
Broken Arrow, OK Raven 405 Section 333913, Page 5, 3.1F/Section
099723/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-7
Internal Protection Kerneos - Chesapeake, VA Sewpercoat Lining System Section 333913, Page 5, 3.1F/Section
099723/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-7
Junction Box Hoffman A12106NFSS WW-9
Lightning Arrestor Square D SDSA-1175 for 1-phase Section 333200, Page 5, 2.1 O/WW-9
Lightning Arrestor Square D SDSA-3650 for 3-phase Section 333200, Page 5, 2.1 O/WW-9
Liquid Level Regulators (Float
Switch) Roto-Float WW-7/WW-8
Liquid Level Regulator (Float
Switch) Dura-Float 2900 Series B4 WW-7/WW-8
Pipe Interior Lining Permox CTF Ceramic Epoxy Lining Section 330504, Page 3, 2.1 B
Plastic Joint Sealing Compound Hamilton Kent, Toronto/Ontario,
Canada Kent-Seal Section 333913, Pages 2, 2.1 A/WW-
3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-6/WW-7/WW-18
Plastic Joint Sealing Compound Henry Ram-Nek Section 333913, Pages 2, 2.1 A/WW-
3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-6/WW-7/WW-18
Polymer Concrete Manholes US Composite Pipe, Inc. Section 034100, Page 5, 2.2 D
Polymer Concrete Manholes Armorock Section 034100, Page 5, 2.2 D
Power Distribution Blocks Schneider (Square D) Class 9080 Power Distribution
Blocks
WW-9/WW-9A/WW-9B
Pump Control Panel ECS Section 333200, Page 43, 2.1 I/WW-
7/WW-9
Pump Control Panel Suncoast Hydraulic Section 333200, Page 43, 2.1 I/WW-
7/WW-9
Pump Controller Data Flow Systems, Inc. TCU Section 333200, Page 3, 2.1 J
Riser Ring, HDPE/EPP Ladtech/Cretex(EPP) Riser Ring Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 L
Sealing Compound Crouse-Hindz Chico Sealing Compound
WW-9/WW-9A/WW-9B
Appendix F Page 12 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department County
Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
NOTES: 1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal. 2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Sealing Element GPT Link-Seal Section 333313, Page 9, 2.2 I.1/WW-18
Sewage Pump Flygt N-Series Section 333200, Page 2, 2.1 D
Sewer Clean-Out Rim and Cover U.S. Foundry 7621 WW-11
Sewer Manhole Ring and Cover U.S. Foundry WW-3, WW-4, WW-5, WW-6, Section 333913
Sewer Manhole Frame and Covers Pamrex WW-5
Sewer Manhole Frame and Covers U.S. Foundry 105M WW-2
Sewer Manhole Frame and Covers U.S. Foundry 420-C-ORS Section 333913, Page 2, 2.1A/WW-3/WW- 4/WW-5/WW-6/WW-18
Sleeve Type Couplings Powerseal STYLE 3501 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.d.
Sleeve Type Couplings Dresser Style 38 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.d.
Sleeve Type Couplings Smith Blair Style 413 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.d.
Tower Rohn WW-17
Valve Box Brooks WW-9
Valve, 3-Way Plug (Staff Use) Milliken Valve Co. Model M604 WW-7/WW-8
Valve, 3-Way Plug (Staff Use) Dezurik Model D202 WW-7/WW-8
Valve, Air Release HTECH 2" SS MODEL # 8889860041 WW-13/Section 333313, Page 7, 2.2 D.11
Valve, Air Release A.R.I. D-025 WW-5/Section 333313, Page 7, 2.2 D.11
Valve, Check Kennedy Valve Manufacturing Co.
MODEL 1106LW/106LW WW-7/WW-8/Section 333313, Page 5, 2.2 C
Valve, Check Mueller A-2600, A2602 WW-7/WW-8, Section 333313, Page 5, 2.2 C
Valve, Check Milliken Valve Co. 8001 WW-7/WW-8, Section 333313, Page 5, 2.2 C
Valve, Check GA Industries 340-W WW-7/WW-8, Section 333313, Page 5, 2.2 C
Valve, Check VSI Waterworks CVIX AWWA C508 Section 333313
Appendix F Page 13 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department County
Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
NOTES: 1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and reviewed to be considered an equal. 2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Valve, Duckbill (Staff Use) Red Valve Co., Inc. Longwood, FL
"Tideflex" WW-7
Valves, Plug DeZurik Model PEC & PEF (MJ & Flange) WW-7/WW-8(A)(B)/Section 333313, Page 2, 2.2 A.1
Valves, Plug Milliken Valve Co. Model M600 & M601 (MJ & Flange) WW-7/WW-8(A)(B)/Section 333313, Page 2, 2.2 A.1
Valves, Plug Cam-Centric 55XX, 56XXF,57XXF, 58XXR,
59XXR (TN, N, TL, XF)
WW-7/WW-8(A)(B)/Section 333313, Page
2, 2.2 A.1
Valves, Plug VSI Waterworks PVII & PVIF AWWA C517 Section 333313
Appendix F Page 14 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Contract List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor Contract # Applicability
Epoxytech CPP Epoxy coating,
equipment and services
Florida Service Painting, Inc. 23-8169 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality
(IQ) Systems
Commodities and services for
utility plant operations
John Mader Enterprises, Inc. PB-421 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality
(IQ) Systems
Appendix F Page 15 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver List
Single/ Sole Source
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor Division Applicability
Teledyne ISCO Refrigerated
Autosampler, sampler bottles,
tubing, spare and replacement
parts and services.
Accutech Instrumentation,
Inc.
Wastewater Wastewater Systems
Belt Press Dewatering
Equipment & Services
Alfa Laval Engineering & Project
Management
Water Systems
McCrometer meters, repair,
parts, and services
Avanti Inc. Wastewater Wastewater Systems
HOMA submersible sewage
pumps and services
Barney's Pump Inc. Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
NOV/Moyno progressive cavity
pumps and services
Carl Eric Johnson Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Flowserve vertical turbine pumps
and services
Carter & Verplanck Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Chemtrac's HydroAct Residual
Chlorine Analyzer
ChemTrac Water Water Systems
CROM utility storage tanks and
services
CROM Coatings and
Restorations (CCR)
Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Contractor shall provide
Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition equipment and
software (SCADA) as well as
technical support.
Data Flow Systems, Inc. Wastewater Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Master Meter Flow Meter and
software
Empire Pipe and Supply
Company Inc.
Wastewater Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 16 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver List
Single/ Sole Source
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor Division Applicability
Promag Electromagnet Flow
Meters, Analyzers, Level
Transmitters, replacement parts,
and service
Endress Hauser Wastewater Wastewater Systems
Aqua-Aerobic Systems Cloth
Media, Traveling Bridge Filtration
equipment, parts and services
EnviroSales of Florida, Inc. Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
NozzTeq nozzles and services Evervac Equipment Wastewater Wastewater Systems
Chemicals, components,
services, etc.
Evoqua Water Technologies Wastewater Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Centrifugal/Chopper/Conditioning
Pumps and Services
FJ Nugent & Associates, Inc. Wastewater Wastewater Systems
Replacement parts,
maintenance, and equipment.
Fluid Control Specialties, Inc
(Rosemount)
Wastewater Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Rotork valve actuators,
replacement parts and repair
services.
Fluid Control Specialties, Inc
(Rotork)
Wastewater Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Aeration Blower & Service Gardner Denver Nash Wastewater Wastewater Systems
License, service, and support for
the SCADA System
GE Digital LLC Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Siemens Level Sensor -
Ultrasonic and services
Gilson Engineering Sales of
Florida
Wastewater Wastewater Systems
Service, and support for the
SCADA System, including
licensing for supporting
applications
Gray Matter Systems Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 17 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver List
Single/ Sole Source
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor Division Applicability
Laboratory Equipment, Supplies,
and Materials, Testing Services,
etc.
Hach Company Water Equipment, Chemicals, & Services
Parts, Services, and Repairs for
Sand Separator
HC Warner Water Water Systems
Screening and Screening
Handling and services
Hydra Service Inc. Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Grit Removal System Hydro International & Huber Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Laboratory parts, supplies, and
services
IDEXX Distribution, Inc. Wastewater Laboratory Parts, Supplies, & Services
Valve Exercise / Operator and
services
Illinois Tool Works dba E.H.
WACHS
Water Water Systems
Belt Press Parts and Services Komline-Sanderson Engineering & Project
Management
Wastewater Systems
Service Agreement and Updates Labworks, LLC Water/ Wastewater Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
HF Scientific equipment, parts,
and services
Lazenby & Associates, Inc. Wastewater Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Lime Feed and Slaker system
and services
Merrick Industries, Inc. Water Water Systems
Xylem- Sanitaire Diffused
Aeration Equipment and UGSI
Chemical Feed, Inc. Liquid
Polymer Dosing System
Moss Kelley/MKI Services,
Inc.
Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Grit Removal Equipment,
Clarifiers parts, sludge thickener
parts, and service
Ovivo USA, LLC Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 18 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver List
Single/ Sole Source
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor Division Applicability
Aqua Guard Self Cleaning
Bar/Filter Screen
Parkson Corporation Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
New York Blower Odor Control
Blowers and services
Pero Engineering & Sales Co. Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ASME pressure valves and
replacement parts
Protec Arisawa Water Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
SCADA components, parts,
panels, etc.
Rexel USA, Inc Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Service Agreement, Parts and
Supplies
Seal Analytical, Inc. Water/ Wastewater Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Seepex Progressive Cavity
Pumps, and services
Tencarva/Hudson Pumps Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Service/ Repair of CO2 Tanks TOMCO2 Systems Water Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Telog Software, Pressure
Sensor, Recorders and Services.
Trimble, Inc. Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ProMinent Equipment, Parts, and
Services
TriNova Inc Wastewater Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Trillium Flow Technologies Grit
Pumping, Sludge Pumping, Grit
Separation Equipment, and
services
TSC-Jacobs South Engineering & Project
Management
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Component parts, equipment,
software and support to maintain
the Itron meter systems.
United Systems and Software
Inc
Water Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 19 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver List
Single/ Sole Source
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor Division Applicability
Limitorque Valve Actuators and
Services
Valve & Actuation Service Water Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ATI Analytical Products Volition Controls Corp Water/ Wastewater Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Internal Recycling Dry Pit
Submersible Pumps,
Repair/Replacement Parts, and
services.
Xylem Water Solutions U.S.A. Water/ Wastewater Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 20 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Analog Control Module
(ACM002) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00350-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Analog Monitor Module
(AMM002) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00240-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Bus Extender Module Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00223-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Control Module (DCM003-
01) AC 8DO, 4DI Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00297-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Control Module (DCM003-
02) AC 4DO, 8DI Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00297-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Control Module (DCM003-
03) AC/DC 8DO, 4DI (Requires
the use of snubbers 007-0084)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00297-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Control Module (DCM003-
04) AC/DC 4DO, 8DI (AC
Requires the use of snubbers
007-0084 / DC requires 006-
0019)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00297-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Control Module (DCM003-
05) DC 8DO, 4DI Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00297-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Control Module (DCM003-
06) DC 4DO, 8DI Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00297-008-06 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Monitor Module
(DMM003) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00518-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Power Supply Module (PSM003-
1, 100W) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00296-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Solar Power Module (SPM002) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00517-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Programmable Logic Controller
(PLC001) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00213-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 21 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Programmable Logic Controller
(PLC800) w/PMT Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00539-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
PLC Bypass Card (PBC001) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00309-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TIM007-34 (VDR002-01, 217-
220 MHz) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00513-008-34 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TIM007 Board-Only (no radio, all
TIM007 versions) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00513-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
VDR002-01 (for TIM007-34, 217-
220 MHz) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00530-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Network Interface Module -
(NIM001) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Switch Interface Module
(SIM001, 5 PORT) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-13 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Network Switch Module -
(NSM001, 8 PORT) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-16 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Network Switch (5-Port, Prosafe,
-04 NSM & SIM) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 002-0567 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Network Switch (8-Port, Prosafe,
-16 NSM) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 002-0568 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Fiber Interface Module - (FIM00l-
10/100) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-09 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Network Fiber Module - (NFM00l-
10/100) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-10 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Media Converter 10/100 (AT-
MMC200/ST)
This part is used on the FIM001
and NFM001
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 002-0566 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
NFM Cable - For connecting
extra NFM's in an HSS Data Flow Systems, Inc. 002-0268 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 22 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Network Cell-Router Module -
(NCM001) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-15 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Hyper Server Module (HSM003) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00543-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU202 Assembly- includes: (1)
Fiberglass Enclosure, (1)
MBP202, (1) PSM003-1, (1)
Polyphaser, (1) SPS00l, (1) RF
Pigtail, (1) 2.6 aH Battery
DEDUCT DFS-00349-008-04 for
NO Tower Mount Brackets
DEDUCT DFS-00392-008-01 for
Network
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00349-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU202 "CUT FOR PLC"
includes: (1) Fiberglass
Enclosure, (1) MBP202-3, (1)
PSM003-1, (1) Polyphaser, (1)
SPS00l, (1) RF Pigtail, (1) 2.6 aH
Battery DEDUCT DFS-00349
008-04 for NO Tower Mount
Brackets DEDUCT DFS-00392-
008-01 for Network
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00349-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU202 "Solar" Assembly-
includes 18 X 16 Fiberglass
Enclosure with backplate,
MBP202-2, Solar PSM,
Polyphaser Coaxial Surge
Protector, RF Pigtail, & 12V
18Amp Battery DEDUCT DFS-
00349-008-04 for NO Tower
Mount Brackets
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00349-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 23 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
RTU204 w/MBP00l - includes: (1)
204 316SS NEMA 4X Enclosure,
(1) MBP00l, (1) PSM003-1, (1)
Polyphaser Coaxial Surge
Protector, (1)
SPS00l, (1) RF Pigtail, (1) 2.6 Ah
Battery, (1) l0A Breaker.
DEDUCT DFS-00392-008-01 for
Network (NO Polyphaser/Pigtail)
16.5" Din-Rail space
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00280-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU204 w/MBP002 (the rest is
same as 204 above) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00280-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU204 w/MBP00l-3 for PLC
(the rest is same as 204 above)
Add PLC Backplane Switch
Options
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00280-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU204 w/MBP00l-4 for FTU -
includes: (1) 204 Enclosure, (1)
MBP00l- 4, (1) PSM003-1, (2)
Polyphaser Coaxial Surge
Protector, (1) SPS00l, (2)
RF Pigtail, (1) 2.6 Ah Battery
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00280-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU210/216 - Special Quote
Required from Systems
Engineering
Data Flow Systems, Inc. Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU202 Fiberglass Enclosure
(MBP NOT INCLUDED) 14"h
12"w 811d
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 038-0053 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU202 Modular Backplane,
MBP202-01 Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00348-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 24 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
RTU202 Modular Backplane,
MBP202-02 (CUT FOR SOLAR) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00348-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU202 Modular Backplane,
MBP202-03 (CUT FOR PLC) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00348-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Aluminum Plate for 202
Enclosure 14x 12 (BP1412AL) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 039-0135 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU204 Enclosure (MBP NOT
INCLUDED) 15.5"h 23"w 7.S"d Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00280-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Modular Backplane (MBP00l-1)
(for single backplane use) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00279-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Modular Backplane (MBP00l-2)
(2nd & 3rd for 210, 216) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00279-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Modular Backplane (MBP00l-3)
(for PLC use) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00279-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Modular Backplane (MBP00l-4
for Solar Power Module SPM) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00279-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Modular Backplane (MBP00l-5
for FTU - requires 2 RIMs) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00279-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Tower Mount Bracket "Pair" for
RTU202 & TAC Pack Enclosures Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00349-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Telemetry Control Unit (TCU00l)
- No Radio, controller only (add
P3 and P4 connectors for Mod
bus application)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00367-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TAC Pack TCU w/VDR002 (217-
220 MHz) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00367-008-21 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 25 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
TCU800 - NO RADIO, MODBUS
CONFIG Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00540-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 - NO RADIO, SERIAL
FOR EXTERNAL RADIO Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00540-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800-IP - NETWORK
INTERFACE (NO RADIO) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00540-008-16 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 w/VDR002 (217-220
MHz) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00540-008-21 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 w/DUAL COMMS
(VDR002 217-220 MHz &
NETWORK)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00540-008-31 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU00l "Basic Snap-In"
Installation Kit - Includes: snap-in
mounting bracket, spring loaded
connectors, Wago terminals for
resistors and fuses only, SPS00l,
10A Circuit Breaker, TFS, TFS
Install kit for TCU, 2.6 aH
Battery.
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00392-008-09 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU00l "Deluxe Snap-In"
Installation Kit WITH WIRE
HARNESS & ADDED
COMPONENTS- Includes: snap-
in mounting bracket, spring
loaded connectors, Wago
terminals for every wire
termination, (1) EDCO DRS036
Analog Surge Protector, SPS00l,
10A Circuit Breaker, TFS, TFS.
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00396-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 26 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
TCU00l "Basic Front-Mount"
Installation Kit- Includes dead-
front mounting bracket, spring
loaded connectors, Wago
terminals for resistors and fuses
only, SPS00l, 10A Circuit
Breaker, TFS, TFS Install kit for
TCU, 2.6 aH Battery. (Add 3-
Phase Surge Protector &
Polyphaser Kit)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00392-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU00l "Deluxe Front-Mount"
Installation Kit WITH WIRE
HARNESS & ADDED
COMPONENTS - Includes:
dead-front mounting bracket,
spring loaded connectors, Wago
terminals for every wire
termination, (1) EDCO DRS036
Analog Surge Protector, SPS00l,
10A Circuit Breaker, TFS, TFS
Install kit for TCU, 2.6 aH
Battery. (Add 3-Phase Surge
Protector & Polyphaser Kit)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00396-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU001 Harness Upgrade Kit for
TCU800, Includes: 002-0596
USB, 002-0597 USB Cover, 019-
0174 USB Lanyard, 016-0270 20
pin P3 Connector
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00540-108-07 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 27 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
TCU800 "Basic Snap-In"
Installation Kit - Includes: snap-in
mounting bracket, Pl/P2/P3
spring loaded connectors, Wago
terminals for resistors and fuses
only, SPS00l, 10A Circuit
Breaker, TFS, TFS Install kit for
TCU, 7aH Battery. (Add 3-Phase
Surge Protector & Polyphaser
Kit)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00552-008-08 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 "Deluxe Snap-In"
Installation Kit WITH WIRE
HARNESS & ADDED
COMPONENTS - Includes: snap-
in mounting bracket, Pl/P2/P3
spring loaded connectors, Wago
terminals for every wire
termination, (4) ASI Analog
Surge Protectors, SPS00l, l0A
Circuit Breaker, TFS, TFS Install
kit for TCU, 7aH Battery. (Add 3-
Phase Surge Protector &
Polyphaser Kit)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00552-008-09 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 "Basic Front-Mount"
Installation Kit - Includes dead-
front mounting bracket, Pl/P2/P3
spring loaded connectors, Wago
terminals for resistors and fuses
only, SPS00l, l0A Circuit
Breaker, TFS, TFS Install kit for
TCU, 7aH Battery. (Add 3-
Phase)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00552-008-10 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 28 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
TCU800 "Deluxe Front-Mount"
Installation Kit WITH WIRE
HARNESS & ADDED
COMPONENTS - Includes:
dead-front mounting bracket,
Pl/P2/P3 spring loaded
connectors, Wago terminals for
every wire termination, (4) ASI
Analog Surge Protectors,
SPS00l, l0A Circuit Breaker,
TFS, TFS Install kit for TCU, 7aH
Battery. (Add 3-Phase Surge
Protector & Polyphaser Kit)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00552-008-11 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 HARNESS 480V 3-
PHASE UPGRADE KIT. (Use
this 480V upgrade if purchasing
a Deluxe Installation Kit)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00393-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU Pl,P2 Connector (Wire
Enters Top, Snap-In, 24-Pin)
Each
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0154 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU Pl,P2 Connector (Wire
Enters Rear, Front Mount, 24-
Pin) Each
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0182 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU00l ONLY- P3 Connector
(Configuration/ Address Board) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00391-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 ONLY- P3 Connector
(Added 1/0) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0270 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 29 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
TCU P4 Connector (RS-232 / R-
S485) - Spring-Load Terminal
(Not included with Installation
Kits - Required for RIO and
Modbus Interface)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0156 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU P4 Connector (RS-232 / R-
S485) - Spring-Load Terminal
(Not included with Installation
Kits - Required for RIO and
Modbus Interface) - FOR
FRONT-MOUNTED TCU
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0184 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU Snap-in Mounting Bracket Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00370-008-10 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Adjustable Depth (4.5") Bracket
(Short), Snap-In Bracket Req'd
For 6-8" deep enclosure
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00394-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Adjustable Depth (8.75") Bracket
(Medium), Snap-In Bracket Req'd
For 10-12" deep enclosure
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00394-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Adjustable Depth (12.25")
Bracket (Tall), Snap-In Bracket
Req'd For 14-18" deep enclosure
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00394-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Accu-CT split-core current
transformer (20A), ACTL-0750-
020 (EACH)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 008-0076 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Accu-CT split-core current
transformer (50A), ACTL-0750-
050 (EACH) NOTE: 50A is
TCU800 default setting
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 008-0077 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 30 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Accu-CT split-core current
transformer (lO0A), ACTL-0750-
100 (EACH)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 008-0078 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Fiberglass Enclosure Assembly
for TAC Pack TCU
Includes: (1) Fiberglass 18x16
Enclosure w/Backplate, (1) Snap-
In Install Kit w/240V 3-Phase
protector, Polyphaser & RF
Pigtail.
ADD 480V 3-PHASE KIT
UPGRADE IF REQUIRED
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00275-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
316 SS Enclosure Assembly for
TAC Pack TCU
Includes: (1) 316 SS 18x16
Enclosure, (1) Snap-In Install Kit
w/240V 3- Phase protector,
Polyphaser & RF Pigtail.
ADD 480V 3-PHASE KIT
UPGRADE IF REQUIRED
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00275-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU00l Harness Upgrade Kit for
TCU800, Includes: 002-0596
USB, 002-0597 USB Cover, 019-
0174 USB Lanyard, 016-0270 20
pin P3 Connector
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00540-108-07 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU00l SS Enclosure - ENCL
ONLY 18"h 16"w l0"d Data Flow Systems, Inc. 038-0012 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU00l Fiberglass Enclosure -
ENCL ONLY 18"h 16"w 8"d Data Flow Systems, Inc. 038-0051 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 31 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
TCU00118x16 Enclosure Plate
(CUSTOM - RAW PLATE ONLY) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 039-0127 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Tower Mount Bracket "Pair" for
RTU202 &TCU Enclosures Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00349-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Fiberglass Enclosure Assembly
for TCU800 (with radio)
Includes: (1) Fiberglass
24Hx20W Enclosure
w/Backplate, (1) Snap-In Install
Kit w/Harness, 240V 3-Phase
protector, 7aH battery,
Polyphaser & RF Pigtail. ADD
price of DFS-00393-008-03 480V
3-PHASE KIT IF REQUIRED
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00552-008-06 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
316 SS Enclosure Assembly for
TCU800 (with radio)
Includes: (1) 316 SS 24Hx20W
Enclosure w/Backplate, (1) Snap-
In Install Kit w/Harness, 240V 3-
Phase protector, 7aH battery,
Polyphaser & RF Pigtail. ADD
price of DFS-00393-008-03 480V
3-PHASE KIT IF REQUIRED
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00552-008-07 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 HARNESS RELAY
ADDER (adds interposing relays
for all outputs)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00552-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 SS Enclosure- ENCL
ONLY 24"h 20"w lO"d Data Flow Systems, Inc. 038-0197 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU800 Fiberglass Enclosure -
ENCL ONLY 24"h 20"w l0"d Data Flow Systems, Inc. 038-0206 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 32 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
TCU800 24x20 Enclosure Plate
(CUSTOM - RAW PLATE ONLY) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 039-0337 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Tower Mount Bracket "Pair" for
RTU202 & TCU Enclosures Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00349-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
2.6 aH Battery (12V Battery
w/Leads) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00363-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
7 aH Battery 12V Battery
w/Leads) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00363-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
18aH Battery (12V battery as
used in RTU202 solar assembly)
No leads - Universal Battery,
Part# UB12180
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 023-0045 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Battery Lead (battery-side for
2.6, 3.0 and 7.0 aH) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00165-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Battery Cable, RTU204/202, 12" Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00165-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Battery Cable, RTU210, 36" Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00165-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Battery Cable, TCU/TAC PACK,
48" Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00165-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Battery Cable, TCU/TAC PACK,
72" Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00165-008-07 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
10' Big-Ass Battery Cable
Assembly (see Battery White
Paper)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00501-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Battery Shelf (for 2.6, 3.0 and 7.0
aH batteries only) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 039-0018 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 33 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
RTU Surge Protection Kit
includes: the following: (1)
Polyphaser Coaxial Surge
Protector, (1) SPS001, (1) TFS.
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00364-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU Surge Protection Kit
includes: (1) SPS001120V, (1)
TFS, (1) TFS Install Kit for TCU
(Add 3-Phase Surge Protector
per below)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00364-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
SPS001, 120VAC Single-Phase
Surge Protector Data Flow Systems, Inc. 005-0061 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU 240VAC 1-Phase Surge
Protector {Ditek, UL LISTED)
(Also 208VAC)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 005-0120 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU 240VAC 3-Phase Surge
Protector (Ditek, UL LISTED) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 005-0062 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU 480VAC 3-Phase Surge
Protector {Ditek, UL LISTED) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 005-0063 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU 480VAC 3-Phase Surge
Protector KIT (Ditek, UL LISTED) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00393-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Polyphaser Kit- includes
Polyphaser and RF Pigtail
(specify length)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00392-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Polyphaser Coax Surge
Protector (Standard, BS0LN-C2) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 005-0058 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Edco DRS-036 (DIN MOUNT
ANALOG SURGE
PROTECTOR)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 022-0231 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Edco PC-642C-036 {MODULE) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 022-0056 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 34 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Edco PC-642C (BASE) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 012-0011 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Edco PH-036 (MODULE) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 022-0129 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Edco PH-036 (BASE) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 012-0011 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
API ANALOG LOOP ISOLATOR
{APl-4380-G-D) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 022-0268 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
API OCTAL BASE (NDS-8) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 012-0019 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Zone Barrier CATS/CAT6
Network Surge Protector
(Network RTU/TCU/HSS)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 002-0584 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Transient Filter Shield - TFS00l-2 Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00306-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TFS Install Kit for TCU and TAC
Pack TCU Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00319-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TFS Install Kit for RTU2XX with
PCM001 Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00319-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
10 Amp Breaker (Din Mount) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 014-0010 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
B&B Converter, RS-232 to RS-
485 Data Flow Systems, Inc. 022-0340 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
B&B RS485 Surge Protector
(typical for TCU P4 / Modbus) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 005-0165 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Tripp-Lite DTEL2 "lnline"
Telephone Line Surge Protector
(replaces both Edco PCTEL
MODULE & BASE)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 002-0605 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 35 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Wago Operating Tool (Wago
Bone) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 026-0003 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
1 Amp fuse holder assembly
(mounts to din-rail) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00271-008-09 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
2 Amp fuse holder assembly
(mounts to din-rail) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00271-008-10 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
¼ Amp fuse holder assembly
(mounts to din-rail) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00271-008-11 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
FUSE BLOCK, MIDGET, 3
POS,30A,600V (for 480V 3PH
kit) (add fuses)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 040-0044 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
lA FUSE, MIDGET, TIME
DELAY, 600 VAC, KTQ (for 480V
3PH kit)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 040-0043 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
47K RESISTOR 2 COND WAGO
TERMINAL Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00271-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
249 Ohm RESISTOR 2 COND
WAGO TERMINAL Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00271-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
l00K lW RESISTOR 2 COND
WAGO TERMINAL Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00271-008-07 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
200K 2W RESISTOR 2 COND
WAGO TERMINAL Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00271-008-08 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
100K 1/2W,0.1% RESISTOR (for
old "pre-2020" 480V 3PH kit) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00271-008-14 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
49.9K RESISTOR 2 COND
WAGO TERMINAL (for new
480V 3PH kit)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00271-008-24 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
4 COND WAGO THRU BLOCK
(feed through, 4 hole) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 026-0063 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 36 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
3 COND WAGO THRU BLOCK
(feed through, 3 hole) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 026-0062 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
2 COND WAGO THRU BLOCK
(feed through, 2 hole) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 026-0061 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
WAGO 2 COND END PLATE
(GREY) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 026-0021 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
WAGO 2 COND END PLATE
(ORANGE) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 026-0022 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
WAGO END STOP (Qty 50 in
package) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 026-0002 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
WAGO JUMPER-ADJACENT
GREY Data Flow Systems, Inc. 026-0034 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
WAGO JUMPER-ALTERNATE
GREY Data Flow Systems, Inc. 026-0035 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
IDEC SLIM POWER RELAY,
120VAC, SPDT Data Flow Systems, Inc. 012-0063 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
IDEC SLIM POWER RELAY,
12VDC, SPDT Data Flow Systems, Inc. 012-0064 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
IDEC RJ SLIM POWER RELAY
BASE Data Flow Systems, Inc. 012-0065 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
OMRON/AAE OCTAL RELAY,
120 VAC COIL, DPDT (use 012-
0019 base)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 012-0002 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
OMRON/AAE OCTAL RELAY,
24 VDC COIL, DPDT (use 012-
0019 base)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 012-0023 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
OMRON/AAE OCTAL RELAY
BASE (NDS-8) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 012-0019 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 37 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
SNUBBER,0.lUF,47
OHM,1/2WATT Data Flow Systems, Inc. 007-0084 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
.375A, SLOW BLOW FUSE FOR
TCU, 1.25"x.25" Data Flow Systems, Inc. 040-0042 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
WIN-RTU / PLC Test Kit-
includes: (1) Resource CD, (1)
RIM/ PLC Service Interface
Cable (6'), (1) Serial Male to USB
Male Adapter
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00242-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU / PCU Test Kit - includes:
(1) Resource CD, (1) TCU / PCU
Service Interface Cable (6'), (1)
Serial Male to USB Male Adapter
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00242-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RETROFIT KIT, BIRD 4300-400
PEAK POWER (use with high
speed TIM)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 035-0037 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
36" RG-58 cable w/BNC
Connector (Watt Meter &
Attenuator to radio)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00125-008-16 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RIM/PLC Service Port Cable, 9-
Pin Female "D" to PLC Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00128-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
7' TCU/PCU Service Port Cable,
9-Pin to Telephone Style Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00128-008-05 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
GENDER CHANGER,25PIN
FEMALE TO FEMALE Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0020 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TCU Panel Simulation Fixture
(aka TCU Test Fixture/ TCU
Demo Box)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00243-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTA209 -VHF (217-220 MHz)
9.2 db Yagi Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00303-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 38 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
LAA217 - 217 MHz "0 dB"
Grounded Antenna (Length: 68
inches)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00322-008-13 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CTA209 Dipole (4 lobes)- (217-
220 MHz) (Telewave ANT220D6-
9) - Assembled antenna cannot
be shipped (requires DFS
Delivery@ SQR) TOP-MOUNT
ASSEMBLIES:DFS-00322-008-
04: CTA209, 200MHZ, 9DB
OFFSET (TOP) DFS-00322-008-
07: CTA209, 200MHz, 9DB
CARDIOID (20") (TOP) DFS-
00322-008-11: CTA209,
200MHZ, 9DB BIDIRECTIONAL
(TOP) SIDE-MOUNT
ASSEMBLIES: DFS-00322-008-
19: CTA209, 200MHz, 9DB
OFFSET (SIDE) DFS-00322-
008-20: CTA209, 200MHZ, 9DB
CARDIOID (20") (SIDE) DFS-
00322-008-21: CTA209,200MHZ,
9DB BIDIRECTIONAL (SIDE)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00322-008-XX Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CTA206 Dipole (2 lobes)- (217-
220 MHz) (Telewave ANT220D3)
Assembled antenna cannot be
shipped (requires DFS
Delivery@ SQR)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00322-008-12
(CAN'T SHIP)
Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CTA203 Dipole (1 lobe)-(217-220
MHz) (Telewave ANT220D) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 005-0118 (CAN'T SHIP) Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 39 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Rubber Duck for 217-220 MHz -
Antennex BEXB000BN NOTE:
Connector type is BNC, may
require a BNC to N-Type Adapter
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 005-0074 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
BNC to N-Type Adapter (Female
BNC to Male N-Type) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0059 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RF Pigtails (BNC to N-Type) Data Flow Systems, Inc. Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
811 RF Pigtail - (used in RTU202
and 204) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00125-008-09 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
20" RF Pigtail - (used in TAC
Pack Enclosure) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00125-008-10 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
33" RF Pigtail - (used in RTU210) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00125-008-11 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
46" RF Pigtail - (used in large
RTU panels & TCU control
panels)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00125-008-12 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
72" RF Pigtail - (used in large
RTU panels & TCU control
panels)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00125-008-18 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
DFS RTC-400 Pre-assembled
23' with connectors Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00316-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
DFS RTC-400 (price per foot)
LMR400-DB (500' Roll) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 019-0063 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
DFS RTC-400 coax connectors
(RFN-1006-3I) (crimp pin) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0058 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
DFS RTC-600 (price per foot)
LMR600-DB Data Flow Systems, Inc. 019-0084 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 40 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
DFS RTC-600 N-Type Male coax
connector (crimp pin) 3190-1268 Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0123 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
DFS RTC-600 N-Type Female
coax conn (unique, crimp pin)
3190-616
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0147 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Band-it 9" coated SS cable tie
(100 in bag) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 020-0016 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Band-it 18" coated SS cable tie Data Flow Systems, Inc. 020-0050 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
1" Glue-Type Heat Shrink, LIST
PRICE IS PER FOOT (comes in
4' lengths)
Data Flow Systems, Inc. 020-0001 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
N-Type Barrel Connector
(female-to-female) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 016-0094 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Anatech Filter Data Flow Systems, Inc. 005-0084 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Analog Control Module (ACM00l)
obsolete Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00185-009-XX Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Analog Control Module
(ACM002) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00350-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Analog Monitor Module
(AMM00l) obsolete Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00108-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Analog Monitor Module
(AMM002) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00240-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Bus Extender Module Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00223-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Control Module (DCM00l)
(obsolete) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00101-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Control Module (DCM002)
(obsolete) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00211-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 41 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Digital Control Module (DCM003-
01, -03, -OS) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00297-008-0X Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Control Module (DCM003-
02, -04, -06) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00297-008-0X Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Monitor Module (DMM00l)
(obsolete) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00100-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Monitor Module
(DMM002) (obsolete) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00285-008-0X Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Digital Monitor Module
(DMM003) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00518-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Power Supply Module (PSM002,
S0w) (obsolete) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00209-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Power Supply Module (PSM003-
1, l00W) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00296-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Solar Power Module (SPM00l)
(obsolete) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00260-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Solar Power Module (SPM002) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00517-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Programmable Logic Controller
(PLC00l) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00213-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Programmable Logic Controller
(PLC033) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00507-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Programmable Logic Controller
(PLC800) w/PMT Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00539-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Modular Backplane (MBP00l-XX)
(all versions) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00279-008-XX Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RTU202 Modular Backplane (all
versions) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00348-008-XX Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 42 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
RIM006 Module (no radio) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00295-008-26 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TIM007 Board-Only (no radio, all
TIM007 versions) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00513-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Back Pack Radio (BPR) Board-
Set (no radio) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00264-008-XX Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
VDR002-01, -02, 217-220 2W
Radio (for TIM or TCU) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 024-0040 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
VDR002-03, 450-470 2W Radio
(for TIM or TCU) Data Flow Systems, Inc. 024-0042 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Integrated Network Adapter (for
TCU00l-lP) Data Flow Systems, Inc. Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Integrated Network Adapter (for
TCU800-IP) Data Flow Systems, Inc. Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Pump Control Unit (PCU00l) (no
radio) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00219-008-02 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Telemetry Control Unit (TCU00l)
(no radio,IP,AD,C) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00367-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Telemetry Control Unit (TCU800)
(no radio,IP,AD,C) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00540-008-03 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Network Interface Module -
(NIM00l) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Switch Interface Module -
(SIM00l) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-13 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Network Switch Module -
(NSM00l) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-04 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Fiber Interface Module - (FIM00l-
10/100) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-09 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 43 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Network Fiber Module- (NFM00l-
10/100) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00375-008-10 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Hyper Server Module-HSM003
(STANDARD REPAIR) Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00525-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
HSM003 (REPLACE DRIVE -
REPAIR ADDER) Data Flow Systems, Inc. Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
HSM003 (REPLACE
PROCESSOR- REPAIR ADDER) Data Flow Systems, Inc. Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RIO-128 Input/ Output Device Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00398-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RIO-032 Input/ Output Device Data Flow Systems, Inc. DFS-00408-008-01 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS Hybrid Biological Odor
Control Units
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
MIDAS OCM Carbon Odor
Control Units
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
LOPRO Chemical Scrubber Odor
Control Units
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
BTF Bio-trickling Odor Control
Scrubbers
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Bioxide Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Bioxide Plus 71 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Bioxide AE Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Odophos Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 44 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Odophos Plus Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Ferric Sulfate (9%) Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
50% Hydrogen Peroxide Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
VX-456 (Bulk Tanker) Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
VX-456 (Tote) Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Aktivox (Full Truck) Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Aktivox (Partial Load) Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Perox Pus Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Alkaqen AO Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZB-30 Mini Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZB-42 Mini Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZB-54 Mini Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-4000 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-5000 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 45 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
ZABOCS-6000 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-7000 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-7010 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-7012 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-7015 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-7018 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-7020 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-7025 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ZABOCS-8025 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Biofilter Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RJMC-0150 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Carbon Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RJMC-0200 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Carbon Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RJMC-0250 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Carbon Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RJMC-0300 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Carbon Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RJMC-0350 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Carbon Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 46 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
RJMC-0400 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Carbon Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RJMC-0450 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Carbon Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
RJMC-0500 Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Carbon Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
VoCarb P60 Supersack Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
VoCarb P60 Bag Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
VoCarb 36C Supersack Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
VoCarb 36C Bag Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
MIDAS C20 (coconut based)
Supersack
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
MIDAS C30 (coconut based)
Supersack
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
MIDAS OCM (coal based)
Supersack
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
MIDAS OCM (coal based) Bag Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Biofilter Nutrient 8-2-8 (5-Drum
Quantity)
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Biofilter Nutrient 8-2-8 (5-Gallon
Minimum)
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Bioglas Media Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 47 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Acrulog 0-50 ppm Logger Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Acrulog 0-200 ppm Logger Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Acruloq 0-1000 ppm Loqqer Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
LRSS-2 Sampling System Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CEM Sinqle Point Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CEM Two Point Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CEM Three Point Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
DiCom Perimeter Monitor Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Acruloq Differential Pressure
Logger
Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Acruloq IPX Logger Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Acruloq PPB Logger Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Acruloq Dilution Logger Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Acruloa NH3 Logger Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Acruloq Shelter Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 48 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Calibration Gas Kit Evoqua Water Technologies
LLC Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Rotork valve actuators,
replacement parts and repair
services
Fluid Control Specialties, LLC
(Rotork) Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Process & Lab instruments &
accessories Hach Company Equipment, Chemicals, & Services
Chemistries, reagents, and
solutions Hach Company Equipment, Chemicals, & Services
Service contracts Hach Company Equipment, Chemicals, & Services
Hach Samplers Hach Company Equipment, Chemicals, & Services
Belt Filter Press equipment, parts
and services Komline- Sanderson Wastewater Systems
MTOL+ IR 0-100 AUTO CLN Lazenby & Associates 28052 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
MTOL+ WL 0-100 AUTO CLN Lazenby & Associates 28053 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
FLOW THRU ASSY, MICRO
200/M-TOL Lazenby & Associates 50125 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
LAMP ASSY I/R MTOL Lazenby & Associates 21396S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
DESICCANT REFILL FOR
MTOL/M200 Lazenby & Associates 21555R Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
LAMP ASSY WT/LT MTOL Lazenby & Associates 24082S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STILLING CHAMBER Lazenby & Associates 20106 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CUVETTE AUTO CLN TOL3 & 4 Lazenby & Associates 24166S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 49 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
KIT TUBING, VALVE, FTGS
M200TOL Lazenby & Associates 21062 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CAL KIT.02,1,10 NTU MTOL LR Lazenby & Associates H-39950 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CAL KIT.02,10,100 NTU TOL3
H/P Lazenby & Associates 39953 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CALKIT 02,10,1000 M100/TOL
H/P Lazenby & Associates 39957 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
PRESSURE REGULATOR
MTOL Lazenby & Associates 24306S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
KIT MTOL+ EASY MOUNT
ADAPTER PLATE Lazenby & Associates 28157 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
O-RING & SEAL KIT Lazenby & Associates 28168S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CUVETTE FLOW THRU 28MM
3/PK Lazenby & Associates 50036 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
SPANNER WRENCH Lazenby & Associates 50122S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CORD POWER SET OF 2
120/240V Lazenby & Associates 20779S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
REPLACEMENT JCT BOX
POWER SUPL Lazenby & Associates 24017S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ELECTRONIC SERVICE
MODULE MTOL+ WL Lazenby & Associates 02853 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ELECTRONIC SERVICE
MODULE MTOL+ IR Lazenby & Associates 02852 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
KEYPAD KIT Lazenby & Associates 29240S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 50 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
M100+ WL LAB TURBIDIMETER
0-4000 Lazenby & Associates 28060 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
M100+ IR LAB TURBIDIMETER
0-4000 Lazenby & Associates 28061 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ProCal Calibration Kit (0-4000
NTU), W/L Lazenby & Associates 39940 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ProCal Calibration Kit (0-4000
NTU), IR Lazenby & Associates 39941 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
REPLACEMENT LAMP
ASSEMBLY, W/L Lazenby & Associates 24082S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
REPLACEMENT LAMP
ASSEMBLY, IR Lazenby & Associates 21396S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
LAMP MD FOR MICRO
100/1000 WL Lazenby & Associates 19972 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
KIT TUBING, VALVE, FTGS
M200TOL Lazenby & Associates 21062 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CUVETTE SAMPLE 28MM 3/PK Lazenby & Associates 50051 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CUVETTE SAMPLE 28MM
10/PK Lazenby & Associates 50052 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Kit, Formazin Stock Solution Lazenby & Associates 50040 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 1000 NTU 1LT HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53070 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, .02 NTU 125ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53090 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, .02 NTU 1LT HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53030 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 51 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
STD, 4 NTU 1LT HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53040 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 0.5 NTU 125ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates H-53120 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 1.0 NTU 125ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates H-53130 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 1000 NTU 125ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53140 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 0.1 NTU 125ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53380 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 5.0 NTU 125ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates H-53420 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CAL STD, 10 NTU 1LT HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53000 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, .02 NTU 1LT HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53030 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 4 NTU 1LT HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53040 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 100 NTU 1LT HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53050 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 20 NTU 1LT HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53060 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 1000 NTU 1LT HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53070 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 1.0 NTU 1LT HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53080 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 0.5 NTU 1LT HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53170 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 52 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
STD, 5.0 NTU 1LT HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53180 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, .02 NTU 500ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53240 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 2.0 NTU 500ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53250 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 10 NTU 500ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53260 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 50 NTU 1 LITER HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53280 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 0.02 NTU 1GL HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53290 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 10 NTU 1GL HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53300 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 100 NTU 1GL HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53310 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 1000 NTU 500ML HF PRIM Lazenby & Associates 53340 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 20 NTU 1GL HF PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 53370 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 100 NTU 500ML HF PRIM Lazenby & Associates 53390 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
STD, 1.0 NTU 500ML HF PRIM Lazenby & Associates 53400 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CAL STD.10000NTU WL HF
PRO CAL Lazenby & Associates 39938 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CAL STD.10000NTU IR HF PRO
CAL Lazenby & Associates 39939 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 53 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
CAL STANDARD 4000 NTU
PRO CAL Lazenby & Associates 53410 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CAL STD 100 NTU, 125ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 39824 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CAL STD 10 NTU, 125ML HF
PRIMARY Lazenby & Associates 39825 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
39845+M-TPW PORTABLE
TURB W Lazenby & Associates 20000 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
39845+M-TPI PORTABLE TURB Lazenby & Associates 20008 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CUVETTE MICROTPI 3 PK Lazenby & Associates 19856 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CAL SET POCKET TPI/TPW HF
POL Lazenby & Associates 39845 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ELECTRONIC MDL TOL3 IR Lazenby & Associates 02056 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ELECTRONIC MDL TOL4 W/L Lazenby & Associates 02063 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
ELECTRONIC MDL TOL 5 W/L Lazenby & Associates 04060 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
SPANNER WRENCH Lazenby & Associates 50122S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CUVETTE STAND Lazenby & Associates 19981 Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
CORD POWER SET OF 2
120/240V Lazenby & Associates 20779S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
TUBING,BLK TYG R3400 50FT
ROLL Lazenby & Associates 21201S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 54 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
LAMP MODULE IR M100 Lazenby & Associates 22423S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
FLOW THRU ASSY NYLON
TOL/ACCUV Lazenby & Associates 24165S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
PRESSURE REGULATOR
MTOL Lazenby & Associates 24306S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
REPLACEMENT JCT BOX
POWER SUPL Lazenby & Associates 24017S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
LAMP MD FOR MICRO 1000 IR Lazenby & Associates 24547S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
DETECTOR ASSY LAMP TOL
REPLACE Lazenby & Associates 28332S Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
PLC Hardware - ControlLogix,
CompactLogix Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Micro Control System Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
I/O Devices Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Operator Interface- Panelview
Plus, Versa views, Power
monitors, Optix, ASEM Cmptrs &
Mntrs
Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Power Monitoring Equipment Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Low Voltage Drives & Medium
Voltage Drive Parts Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Industrial Controls Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Ethernet Switches Stratix Family Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Appendix F Page 55 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
Drives & Accessories Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
End of Life Products (EOL) Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Software Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Custom Support Services &
Equipment Rexel Water, Wastewater, and Irrigation Quality (IQ)
Systems
Refrigerated Autosampler
Products and Services Teledyne ISCO Wastewater Systems
67 l 2FR Refrigerated Sampler
(120 V AC, 60 Hz). Teledyne ISCO 68-6710-072 Wastewater Systems
1-bottle Configuration. Teledyne ISCO 68-6700-038 Wastewater Systems
3/8-inch ID x 25 ft. long vinyl
suction line with standard
weighted polypropylene strainer.
Includes tubing coupler.
Teledyne ISCO 60-9004-379 Wastewater Systems
Temperature Sensor Teledyne ISCO 60-9004-226 Wastewater Systems
Evaporator Sensor Teledyne ISCO 60-9004-240 Wastewater Systems
BLZZRD Package with 14 x
950ml poly bottle configuration
and 3/8-inch ID x 25 ft. long vinyl
suction line standard weighted
polypropylene strainer
Teledyne ISCO 68-2960-028 Wastewater Systems
BLZZRD 14-bottle configuration.
Includes 14 polypropylene 950-
mL bottles with caps, two
discharge tubes, bottle carrier
and adapter.
Teledyne ISCO 68-2960-020 Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 56 of 56
Rev. 08/2024
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Waiver Product List
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Vendor / Manufacturer Model(s) Applicability
BLZZRD 2.5-gal (IO liter) glass
bottle with PTFE lined caps Teledyne ISCO 68-2960-021 Wastewater Systems
2.5-gallon (9.5-liter) glass round
bottle with PTFE lined cap Teledyne ISCO 68-2700-005 Wastewater Systems
BLZZRD Mobility Kit Teledyne ISCO 60-2974-048 Wastewater Systems
3/8-inch vinyl suction line - 500 ft. Teledyne ISCO 68-1680-059 Wastewater Systems
Discharge tubing for 5800/4700
and 6700 Series/Avalanche
Sampler, pump tubing for 3800
series, GLS, and Glacier
Samplers
Teledyne ISCO 60-6700-047 Wastewater Systems
Tubing coupler, 3/8 inch. One-
piece, clampless coupler
made of stainless steel.
Teledyne ISCO 60-3709-002 Wastewater Systems
3/8-inch stainless steel strainer,
low flow. Teledyne ISCO 69-2903-138 Wastewater Systems
Distributer arm Teledyne ISCO 60-2974-025 Wastewater Systems
Model 913 High-Capacity Power
Pack. Converts 120 V AC,
50/60 Hz to 12 VDC
Teledyne ISCO 60-1684-088 Wastewater Systems
Model 934 Nickel-Cadmium
Battery. Rechargeable, 12
VDC, 4 amp-hours
Teledyne ISCO 60-1684-040 Wastewater Systems
Flygt Pumps Xylem Water Solutions U.S.A. Wastewater Systems
Flygt Parts Xylem Water Solutions U.S.A. Wastewater Systems
VENDOR SIZE MODEL NO. TYPE
USE
Ames / Watts 3/4" - 2"
LF4000B / LF009 RP Residential or commercial potable
water locations
Watts 3/4" - 2"LF919 RP Residential or commercial potable
water locations
Wilkins 3/4" - 2"975XL RP Residential or commercial potable
water locations
Ames / Watts 2.5" - 10"C400 / 957 RP Large size meter - potable water for
commercial or residential applications
Watts 2.5" - 10"LF909 RP Large size meter - potable water for
commercial or residential applications
Wilkins 2.5" - 10"375 or 375AST RP Large size meter - potable water for
commercial or residential applications
Ames 3/4" - 2"LF4000B RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Watts 3/4" - 2"LF009 RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Wilkins 3/4" - 2"RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Ames Colt 2.5" - 10"C400 (w/OSY)RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Watts 2.5" - 10"LF909 (w/OSY)RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Wilkins 2.5" - 10"375 or 375AST (w/OSY)RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Ames 2"3000B DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Watts 2" - 3"007DCDA DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Wilkins 2"950XLTDA DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Ames 2.5" - 10"C300/M300 DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Watts 3" - 10"709DCDA DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Wilkins 2.5" - 12"350DA or 350ASTDA DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Wilkins 4" - 10"450DA or 450STDA
(N-Shape)
Approved Backflow Devices
Note: All fire line Backflow Devices shall be UL or FM approved for fire service installation. Above is a small list, others
may be used if requirements are met and information is provided
Appendix G Rev. 07/2011
975XL
Fire Lines - Standard DCDA
1
Appendix H
Basic User Application & Agreement for Delivery and Reuse of Irrigation Quality (IQ) Water
1. Property & Customer Information
Property Owner Name: Date:
Mailing Address: Phone Number:
Service Address: Email Address:
Section_____Township_____Range_____ Folio (Parcel) Number:
Total Property Acres: Acres irrigated by IQ Water only:
2. Irrigation Information
Total Number of Zones:
Each Zones Gallons per Minute-Use another sheet if necessary
Zone1 = Zone 6 = Zone 11 =
Zone 2 = Zone 7 = Zone 12 =
Zone 3 = Zone 8 = Zone 13 =
Zone 4 = Zone 9 = Zone 14 =
Zone 5 = Zone 10 = Zone 15 =
Maximum number of zones running at once =
3. Do you have a backflow prevention device installed on your potable (drinking) water line?
Yes No Unknown
4. For what purpose are you using IQ Water? Please select all that apply.
Golf Course Irrigation
Common Area Irrigation (i.e. condo associations, parks, schools, medians)
Single Family Home landscape irrigation
Cooling Tower
Other, please specify___________________________________________
5. How many total individual dwelling units will this serve? Please enter a number or N/A. A single family
home = 1, a condo with 20 units = 20
Golf Course Irrigation
Common Area Irrigation (i.e. condo associations, parks, schools, medians)
6. What is your estimated average and maximum IQ Water usage in gallons per day?
__________________________________________________________________
2
I,___________________________, (property owner) have read, understand, and shall abide Collier County
Ordinance, No. 2013-48 as amended; Collier County Ordinance No. 1997-33, as amended; Ordinance No. 2001-73,
as amended, the Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations that pertain to the use of IQ Water.
I understand that due to the composition of IQ water, it may not be suitable for the irrigation of certain susceptible
vegetation, and I agree that the District will not be held liable for damages that may occur to susceptible vegetation
or any damages that may occur due to the uses of IQ Water, and agree to defend and hold harmless the Collier
County Water-Sewer District (District) from all claims and judgments arising therefrom against the District by any
person. It is further agreed that submission of th is application does not ensure IQ water delivery and the Owner
further agrees that the County shall not be liable to the Owner for any damages or expenses incurred by the Owner
as a result of the District’s failure to deliver IQ Water.
It is further agreed that District employees or authorized agents shall have the right to enter the applicant’s property
served by the District with IQ Water to inspect the IQ Water System and shall have the right to discontinue IQ Water
service should any infraction exist.
Sign and return the completed application, an 8.5”X11” drawing of property detailing desired meter location, and
the Legal Property Description to: Reuse Manager, 4370 Mercantile Ave, Naples, FL 34104.
Printed Name:____________________________Signed:____________________________Date:__________
Frequently Asked Questions
1. Where can I find the applicable Ordinances? www.municode.com
2. Where can I find my Legal Property Description? On your deed which may be found at
www.collierappraiser.com
3. Where can I find applicable State laws regarding IQ/reclaimed water? www.dep.state.fl.us/water/reuse
4. Where do I find billing information? www.colliercountyfl.gov
5. How do I report IQ water, potable water, or sewer issues? Call (239) 252-2600 for IQ water and
wastewater and (239) 252-6245 for potable water.
6. What are irrigated acres? The acres that are irrigated, you can calculate irrigated acres by subtracting
non irrigated areas such as ponds, mulched areas, etc; from the site’s pervious acres.
___________________________For District Use Only______________________________________
Service Level: Bulk Pressurized Pressurized & Distributed
User Type: Major User Basic User
Base Charge: Allocation Based Meter Based Charge
Peak GPM for proposed system___________________ Minimum Meter Size Required___________________
Existing Service Tap/Tap Fee $____________________ Existing Customer_____________________________
Meter Hang Fee $______________________________ Total Fees $__________________________________
Approved by:__________________________________ Date:_______________________________________
Notes:______________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
[24-PUE-00727/1897089/2] Page 1 of 2
RESOLUTION NO. 2025 - _____
A RESOLUTION OF THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS OF
COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY OF
COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA AND EX-OFFICIO GOVERNING
BOARD OF THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT,
APPROVING AMENDMENTS TO THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-
SEWER DISTRICT’S UTILITIES STANDARDS MANUAL, WHICH IS
AN INTEGRAL PART OF COLLIER COUNTY ORDINANCE NO. 2004-
31, AS AMENDED, KNOWN AS THE COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES
STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES ORDINANCE, WHICH IS CODIFIED
IN CHAPTER 134, ARTICLE III OF THE CODE OF LAWS AND
ORDINANCES; AND PROVIDING FOR AN EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, on May 11, 2004, as Agenda Item No. 8.D, the Board of County
Commissioners as the Ex Officio Governing Board of the Water-Sewer District (“Board”)
concurrently adopted Collier County Ordinance No. 2004-31, entitled the Collier County
Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance (the “Ordinance”), and the Collier County Water-
Sewer District Utilities Standards Manual (“Manual”), including all of the Manual’s exhibits,
and
WHEREAS Ordinance No. 2004-31 is codified in Chapter 134, Article III of the Collier
County Code of Laws and Ordinances; and
WHEREAS, since the 2004 adoption of the Manual it has become necessary to make
updates that reflect current standards in design and preparation of plans and specifications for all
utilities construction projects; and
WHEREAS, after input from stakeholders, staff has recommended that the Board adopt
this Resolution to approve amendments to the Manual as identified in the attached Exhibit “A”;
and
WHEREAS, Section 134-61 of the Code of Laws and Ordinances requires the Manual to
be amended by Resolution of the Board under the scheduled public hearings or the summary
agenda section; and
WHEREAS, it is in the interest of the health, safety, and welfare that this Resolution be
adopted.
[Space Intentionally Left Blank]
[24-PUE-00727/1897089/2] Page 2 of 2
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY
COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY
OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA AND EX-OFFICIO GOVERNING BOARD OF
THE COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, that:
The amendment of the Collier County Water-Sewer District Utilities Standards Manual
as provided in attached Exhibit “A” is hereby approved and shall immediately take effect.
This Resolution adopted after motion, second and majority vote, this 14th day
of January 2025.
ATTEST:
CRYSTAL K. KINZEL, CLERK
BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS
COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE
GOVERNING BODY OF COLLIER
COUNTY, FLORIDA AND EX-OFFICIO
GOVERNING BOARD OF THE COLLIER
COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT
By: ________________________
Deputy Clerk
By: _____________________________
Burt L. Saunders, Chairman
Approved as to Form and Legality:
_____________________________
Derek D. Perry
Assistant County Attorney
Attendance Roster―Date:October 29,2024
DSAC…Uti:ities Subcommittee
**Must have (3) members for a quorum**
Committee Members
Staff Members
Matthew McLean,
Public Utilities, Division Director
Derek Perry,
Assistant County Attorney
Anthony Stolts,
Public Utilities, Supervisor - Project Management
Drew Cody
Public Utilities, Supervisor - Project Management
Stephen Sarabia,
Public Utilities, Project Manager ll 奪人ゴ
Claudia Vargas,
Public Utilities, Project Manager I セ易 性g‐
Jesse Komorny,
Public Utilities, Manager - Meter Services シ
Rey Torres Fuentes,
Operations Support Specialist I ヽ
John English:
乙
Attendance Roster - Date: October 29. 2024
DSAC - Utilities Subcommittee
Public Sign-in Sheet
Pleose Print
Jared Mellein - Consultant Bowman Engineering 239‐ 25イ ‐2oo0
David Schmitt - Consultant Bowman Engineering 237 - 251- zooo
MO`pぬ ヒNc X*c
NAME REPRESENT:NG PHONE NO.
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
1
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
Section 1 – Design Criteria
1 3.3 Wastewater pump
stations
Revised section 3.3 Wastewater Pump Stations. Added section 3.3.1 Private
Pump Stations. None
Section 2 - Ordinances
2 Sec. 134-
60(e)
Utilities conveyance
policies and
procedures
Revision made to section clarifying minimum bacteriological test time for
different sizes of water mains being placed in service. None
3 Sec. 134-
57(c) Policies and
standards Scrivener’s error. Changed sub-title of Sec. 134-57 (g) to (c). None
4 Sec. 134-
57(e) Utility Easement Revised language to indicate privately owned utilities are not allowed within a CUE. None
Section 3 - Technical Specifications
5 Introduction
Added third paragraph to ‘introduction’ explaining PE responsibilities. None
6 017839 Project Record Drawings
Added notes m and n to part (3.2 B.6) identifying that m) meter boxes and n)
Locations of direct bury, conduits, handholes, junction boxes and vaults for
buried electric ad communication cables shall be depicted from source to
County asset found in associated rights-of-way and utility easements be
included on record drawings.
None
7 221336 Diesel Backup Pump Add sections 1.1 B, 2.5A, and 2.5B on platform requirements. $10,000 - $30,000
Depending on site
8 263213.13 Standby Diesel Generators Add sections 1.01.A.12, 2.05A, 2.05B, and 2.05C on platform requirements. $10,000 - $30,000
Depending on site
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
2
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
9 330518 Laying and jointing
buried pipelines
Changed language in Part 3.2 A.2. to increase vertical dip tolerance from 1.5”
to 1.0”. None
10 331619 Hydrants Revised section 3.1 A to indicate that hydrant clearance shall be based upon
manufacturers recommendations. None
11 312316 Excavation – Earth and
Rock
Revised section 1.4 Site Conditions (C.2 and C.3). Inserted new sunshine
811 website. Changed language regarding utility conflicts. Removed pager
number and provided new emergency number.
None
12 020500 Connections to existing systems
Revised section 1.3 General Requirements (F.2 and F.3). Inserted new
sunshine 811 website. Changed language regarding utility conflicts. Removed
pager number and provided new emergency number.
None
13 330502
High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE)
Pipe and Fittings
Revised section 2.1A eliminating PE3408 and added PE4710 . Revised
section 2.1F eliminating PE3408 and added PE4710. Removed cell
classification 345434C and 345434E and added cell classifications
445574C and 445574E.
None
14 333200 Pump Stations
Added language to 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK ‘FOR COUNTY PUMP
STATIONS’. Added language to 1.1.A. This section includes the following
items for ‘COUNTY owned and operated pump stations:’
None
15 333200 Pump Stations Add section 1.2 ‘Scope of work for Private Grinder Pump Stations None
16 333200 Pump Stations Add language to 1.1F to include gates. None
17 333200 Pump Stations Added communications (1.1G.) note requesting letter of availability None
18 333200 Pump Stations Add sections 1.1 H, 2.1 R, and 2.1 S on platform requirements. $10,000 - $30,000
Depending on site
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
3
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
19 333200 Pump Stations Add ‘For County Pump Stations’ to section 2.1 heading. None
20 333200 Pump Stations Revised section 2.1 J. Added language for 2-Watt digital radio. Added pump
controller type to be utilized.
$15,000 approx.
cost to install fiber
at a pump station
21 333200 Pump Stations Added section 2.2 ‘Materials for Private Pump Stations’. Added section 3.1
‘Installation’. None
22 409500
Fiber-Optic
Communication
Standards
New Fiber-Optic Communication Standards (a detailed electrical review has
not been performed for this draft). None
Section 4 - Utilities Detail Drawings
23 G-10 Pipe Restraint
Schedule
The detail was modified to include a restrained pipe length table for vertical
bends. None
24 W-3 Fire Hydrant
Detail
Replaced FH connection point range (MIN 18”, MAX 24”) with note ‘Height of
the hydrant was set based upon manufacturers recommendation'. None
25 W-3 Fire Hydrant
Detail Added distance from EOP/Curb to fire hydrant based on rural or urban area. None
26
W-6 Permanent Bacterial
Sample Point Detail Brass models added to approved product list. Stainless steel removed. Potential cost
savings
27 W-12
Typical short and long side
water service meter setting
detail for connection to
water main
Temporary construction fence graphic added around the water meter boxes,
with note referencing ‘Note 8’ on Detail W-12A. Revised meter callout to
‘AMI/AMR meter’.
$200/installation
28 W-12A Service connection sizing
chart and notes
Added note # 8 to Equipment Specifications, calling out temporary construction
fence installation. $200/installation
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
4
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
29 W-13
3” and over potable
water meter assembly
detail
Added note # 9 to Equipment Specifications including maintenance access in
County CUE or R/W. None
30 W-14
4” and over potable
water fire and domestic
meter assembly detail
Added note #10 to Equipment Specifications including maintenance access in
County CUE or R/W. None
31 WW-3 Precast reinforced
concrete manhole detail
Removed rebar callouts on MH side and base slab. Replaced with ASTM
callouts. Added min slab thicknesses notes. None
32 WW-4
Shallow manhole detail
Removed rebar callouts on MH side and base slab. Replaced with ASTM
callouts. Added min slab thicknesses notes. None
33 WW-5 Drop manhole detail Removed rebar callouts on MH side and base slab. Replaced with ASTM
callouts. Added min slab thicknesses notes. None
34 WW-6 Manhole ring and cover
detail
Updated new required manhole dimensions. None
35 WW-6 Manhole ring and
cover detail
Added note to call out for ring and cover models. None
36 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Note # 3 for access door was modified by adding, ‘(Opposite discharge
piping)’. None
37 WW-7
Pump Station Detail - Profile Note # 4 was modified by adding the sentence ‘No spacers permitted between
check and plug valves’. None
38 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Note # 7 was modified by adding the sentence ‘RAM-NEK may be used lieu of
o-ring rubber gaskets (see specification section 034100)’. None
39 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile
Note #7 was modified by adding the sentence, ‘Pump Station wetwell shall be
designed by a Florida Professional Engineer and signed and sealed shop
drawings shall be submitted.’
None. Already a
requirement
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
5
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
40 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Note # 8 was modified by adding the text ‘with external weight/lever’. None
41 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile Added reference to plan sheets under profile callout ‘Section A -A’. None
42 WW-7 Pump Station Detail - Profile
Removed rebar callouts for base slab and top slab. Added note, ‘Wall
reinforcing per ASTM C-478. Added note, ‘Top slab, 8” min thickness’.
Revised footer dimension to ‘A+32” min’.
None
43 WW-7D Private Grinder Pump Station Detail Detail to be added to current County detail set. None
44 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Note # 4 was modified by adding the sentence ‘No spacers permitted between
check and plug valves’. None
45 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Note # 8 was modified by adding the text “with external weight/lever”. None
46 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Note # 14 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to open
away from wetwell”. None
47 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan
Callout for access drive material was modified by deleting the option for grass
covered porous pavement and leaving only the option for concrete or asphalt.
Access drive dimension was set as the distance between the fence and the
wetwell top.
Potential cost
savings
48 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Note added next to section A-A, referencing plan view on detail WW-7. None
49 WW-8 Pump Station Detail - Plan Note added next to Dimension Table, ‘(To be completed by EOR)’. None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
6
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
50 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator
Detail - Plan
Note # 4 was modified by adding the sentence ‘No spacers permitted between
check and plug valves’. None
51 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator
Detail - Plan
Note # 7 was added: “Fiber-optic handhole: See technical details specification
409500, where applicable”.
Conduit and handhole graphic added to the detail.
$15,000 approx.
cost to install fiber
at a pump station
52 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator
Detail - Plan Note # 8 was modified by adding the text “with external weight/lever”. None
53 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator Detail - Plan
Note # 10 was added: “IT telecommunications panel: See technical
specification 409500 and detail G-12, where applicable”.
IT telecommunications graphic added to the detail.
$15,000 approx.
cost to install fiber
at a pump station
54 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator Detail - Plan
Note # 14 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to open
away from wetwell”. None
55 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator
Detail - Plan
Callout for access drive material was modified by deleting the option for grass
covered porous pavement and leaving only the option for concrete or asphalt.
Access drive dimension was set as the distance between the fence and the
wetwell top.
Potential cost
savings
56 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator Detail - Plan Note added next to section A-A, referencing plan view on detail WW-7. None
57 WW-8A
Community Pump Station with Generator Detail - Plan Note added next to Dimension Table, ‘(To be completed by EOR)’. None
58 WW-8B
Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail - Plan
Note # 2 was added: “Fiber-optic handhole: See technical details specification
409500, where applicable”.
$15,000 approx.
cost to install fiber
at a pump station
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
7
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
59 WW-8B
Community Pump Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Note # 4 was modified by adding the sentence “No spacers permitted between
check and plug valves”. None
60 WW-8B
Community Pump Station with Diesel Pump Detail - Plan
Note # 7 was added: “Fiber-optic handhole: See technical details specification
409500, where applicable”. Conduit and handhole graphic added to the detail.
$15,000 approx.
cost to install fiber
at a pump station
61 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Note # 8 was modified by adding the text “with external weight/lever”. None
62 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Note # 14 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to open
away from wetwell”. None
64 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Callout for access drive material was modified by deleting the option for grass
covered porous pavement and leaving only the option for concrete or asphalt.
Potential cost
savings
65 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
An additional concrete post was added to the control panel. Approx. $500
66 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Note added next to Dimension Table, ‘(To be completed by EOR)’. None
67 WW-8B
Community Pump
Station with Diesel
Pump Detail - Plan
Note added next to section A-A, referencing plan view on detail WW-7. None
68 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 3 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to open
away from wetwell”. None
69 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail Added callout to detail: ‘Square D Powerblocks to be installed in j-box’. $50/pump station
70 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 9 was added: “Side panel penetrations are acceptable with the use of
Myers Hubs”.
$250.00/Hub (Only
used when
necessary)
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
8
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
71 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 10 was added: “Phase monitor to be installed parallel with FPL meter
(on FPL side)”.
$100-$350/Monitor
(Prices vary with
voltages)
72 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 11 was added: “CHICO used to seal-off in explosion proof fittings under
J-box, putty for all other conduit openings”. $50/pump station
73 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 12 was added: ‘’All uni-struts to be mounted flush with post and
penetrate post with stainless steel hardware”. None
74 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Note # 13 was added: “All mounted equipment must be evenly spaced, level,
plumb, and installed in a workman like manor”. None
75 WW-9 Pump Station Control
Panel Detail
Pump controls conduit graphic brought forward ‘in front of’ panel controls
conduit on detail. None
76 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 3 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to open
away from wetwell”. None
77 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Ge nerator
An additional concrete post graphic was added to the panel. None
78 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Generator
Added callout to detail: ‘Square D Powerblocks to be utilized in j-box’. $50/pump station
79 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 8 was added: “Side panel penetrations are acceptable with the use of
Myers Hubs”
$250.00/Hub (Only
used when
necessary)
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
9
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
80 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 9 was added: “Phase monitor to be installed parallel with FPL meter (on
FPL side)”.
$100-$350/Monitor
(Prices vary with
voltages)
81 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 10 was added: “CHICO used to seal-off in explosion proof fittings under
J-box, putty for all other conduit openings”. $50/pump station
82 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 11 was added: “Add emergency stop for generator and fire extinguisher
on post furthest from generator with appropriate signage”.
Fire Extinguisher
Class C – Approx.
$500
83 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 12 was added: ‘’All uni-struts to be mounted flush with post and
penetrate post with stainless steel hardware” None
84 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Generator
Note # 13 was added: “All mounted equipment must be evenly spaced, level,
plumb, and installed in a workman like manor”. None
85 WW-9A
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail VFD Station
with Generator
Pump controls conduit graphic brought forward ‘in front of’ panel controls
conduit on detail. None
86 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD
Station with
Generator
Note # 3 was modified by adding the sentence “Single door panels to open
away from wetwell”. None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
10
Item Sub-Section I Detail Revision Summary
Fiscal Impact to
Developer
(Approx.)
87 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD
Station with
Generator
An additional concrete post graphic was added to the panel. None
88 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD
Station with
Generator
Added callout to detail: ‘Square D Powerblocks to be utilized in j-box’. $50/pump station
89 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD
Station with
Generator
Note # 8 was added: “Side panel penetrations are acceptable with the use of
Myers Hubs”
$250.00/Hub (Only
used when
necessary)
90 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD
Station with
Generator
Note # 9 was added: “Phase monitor to be installed parallel with FPL meter (on
FPL side)”.
$100-$350/Monitor
(Prices vary with
voltages)
91 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD
Station with
Generator
Note # 10 was added: “CHICO used to seal-off in explosion proof fittings under
J-box, putty for all other conduit openings”.
$50/pump station
92 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD
Station with
Generator
Note # 11 was added: “Add emergency stop for generator and fire extinguisher
on post furthest from generator with appropriate signage”.
Fire Extinguisher
Class C – Approx.
$500
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
11
93 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD
Station with
Generator
Note # 12 was added: ‘’All uni-struts to be mounted flush with post and
penetrate post with stainless steel hardware”
None
94 WW-9B
Community Pump
Station Control Panel
Detail Non-VFD
Station with
Generator
Note # 13 was added: “All mounted equipment must be evenly spaced, level,
plumb, and installed in a workman like manor”.
None
95 G-12 IT Fiber-Optic
Telecommunications New Detail
$15,000 approx.
cost to install fiber
at a pump station
96 Various Details – Title Block Addition
Collier County title block added to details: G -1, G-4, G-5, G-6, G-10, NP-E1,
NP-E2, NP-E3, NP-E4, NP-E5, NP-E6, NP-E7, NP-E8, NP-E9, W-5, W-6, W-
11A, W-16, WW-1, WW-4, WW-5, WW-6, WW-10, WW-15, WW-16, WW-17,
WW-18, WW-18A.
None
Section 5 – Appendices
97
Appendix B Water Meter Sizing
Form
The demand range table on the Water meter sizing form (pg.1) was updated
and taken from AWWA M22 Table 6-1 (Third Edition). The flow ranges for
3/4", 1”, 1 ½”, and 2” meter sizes are flow ranges for positive displacement
meters. The flow ranges for 3”, 4”, 6”, 8” and 10” meter sizes are flow ranges
for turbine class II meters. (This table can vary depending on meter type).
The fixture flow value worksheet (pg.2) was updated and taken from the
Florida Building Code (2023 Edition).
None
98 Appendix F Approved Products List • Appendix F was revised to include new products that are to be placed
on the approved product list. None
Utilities Standard Manual Table of Revisions Revisions as of 03/2024
12
99 Appendix G Approved Backflow
Devices
• Added LF to models that are used in residential service and available in
both Lead Free and Not Lead Free
• Changed 4000B-LBV (less ball valve) to 4000B so all models in that
section are comparable and include ball valves
• Deleted 4000B-FP since it is not available lead free and this section
serves residential requiring lead free
• Deleted OSY on 975XL since it is not available lead free – All models in
that section would include ball valves – No one offers a lead free ¾” –
2” OSY valve
• Changed Wilkins model number to include bypass 950XLTDA – All
models in this section are not lead free since these are dedicated Fire
Lines – This is allowable – All models shown are standard w/OSY
valves
• Added large diameter stainless models
None
100 Appendix H IQ User Application and
Agreement
Basic User Application & Agreement for Delivery and Reuse of Irrigation
Quality (IQ) Water None
DESIGN CRITERIA
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 15 of 19
Minimum cover for force mains shall be 30 inches. Maximum cover shall be 48 inches after final
project grading is complete except when dipping under conflicts in which case the force main shall
be returned to normal depth within 10 feet on either side of the conflict or as soon as possible
using a fitting of 45 degrees or less. The design engineer shall strive to minimize the number and
frequency of dips (maintaining a horizontal run line through intermittent grade changes, by
deviation). An air release valve is required at all dips. Engineers should evaluate possibilities of
lowering storm drainage piping or dipping potable water and non-potable irrigation water main to
avoid dips in the force main.
When force mains are interconnected with a gravity sewer system, for transmission purposes
through that system, interconnection shall be as shown in the Utility Standard Drawings. No force
main laterals shall be core bored into manholes.
3.2.3 Valves
All connections of privately-owned and maintained wastewater force mains to the Wastewater
Department’s force mains shall be connected through a check valve housed in a structure as
shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings which shall allow performance of required maintenance,
and shall be owned and maintained by the property owner.
Sufficient plug valves shall be provided to allow for zone isolation of wastewater transmission
areas in order to limit the impact of line breaks. In-line plug valves shall be provided at no greater
than 1,000 foot intervals per COUNTY requirements.
3.2.4 Force Main Extension Stubs
All main-line extension stubs to future developments and/or parcels shall terminate in a stub-out
if it is part of a phased project. The stub-out shall end with a valve and cap/plug.
3.2.5 Air Release Assemblies
Air release assemblies shall be provided at all high points and on the upstream side of conflict
crossings at which the force main passes under the conflict (unless it can be demonstrated by
hydraulic analysis that air pockets will not accumulate at individual high points). A high point is
defined by the hydraulic gradient and is considered the upper end of any pipe segment that slopes
up to the hydraulic gradient or runs parallel to it. Air valves (see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F) utilized on raw sewage facilities shall be designed and manufactured specifically for
use with domestic sewage. The design engineer shall review and apply the pertinent provisions
of AWWA-C512 and AWWA Manual of Water Supply Practices M51, “Air-Release, Air Vacuum,
and Combination Air Valves”. When installed, the air valve shall be provided with a shut-off valve
to allow isolation and removal of the valve assembly. All air release assemblies shall be installed
as shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings.
3.3 Wastewater Pump Stations
Wastewater pump stations shall be designed and constructed in accordance with FDEP
regulatory requirements, Section 2 Technical Specifications, National Electrical Code (NEC)
Requirements, and Section 3 Utilities Detail Drawings.
Pump Station wetwells shall be designed to withstand flotation forces with the assumption that
the structures are empty and ground/flood water elevation is at the top of the structures. The
design shall consider the potential for damage or interruption of operation due to flooding. Pump
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 16 of 19
station structures and electrical and mechanical equipment shall be designed to be protected
from physical damage by the 100-year flood event. Pump stations shall be designed to remain
fully operational and accessible during the 25-year flood event. Pump stations shall be designed
to avoid operational problems from the accumulation of grit.
Pump stations shall be designed to be readily accessible by maintenance vehicles, including
pumper trucks, during all weather conditions. Pump stations shall be designed and located on
the site to minimize adverse effects from odors, noise, and lighting. Pump stations shall be
located on the site to have a minimum separation of 20 feet from the edge of the CUE for the
pump station to edge of a body of water and 15 feet from the edge of the CUE for the pump
station to a residential structure (including appurtenances).
The effective volume of wet wells shall be based on design average flows and a filling time not
to exceed 30 minutes unless the facility is designed to provide flow equalization. The pump
manufacturer’s duty cycle recommendations shall be utilized in selecting the minimum cycling
time. Pump stations requiring a pump motor of twenty horsepower or greater shall operate by a
VFD (variable frequency drive) that varies the operating speed of the pump based on wet well
water levels. Pump stations shall have a compacted earth berm on three sides with 3:1 slopes
to divert liquid toward the ROW. Top of berm shall be 12 inches wide and six inches higher than
back of curb (with curb) or edge of pavement (without curb). Minimum berm height shall be six
inches.
Emergency pumping capability shall be provided for all pump stations. A pump station that is
connected directly to the County transmission force main from a development (Community
Pump Station) and any pump station that receives flow from one or more upstream pump
stations or discharges through a force main 12 inches or larger (see FAC 62-604.400 (2)(a)1)
shall have uninterrupted pumping capability (standby Diesel pump or generator) with three days
of fuel storage (compliant with Technical Specification 263213) and a concrete pad for a future
odor control system.
Alternatively, emergency pumping capability may be achieved by connecting the pump station
to at least two independent utility substations, each capable of starting and operating the pump
station at its rated capacity. Regardless of the type of emergency standby system provided, a
force main riser with rapid connection capabilities and appropriate valving shall be provided for
connecting a portable pump. All pump stations shall conform to these standards and shall be
conveyed to the Collier County Water-Sewer District in accordance with the utilities conveyance
policies and procedures outlined in the Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures
Ordinance (Ord. No. 2004-31 as amended), unless approved for private ownership and
maintenance by Deviation and in accordance with Section 3.3.1 below.
All pump stations shall be protected from lightning and transient voltage surges.
All pump stations shall be located at least 100 feet from a public drinking water supply well and
75 feet from a private drinking water well. The design and siting of new private pumping stations
shall minimize adverse effects resulting from odors, noise, and lighting.
All pump stations shall have water available to them. Available water means a water main is
accessible in the adjacent ROW or CUE.
Landscaping is not required, per these standards, to be installed around wastewater pump
stations. If landscaping is provided, it shall be maintained by the developer, homeowners
association, or land owner and shall NOT be located in the CUE. Landscaping, if provided, shall
be located as to not block access or interfere with operations. If plant material dies, it is the
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 17 of 19
responsibility of the landscaping owner to replace it. The landscaping shall be maintained to not
block telemetry antenna line of site.
3.3.1 Private Pump Stations
Pump stations with flows less than 80 gpm and which do not Private pump stations shall not
receive flow from any other pump station and shall only serve one property parcel. All private
pump stations may be privately monitored and maintained by deviation. may be privately owned
and maintained. All new private pump stations shall be grinder pump stations. Positive or semi-
positive displacement grinder pumps equipped with thermal overload protection shall be
standard on all private grinder pump stations. All new private pump stations shall conform to the
design criteria specified in Subsection 3.3 above, unless otherwise specified in this subsection,
and shall be configured to facilitate routine maintenance without entering the wet well.
Except in the case of a simplex station serving a single-family residence, private pump stations
shall have multiple pumps capable of handling peak flow with one pump out of service. Peak
flow shall be calculated as the peak hour flow (per Part 3) divided by a factor of 0.7. This is
based on peak hour flow typically being around 70 percent of the peak flow over a briefer
(approximately 15-minute) time period1. Where possible, pumps shall be selected so that the
design operating range is within ten percent (10%) (on a flow basis) of the maximum efficiency
point identified by the manufacturer. Otherwise, the pump model that would operate closest to
its maximum efficiency point should be selected based on the average head condition.
Design flow shall be calculated in accordance with Part 3, except that average daily flow for a
residential project shall be determined from Table I in paragraph 62-6.008(1)(b), F.A.C., based
on the number of bedrooms and building area. An assumption of 350 gallons per day per
residential unit shall be used if bedroom count and building area are unknown.
The table below defines volumetric terms used in this subsection based on the demarcating
design elevations (e.g., storage volume is between the pump on and alarm elevations):
Elevation Terms
Top/Overflow
Reserve
Volume Reserve
Capacity Alarm Storage
Volume On Effective
Volume Off
Residential private pump stations shall have a sufficient combination of storage volume and
pump rate to avoid an alarm condition during a peak flow of 46 gallons over a 2-minute period,
which represents simultaneous discharge from a bathtub and clothes washer with a high
probability of occurrence2, assuming the basin level is at the pump on elevation just prior to the
peak flow occurring.
Non-residential private pump stations shall be designed for simultaneous discharge from
1 Water Pollution Control Federation. (1986). Alternative Sewer Systems (Manual of Practice No. FD-12, Facilities Development).
2 American Society of Civil Engineers. (1969). Combined Sewer Separation Using Pressure Sewers (FWPCA Report ORD-4).
COLLIER COUNTY
DESIGN CRITERIA Page 18 of 19
multiple plumbing fixtures as determined by the plumbing system designer. Check pump station
capacity using the equation, Q = (V-S)/t, where Q is the minimum pump discharge rate (gpm), V
is the volume of peak flow (gal), S is storage volume (gal), and t is the time window (duration) of
peak flow (minutes).
The minimum storage volume required to attenuate peak flows is 25 gallons. In no case shall
the pump rate be less than 5 to 10 gpm, depending on the storage volume. If the storage
volume is 25 gallons, the minimum for attenuation, the pump rate shall be no less than 10 gpm.
For storage volumes equal to or greater than 50 gallons, the pump rate shall be no less than 5
gpm. Interpolate the minimum pump rate accordingly if the storage volume is between 25 and
50 gallons.
In-ground installation of a grinder pump station may require a ballast or concrete anchor of
proper dimensions and weight to counteract the buoyant forces exerted on the station.
Designers of privately-owned pump stations shall adhere to the manufacturer’s guidelines and
sound engineering practice for counteracting buoyancy.
Unless a standby power generator is connected to the pump station, every private pump station
shall have a standard generator receptacle (see Appendix F) and a minimum reserve capacity
of half the average daily flow volume, but no less than 50 gallons, as contingency for a power
outage or equipment malfunction.
In instances where the reserve capacity (i.e., volume above the pump-on elevation) is less than
double the peak hour flow, the private pump station shall be furnished with an external pump-
out connection.
New private pumping stations shall be enclosed with a fence or otherwise designed with
appropriate features to prohibit the entry of animals and unauthorized persons.
All private pump stations connected with the County’s wastewater collection system are required
to be inspected, maintained, and repaired on a routine basis. The station’s owner shall
continuously retain (contract with) an operator qualified under Florida laws, rules, and
regulations to perform preventive maintenance and respond to any service interruption. In
accordance with 62-604.400(2)(d), F.A.C., the operator’s emergency telephone number shall be
displayed on an unobstructed sign made of durable, weather-resistant material and posted at a
location visible to the public.
3.4 Connections to Collier County Facilities
Connections to existing COUNTY wastewater mains shall be constructed as described in the
Technical Specifications and shown in the Utilities Detail Drawings. These details shall apply to
all connections to existing systems.
All projects shall be designed with no physical connections between a public or private potable
water supply system and a sewer or force main and with no water mains passing through or
coming into contact with any part of a sewer manhole.
3.5 Tests and Inspections
Tests and inspections of all wastewater systems or portion(s) thereof shall be performed in
accordance with the Technical Specifications before acceptance of the systems or portions
thereof by Collier County.
ORDINANCES
ORDINANCE NO. 2018 - 3 6
AN ORDINANCE AMENDING COLLIER COUNTY ORDINANCE NO.
2004-31, AS AMENDED, KNOWN AS THE COLLIER COUNTY UTILITIES
STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES ORDINANCE, AS CODIFIED IN
SECTIONS 134-51 THROUGH 134-64 OF THE CODE OF LAWS AND
ORDINANCES, TO UPDATE THE REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE
INSTALLATION OF SUSTAINABLE AND SAFE UTILITIES
INFRASTRUCTURE WITIDN THE COUNTY; PROVIDING FOR
CONFLICT AND SEVERABILITY; PROVIDING FOR INCLUSION IN THE
CODE OF LAWS AND ORDINANCES; AND PROVIDING FOR AN
EFFECTIVE DATE.
WHEREAS, on May 11, 2004, the Board of County Commissioners, Ex Officio the Governing
Board of the Collier County Water -Sewer District, concurrently adopted Collier County Ordinance No.
2004-31, known as the Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance, together with the
Utilities Standards Manual, including all of the Manual's exhibits. These documents provide County
procedures and guidelines for the design, construction and repair of both privately constructed and County
constructed utility systems in Collier County; and
WHEREAS, on May 8, 2018, the Board accepted an update to the After-Action Report provided
during the Board's November 7, 2017 Workshop regarding the effects of Hurricane Irma, in which staff
proposed updating both the Utilities Standards Manual and the Collier County Utilities Standards and
Procedures Ordinance to ensure greater resiliency in construction; and
WHEREAS, the Board wishes to update the Collier County Utilities Standards and Procedures
Ordinance to ensure greater resiliency in construction to better protect the citizens of Collier County during
extreme weather events.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY
COMMISSIONERS OF COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, AS THE GOVERNING BODY
OF COLLIER COUNTY FLORIDA AND EX-OFFICIO GOVERNING BOARD OF THE
COLLIER COUNTY WATER-SEWER DISTRICT, that
SECTION ONE: The following Sections of Ordinance No. 2004-31, as amended, and codified
in Chapter 134, Article III, of the Code of Laws and Ordinances are
amended as follows:
* * * * *
Sec. 134-57. Policies and standards.
* * * * *
(g c) Utility easement.
* * * * *
(1) Privately-owned utilities may be allowed within a CUE, subject to prior approval by
the engineering review services division director (county engineer) or designee with
coordination with the transportation services division and/or the public utilities
department, and provided that such privately-owned utility does not hinder operation
and/or maintenance and/or repair activities and does not create an unnecessary
financial burden to the rate payers of the district. Privately owned utilities are not
allowed within a CUE. Aboveground improvements such as, but not limited to,
paved parking, decorative walls and/or landscaping may be permitted to be installed
within a CUE by the grantor, its successors or assigns. However, all costs and
expenses of any and all repairs, replacements, maintenance and restorations of all
such improvements shall be the sole financial responsibility of the grantor, its
successors or assigns. These cost obligations shall be clearly stated on the approved
plans, record drawings, and, if applicable, in the homeowners' association documents
but failure to state such obligations shall not affect these obligations.
* * * * *
Sec. 134-60. Utilities conveyance policies and procedures.
* * * * *
(e) Bacterial analysis. Bacterial analyses shall be required for all new potable and
raw water transmission and distribution systems or portion(s) thereof to be constructed.
Bacteriological samples for potable and raw water system construction shall be performed
prior to preliminary acceptance of the system(s) or portion(s) thereof. All such analyses shall
be performed by the water division laboratory at no cost to the county or the district, with test
results submitted in writing to the engineering review services division director (county
engineer) or designee before 30 days of being placed in service for transmission and/or
distribution lines. All potable water piping up to and including 8 -inches in diameter shall
pass bacteriological test within sixty (60) days of being placed in service. All potable water
piping greater than 8-inches shall pass bacteriological tests within forty -five (45) days of
being placed in service. The public utilities department shall not process meter installations
until bacterial tests have been satisfactorily completed and submitted, and the division has
received the FDEP placement in service approval letter or other FDEP written approval. The
developer shall be responsible for coordinating all aspects of submission of necessary test results
and/or State approvals for placement in service of the potable water system(s) or portion(s)
thereof.
* * * * *
USM SECTIONS
COLLIER COUNTY
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
This Manual has been established by action of the Board of County Commissioners and is
authorized by County Ordinance 2004-31, as amended.
This Utilities Standards Manual has been prepared to guide the design, construction, and asset
management of potable water, non-potable irrigation water, and wastewater system extensions
to Collier County Water-Sewer District (COUNTY) utilities; the Manual applies to utilities in new
developments in the County, as well as County Projects involving utilities.
The following standards shall be included in the design and preparation of plans and specifications
for all utilities construction projects for Collier County, including utilities and services connected to
the COUNTY’s utilities systems or constructed for future transfer of ownership to the COUNTY.
These standards are provided for uniformity in utilities construction within Collier County, and
represent MINIMUM standards acceptable to the COUNTY. The Engineer of Record shall review
these MINIMUM standards for applicability and acceptance for the proposed construction project.
Where necessary, additional design features shall be provided to prevent system failures, severe
damage to other property or serious injury to persons. The Engineer of Record shall be
responsible for the specific project under their control.
Not all specification details may apply to an individual project; however, approval of
utilities construction within Collier County will require conformance to applicable
requirements of these specifications. Approval of any deviation from the specifications must
be obtained utilizing the appropriate form included in Appendix A, Utility Deviation Form.
NOTE: Go to https://www.colliercountyfl.gov/your-government/divisions-f-r/public-
utilities-planning-and-project-management/utilities-standards-manual for the latest
revisions to the Utilities Standards Manual.
COLLIER COUNTY
INTRODUCTION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Section 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
Requirements for preparation, maintenance and submittal of project record documents.
The Contractor's attention is specifically directed to Part 3.2.B. of this Section, which
requires use of a Florida licensed surveyor to sign and seal all record drawings.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 014500 – Quality Control
B. Section 022100 – Lines and Grades
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide all submittals as specified.
B. At Contract close out, three (3) sets of signed and sealed Record Drawings for the
potable water OR non-potable irrigation water OR wastewater systems to be
conveyed shall be submitted to the County or District. If potable water AND
wastewater, AND/OR non-potable irrigation water systems or portion(s) thereof are
being conveyed, five (5) sets of signed and sealed Record Drawings shall be
submitted to the County.
C. Provide electronic submittal as specified in Part 3.02.B of this Section.
1.4 REQUIREMENTS (For County Capital Projects Only)
Contractor shall maintain at the site for the County one record copy of:
A. Drawings
B. Specifications
C. Addenda
D. Change orders and other modifications to the Contract
E. Design Engineer’s field orders or written instructions
F. Approved shop drawings, working drawings and samples
G. Field test records
PART 2 PRODUCTS (not used)
Section 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES
A. Project record documents shall be stored in Contractor’s field office or other
location approved by the County apart from documents used for construction
B. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not
use record documents for construction purposes.
C. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the County.
3.2 RECORDING
A. General
1. Record Drawings shall accurately depict the constructed configuration of all
potable water, non-potable irrigation water and/or wastewater systems or
portion(s) thereof. All revisions to County staff approved construction
drawings shall be precisely identified and illustrated on the Record
Drawings. All Record Drawings of utility systems or portion(s) thereof that
are not being conveyed to the Board shall bear, on the cover sheet, a
prominently displayed DISCLAIMER, in bold lettering at least one-quarter
(1/4) inch high, stating: "All on-site potable water, non-potable irrigation
and/or wastewater systems shall be owned, operated and maintained by
the private owner(s) and/or the master condominium/homeowners’
association, successors or assigns" (or other comparable private
ownership).
2. Label each document “PROJECT RECORD” or similar text in neat, large
printed letters.
3. Survey information can be obtained as needed by the use of 2-inch PVC
labeled pipes installed over underground improvements by the contractor
during construction. This method is an adequate process for obtaining
record information.
4. Record information in red ink.
B. Record Drawings
1. The Record Drawings require signed and sealed as-built information,
including above and below ground improvements including underground
piping, valves and ductbanks, by a Florida Licensed Land Surveyor.
2. The Record Drawings shall identify the entity that provided the record data.
3. Drawings shall be referenced to and tie-in with the state plane coordinate
system, with a Florida East Projection, and a North American Datum
1983/1990 (NAD 83/90 datum), and with United States Survey Feet
(USFEET) units, and North American Vertical Datum 1988 (NAVD 88), as
established by a registered Florida surveyor and mapper.
Section 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
4. Files shall be also submitted in two digital file formats, specifically Drawing File
(DWG) format in AutoCAD Release 2004 or later version as well as PDF format
(latest version).
5. Record drawings shall be submitted to the County staff within 60 days of the
final construction completion date.
6. The following items shall be accurately depicted in vertical and horizontal
directions on the Record Drawings:
a) All associated rights-of-way and utility easements whether shown on the
Contract Drawings, found during construction or added during the Work.
b) Sewer system inverts, pipe slopes, manhole rims and run lengths.
c) Sewer lateral locations stationed from the nearest downstream manhole.
d) Sewer main stub extension inverts at both ends, pipe slope, run length
and location.
e) Tie-ins to all valves, air release assemblies, fire hydrants, manholes,
blowoffs, etc.
f) Top elevations of treatment plant structures and tanks.
g) Manhole center for sanitary sewers and storm sewers as related to utility
improvements.
h) Pipe changes in direction or slope.
i) Buried valves, tees and fittings.
j) Pipe invert, or centerline, elevations at crossing with other pipe.
k) Invert, or centerline, elevations and coordinates of existing exposed pipe
at crossing with underground pipe installed under this project.
l) Other horizontal and vertical record data pertinent to completed Work.
m) Water meter box locations
n) Locations of direct bury, conduits, handholes, junction boxes and vaults for
buried electric and communication cables shall be depicted from source to
County asset found in associated rights-of-way and utility easements.
7. Each pipe elevation shall be clearly identified as to whether it is top of pipe,
centerline of pipe or invert of pipe.
8. For County Capital Projects only, Record Drawings shall indicate all deviations
from Contract Drawings including:
a) Field changes.
b) Changes made by Change Order.
c) Details, utilities, piping or structures not on original Contract Drawings.
d) Equipment and piping relocations.
C. Specifications and Addenda (For County Capital Projects Only)
Legibly mark each Section to record:
Section 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and
item of equipment actually installed.
2. Changes made by Field Order or Change Order.
Section 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 5 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
D. Shop Drawings (For County Capital Projects Only)
1. Keep one copy of the final, approved shop drawing with the Record
Documents.
2. Record documents should include all shop drawing information submitted.
Additional information submitted during the review process should be filed
with the appropriate submittal.
END OF SECTION
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 1 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMP
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. Requirements for providing a permanently installed automatically starting pump station back-
up pumpset.
B. Elevated platforms shall be provided where necessary to provide access to the diesel backup
pump for operation and maintenance. Typically, these platforms shall be limited to locations
with existing grades requiring equipment to be located at a higher elevation due to the Florida
Building Code (FBC), FEMA, and the ASCE Standard 7 and 24 requirements.
1.2 GENERAL
A. The specifications herein state the minimum requirements of Collier County (the Owner).
All bids must be regular in every respect. Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions
shall be cause for rejection. The Owner may consider as “irregular” or “non-responsive”,
any bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the bid documents and specification,
or any bid lacking sufficient technical literature to enable the Owner to make a reasonable
determination of compliance to the specification. It shall be the bidder’s responsibility to
carefully examine each item of the specification. Failure to offer a completed bid or failure
to respond to each section of the technical specification (exception yes or no) will cause the
proposal to be rejected, without review, as “non-responsive”. All variances, exceptions,
and/or deviations shall be fully described in the appropriate section. Deceit in responding to
the specification will be cause for rejection.
B. INTERPRETATIONS: In order to be fair to all bidders, no oral interpretations will be given
to any bidder as to the meaning of the specifications documents or any part thereof. Every
request for each a consideration shall be made in writing to the Owner. Based upon such
inquiry, the Owner may choose to issue an Addendum in accordance with local public
contract laws.
C. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS: Units described shall be new, unused, and of the current
year’s production. The style of pump being bid must be in production for a minimum of 5
years (include users list). Unit shall be of the latest design and in current production
completely serviced, ready for work and shall include all standard and optional equipment
as specified herein. All bidders must have demonstrated the unit they are bidding, prior to
bid date.
D. Bidders must have a fully stocked parts and service facility within 50 miles of the project
site. The Owner shall have the right to inspect the office and shall be the sole judge of its
adequacy to fulfill this requirement.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 2 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E. Bidders, on request of the Owner, must be prepared to review their specifications with the
Owner and must, if requested, also be prepared to provide a unit for tangible evaluation
purposes only. These services, if needed, are considered as part of the bidder’s proposal
and will be provided without cost or obligation to the Owner.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The pumpset specified in this section will be used to pump wastewater from a Collier County
pumping station (PS).
B. Pump shall be fitted with a fully automatic priming system capable of repeated priming from a
completely dry pump casing.
C. The complete pump set shall be supplied by the pump manufacturer.
D. The pump offered shall be the manufacturer’s standard production model. It shall have been
in continuous use by municipal and industrial owners for a minimum of five years. A list of five
user contacts including contact names and telephone numbers shall be provided with the bid
submittal. Failure to supply a verifiable users list will be cause for rejection of the bid.
1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
1.4.1 All design requirements listed below must be clearly displayed on performance pump
curves. These performance pump curves shall be based on testing standards
established by the hydraulic institute.
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
OPERATING SPEED (MAXIMUM) (RPM)
MAXIMUM SOLIDS HANDLING SIZE (INCHES)
IMPELLER DIAMETER (INCHES)
SUCTION SIZE (INCHES)
DISCHARGE SIZE (INCHES)
PRIMARY DUTY POINT (GPM @ TDH)
MAXIMUM SUCTION LIFT AT PRIMARY DUTY
POINT (FEET)
MINUMUM EFFICENCY AT MAX DUTY POINT
SECOND DUTY POINT (GPM @ TDH)
MAXIMUM SUCTION LIFT AT SECOND DUTY
POINT (FEET)
MIMIMUM EFICENCY AT SECOND DUTY POINT
1.5 REFERENCES
1. ANSI B16.1 - Standard for Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 3 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRE-APPROVED ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
1. GODWIN PUMPS OF AMERICA
2. THOMPSON PUMP & MANUFACTURING CO, INC.
A. All manufacturers shall be ISO 9001: 2008 certified. Certificates shall be made available to
Collier County upon request. Bids will be accepted for consideration on any make and model
that meets the requirements of the project specifications, as interpreted by the Owner. If a
product proposed does not meet the requirements of this specification, the Contractor shall
provide a unit which does, at no additional cost to the Owner. The Owner shall have the final
decision on which products do and which products do not meet the project specifications.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. PUMPS: The pumps used in the diesel backup pump system shall be supplied directly by the
manufacturer, not by a distributor. The pump itself and the diesel backup pump system as a
whole shall come from a single manufacturer. “Packagers” of systems which incorporate
pumps from a separate manufacturer to fabricate diesel backup pump systems shall not be
allowed.
B. CASING, SUCTION COVER, SEPARATION TANK: Pump castings shall be cast iron or
ductile iron with a minimum pressure rating of 100 psi. The pump casing shall be constructed
so that the suction flow path is in axial alignment with the impeller eye. There shall be no turns,
chambers, obstructions or straightening vanes between the suction line and the impeller. The
pump casing shall be complete with a removable port for inspecting impeller/cut water area.
C. IMPELLERS: The pump impeller shall meet the criteria of one of the following:
1. An open, three-bladed, (or 2-bladed) non-clog type with pump-out vanes on the back
shroud and fabricated from hardened cast- chromium steel construction (or other
material to meet minimum Brinell Hardness 340 HB).
2. A high efficiency non-clog type, 2-vane, enclosed design with full front and rear
shrouds, containing back pumpout vanes, constructed of high grade 65-45-12 ductile
iron and capable of passing a 3” spherical solid.
D. WEARPLATES/WEAR RINGS: Shall be fully be replaceable, fabricated of cast iron. Wear
plate/wear ring clearances shall have no relationship to the ability of the pump to achieve a
prime.
E. BEARINGS AND SHAFTS: Pump shall be fitted with a bearing bracket to contain the shaft and
bearings. Bearings shall be tapered roller bearings of adequate size to withstand imposed
loads for sustained pumping at maximum duty points. Minimum ISO L10 bearing life to be
100,000 hours. Impeller shafts shall be fabricated of high strength alloy steel, accurately
machined, polished, and of sufficient size to transmit full driver output without excessive flexing
or stress.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 4 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
F. SEALS: Pump shall be capable of running dry, with no damage, for periods up to twenty-four
hours. The pump seals shall be the requirements of one of the following:
1. Seal shall be high pressure, mechanical self-adjusting type with silicon carbide faces
capable of withstanding suction pressures to 87 psi. The mechanical seal shall be
cooled and lubricated in an oil bath reservoir, requiring no maintenance or adjustment.
All metal parts shall be of stainless steel. Elastomers shall be Viton.
2. Pump seal shall be an inside-mounted, self-cleaning John Crane type 2 component
style mechanical seal with tungsten carbide rotating and silicon carbide stationary faces
with Viton elastomers and stainless steel spring and hardware.
G. PUMP SUCTION AND DISCHARGE FLANGES: Shall be cast iron ANSI (B16.1) Class 150,
raised faced.
H. PUMP GASKETS: Shall be compressed fiber and/or Teflon.
I. PUMP O RINGS: Shall be Buna-N.
J. PRIMING SYSTEM: Pump shall be fitted with a fully automatic priming system incorporating
a air compressor, venturi (with lifetime warranty), priming chamber, and discharge check valve
assembly. The compressor shall be installed on the engine auxiliary drive and shall be gear
driven, lubricated and cooled from the engine. Installed system design shall prevent any
carryover of the pumping fluid onto the ground. Priming system may require additional
drainage pipelines to be constructed to re-circulate pumping fluid back to sump area. The
pump must be capable of running totally dry for periods up to 24 hours, then re-priming and
returning to normal pumping volumes. Pump and priming system is capable of priming the
pump from a completely dry pump casing. The pump shall be capable of static suction lifts to
28 vertical feet, at sea level. It shall also be capable of operation using extended suction lines,
and pump shall be capable of priming and re-priming without any user intervention. Equipment
acceptance shall be contingent upon the pump’s ability to run continuously at full speed in a
completely dry condition. The engineer may require a demonstration. Priming systems that
incorporate the use of a positive displacement diaphragms OR oil-cooled vacuum pumps will
not be accepted.
K. CHECK VALVE: The priming system shall include a discharge check valve to prevent pulling
air through the discharge line during priming and prevent in-line return of flow when the pump
is shut off. Non-return check valve shall be constructed of cast iron with Nitrile rubber and shall
be field replaceable. Check valve shall be vacuum-tested by the factory, and test results shall
be provided.
L. DRIVE UNIT: The drive unit shall be a diesel water-cooled engine. The engine shall drive the
pump by use of direct-connected intermediate drive plate. Starter shall be twelve-volt electric.
Low oil pressure safety shutdown, high temperature shutdown, tachometer, and hour-meter
shall be integrated into engine control panel. Battery shall have 180-amp hour rating. A
certified continuous-duty engine curve shall be supplied to the owner/engineer.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 5 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
M. GOVERNOR: Governor shall be an electronic or mechanical type. Engine speed shall be
adjustable to operate the pump between maximum and minimum design operation speeds in
manual mode. See section 2.3 for Automatic mode.
N. FUEL SOURCE: Integral skid fuel tank capacity shall be sufficient to provide at least seventy-
two (72) hours of continuous operation at full load. The minimum tank size shall be 150 gallons
and the maximum tank size shall be 550 gallons. The engine shall be capable of operating
satisfactorily on a commercial grade of distilled No. 2 fuel oil.
O. EXHAUST: Exhaust system shall include a hospital grade muffler housed in a separate
chamber within the enclosure. All exhaust piping and manifolds shall be encased in fitted
acoustic blankets. They shall be constructed of high-density fiberglass material with
waterproof jacketing.
P. SOUND ATTENUATED ENCLOSURE: The entire unit including the pump and engine shall
be completely enclosed in a lockable enclosure. The enclosure shall be constructed with a
modular galvanized steel frame and galvaneel panels. Acoustical material shall be installed as
required to reduce pump and engine noise. Maximum sound ratings for specific pump sizes
are shown in the table below. These sounds rating shall be the maximum dBA rating measured
at 7 meters @ both duty points specified.
Pump Outlet Size Maximum Sound Rating Allowed
4” 68 dBA
6” 70 dBA
8” 72 dBA
10” 72 dBA
12” 72 dBA
Q. Units not meeting this requirement shall not be considered. The enclosure shall be removable
for easy access to the engine / pump for maintenance and repair. The enclosure doors shall
all be equipped with latches that are keyed alike. For maintenance and service needs, the
enclosure sides shall have hinged doors for quick access to the engine oil fill, fuel fill port, oil
dipstick, and filters. The enclosure shall be coated in epoxy based primer and paint to a total
dry film thickness of 5 mils.
R. UL LISTED SKID BASE
1. The pump base tank shall be a UL-142 approved double wall design constructed in
accordance with Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30; The Standard
for Installation and use of Stationary Combustible Engine and Gas Turbines, NFPA 37;
and The Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, NFPA 110. Pumps
installed within 25 feet of a building shall be equipped with UL-2085 fire resistant fuel
tanks. All fuel tanks shall comply with the requirements set forth by Collier County
Pollution Control.
2. The tank design shall be a Closed Top Dike Pump Base Tank. It shall be of double
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 6 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
wall construction having a primary tank to contain the diesel fuel, held within another
tank or dike, which is intended to collect and contain any accidental leakage from the
primary fuel tank. The completed base tank assembly is to incorporate pump mounting
locations and must be able to support four times the rated load.
3. The primary tank shall be designed to withstand normal and emergency internal
pressures and external loads. It shall be capable of withstanding internal air pressures
of 3 to 5 psig without showing signs of excessive or permanent distortion and 25 psig
hydrostatic pressures without evidence of rupture or leakage.
4. The primary and secondary tanks or dike shall have venting provisions to prevent the
development of vacuum or pressure capable of distorting them as a result of the
atmospheric temperature changes or while emptying or filling. The vent shall also
permit the relief of internal pressures caused by exposure to fires. The vent size shall
be determined by using the calculated wetted surface area in square feet (the top is
excluded) in conjunction with venting capacity table 10.1of UL-142. The tank’s vent
shall also be equipped with a coupling device and shall be located to facilitate
connection to a vent piping system. The dike’s vent may be an opening for venting
directly to the atmosphere and protection from the entrance of natural elements or
debris shall be provided.
5. The primary and outer tanks are to be constructed of 304 stainless steel, 7 gauge
minimum. Internal baffles or reinforcement plates shall be located on a maximum of 24
inch centers in tanks up to 60 inch width and on a maximum of 19.5 inch centers in
tanks over 60 inch width. At least one baffle shall separate the fuel suction pipe from
the fuel return line.
6. The outer tank is to be constructed in a manner to be able to support four times the wet
load of the pump and housing. The entire load is to be carried by the outer tank so no
load or vibration stress is placed on the primary tank. If the pump base tank is wider
than the pump set to be supported, structural rails are to be incorporated to span the
width of the base tank so that the load is transferred to the side rails of the tank. Vertical
reinforcements shall be welded to the outer sides of the secondary tank or dike at a
maximum of 45 inch centers on tanks up to 30 inches high and on 24 inch centers on
tanks greater than 30 inches high. At least one vertical reinforcement shall be
positioned adjacent to each mounting hole location. Provide level monitoring and
interstitial space leak monitoring.
7. Both primary and secondary tanks shall be fitted with the proper welded pipe fittings to
accommodate the requirements for the fill port and normal and emergency venting.
8. The completed assembly is to be cleaned with a heated pressure wash followed by a
chromium free post treatment to ensure proper paint adhesion. The tank assembly is
to be painted with an epoxy ester primer and high quality polyurethane enamel with a
minimum dry film thickness of 3.5 mils.
9. All tanks shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 30 TO INCLUDE ON SITE
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 7 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TIGHTNESS TESTING in accordance with NFPA 30 Section 21.5. This requirement
shall not apply to portable trailer mounted diesel pumps.
10. Manufacturing and testing of this system shall be performed within the scope of
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. “Standard for Safety UL 142.”, or UL 2085, as
applicable. A UL label shall be permanently attached to the tank system showing the
following information:
i. The registered UL mark and the name: Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
ii. A control number and the word “listed”
iii. The product’s name as identified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
iv. The serial number assigned by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
v. Other manufacturer’s information may also be included.
S. PORTABLE TRAILER (FOR TRAILER MOUNTED UNITS ONLY):
1. The complete pump set shall be factory mounted on a highway trailer meeting NHTSA,
DOT Part 571 standards 108, 119 and 120.
2. Trailers with loads of 5,000 pounds or less with fuel tank filled, shall have a flat bed,
single axle, two 15-inch wheels with 6-ply tires. Axle ratings shall be a minimum of
5,000 pounds.
i. Trailers with loads from 5,000 to 10,000 pounds with fuel tank filled, shall have
a flat bed, 2-axle, four 15-inch or 16-inch wheels with 10-ply tires. Axle rating
shall be a minimum of 10,000 pounds.
ii. Trailers above shall have following accessories. Ring and pintal hitch including
safety chain and fasteners, electric brakes shall be provided on all wheels, and
all required ICC lights such as tail, brake, direction signals, license holder and
light, etc., shall be provided; jacks and sand shoes for front and rear corners
shall be provided so that unit can be completely supported.
iii. The diesel backup pump engine shall be balanced mounted on trailer. All
necessary service and checkout of diesel backup pump set shall be performed
prior to delivery.
T. FACTORY PAINTING: Pump, engine, and base shall be shop primed and finish painted at the
place of manufacturer.
2. 3 AUTOMATIC STARTING CONTROL SYSTEM
A. The engine control panel shall be provided in a NEMA 3R enclosure mounted on rubber
isolators to reduce vibration, equipped with a factory installed microprocessor-based
controller designed to start/stop the engine at a signal supplied by high and low level floats
or a 4-20 mA transducer.
B. The control system shall be able to start/stop the engine a via a signal supplied by a primary
level transducer and back-up high and low level floats for redundant automatic operation.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 8 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
C. ENGINE / PUMP CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS
1. The engine shall be started, stopped, and controlled by a digital controller. The
controller shall be weather proof enclosed, and contain an external weatherproof 12-
position keypad accessible without the need to remove or open any protective cover
or enclosure. It shall be designed to start/stop the engine based on relay contact
closure provided by others. The controller shall provide the following functions
without modification, factory recalibration, or change of chips or boards, by simply
accessing the keypad:
D. The keypad shall be a capacitive touch sensing system. No mechanical switches will be
acceptable. The keypad shall operate in extreme temperatures, and maintain complete
weather-tight sealing of the controller.
E. In automatic mode, the unit shall conserve energy and go to “sleep”.
F. The controller shall function interchangeably from remote contact closure, as well as manual
start/stop by selection at the keypad. No other equipment or hardware changes are required.
G. The start function can be programmed to provide two separate functions each day for seven
days (i.e. a start, exercise cycle on two separate days at different times and for a varying
length of time all via the keypad).
H. Manual-Automatic Button:
1. In Manual Mode, manual “Start” button starts engine and runs until “Stop” or “Off” button
is depressed or an emergency shutdown occurs.
2. In Automatic Mode, start/stop sequencing is initiated by a signal from a digital input.
I. The controller shall integrate the engine safety shut-off for low and high oil temperature, and
provide over-speed protection.
J. The controller shall include standard, field-adjustable parameters for engine cycle crank timer,
and shutdown time delay.
K. The controller shall have only one circuit board with eight built-in relays. Three (3) of the relays
shall be programmable to output desired parameter on display and to be used as dry-contacts
for communication with Collier County’s SCADA system, all via the keypad without changing
relays, chips, printed circuits, or any hardware or software. Relays will monitor the following:
1. Low Battery Charge
2. Low Fuel Level (Less than 25 gallons)
3. Diesel Pump Engine Start
L. Standard components shall consist of one of the following set ups:
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 9 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. (24) Digital inputs, (7) analog inputs, (1) magnetic pick-up input, (8) 20-amp form “C”
relays, (1) RS232 port, (1) RS485 port, (1) RS232/RS485 port, (1) J1939 port, and (1)
64X128 pixel full graphic LCD display with backlight.
2. (8) Digital inputs, (5) analog inputs, (8) digital outputs, (1) RS232 port, (1) RS485 port,
(1) J1939 port, (76) selectable features, (32) alarm event history.
M. The industrially-hardened Controller shall withstand vibration of 3 g, 3 axis, frequency swept
10-1000 Hz, in an operating temperature range of 4 to 176F (-20 to 80C) and an operating
humidity range of 0-95% non-condensing.
2.4 OPTIONS
A. FULLY AUTOMATIC TRICKLE CHARGER: The unit shall include a fully automatic trickle
charger powered by 6-amps, 115 VAC.
B. LIGHT: The unit shall include a single switch operated 12VDC light within the enclosure.
C. FLOATS: The unit shall be supplied with one (1) float assembly including two (2) N/O floats
which shall integrate with the engine control panel via a single multi-pin plug.
D. LEVEL TRANSDUCER: The unit shall be supplied with (1) one Teflon diaphragm sewage
compatible level transducer assembly including a single 4-20 mA level transducer with leveling
guard (0-15 psig), which shall integrate with the engine control panel via a single multi-pin plug.
E. AUTO THROTTLE: The unit/s shall include one (1) automatic throttle controller integrated into
(1) relays in the electronic engine control panel. The auto-throttle control panel combination
shall allow the pump to ramp up to the target RPM given a start command and ramp down to
idle given a stop command via the 4-20 mA level transducer
F. DC / AC INVERTOR: The unit/s shall include one (1) 12VDC to 110VAC volt single-phase
inverter, 1750 watts, mounted inside enclosure, single 15-amp GFI outlet, and one (1) fusible
link.
2.5 ACCESS PLATFORM
A. Platforms and stairs shall meet the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
Part 1910, applicable FBC requirements, and ASCE Standards 7 and 24. All platform and
stair designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer. The
Engineer of Record shall identify Flood Hazard Area, Flodd Design Class (ASCE 24) and
other applicable loadings. All components shall be aluminum with stainless steel hardware.
Standard stairs shall be utilized. Fall protection shall be provided on all exposed sides by use
of an OSHA approved guardrail system. Where required for access, removable guardrail
sections shall be provided. Grating shall be slip resistant and bonded at ends of bearing bars
and openings.
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 10 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
B. All platforms and stairs shall be supported by a concrete foundation system. The foundation
designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional Engineer. It shall
meet the requirements of the FBC, ASCE 7 (Dead, Live, Flood, and Wind), ASCE 24 (Flood
Resistant) and other regulatory requirements. Where head clearance under the platform is
less than 6’-8”, provisions shall be made to limit access.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 MANUFACTURERS SERVICES
A. The manufacturer shall furnish the services of a competent factory representative to do the
following:
1. The complete pump set shall be factory tested according to ANSI/HI 1.6¬1994 by a
certified quality technician. The pump shall be sound tested according to ISO 3744,
ANSI/HI9.4 and CPB Sound Level Measurement Standard.
2. Instruct the Owner's operating personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of the
Section 221336
DIESEL BACKUP PUMPS
Page 11 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
system for a period of not less than one-half day.
3.2 TOOLS AND SPARE PARTS
A. The manufacturer shall furnish the following on delivery of the pumping system;
1. A recommended list of spare parts.
2. Two (2) replacement mechanical seals
3. An Operations and Maintenance manual for the pump and engine.
4. A fuel polishing system capable of below 1 micron filtration equipped with a fuel-water
separator and 12V DC fuel pump rated at 40 GPH minimum. The system shall be a
standard commercial or industrial off the shelf unit intended for portable use of diesel fuel
polishing. The fuel polishing system shall include 6 spare filters and an operations and
maintenance manuals.
3.3 WARRANTY
A. The manufacturer shall furnish the following to the owner:
1. A copy of the engine manufacturer's parts and labor warranty.
2. A 3-year Parts and Labor Warranty issued by the manufacturer on the Diesel Pump
System. This warranty must cover all pump parts.
3. The venturi shall have a minimum five (5) year warranty to include parts and labor.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 1 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Extent of diesel generator set work as indicated by Drawings and
Schedules, and is hereby defined to include, but not by way of limitation:
1. Diesel engine.
2. Electrical generator.
3. Engine starting system.
4. Batteries.
5. Instrument control panel.
6. Sound Attenuating Enclosure.
7. Sub-Base Fuel Tanks.
8. Exhaust silencer.
9. Wall thimble.
10. Additional accessories.
11. Automatic transfer switch (ATS).
12. Access platform and stairs.
B. Types of generator sets required include:
1. Permanent Diesel Engine-driven Generator.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit in accordance with Section 013400, Shop Drawings covering the
items included under this Section. Shop Drawing submittals shall include:
1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on diesel engine-driven generator sets
and components.
a. Generator dimensions.
b. Generator weight.
c. Generator rating.
d. Alternator rating.
e. Generator Starting System Data:
1) Battery size and ratings.
2) Charging system capacity.
3) Battery heater data.
4) Battery warranty.
f. Generator Control Panel Data:
1) Layout.
2) Wiring diagrams.
3) Control interconnection.
4) Instrumentation.
g. Exhaust System Data:
1) Muffler size.
2) Decibel reduction curve.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 2 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3) Fuel system data.
h. Cooling System Data:
1) Radiator capacity.
2) Cooling reduction capacity
i. Enclosure Data:
1) Materials.
2) Size.
3) Assembly/disassembly instructions.
4) Door locations.
5) Noise reduction.
6) Color.
j. Sub-Base Fuel Tank:
1) Capacity.
2) Fuel usage calculations.
3) Coating.
k. ATS Data:
1) Enclosure Material.
2) Dimensions.
3) Factory test report.
l. Warranty data.
m. Accessory and miscellaneous equipment.
2. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for diesel engine-driven generator units
showing connections to electrical power panels, feeders, and ancillary equipment.
Differentiate between portions of wiring that are manufacturer installed and portions
that are field installed.
3. Agreement to Maintain: Prior to time of final acceptance, Installer shall submit 4
copies of an agreement for continued service and maintenance of diesel engine-
driven generator sets for OWNER's possible acceptance. Offer terms and conditions
for furnishing parts and providing continued testing and servicing, including
replacement of materials and equipment, for 1-year period with option for renewal of
Agreement by OWNER.
4. Certifications: Provide diesel engine-driven generator sets certified test record of the
following final production testing:
a. Single-step load pickup.
b. Transient and steady-state governing.
c. Safety shutdown device testing.
d. Voltage regulation.
e. Rated power.
f. Maximum power.
g. Provide certified test record prior to engine-driven generator set being shipped
from factory to Project location.
5. Spare Parts Data: Submit a list of spare parts for the equipment specified.
6. Operating and Maintenance Instruction Manuals:
a. Operating instruction manuals outlining step-by-step procedures required for
system startup and operation.
b. Manufacturer's name, model number, service manual parts list.
c. Brief description of equipment and basic operating features.
d. Maintenance instruction manuals outlining maintenance procedures.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 3 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
e. Troubleshooting guide listing possible breakdown and repairs.
f. Point-to-point connection wiring diagram for the system.
g. Performance Test Reports: Upon completion of installed system, submit in
booklet form all shop and field tests performed to prove compliance with
specified performance criteria.
h. Provide OWNER with two (2) electronic copies of O&M manuals on CD’s.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Codes and Standards:
1. NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 37, "Installation
and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas Turbines," NFPA 99, "Standard
for Health Care Facilities," and NFPA 101, "Code for Safety to Life from Fire in
Buildings and Structures."
2. UL Compliance: UL 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper
Conductors," UL 2200, "Standard for Safety for Stationary Engine Generator
Assemblies," rated 600 volts or less. UL 1008, "Automatic Transfer Switches," and
UL 486A, "Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors."
Provide transfer switches and components which are UL listed and labeled.
3. ANSI/NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of ANSI/NE MA
MG1, "Motors and Generators," and MG2, "Safety and Use of Electric Motors and
Generators." NEMA Standards Pub/Nos. ICS 2, "Industrial Control Devices,
Controllers and Assemblies," ICS 6 and 250, pertaining to transfer switches.
4. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of IEEE Standard 446, "IEEE
Recommended Practice for Emergency and Standby Power Systems for Industrial
and Commercial Applications."
B. Submittal information shall be generated from a representative located within Collier
County who has knowledge of Local and State code requirements.
C. Warranty: Submit in accordance with requirements of Section 01740, warranties covering
the items included under this Section. Unit shall be provided with a full comprehensive
warranty of 5 years or 1500 running hours from date of ENGINEER's acceptance.
Response time shall be a maximum of 3 hours. Provide label on inside of generator with
description of warranty period and contact information.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Manufactured material shall be adequately packed to prevent damage during shipping,
handling, storage and erection. Material shipped to site shall have approval of OWNER
prior to shipping. All shipped material shall be packed in a container properly marked for
identification. Blocks and padding shall be used to prevent movement.
B. CONTRACTOR shall inspect the material prior to removing it from carrier. If damage is
observed, CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify carrier so that a claim can be made.
If no such notice is given, material shall be assumed to be in undamaged condition, any
subsequent damage that occurs to the equipment shall be the responsibility of
CONTRACTOR.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 4 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with specified requirements, manufacturers offering products
which may be incorporated in Work include:
1. Standby Diesel Generator Sets:
a. Caterpillar.
b. Cummins.
2. Automatic Transfer Switches:
a. Caterpillar.
b. Cummins
2.02 GENERATOR SETS
A. Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard diesel engine-driven
generator set and auxiliary equipment as indicated by published product information,
and as required for a complete installation. Generator set shall be rated to continuously
power the total accumulated load and starting load shown on Schedule at 100 degrees
F ambient temperature and at altitude where installed.
B. Diesel Engine: Provide a 4-cycle, compression ignition type engine for operation on a
commercial grade of petroleum fuel oil such as No. 2 fuel oil. Engine operating speed
shall not exceed 1,800 rpm and shall be controlled by a governor to maintain alternator
frequency within plus or minus 3 Hertz of 60 hertz from no load to full load. Frequency
shall recover to steady-state tolerance within 5 seconds after application of 90 percent
rated load.
C. Starting System: Provide engine-generator unit with 12- or 24-volt, negative ground,
starting system including positive engagement solenoid shift-starting motor, batteries,
and 35-ampere, or greater, automatic battery charging alternator with solid-state voltage
regulator. Mount batteries in a plastic- or epoxy-coated metal platform near the starter
but not on the generator and coat battery terminals with an anti-oxidant. Generator sets
rated 150 kW or less shall have a battery rated 650 amperes cold cranking at 0 degree
F and 170 minutes reserve capacity by SAE Standard J-537. Larger generators shall
have a battery rated either 220 ampere-hours or 900 amperes cold cranking, and
430 minutes reserve capacity. Batteries shall have a 12-month full warranty and 60-
month prorated warranty.
D. Battery Charger: Provide a solid-state, current limiting, float-type SENS model #NRG22-
10-RC battery charger with 10-ampere minimum capacity. Charger shall operate from
120-volt AC single phase, 60 hertz power and shall automatically keep batteries at full
charge. Equip charger with ammeter and voltmeter. Battery charger shall be located
within the generator enclosure.
E. Alternator: Provide a single bearing brushless, self -excited alternator with inherently
regulated rotating rectifier exciter system or a revolving field design with a temperature
compensated solid-state voltage regulator. Connect the alternator housing directly to the
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 5 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
engine flywheel housing. Couple the alternator rotor directly to engine flywheel with a
semi-flexible steel disk coupling.
1. Provide windings with Class F insulation with epoxy impregnation and fungus-
resistant coating. Temperature rise shall be as defined in NEMA Standard MG1-
22.40.
2. The alternator shall be capable of starting load given for site with 35 percent
maximum instantaneous voltage dip. Instantaneous voltage dip shall only be 20
percent when there is a VFD. Recovery to stable equation within plus or minus 5
percent of rated voltage shall occur within 3 seconds.
F. Engine Cooling Radiator: Provide a complete engine cooling system equipped with a
radiator and blower type fan sized to maintain safe operation, 190 degrees F engine
outlet water temperature at 100 degrees F maximum ambient temperature. The engine
cooling system shall be filled with a solution of 50 percent ethylene glycol.
G. Instrument Control Panel: Provide engine-generator unit with engine oil-pressure and
water-temperature indicators, reset circuit breaker, static voltage regulator, voltage-
adjusting rheostat, voltmeter, ammeter with phase selector switch with an OFF position,
and with running time indicator and frequency meters. Select circuitry of plug-in design
capable of quick replacement, and capable of accepting a plug-in device which allows
maintenance to test control panel performance without operating the engine.
1. Provide a cranking limiter to open starting circuit in 45 to 90 seconds if engine has
not started within that time or after a series of 3 or more cranking intervals separated
by 2 or more rest periods.
2. Provide engine safety devices to shut unit down on high engine temperature, low oil
pressure, overspeed, and overcrank. Provide, for each of these conditions, an alarm
light and an unpowered, normally open contact for remote use. Provide an audible
alarm with silence switch which is activated by any alarm condition. Provide
additional unpowered, normally open contact for remote use that indicates general
generator alarm. General alarm contact will be for any alarms associated with the
generator and not pre-assigned to a specific alarm. Sacrificing a specific alarm in
order to receive the general alarm contact is not acceptable.
3. Provide a relay with 2 normally open and 2 normally closed contacts rated 5A at 120
volts AC and which is energized when unit is running. Wire these contacts to terminal
strips for remote use.
4. Provide a RUN-OFF-AUTO switch. In AUTO position unit shall start when a remote
contact closes and stop when contact opens. In RUN position unit shall start and run
until OFF position is selected.
5. Mount instrument control panel on unit such that it is isolated from generator set
vibration.
2.03 PERMANENT ENGINE-GENERATOR SET ACCESSORIES
A. Enclosure Design: Generator set shall be provided with a skin tight outdoor enclosure.
Enclosure roof and side panels shall be constructed from a minimum of 0.090 Marine
Grade Aluminum. Side panels shall be constructed from a minimum of 0.090 Marine
Grade Aluminum. The Side Walls shall be complete with necessary access doors and
ventilating louvers. There shall be at least 2 access doors on each side of enclosure and
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 6 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
one at the generator control panel for access to the controls. Doors shall be capable of
full-range of motion. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate final location of generator to
accommodate door swings. Any changes due to generator clearances shall be at the
expense of the CONTRACTOR. Doors shall be hung on full-length piano hinge
assembly. All hinge hardware shall be stainless steel. Finish paint shall be powder-
coated over epoxy primer. Doors shall be equipped with handles. Louvers shall be
stationary type and shall be arranged to provide adequate protection against rainfall at
15 degrees from vertical. Air of intake louvers shall be sized so not to exceed .5 inches
of water column while providing the required genset cooling and combustion air flow.
Enclosure shall be of bolted formed panel type construction. Exhaust shall be provided
within the enclosure unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER. Roof shall have
sufficient strength to support an exhaust silencer. Enclosure shall be large enough to
fully enclose all components necessary to the system. All doors shall be capable of being
locked or have provisions for padlocks. Door hardware shall be stainless steel.
1. All raceway and conduits within the enclosure shall be sealed-tight flexible conduit
or rigid aluminum or galvanized steel with malleable iron boxes and compression
type fittings as appropriate for the raceways used under NEC. EMT and flex or
“Greenfield” conduits are not acceptable.
2. When this outdoor enclosure is specified, the temperature specifications for unit shall
be 0 degrees F to 120 degrees F with ambient air at radiator intake being 100
degrees F maximum.
3. Modular enclosures shall comply with DCA, Florida Building Code and have a
minimum sustained wind rating of 150 MPH.
4. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for verifying the impact rating requirements under
Florida Building Code and shall provide a generator enclosure in compliance to these
standards.
5. Consult the ENGINEER prior to bid when generator is located within any “Zone 4
impact area under FBC”.
6. Enclosure shall match footprint of sub base fuel tank.
B. Sound Attenuation: Enclosure shall be insulated to attenuate sound and include sound
attenuating features that direct radiant cooling air in a route to minimize ambient noise
when generator is running.
C. Operational noise shall not exceed 75 dBA at 23 feet (in Free Field Conditions).
Additional sound attenuation references or limitations may be required. See drawings for
additional details. If generator is located within 50 feet of a commercial or residential unit,
then operational noise shall not exceed 55 dBA.
D. Source dBA and sound attenuation shall be as measured and defined under ANSI
S12.34-1998 and SIO 3744 as applicable. Additional local codes and standards may
apply for generator operational noise. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for compliance
to all local standards without change order or additional payment.
E. Fuel System: Provide unit with a UL142 compliant double-wall skid base type integral
fuel tank that is “skid” mounted, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER’s drawings
or addenda. Tank capacity shall be a maximumum of 550 gross volume gallons. The
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 7 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
tank capacity shall be calculated assuming the tank is 90% full and based on the
generator running at full load/speed continuously for three (3) days.
F. The ENGINEER has projected fuel use estimates using equipment listed as the basis of
design. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing the manufacturer’s fuel usage
calculations with submittal documents for ENGINEER’s review.
G. The fuel tank shall be furnished with UL142 and FDEP required accessories to include
a fuel site gauge, normal and emergency vents and fuel cap having padlocking
provisions. All necessary fuel supply and return line shall be furnished pre-assembled to
unit. The Fuel Tank shall meet all applicable State and local standards for the volume of
fuel the tank will hold.
H. Sub base fuel tank size shall be provided and sized as shown on the contract
documents and within the specifications.
I. Sub base fuel tank shall not allow pooling or ponding of water on top once generator is
mounted on top.
J. Tank shall be made by a manufacturer with minimum of (10) ten years’ experience in
the design and construction of UL Listed, FDEP and NFPA compliant sub base fuel
tanks. Manufacturer of the fuel tank must be approved and registered with the State of
Florida, and have their required “EQ” file number on the supplied fuel tank. The
installing CONTRACTOR is responsible for supplying fuel for the field testing.
K. The fuel tank shall be mounted under the generator skid rails, consisting of a dual wall
design constructed to UL142 and standards applicable to this application under FS-62-
762, NFPA 30, NFPA 37 and NFPA 110. All fuel tanks shall comply with the
requirements set forth by Collier County Pollution Control.
L. Sub base fuel tank shall be rectangular in shape and include reinforced steel box
channel for generator support.
M. Both the inner and outer tanks shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
N. The outer wall shall be prepared before & after primer. Prime with one coat of epoxy
primer to a thickness of 12-15 mils (DFT). Outer wall finish coat shall be a high gloss,
black, UV blocking epoxy primer applied to a minimum thickness of 3.5 mils (DFT). All
welds and fasteners connecting the generator skid base to the fuel tank shall be
similarly primed and finished. Primers shall not be electrostatically or powder applied.
Primers shall be hand applied & dried in a drying booth.
O. Fuel tank shall be equipped with a magnetic liquid level fuel gauge as manufactured by
Rochester Gauges, Inc. Fuel tank level shall be output as a 4-20mA signal from the
generator control panel.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 8 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
P. Sub base fuel tank shall have a 4 point lifting system in place when shipped to the site.
It shall be the responsibility of the Generator manufacturer to recommend a lifting
system along with instructions for the CONTRACTOR on site.
Q. Sub base tank testing shall consist of primary and secondary tank containment basin
and shall be pressurized at 3-5 psi and leak checked to ensure integrity of sub base
weld seams per UL-142 standards. A copy of this report shall accompany close-out
documents. Fuel containment basin shall be sized as a minimum of 110% of the tank
capacity to prevent escape of fuel into the environment in the event of a tank rupture.
Provide a fuel containment basin leak detector switch.
R. The sub base tank fittings shall include the following:
1. Appropriately sized NPT fuel supply.
2. Fuel return fitting
3. 2” NPT for normal vent
4. NPT for emergency vent, sized as appropriate
5. 2” NPT for manual fill.
6. NPT for level gauge, sized as appropriate.
7. 3/8” NPT basin drain
8. 2” NPT for level alarm.
9. NPT fitting for leak detection alarm
S. Coolant Heater: Provide engine coolant heater that operates from 120-volt AC single
phase, 60 hertz power with thermostatic controls to maintain engine coolant at proper
temperature to fulfill start-up requirements of NFPA 99.
T. Inlet and Exhaust Systems: Silencers and exhaust ducting to silencers shall be self-
supporting when assembled. Provide all necessary supporting members for ductwork
between silencer and outlet. Provide all required cutting as shown on Drawings and
noted herein. The unit shall be complete with raincap. All exhaust duct shall be Schedule
10 steel pipe, minimum. Inlet silencer and filter to be self -supporting. Provide necessary
supports for all intake ductwork. All intake ducts shall be Schedule 10 steel pipe,
minimum.
1. Provide a silencer which meets sound standards of a critical area. Silencer shall
provide attenuation (input to output) of 25 dB or greater at frequencies of 125 hertz
to 8 kilohertz. A curve shall be submitted with Shop Drawings showing attenuation
(input to output) in dB versus frequency. Curve shall be on manufacturer's standard
data sheet or from an independent test lab. A spiral or bellows-type flexible section
of pipe shall be installed in the exhaust line between the muffler and engine manifold
connection. An insulated thimble section shall be provided where exhaust line
passes through roof or wall. Exhaust lines shall be pitched and a condensation trap
provided at non-draining low points in line.
U. Circuit Breaker: A generator power circuit breaker shall be installed as a manual load
circuit interrupter and an automatic overload and short circuit protection device.
1. The circuit breaker shall be a solid-state trip type for all sizes rated 200 amps
continuous and larger. Solid-state trip shall include Long-time, Short-time, and
Instantaneous. Ground fault trip required on breakers 1,000 amps and above.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 9 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2. 100% ratings under UL shall be required as noted on ENGINEER’s drawings.
3. AIC rating for generator power circuit breaker shall meet or exceed that of the
upstream service entrance rating.
4. Generator power circuit breaker shall be UL listed as short circuit, service entrance
rated device under UL and NEC.
5. Trip settings for all breakers shall be selected for the rating of the generator power
circuit as indicated on Drawings.
6. Provide breaker and alternator trip curves in the submittal. Show coordination of
curves for equipment provided.
V. Provide protective relays to protect the generator system/alternator.
W. Alternator protection equipment as basis of design shall be equal to “Amp Sentry”
protection by Cummins Power Generation with the following features: Over current and
short-circuit shut down - Over current warning -Single and three phase fault regulation -
Over and under voltage shut down - Over and under frequency shut down - Overload
warning with alarm contact - Reverse power and reverse Var shut down - Excitation
fault. Equipment other than basis of design is subject to ENGINEER’s approval.
Provide full submittal and comparison data for ENGINEER’s review on equipment as
provided.
X. Any pump station requiring a generator shall also have a generator receptacle located
on the pump control panel for a portable generator, coordinate exact model with
OWNER.
2.04 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES
A. Automatic Transfer Switch: UL listed and 600 volt-rated with amperage rating shown on
Drawings and shall be the mechanically held, electrically operated type rated for
continuous duty in an unventilated sheet metal enclosure.
B. Switch shall be double throw, with an off position, having electrical operated normal -
emergency positions inherently interlocked mechanically, and with main contacts
mechanically attached to a common shaft. Main contacts shall be silver alloy wiping-
action type. They shall be protected by arcing contacts.
C. Heavy duty emergency pushbuttons shall be provided. Emergency pushbuttons shall
reset when pulled out.
D. Switch and Relay Contacts, Coils, Springs, and Control Elements: Removable from front
of transfer switch without removal of the switch panels from enclosure and without
disconnection of drive linkages or power conductors. Sensing and control relays shall be
continuous duty industrial control type with 600 volt, 10 amp rated contacts.
E. Transfer switch internal wiring shall be composed of pre-manufactured harnesses that
are permanently marked for source and destination. Harnesses shall be connected to
the control system by means of locking disconnect plug(s), to allow the control system
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 10 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
to be easily disconnected and serviced without disconnecting power from the transfer
switch mechanism.
F. Power transfer switch shall be provided with flame retardant transparent covers to allow
viewing of switch contact operation but prevent direct contact with components that could
be operating at line voltage levels.
G. Transfer switches that are designated on the drawings as 3-pole shall be provided with
a neutral bus and lugs. The neutral bus shall be sized to carry 100% of the current
designated on the switch rating.
H. Field control connections shall be made on a common terminal block that is clearly and
permanently labeled.
I. Upon drop in normal voltage of 83-85 percent of rated voltage, and after an override delay
of 3 seconds nominal, switch shall start generator and transfer the load to emergency
source, provided emergency source voltage and frequency are 90 percent of rated or
higher.
J. Upon return of normal source voltage for 5 seconds nominal, to 92-95 percent of rated,
switch shall retransfer load to normal source after a minimum transfer time or if
emergency source fails. Provide a 5- to 60-second adjustable time delay to maintain
transfer switch in the "Off" position during transfer to either source.
K. Sensing relays shall operate without contact chatter or false response when voltage is
slowly varied to dropout and pickup levels.
L. Four auxiliary contacts shall be provided: Two for transfer switch position indicating use,
and two auxiliary contacts, one N.O. and one N.C. to operate after completion of the 3-
second override delay for starting generator. All auxiliary contacts shall be 600 volt, 10
amp continuous rating.
M. Operator Panel. Each transfer switch shall be provided with a control panel to allow the
operator to view the status and control operation of the transfer switch. The operator
panel shall be a sealed membrane panel rated NEMA 3R/IP53 or better (regardless of
enclosure rating) that is permanently labeled for switch and control functions. The
operator panel shall be provided with the following features and capabilities:
1. High intensity LED lamps to indicate the source that the load is connected to (source
1 or source 2); and which source(s) are available. Source available LED indicators
shall operate from the control microprocessor to indicate the true condition of the
sources as sensed by the control
2. High intensity LED lamps to indicate that the transfer switch is “not in auto” (due to
control being disabled or due to bypass switch (when used) enabled or in operation)
and “Test/Exercise Active” to indicate that the control system is testing or exercising
the generator set.
3. “OVERRIDE” pushbutton to cause the transfer switch to bypass any active time
delays for start, transfer, and retransfer and immediately proceed with its next logical
operation.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 11 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
4. “TEST” pushbutton to initiate a preprogrammed test sequence for the generator set
and transfer switch. The transfer switch shall be programmable for test with load or
test without load.
5. “RESET/LAMP TEST” pushbutton that will clear any faults present in the control, or
simultaneously test all lamps on the panel by lighting them.
6. The control system shall continuously log information on the number of hours each
source has been connected to the load, the number of times transferred, and the
total number of times each source has failed. This information shall be available via
a PC-based service tool and an operator display panel.
7. Vacuum fluorescent alphanumeric display panel with push-button navigation
switches. The display shall be clearly visible in both bright (sunlight) and no light
conditions. It shall be visible over an angle of at least 120 degrees. The
Alphanumeric display panel shall be capable of providing the following functions and
capabilities:
a. Display source condition information, including AC voltage for each phase of
normal and emergency source, frequency of each source. Voltage for all three
phases shall be displayed on a single screen for easy viewing of voltage
balance. Line to neutral voltages shall be displayed for 4-wire systems.
b. Display source status, to indicate source is connected or not connected.
c. Display load data, including 3-phase AC voltage, 3-phase AC current, frequency,
KW, KVA, and power factor. Voltage and current data for all phases shall be
displayed on a single screen.
d. The display panel shall allow the operator to view and make the following
adjustments in the control system, after entering an access code:
1) Set nominal voltage and frequency for the transfer switch.
2) Adjust voltage and frequency sensor operation set points.
3) Set up time clock functions.
4) Set up load sequence functions.
5) Enable or disable control functions in the transfer switch, including program
transition.
6) Set up exercise and load test operation conditions, as well as normal system
time delays for transfer time, time delay start, stop, transfer, and retransfer.
e. Display Real time Clock data, including date, and time in hours, minutes, and
seconds. The real time clock shall incorporate provisions for automatic daylight
savings time and leap year adjustments. The control shall also log total
operating hours for the control system.
f. Display service history for the transfer switch. Display source connected hours,
to indicate the total number of hours connected to each source. Display number
of times transferred, and total number of times each source has failed.
g. Display fault history on the transfer switch, including condition, and date and time
of fault. Faults to include controller checksum error, low controller DC voltage,
ATS fail to close on transfer, ATS fail to close on retransfer, battery charger
malfunction, network battery voltage low, and network communications error.
N. The transfer switch control system shall be configurable in the field for any operating
voltage level up to 600VAC. Provide RMS voltage sensing and metering that is accurate
to within plus or minus 1% of nominal voltage level. Frequency sensing shall be accurate
to within plus or minus 0.2%. Voltage sensing shall be monitored based on the normal
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 12 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
voltage at the site. Systems that utilize voltage monitoring based on standard voltage
conditions that are not field configurable are not acceptable.
O. Transfer switch voltage sensors shall be close differential type, providing source
availability information to the control system based on the following functions:
1. Monitoring all phases of the normal service (source 1) for under voltage conditions
(adjustable for pickup in a range of 85 to 98% of the normal voltage level and dropout
in a range of 75 to 98% of normal voltage level).
2. Monitoring all phases of the emergency service (source 2) for under voltage
conditions (adjustable for pickup in a range of 85 to 98% of the normal voltage level
and dropout in a range of 75 to 98% of pickup voltage level).
3. Monitoring all phases of the normal service (source 1) and emergency service
(source 2) for loss of a single phase.
P. The transfer switch shall be configurable to control the operation time from source to
source (program transition operation). The control system shall be capable of enabling
or disabling this feature, and adjusting the time period to a specific value. The transfer
switch shall incorporate adjustable time delays for generator set start (adjustable in a
range from 0-15 seconds); transfer (adjustable in a range from 0-120 seconds);
retransfer (adjustable in a range from 0-30 minutes); and generator stop (cooldown)
(adjustable in a range of 0-30 minutes).
Q. The transfer switch shall be configurable to accept a relay contact signal and a network
signal from an external device to prevent transfer to the generator service.
R. The control system shall be designed and prototype tested for operation in ambient
temperatures from -40C to +70C. It shall be designed and tested to comply with the
requirements of the noted voltage and RFI/EMI standards.
S. The control shall have optically isolated logic inputs, high isolation transformers for AC
inputs, and relays on all outputs, to provide optimum protection from line voltage surges,
RFI and EMI.
T. Enclosures shall be UL listed. The enclosure shall provide wire bend space in
compliance to the latest version of NFPA70. The cabinet door shall include permanently
mounted key type latches.
U. Transfer switch equipment shall be provided in a NEMA 4X enclosure.
V. The enclosure shall provide code-required wire bend space at point of entry as shown
on the drawings. Manual operating handles and all control switches (other than key-
operated switches) shall be accessible to authorized personnel only by opening the
key-locking cabinet door. Transfer switches with manual operating handles and/or non
key-operated control switches located on outside of cabinet do not meet this specification
and are not acceptable.
W. Transfer switch normally connects an energized utility power source (source 1) to loads
and a generator set (source 2) to the loads when normal source fails. The normal
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 13 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
position of the transfer switch is source 1 (connected to the utility), and no start signal is
supplied to the genset.
X. Generator Set Exercise (Test) With Load Mode. The control system shall be configurable
to test the generator set under load. In this mode, the transfer switch shall control the
generator set in the following sequence:
1. Transfer switch shall initiate the exercise sequence at a time indicated in the exercise
timer program, or when manually initiated by the operator.
2. The transfer switch shall issue a compatible start command to the generator set, and
cause the generator set to start and run at idle until it has reached normal operating
temperature.
3. When the generator set has reached normal operating temperature or after an
adjustable time period (whichever is shorter), the control system shall accelerate the
generator set to rated voltage and frequency.
4. When the control systems senses the generator set at rated voltage and frequency,
it shall operate to connect the loads to the generator set by opening the normal
source contacts, and closing the alternate source contacts a predetermined time
period later. The timing sequence for the contact operation shall be programmable
in the controller.
5. The generator set shall operate connected to the load for the duration of the exercise
period. If the generator set fails during this period, the transfer switch shall
automatically reconnect the generator set to the normal service.
6. On completion of the exercise period, the transfer switch shall operate to connect the
loads to the normal source by opening the alternate source contacts, and closing the
normal source contacts a predetermined time period later. The timing sequence for
the contact operation shall be programmable in the controller.
7. The transfer switch shall operate the generator set unloaded for a cooldown period,
and then remove the start signal from the generator set. If the normal power fails at
any time when the generator set is running, the transfer switch shall immediately
connect the system loads to the generator set.
Y. Generator Set Exercise (Test) Without Load Mode. The control system shall be
configurable to test the generator set without transfer switch load connected. In this
mode, the transfer switch shall control the generator set in the following sequence:
1. Transfer switch shall initiate the exercise sequence at a time indicated in the exercise
timer program, or when manually initiated by the operator.
2. The transfer switch shall issue a compatible start command to the generator set, and
cause the generator set to start and run at idle until it has reached normal operating
temperature.
3. When the generator set has reached normal operating temperature or after an
adjustable time period (whichever is shorter), the control system shall accelerate the
generator set to rated voltage and frequency.
4. When the control systems senses the generator set at rated voltage and frequency,
it shall operate the generator set unloaded for the duration of the exercise period.
5. At the completion of the exercise period, the transfer switch shall remove the start
signal from the generator set. If the normal power fails at any time when the
generator set is running, the transfer switch shall immediately connect the system
loads to the generator set.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 14 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Z. Factory Testing. The transfer switch manufacturer shall perform a complete operational
test on the transfer switch prior to shipping from the factory. A certified test report shall
be provided to OWNER & ENGINEER upon delivery of generator. Test process shall
include calibration of voltage sensors.
AA. The manufacturer of the transfer switch and generator set shall maintain service parts
inventory at a central location (within 50 miles of the city) which is accessible to the
service location 24 hours per day, 365 days.
BB. The transfer switch shall be serviced by a local service organization that is trained and
factory certified in both generator set and transfer switch service. The supplier shall
maintain an inventory of critical replacement parts at the local service organization, and
in service vehicles. The service organization shall be on call 24 hours per day, 365 days
per year.
CC. The manufacturer shall maintain model and serial number records of each transfer
switch provided for at least 20 years.
DD. Accessory devices shall be provided as follows:
1. Time delay to override harmless power dips and outages. (Inverse time characteristic
with voltage.)
2. Test switch.
3. Auxiliary contacts (as specified herein).
4. Selector relay (as specified herein).
5. Lockout relay (sensitive to voltage and frequency).
6. Full phase protection with nominal 75-80 percent dropout and 92-95 percent pickup
on phase relay.
7. Adjustable time delay on retransfer to normal source. Minimum retransfer of 2
minutes and maximum of 25 minutes. Built-in circuitry to nullify the retransfer time
delay if the emergency source fails and the normal source is available.
8. Adjustable (10-20 minutes) time delay for running generator unloaded after transfer
for cool down.
9. Adjustable time delay or delays (5 to 60 seconds) for holding transfer switch in the
"Off" position when switching from standby source to normal and normal source to
standby.
10. Engine starting contact.
11. A selector switch shall permit generator to be exercised with or without load.
2.05 ACCESS PLATFORM
A. Elevated platforms shall be provided where necessary to provide access to the generator
for operation and maintenance. Typically, these platforms shall be limited to locations with
existing grades requiring equipment to be located at a higher elevation due to the Florida
Building Code (FBC), FEMA, and the ASCE Standard 7 and 24 requirements.
B. Platforms and stairs shall meet the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) Part 1910, applicable FBC requirements, and ASCE Standards 7 and 24. All
platform and stair designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 15 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Professional Engineer. The Engineer of Record shall identify Flood Hazard Area, Flodd
Design Class (ASCE 24) and other applicable loadings. All components shall be
aluminum with stainless steel hardware. Standard stairs shall be utilized. Fall protection
shall be provided on all exposed sides by use of an OSHA approved guardrail system.
Where required for access, removable guardrail sections shall be provided. Grating shall
be slip resistant and bonded at ends of bearing bars and openings.
C. All platforms and stairs shall be supported by a concrete foundation system. The
foundation designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional
Engineer. It shall meet the requirements of the FBC, ASCE 7 (Dead, Live, Flood, and
Wind), ASCE 24 (Flood Resistant) and other regulatory requirements. Where head
clearance under the platform is less than 6’-8”, provisions shall be made to limit access.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION OF DIESEL ENGINE-DRIVEN GENERATOR SETS
A. Install diesel engine-driven generator units as indicated, in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's written instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that
engine-generator units fulfill requirements. Comply with NFPA and NEMA standards
pertaining to installation of engine-generator sets and accessories.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 16 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
B. Coordinate with other work, including raceways, electrical boxes and fittings, fuel tanks,
piping, and accessories, as necessary to interface installation of engine generator
equipment work with other work.
C. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's published torque-tightening values for equipment connectors.
Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and
terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standards 486A and B, and
the National Electrical Code.
D. Install units on steel spring type vibration isolators fastened to an inertia base in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Connect fuel piping to generator equipment as indicated, and comply with manufacturer's
installation instructions.
3.02 GROUNDING
A. Provide equipment grounding connections for diesel engine-driven generator unit and
automatic transfer switch as indicated. Connect generator equipment ground to ground
ring around generator pad. Ground ring shall have a minimum of four (4) 5/8” x 20’
copper-clad ground rods. Connect ground ring to sites counterpoise. Connections to
ground ring, counterpoise and ground rods shall be exothermically welded. Add
additional ground rings as required to meet five (5) ohm (or less) specified resistance.
Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Standard 486A to
ensure permanent and effective grounding.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Start-up Testing:
1. Engage local equipment manufacturer's representative to perform start -up and
building load tests upon completion of installation, with ENGINEER in attendance;
provide certified test record. Tests are to include the following:
a. Check fuel, lubricating oil, and antifreeze in liquid-cooled models for conformity
to manufacturer's recommendations under environmental conditions present.
b. Test prior to cranking engine for proper operation, accessories that normally
function while the set is in a standby mode. Accessories include: alternator strip
heater, engine coolant heater, and battery charger.
c. Check, during start-up test mode, for exhaust leaks, cooling air flow, movement
during starting and stopping, vibration during running, normal and emergency
line-to-line voltage, and phase rotation.
d. Test, by means of simulated power outage, automatic start -up by remote-
automatic starting, transfer of load, and automatic shutdown. Prior to this test,
adjust for proper system coordination, transfer switch timers. After installation
inspection and fine adjustments have been completed, the Generator set shall
be connected to resistive type load banks, matching the full rated output of this
installed generator set.
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 17 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1) A four (4) hour 100% resistive load bank test, matching the full rated output
of this installed generator set, is to be performed after installation in the
presence of the ENGINEER, OWNER, and any required Authority.
Coordinate with ENGINEER, OWNER, and any required Authority for
appropriate test date and time. During this load bank test, monitor the engine
temperature, oil pressure, battery charge level, generator voltage, amperes,
and frequency. Voltage dip will be observed with a recording oscilloscope
furnished by supplier for this test only. Voltage dip is defined as the peak-
to-peak voltage minimum, at starting compared to the average peak-to-peak
voltage with the starting load running. The difference shall be less than 25
percent of the running P-P voltage.
2) Provide a test of safeties and transfer under NFPA-110 criteria.
3) Provide all tests in the presence of an OWNER representative.
Upon completion of installation and testing, demonstrate capability and
compliance of system with requirements. Where possible, correct
malfunctioning units at Site, then retest to demonstrate compliance;
otherwise, remove and replace with new units, and proceed with retesting.
Initial testing and retesting to be at no cost to OWNER.
3.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Commissioning and Qualifications shall be performed by Manufacturer's authorized and
factory certified trained for installation of units personnel.
B. Maintenance Proximity: The commissioning and selling manufacturer office location
shall not be more than two hours' normal travel time from the project site.
C. Access to Service & Parts: Manufacturer for the Generator shall maintain a full
operational facility, with service, parts and distribution center within 50 miles of the
Project Site. A ‘sales office’ will not qualify as a service & parts facility. A “dealer” that
buys product from a Factory Distributor does not qualify.
D. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: The manufacturer shall be in the business of
manufacturing power generation systems under ISO-9001 certification process for over
10 years. The manufacturer shall employ service, engineering, and parts staff within a
factory-owned or authorized service center, within 50 miles of Project site.
E. When an “upfitter” is used for a fuel tank or generator enclosure, the manufacturer shall
be located in the same state as the Project Site.
F. Upfitters shall provide their UL Listing number on all documentation of compliance. UL
as an “assembly” under the generator manufacturer’s main UL Listing is not acceptable.
G. cUL (or other) listing or compliance shall not be accepted in lieu of UL listing and label.
H. Manufacturer Service Qualifications: The generator manufacturer shall have a service
center within a 2-hour driving distance from the project site. This service center shall
have engineering, application support, on-site rental, start-up, commissioning, and
Section 263213.13
STANDBY DIESEL GENERATORS
Page 18 of 17
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
replacement parts and labor for the maintenance and repair of the same brand of power
generation system equipment as supplied on the Project.
I. Source Limitations: Obtain all equipment under this section through one source as
practical and possible under the limitations of the manufacturer’s ability to provide
equipment.
J. The equipment under this Section must be sold to the installer or the OWNER by an
entity operating from within the project State.
K. The equipment under this Section must be installed by a CONTRACTOR operating
from offices located within the Project state.
L. Equipment under this section shall be provided by a single manufacturer, so as to
provide only one source of warranty and responsibility whenever possible.
M. Generator engine, alternator, and generator controller shall be provided by a single
manufacturer exceptions must be noted in submittal. The ENGINEER reserves the right
to reject exceptions based on the equipment used as the basis of design in comparison.
3.05 PERSONNEL TRAINING
A. Building Operating Personnel Training: Train OWNER's building personnel in procedures
for starting-up, testing, and operating diesel engine-driven generator sets. In addition,
train OWNER's personnel in periodic maintenance of batteries.
END OF SECTION
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 1 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPELINES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Installation of all underground pipelines. Provide pipeline
materials, coatings and linings as specified and pipe of the types, sizes and
classes shown or specified.
1. Use proper and suitable tools and appliances for the safe and convenient
cutting, handling, and laying of the pipe and fittings.
2. Use suitable fittings where shown and at connections or where grade or
alignment changes require offsets greater than those recommended and
approved.
3. Lay all underground pipelines not supported on piles or concrete cradle in
select fill bedding material.
4. Close off all lines with bulkheads when pipe laying is not in progress.
B. Related Work Specified in Other Sections Includes:
1. Section 022501 – Leakage Tests
2. Section 025400 – Disinfection
3. Section 312316 – Excavation - Earth and Rock
4. Section 312319 – Groundwater Control for Open Excavation
5. Section 312323 – Backfilling
6. Section 330502 – High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings
7. Section 330503 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings
8. Section 330504 - Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Fittings
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Codes and standards referred to in this Section are:
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 2 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. ASTM D 2774 - Practice for Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pressure Piping
2. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their
Appurtenances
3. ASTM A 307 - Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,
60000 psi Tensile
4. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings,
C25, 125, 250, 800
5. ASME B16.21 - Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
6. AWWA C111/A21.11 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure
Pipe and Fittings
7. AWWA C115/A21.15 - Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Threaded
Flanges
8. Uni-Bell - Handbook of PVC Pipe
9. Collier County - Utilities Standards and Procedures Ordinance
1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. General: Deliver, store and handle all products and materials as specified in
Division 1 and as follows:
B. Transportation and Delivery: Take every precaution to prevent injury to the pipe
during transportation and delivery to the site.
C. Loading and Unloading: Take extreme care in loading and unloading the pipe and
fittings.
1. Work slowly with skids or suitable power equipment, and keep pipe under
perfect control at all times.
2. Under no condition is the pipe to be dropped, bumped, dragged, pushed, or
moved in any way that will cause damage to the pipe or coating.
D. Sling: When handling the pipe with a crane, use a suitable sling around the pipe.
1. Under no condition pass the sling through the pipe. Interior of pipe is to be
kept free of dirt and foreign matter at all times.
2. Use a nylon canvas type sling or other material designed to prevent damage
to the pipe and coating.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 3 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3. When handling reinforced concrete pipe or uncoated steel or ductile iron
pipe, steel cables, chain or like slings are acceptable.
E. Damaged Piping: If in the process of transportation, handling, or laying, any pipe
or fitting is damaged, replace or repair such pipe or pipes.
F. Blocking and Stakes: Provide suitable blocking and stakes installed to prevent
pipe from rolling.
1. Obtain approval for the type of blocking and stakes, and the method of
installation.
G. Storage for Gaskets: Store gaskets for pipe joints in a cool place and protect
gaskets from light, sunlight, heat, oil, or grease until installed. Store gaskets in a
sealed container (such as a vented drum). When long-term storage with exposure
to direct sunlight is unavoidable, PVC pipe should be covered with an opaque
material while permitting adequate air circulation above and around the pipe as
required to prevent excessive heat accumulation (Uni-Bell PVC Handbook).
1. Do not use any gaskets showing signs of cracking, weathering or other
deterioration.
2. Do not use gasket material stored in excess of six months without approval.
1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Repair of Sanitary Sewers and Services: Rebed, in compacted select fill material,
sanitary sewers which cross over the new pipe or which cross under the new pipe
with less than 12 inches clear vertical separation. Compact the bedding to
densities required for new pipeline construction and extend bedding below the
sewer to undisturbed earth. Reconstruct sewers damaged by pipeline
construction.
1. Furnish and install all materials and do all work necessary for the
reconstruction or repairs of sanitary sewers and services.
2. Provide pipe for reconstruction of sanitary sewers and services meeting the
appropriate specification requirements.
3. Provide pipe of the same size as the existing sewer or when the same size
is not available, use the next larger size of pipe. Obtain approval of joints
made between new pipe and existing pipe.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
A. The materials allowed for buried sewer pipes are PVC, HDPE or Ductile Iron Pipe.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 4 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Dry Trench Bottoms: Lay pipe only in dry trenches having a stable bottom.
1. Where groundwater is encountered, make every effort to obtain a dry trench
bottom in accordance with Section 312319.
2. Perform trench excavation and backfill in accordance with Sections 312316
and 312323.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install all piping in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and approved shop drawings and as specified in Division 1.
Where pipe joint deflections are used, do not exceed 80 percent of the maximum
deflection limits shown in AWWA C600. Gravity systems shall contain no joint
deflection.
1. Arrange miscellaneous pipelines, which are shown in diagram form on the
Plans, clear of other pipelines and equipment.
2. Gravity systems shall not contain vertical dips greater than one and a half
inches (1.5”) (1.0”).
B. Code Requirements: Provide pipeline installations complying with AWWA C600
for iron pipe, AWWA Manual M11 for steel pipe, ASTM D 2774 for thermoplastic
pressure piping, and as modified or supplemented by the Specifications.
C. Pipe Laying - General:
1. Thoroughly inspect all pipe for damage and cleanliness. If found to be
defective, tag, remove and replace pipe with satisfactory pipe or fittings at no
additional charge to COUNTY.
2. Generally, lay all pipe with bells pointing ahead.
3. Carefully place all pipe, pipe fittings, valves and hydrants into trench by
means of a derrick, ropes or other suitable tools or equipment in such a
manner as to prevent damage and check for alignment and grade.
4. Make adjustments to bring pipe to line and grade by scraping away or filling
in select fill material under the body of the pipe.
5. Wedging or blocking up the pipe barrel is not permitted.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 5 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
6. Bring the faces of the spigot ends and the bells of pipes into fair contact and
firmly and completely shove the pipe home.
7. As the work progresses, clean the interior of pipelines of all dirt and
superfluous materials of every description.
8. Keep all lines absolutely clean during construction.
9. Lay pipelines accurately to line and grade.
10. During suspension of work for any reason at any time, a suitable stopper
shall be placed in the end of the pipe last laid to prevent mud or other
material from entering the pipe.
D. Pipe Laying - Trenches:
1. Carefully lay all pipelines in trench excavations piece by piece using suitable
tools or equipment on select fill bedding (refer to Utilities Standards and
Procedures Ordinance, Section 9.1.2), concrete cradle or other foundations
as shown, specified or ordered in writing. Prevent damage to materials,
protective coatings and linings.
2. Do not dump or drop pipe or pipe materials into trench.
3. Properly secure the pipe against movement and make the pipe joints in the
excavation as required.
4. Carefully grade and compact pipe bedding.
5. Bell Holes:
a. Cut out bell holes for each joint as required to permit the joint to be
properly made and allow the barrel of the pipe to have full bearing
throughout its length.
b. Thoroughly tamp bell holes full of select fill material following the
making of each joint to provide adequate support to the pipe
throughout its entire length.
E. Other Foundations: Install pipelines laid on other types of foundations as
specified for such other foundations or as ordered in writing.
F. Field Cuts of Pipelines: For shorter than standard pipe lengths, make field cuts in
a manner producing a cut square and perpendicular to the pipe axis. Remove any
sharp, rough edges which otherwise might injure the gasket.
G. Procedure for sealing cut ends and repairing field damaged areas of polyethylene
lined pipe and fittings is as follows:
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 6 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Remove burrs caused by field cutting of ends or handling damage and
smooth out edge of polyethylene lining if made rough by field cutting or
handling damage.
2. Remove oil or lubricant used during field cutting operations.
3. Areas of loose lining associated with field cutting operation must be removed
and exposed metal cleaned by sanding or scraping. For larger areas,
remove loose lining and dirt, then roughen bare pipe surface by scratching
or gouging with a small chisel to provide an anchor pattern for the epoxy. It
is recommended that the polyethylene lining be stripped back by chiseling,
cutting, or scraping about 1 inch to 2 inches into well adhered lined area
before patching. This ensures that all areas of undercutting have been
removed. Be sure to roughen an overlap of 1 inch to 2 inches of
polyethylene lining in area to be epoxy coated. This roughening should be
done with a rough grade emery paper (40 grit), rasp, or small chisel. Avoid
honing, buffing, or wire brushing since these tend to make surface to be
repaired too smooth for good adhesion.
4. With area to be sealed or repaired clean and suitably roughened, apply a
thick coat of a two-part coal tar epoxy (see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F). The heavy coat of epoxy must be worked into the scratched
surface by brushing. Mixing and application procedure for the epoxy must
follow the epoxy manufacturer's instructions.
5. It is important that the entire freshly cut, exposed metal surface of the cut
pipe be coated. To ensure proper sealing, overlap at least 1 inch of the
roughened polyethylene lining with this two-part epoxy system.
H. Ductile Iron Pipe Mechanical Joints:
1. Assembly: In making up mechanical joints, center the spigot in the bell.
a. With a wire brush just prior to assembly of the joint thoroughly brush 8
inches outside of spigot and inside of bell with which the rubber gasket
comes in contact. Remove all oil, grit, tar (other than standard
coating) and other foreign matter from joint.
b. Brush lubricant over the gasket just prior to installation. (Note: There is
only one rubber gasket size for each diameter of pipe.)
c. Press the gasket into place within the bell and move the gland into
position, bolts inserted, and the nuts tightened finger tight.
d. Tighten the nuts with a torque wrench so that the gland is brought up
toward the pipe evenly. Torque wrenches shall be set as specified in
AWWA C111. Spanner type wrenches not longer than specified in
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 7 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
AWWA C111 may be used with the permission of County Manager or
designee.
e. Tighten all nuts 180 degrees apart alternately in order to produce
equal pressure on all parts of the gland.
2. Torques: Apply the following range of bolt torques:
Size
Inches
Range of
Torque - ft. lbs
5/8
3/4
1
1-1/4
40 - 60
60 - 90
70 - 100
90 - 120
3. Remaking of Joints: If effective sealing is not obtained at the maximum
torque listed above, disassemble and reassemble the joint after thorough
cleaning.
I. Ductile Iron Pipe Rubber Gasket Joints:
1. Assembly: In making up the rubber gasket joint, brush the gasket seat in the
socket thoroughly with a wire brush and wipe the gasket with a cloth.
a. Place the gasket in the socket with the large round end entering first
so that the groove fits over the bead in the seat.
b. Apply a thin film of lubricant (AWWA C600) to the inside surface of the
gasket that will come in contact with the entering pipe.
c. Brush the plain end of the pipe to be entered thoroughly with a wire
brush and place it in alignment with the bell of the pipe to which it is to
be joined.
d. Exert sufficient force on the entering pipe so that its plain end is
moved past the gasket until it makes contact with the base of the
socket to make the joint.
2. Positioning: Before proceeding with backfilling, feel completely around the
joint using a feeler gauge to confirm that the gasket is in its proper position.
a. If the gasket can be felt out of position, withdraw the pipe and examine
the gasket for cuts or breaks.
b. If the gasket has been damaged, replace it with a new one before re-
installing the pipe.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 8 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3. Optional Mechanical Joints: Use mechanical joint fittings that meet the
requirements of Section 330504 with the rubber gasket joint pipe when
specified or when rubber gasket fittings are not available.
J. Temporary Bulkheads: Provide temporary bulkheads at the ends of sections
where adjoining pipelines have not been completed, and in connections built into
pipelines where adjoining pipelines or structures have not been completed and are
not ready to be connected.
1. Remove bulkheads encountered in connecting sewers or structures included
in this Contract, or in pipelines or structures previously built, when they are
no longer needed or when ordered.
K. Temporary Blow-Off Assembly: Dead-end water lines shall be temporarily ended
with a blow-off as shown in Collier County Standard Details. After full bore flush
replace with a fire hydrant meeting the requirements of Section 331619.
L. Sleeve Type Couplings: For sleeve type couplings, equally tighten diametrically
opposite bolts on the connection so that the gaskets will be brought up evenly all
around the pipe.
1. Torque Wrenches: Do the final tightening with torque wrenches set for the
torque recommended by the coupling manufacturer.
M. Concrete Encasement: Concrete encasement shall be constructed in accordance
with Collier County Standard Details when:
1. A potable water main crosses at a depth that provides less than 18 inches
clear distance from sewer lines in which case a Deviation Form request
should be completed. Encase the sewer main unless specifically approved
by Collier County Utilities. Encasement shall extend a minimum 10 feet on
each side of the point of crossing. Pressure test both pipelines to 150 psi
after the concrete has properly cured.
2. A water main running parallel to a sewer line provides less than 10 feet
separation from sewer lines, in which case a Deviation Form Request needs
to be completed. Encase the sewer main unless specifically approved by
Collier County Utilities.
3. The ENGINEER has ordered the line encased. NO POTABLE WATER
MAIN SHALL BE ENCASED IN CONCRETE UNLESS SPECIFICALLY
AUTHORIZED BY THE COUNTY MANAGER OR DESIGNEE.
The points of beginning and ending of pipe encasement shall be not more than 6
inches from a pipe joint to protect the pipe from cracking due to uneven settlement
of its foundation or the effects of superimposed live loads.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 9 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
N. Valve Box Setting: Install valve boxes vertical and concentric with the valve stem.
1. Adjust valve-box to final grade at the time designated by the County
Manager or designee.
2. Build a collar, as shown in the standard details, 18 inches by 18 inches by 6
inches or 24 inch diameter round by 6 inches flush to grade of top of box.
Similar collar shall be poured flush with grade and top of unpaved areas.
3. Satisfactorily reset any valve box that is moved from its original position,
preventing the operation of the valve.
4. Replace any valve box that has been damaged.
O. Identification:
1. Metallized Warning Tape: For DIP and PVC pipe (other than gravity sewer
pipe and laterals) to be installed, 3-inch detectable marking tape, of
appropriate color and appropriate warning statement, shall be placed along
the entire pipe length. In all cases, marking tape shall be installed two feet
(2’) below grade or one-half the pipe’s bury, whichever is less, during backfill
operations (refer to Utilities Standards Manual Section 1 – 1.1 and 2.2.1). All
PVC pipe, PVC fittings, and identification tape shall be color-coded per
Collier County Standards. HDPE pipe installed by horizontal directional
drilling will not be required to be marked with metalized warning tape.
2. Electronic Markers (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F): Install
electronic markers twenty-four inches (24”) below final grade, above pipe, at
all bends or changes in alignment and every two hundred and fifty feet (250’)
along the pipe between bends.
P. Separation From Other Pipe Systems:
1. Parallel Water and Sewer or Non-Potable Lines: Sanitary sewer lines, storm
sewers or force mains shall be separated from water mains by a minimum
clear vertical distance of 18 inches and a horizontal distance of 10 feet. Non-
potable, reclaimed or reuse water mains shall be separated from water
mains, gravity sewers or force mains by a minimum clear vertical distance of
18 inches and a horizontal distance of 5 feet center to center or 3 feet
outside to outside. When this standard cannot be maintained, the sewer line
shall be concrete encased for a distance of 10 feet each way from the water
line and any other conduit, with a minimum vertical clearance of 12 inches
being provided at all times. See Section 1 - Design Criteria, Subsection
1.2.3.
2. Crossing Water and Sewer or Non-Potable Lines: Water mains crossing
over a sewer or non-potable water line shall be (bottom of water main to top
of sewer) separated by at least 18 inches unless local conditions or barriers
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 10 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
prevent an 18 inch vertical separation. All crossings with vertical clearance
less than 18 inches shall be made using sewer pipe thickness Class 200
AWWA C900 PVC pipe, and water pipe of Class 51 Ductile iron pipe, for a
distance of 10 feet on each side of the crossing. The gravity sewer pipe in
these locations shall be backfilled with USCS Class I bedding stone to a
height of 6 inches above the crown of the pipe. When water mains cross
under a sewer, both mains shall be constructed of C900 Class 200 PVC
pipe with joints equivalent to water main standards for a distance of 10 feet
on each side of the point of crossing with no intermediate joints.
Additionally, a section of water main pipe shall be centered at the point of
crossing. See Section 1 – Design Criteria, Subsection 1.3.
Q. Aerial Crossings:
1. Pipes spanning elevated pier crossings shall be flanged ductile iron
Pressure Class 350 pipe conforming to AWWA C115, C150 & C151. Pipe
spanning on piers spaced further apart than normal pipe length of 18 or 20
ft. shall be multiple length pipe with interior flanged joints with a rubber
gasket pipe (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). The pipe wall
thickness and flanged joints shall be designed to safely span the elevated
piers under working pressure without exceeding the allowable stresses and
conform to AWWA C150. Limit pipe deflection at center of span with pipe full
of water to 1/720 of span length. Provide expansion joints for between
above ground and below ground wastewater lines.
2. Flanges shall conform to AWWA C150 and C115. All bolts and nuts used in
aerial crossings shall be 304 stainless steel. Gaskets shall be full faced or
recessed "O-Ring" type to prevent leaks in pipe under stress in the aerial
crossing.
3. Outside surface of all pipe, flanges or spool pieces shall be shop coated with
zinc primer, High Build Epoxy protective coat and a finish coat of
polyurethane high gloss. Color shall be Federal Safety Blue for potable
water mains and Pantone Purple 522 C for non-potable irrigation water
mains.
4. Install operating valves or other flow regulating devices on each shoreline or
at a safe distance from each shoreline to prevent discharge in the event the
line is damaged.
5. Install supports for all joints in pipes utilized for aerial crossings and to
prevent overturning and settlement. Expansion jointing is specified between
above ground and below ground sewers and force mains.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Test pipelines in accordance with Section 022501.
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 11 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Test valves in place, as far as practicable, and correct any defects in valves
or connections.
2. Gravity Sewer Lines: Test in accordance with Section 022501
B. Inspection: Clean, inspect, and examine each piece of pipe and each fitting and
special for defects before it is installed.
1. Cut away any lumps or projections on the face of the spigot end or the
shoulder.
2. Do not use any cracked, broken, or defective pieces in the work.
3. If any defective piece should be discovered after having been installed,
remove and replace this piece with a sound piece in a satisfactory manner at
no increase in Contract Amount.
3.4 CLEANING
A. General: Thoroughly clean all pipe before it is laid and keep it clean until it is
accepted in the completed work.
B. Removal of Materials: Exercise special care to avoid leaving bits of wood, dirt,
and other foreign particles in the pipe. If any particles are discovered before the
final acceptance of the work, remove and clean the pipe.
3.5 DISINFECTION
A. General: Disinfect all pipelines that are to carry potable water in accordance with
Section 025400.
END OF SECTION
Section 330518
LAYING AND JOINTING BURIED PIPE
Page 12 of 12
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 331619
HYDRANTS
Page 1 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 331619
HYDRANTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. Furnish and install fire hydrants where shown on the Drawings or directed by the
ENGINEER.
1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS
A. Section 033100 – Concrete for Non-Plant Work
B. Section 331200 – Water Valves and Appurtenances
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Install hydrants to meet current requirements of Collier County Utilities.
B. Provide manufacturer's certificate those products meet or exceed minimum
requirements as specified.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer's certificates on conformance.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturer's drawings and data sheets for material to
be supplied under this Section. Indicate sizes and types to be installed.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. During loading, transportation and unloading, exercise care to prevent damage to
materials.
B. Handling: Fire hydrants should be unloaded carefully. The hydrant should be
carefully lowered from the truck to the ground, not dropped. Only hoists and
slings with adequate load capacity to handle the weight of the hydrant shall be
used.
C. Storage: Hydrants should be stored in the fully closed position to prevent entry of
foreign material that could cause damage to the seating surfaces. Whenever
practical, hydrants should be stored indoors. If outside storage is required, means
should be provided to protect the operating mechanism. In outside storage, parts
and flanges should be protected from the weather and foreign materials.
Section 331619
HYDRANTS
Page 2 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRE HYDRANTS
A. Fire hydrants shall be of the dry barrel, compression type conforming to AWWA
C502 “Standard for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants” and additional requirements as set
forth herein.
B. Hydrant shall have break away upper sections capable of ready replacement
without loss in the event of traffic damage. Each hydrant shall have a 6" bottom
inlet connection and valve opening at least 5-1/4 inches in diameter. Hydrants
shall have a national standard pentagon 1.5 inch, point to flat operating nut and
turn to the left (counter clockwise) to open. Each hydrant shall be fitted with one 4 -
1/2-inch pumper connection and two 2-1/2 inch hose connections, both having
threads that conform to the Fire Division Standard for the area. Hose caps shall
be chained (unless specified without by appropriate fire control district) to the
hydrant barrel and fitted with nuts similar to the hydrant operating nuts. Each
hydrant shall have a barrel of sufficient length to bring the bottom of the 6" pipe
connection 3 feet below the surface of the finished ground. Each hydrant shall
have breakaway flanges and be made in at least two sections bolted together. All
interior working parts of the hydrant shall be removable from the top of the hydrant
to allow repairs without removing the hydrant barrel after it has been installed.
Hydrants shall have renewable O-ring stem seals. Hydrant barrels shall be
painted AWWA Safety Yellow (lead free) or as specified by appropriate fire control
district. They shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi.
C. Hydrant shall have no drain ports. If ports exist, they shall be plugged with a
threaded plug.
D. Operating stem shall be equipped with anti-friction thrust bearing to reduce
operating torque and assure easy opening. Stops shall be provided to limit stem
travel. Stem threads shall be enclosed in a permanently sealed lubricant reservoir
with O-ring seals.
E. Hydrants shall be designated for 150 psi working pressure and shop tested to 300
psi pressure with main valve both opened and closed. Under test the valve shall
not leak, the automatic drain shall function and there shall be no leakage into the
bonnet.
F. Hydrants shall be of the years manufacture when construction commenced.
G. Acceptable models, see Appendix F, County Approved Product List.
Section 331619
HYDRANTS
Page 3 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Set hydrants plumb and in true alignment with mains. Utilize restrained joints as
shown in the Collier County Standard Details. Carefully backfill around hydrants
so as not to disturb the hydrant and thoroughly compact backfill so as to support
the hydrant securely. The hydrants shall have 18-inch clearance measured from
finish grade to the center of pumper connection shall be based upon
manufacturers recommendations.
B. Hydrants shall be located a minimum of 4 feet from the curb in urban areas, and a
minimum of 14 feet from the edge of pavement in rural areas, and in accordance
with local Fire Department requirements. A gate valve shall be provided at the
connection to the main as shown in the Standard Details.
C. Hydrants requiring a lead to cross a roadway shall have a valve on both sides of
the road. The valve nearest the hydrant must be within 20 feet of the hydrant. This
requirement is not applicable to privately owned and operated water distribution
systems.
END OF SECTION
Section 331619
HYDRANTS
Page 4 of 4
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 1 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 312316
EXCAVATION - EARTH AND ROCK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Requirements for performing opencut excavations to the widths
and depths necessary for constructing structures and pipelines, including
excavation of any material necessary for any purpose pertinent to the construction
of the Work.
B. Related Work Specified In Other Sections Includes:
1. Section 017416 – Site Clearing
2. Section 033100 – Concrete, Masonry, Mortar and Grout
3. Section 312319 – Groundwater Control for Open Cut Excavation
4. Section 312323 – Backfilling
5. Section 314000 – Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Earth: "Earth" includes all materials which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, do
not require blasting, barring, wedging or special impact tools for their removal from
their original beds, and removal of which can be completed using standard
excavating equipment. Specifically excluded are all ledge and bedrock and
boulders or pieces of masonry larger than one cubic yard in volume.
B. Rock: "Rock" includes all materials which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER,
require blasting, barring, wedging and/or special impact tools such as jack
hammers, sledges, chisels, or similar devices specifically designed for use in
cutting or breaking rock for removal from their original beds and which have
compressive strengths in their natural undisturbed state in excess of 300 psi.
Boulders or masonry larger than one cubic yard in volume are classed as rock
excavation.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Provide all submittals, including the following, as specified in Division 1.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 2 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
B. Engage the services of a Professional Engineer who is registered in the State of
Florida to design all cofferdam and sheeting and bracing systems which the
CONTRACTOR feels necessary for the execution of his work. Submit to the
ENGINEER a signed statement that he has been employed by the
CONTRACTOR to design all sheeting and bracing systems. After the systems
have been installed, furnish to the ENGINEER an additional signed statement that
the cofferdams and sheeting and bracing systems have been installed in
accordance with his design.
C. If a detour is required, submit a traffic control plan for approval to County Manager
or designee and/or the Florida Department of Transportation as described in
Section 015526.
1.4 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Geotechnical Investigation: A geotechnical investigation may have been prepared
by the COUNTY and ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents.
1. The geotechnical investigation report may be examined for what ever value
it may be considered to be worth. However, this information is not
guaranteed as to its accuracy or completeness.
2. The geotechnical investigation report is not part of the Contract Documents.
B. Actual Conditions: Make any geotechnical investigations deemed necessary to
determine actual site conditions.
C. Underground Utilities and Collier County Damage Prevention Policy:
1. This policy has been put in place to avoid damage to Collier County
underground utilities. A minimum distance of five feet (5’) horizontally and
eighteen inches (18”) vertically must be maintained away from Collier County
utilities. Any and all variations from this order must be the Water or Wastewater
Department.
2. Before commencement of any excavation at road crossings or any boring or any
drilling, the contractor shall mark the proposed run alignment with white paint or
flags. Subsequent to placement of the white markings, the existing underground
utilities in the area affected by the work must be marked by Sunshine One Call
after proper notification to them by either calling 811 in Florida or toll free at 1 -
800-432-4770. Visit www.callsunshine.com www.sunshine811.com for more
information. Before commencing excavation for the work, potholing of all
potential conflicts must be performed.
3. All lines in conflict must be physically located by the contractor . Any conflict
shall be reported to the utility and Collier County Public Utilities . and verified by
Collier County Locate Department personnel before performing work. Utilities
under concrete or pavement may require soft dig vacuum locates which also is
the contractor’s responsibility to perform. All utilities will be field marked per
Sunshine State One Call’s statutes and guidelines. For line verification or any
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 3 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
other information concerning locates, please call the Locate Department at 239 -
252-5922 during normal business hours. For line verification or emergency
locates after hours, call emergency number 239-825-1444. numeric pager at
239-890-0809. In the event the potholing and/or vacuum soft dig does not
locate the marked utility, work must be stopped and the affected utility
owner contacted. Failure to comply with this policy and obtain required
signature(s) may result in revocation of existing right-of-way permits. delay or
denial of permit.
4. The contractor must comply with all provisions of Florida Statute 556, the
Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act.
D. Quality and Quantity: Make any other investigations and determinations
necessary to determine the quality and quantities of earth and rock and the
methods to be used to excavate these materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Clearing: Clear opencut excavation sites of obstructions preparatory to
excavation. Clearing in accordance with Section 017416, includes removal and
disposal of vegetation, trees, stumps, roots and bushes, except those specified to
be protected during trench excavation.
B. Banks: Shore or slope banks to the angle of repose to prevent slides or cave -ins
in accordance with Section 314000.
C. Safety: Whenever an excavation site or trench is left unattended by the
CONTRACTOR or when an area is not within 100 feet of observation by the
CONTRACTOR, the excavation site or trench shall be filled and/or, at the
County’s Manager or designee discretion, protected by other means to prevent
accidental or unauthorized entry. Include barricades and other protection devices
requested by the ENGINEER or County Manager or designee, including
temporary fencing, snow fencing, or temporary "structure" tape. Such safety items
shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of any site safety requirements or liabilities
established by Federal, State and local laws and agencies, including OSHA, but is
intended as additional safety measures to protect the general public.
D. Hazardous Materials: If encountered, take care of hazardous materials not
specifically shown or noted in accordance with Section 015000.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 4 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E. During excavation and any site work, take storm water pollution prevention
measures to ensure that water quality criteria are not violated in the receiving
water body and all state and local regulatory requirements are met.
3.2 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
A. Excavation Size: Provide excavations of sufficient size and only of sufficient size
to permit the Work to be economically and properly constructed in the manner and
of the size specified.
B. Excavation Shape: Shape and dimension the bottom of the excavation in earth or
rock to the shape and dimensions of the underside of the structure or drainage
blanket wherever the nature of the excavated material permits.
C. Compaction: Before placing foundation slabs, footings or backfill, proof roll the
bottom of the excavations to detect soft spots.
1. For accessible areas, proof roll with a ten wheel tandem axle dump truck
loaded to at least 15 tons or similarly loaded construction equipment.
2. For small areas, proof roll with a smooth-faced steel roller filled with water or
sand, or compact with a mechanical tamper.
3. Make one complete coverage, with overlap, of the area.
4. Overexcavate soft zones and replace with compacted select fill.
3.3 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Preparation: Properly brace and protect trees, shrubs, poles and other structures
which are to be preserved. Unless shown or specified otherwise, preserve all
trees and large shrubs. Hold damage to the root structure to a minimum. Small
shrubs may be preserved or replaced with equivalent specimens.
B. Adequate Space: Keep the width of trenches to a minimum, however provide
adequate space for workers to place, joint and backfill the pipe properly.
1. The minimum width of the trench shall be equal to at least 3.5 feet or the
outside diameter of the pipe at the joint plus 8 -inches for unsheeted trench
or 12 inches for sheeted trench, whichever is greater. Conform the trench
walls to OSHA Regulations.
2. In sheeted trenches, measure the clear width of the trench at the level of the
top of the pipe to the inside of the sheeting.
C. Depth:
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 5 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Excavate trenches to a minimum depth of 8 inches, but not more than 12
inches, below the bottom of the pipe so that bedding material can be placed
in the bottom of the trench and shaped to provide a continuous, firm bearing
for pipe barrels and bells.
2. Standard trench grade shall be defined as the bottom surface of the utility to
be constructed or placed within the trench. Trench grade for utilities in rock
or other non-cushioning material shall be defined as additional undercuts
backfilled with crushed stone compacted in 6-inch lifts, below the standard
8-inches minimum trench undercut. Backfill excavation below trench grade
not ordered in writing by the ENGINEER with acceptable Class I, II or III
embedment material to trench grade and compact to density equal to native
soil.
D. Unstable or Unsuitable Materials: If unstable or unsuitable material is exposed at
the level of the bottom of the trench excavation, excavate the material in
accordance with the subsection headed "Authorized Additional Excavation".
1. Remove material for the full width of the trench and to the depth required to
reach suitable foundation material.
2. When in the judgment of the ENGINEER the unstable or unsuitable material
extends to an excessive depth, the ENGINEER may advise, in writing, the
need for stabilization of the trench bottom with additional select fill material,
crushed stone, washed shell, gravel mat or the need to provide firm support
for the pipe or electrical duct by other suitable methods.
3. Crushed stone, washed shell and gravel shall be as specified in Section
312323.
4. Payment for such trench stabilization will be made under the appropriate
Contract Items or where no such items exist, as a change in the Work.
E. Length of Excavation: Keep the open excavated trench preceding the pipe laying
operation and the unfilled trench, with pipe in place, to a minimum length which
causes the least disturbance. Provide ladders for a means of exit from the trench
as required by applicable safety and health regulations.
F. Excavated Material: Neatly deposit excavated material to be used for backfill at
the sides of the trenches where space is available. Where stockpiling of
excavated material is required, obtain the sites to be used and maintain
operations to provide for natural drainage and not present an unsightly
appearance.
G. Water: Allow no water to rise in the trench excavation until sufficient backfill has
been placed to prevent pipe flotation. Provide trench dewatering in accordance
with Section 312319.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 6 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.4 EXCAVATION FOR JACKING AND AUGERING
A. Jacking and Augering Requirements: Allow adequate length in jacking pits to
provide room for the jacking frame, the jacking head, the reaction blocks, the
jacks, auger rig, and the jacking pipe. Provide sufficient pit width to allow ample
working space on each side of the jacking frame. Allow sufficient pit depth such
that the invert of the pipe, when placed on the guide frame, will be at the elevation
desired for the completed line. Tightly sheet the pit and keep it dry at all times.
3.5 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock Excavation: Excavate rock within the boundary lines and grades as shown,
specified or required.
1. Rock removed from the excavation becomes the property of the
CONTRACTOR. Transport and dispose of excavated rock at an off site
disposal location. Obtain the off site disposal location.
2. Remove all shattered rock and loose pieces.
B. Structure Depths: For cast-in-place structures, excavate the rock only to the
bottom of the structure, foundation slab, or drainage blanket.
C. Trench Width: Maintain a minimum clear width of the trench at the level of the top
of the pipe of the outside diameter of the pipe barrel plus 2 feet, unless otherwise
approved.
D. Trench Depth: For trench excavation, in which pipelines are to be placed,
excavate the rock to a minimum depth of 8 inches below the bottom of the pipe or
duct encasement. Provide a cushion of sand or suitable crushed rock. Refill the
excavated space with pipe bedding material in accordance with Section 312323.
Include placing, compacting and shaping pipe bedding material in the appropriate
Contract Items.
E. Manhole Depths: For manhole excavation, excavate the rock to a minimum depth
of 8 inches below the bottom of the manhole base for pipelines 24 inches in
diameter and larger and 6 inches below the bottom manhole base for pipelines
less than 24 inches in diameter. Refill the excavated space with pipe bedding
material in accordance with Section 312323. Include placing, compacting and
shaping pipe bedding material for manhole bases in the appropriate Contract
Items.
F. Over-excavated Space: Refill the excavated space in rock below structures,
pipelines, conduits and manholes, which exceeds the specified depths with 2,500
psi concrete, crushed stone, washed shell, or other material as directed. Include
refilling of over-excavated space in rock as part of the rock excavation.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 7 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
G. Other Requirements: Follow, where applicable, the requirements of the
subsections on "Trench Excavation" and "Structure Excavation".
H. Payment: No additional payment will be made for rock excavation.
3.6 FINISHED EXCAVATION
A. Finish: Provide a reasonably smooth finished surface for all excavations, which is
uniformly compacted and free from irregular surface changes.
B. Finish Methods: Provide a degree of finish that is ordinarily obtainable from blade-
grade operations and in accordance with Section 312323.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Traffic and Erosion: Protect newly graded areas from traffic and from erosion.
B. Repair: Repair any settlement or washing away that may occur from any cause,
prior to acceptance. Re-establish grades to the required elevations and slopes.
C. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’s responsibility to acquaint himself with all existing
conditions and to locate all structures and utilities along the proposed utility
alignment in order to avoid conflicts. Where actual conflicts are unavoidable,
coordinate work with the facility owner and perform work so as to cause as little
interference as possible with the service rendered by the facility disturbed in
accordance with Section 020500. Repair and/or replace facilities or structures
damaged in the prosecution of the work immediately, in conformance with current
standard practices of the industry, or according to the direction of the owner of
such facility, at the CONTRACTOR’s expense.
D. Other Requirements: Conduct all Work in accordance with the environmental
protection requirements specified in Division 1.
3.8 AUTHORIZED ADDITIONAL EXCAVATION
A. Additional Excavation: Carry the excavation to such additional depth and width as
authorized in writing, for the following reasons:
1. In case the materials encountered at the elevations shown are not suitable.
2. In case it is found desirable or necessary to go to an additional depth, or to
an additional depth and width.
B. Refill Materials: Refill such excavated space with either authorized 2500 psi
concrete or compacted select fill material, in compliance with the applicable
provisions of Section 312323.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 8 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
C. Compaction: Compact fill materials to avoid future settlement. As a minimum,
backfill layers shall not exceed 6-inches in thickness for the full trench width and
compaction shall equal 95% of maximum density, or 98% if under paved area of
roadway, as determined by using ASTM D 1557. Perform compaction density
tests at all such backfill areas with spacing not to exceed 100 feet apart and on
each 6-inch compacted layer.
D. Payment: Additional earth excavations so authorized and concrete or select fill
materials authorized for filling such additional excavation and compaction of select
fill materials will be paid for under the appropriate Contract Items or where no
such items exist, as a change in the Work.
3.9 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Stability: Refill any excavation carried beyond or below the lines and grades
shown, except as specified in the subsection headed "Authorized Additional
Excavation", with such material and in such manner as may be approved in order
to provide for the stability of the various structures.
B. Refill Materials: Refill spaces beneath all manholes, structures, pipelines, or
conduits excavated without authority with 2500 psi concrete or compacted select
fill material, as approved.
C. Payment: Refill for unauthorized excavation will not be measured and no payment
will be made therefor.
3.10 SEGREGATION STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL
A. Stockpiling Suitable Materials: Stockpile topsoil suitable for final grading and
landscaping and excavated material suitable for backfilling or embankments
separately on the site in approved locations.
B. Stockpile Locations: Store excavated and other material a sufficient distance
away from the edge of any excavation to prevent its falling or sliding back into the
excavation and to prevent collapse of the wall of the excavation. Provide not less
than 2 feet clear space between the top of any stockpile and other material and
the edge of any excavation.
C. Excess Materials: Be responsible for transport and disposal of surplus excavated
material and excavated material unsuitable for backfilling or embankments at an
off site disposal location secured by the CONTRACTOR.
3.11 REMOVAL OF WATER
A. Water Removal: At all times during the excavation period and until completion
and acceptance of the WORK at final inspection, provide ample means and
equipment with which to remove promptly and dispose of properly all water
entering any excavation or other parts of the WORK.
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 9 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
B. Dry Excavations: Keep the excavation dry, in accordance with Section 312319.
C. Water Contact: Allow no water to rise over or come in contact with masonry and
concrete until the concrete and mortar have attained a set and, in any event, not
sooner than 12 hours after placing the masonry or concrete.
D. Discharge of Water: Dispose of water pumped or drained from the Work in a safe
and suitable manner without damage to adjacent property or streets or to other
work under construction.
E. Protection: Provide adequate protection for water discharged onto streets. Protect
the street surface at the point of discharge.
F. Sanitary Sewers: Discharge no water into sanitary sewers.
G. Storm Sewers: Discharge no water containing settleable solids into storm sewers.
H. Repair: Promptly repair any and all damage caused by dewatering the Work.
END OF SECTION
Section 312316
EXCAVATION – EARTH AND ROCK
Page 10 of 10
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 1 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General Requirements
B. Submittals
C. Scheduling of Shutdown
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 011000 – Summary of Work
B. Section 015000 – Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
C. Section 015526 – Traffic Regulations and Public Safety
D. Section 320117 – Pavement Repair and Restoration
1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Be responsible for all connection to existing systems, cutting, fitting and patching,
including attendant excavation and backfill, required to complete the work or to:
1. Make its several parts fit together properly.
2. Uncover portions of the work to provide for installation of ill -timed work.
3. Remove and replace defective work.
4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract
Documents.
B. Coordination: Before connection is performed, verify and provide for any pipe
restraint that may be required for the new connection. Perform all cutting, fitting or
patching of the Work that may be required to make the several parts thereof join in
accordance with the Contract Documents. Perform restoration with competent
workmen skilled in the trade.
C. If changes to a “looped” water distribution system occurring during construction
result in dead ends to any new or relocated water mains, connect such dead
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ends to the nearest water main. In cases where no nearby water main is
available, provide a flushing device in coordination with the COUNTY at no
additional cost to the COUNTY.
D. Improperly Timed Work: Perform all cutting and patching required to install
improperly timed work, to remove samples of installed materials for testing, and to
provide for alteration of existing facilities or for the installation of new Work in the
existing construction.
E. Limitations: Except when the cutting or removal of existing construction is specified
or indicated, do not undertake any cutting or demolition, which may affect the
structural stability of the Work or existing facilities without the ENGINEER's
concurrence.
F. Collier County Damage Prevention Policy:
1. This policy has been put in place to avoid damage to Collier County underground
utilities. A minimum distance of five feet (5’) horizontally and eighteen inches (18”)
vertically must be maintained away from Collier County utilities (in accordance
with pipe separation criteria located in the Design Criteria section). Any and all
variations from this order must be approved by the Water or Wastewater
Department.
2. Before commencement of any excavation, the existing underground utilities
in the area affected by the work must be marked by Sunshine One Call, in
accordance with State Statute Chapter 556 “Underground Facility Damage
Prevention and Safety”, after proper notification to them by either calling
811 in Florida or toll free at 1-800-432-4770. Visit www.callsunshine.com
www.sunshine811.com for more information. Before commencing
excavation for the work, potholing of all potential conflicts must be
performed.
3. All lines in conflict must be physically located by the contractor Any conflict shall
be reported to the utility and Collier County Public Utilities . and verified by Collier
County Locate Department personnel before performing work . Utilities under
concrete or pavement may require soft dig vacuum locates which also is the
contractor’s responsibility to perform. All utilities will be field marked per Sunshine
State One Call’s statutes and guidelines. For line verification or any other
information concerning locates, please call the Locate Department at 239 - 252-
5922 during normal business hours. For line verification or emergency locates
after hours, call emergency number 239-825-1444. numeric pager at 239-890-
0809. In the event the potholing and/or vacuum soft dig does not locate the
marked utility, work must be stopped and the affected utility owner
contacted. Failure to comply with this policy and obtain required signature(s) may
result in revocation of existing right-of-way permits. delay or denial of permit.
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a written request to the ENGINEER well in advance of executing any cutting
or alteration which affects:
1. Work of the COUNTY or any separate contractor.
2. Structural value or integrity of any element of the project or work.
3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements
or systems.
4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements.
5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
B. Include in request:
1. Identification of the work.
2. Description of affected work.
3. The necessity for cutting, alteration or excavation.
4. Effect on work of the COUNTY or any separate contract, or on structural or
weatherproof integrity of work.
5. Description of proposed work:
a. Scope of cutting, patching, alteration, or excavation.
b. Trades who will execute the work.
c. Products proposed to be used.
d. Extent of refinishing to be done.
6. Alternatives to cutting and patching.
7. Cost proposal, when applicable.
8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected.
C. SUBMIT WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE ENGINEER DESIGNATING THE DATE AND
THE TIME THE WORK WILL BE UNCOVERED.
1.5 SCHEDULING OF SHUTDOWN
A. Connections to Existing Facilities: If any connections, replacement, or other work
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
requiring the shutdown of an existing facility is necessary, schedule such work at
times when the impact on the COUNTY's normal operation is minimal. If shutdown
involves the water distribution or transmission system, provide notice to the
COUNTY Water Department at least two (2) weeks prior to the proposed shutdown,
including date, time and anticipated length of interruption of service. Overtime, night
and weekend work without additional compensation from the COUNTY, may be
required to make these connections, especially if the connections are made at times
other than those specified. The connection of new or existing pipelines is prohibited
from starting until CONTRACTOR assures that the system can receive the new flow.
B. Interruptions of Service: Perform cut-ins into lines at a time approved in writing by
the County Manager or designee. Whenever it is required to turn off valves which
may interrupt the water supply of residents or businesses, notify all concerned
parties or agencies with personal contact, door hangers or written notice at least
forty-eight (48) hours in advance of such cut-off, after having obtained the approval
of the County Manager or designee. Provide a copy of the written notice to the Water
Distribution Section by fax. ONLY COUNTY PERSONNEL MAY OPERATE
COUNTY-OWNED VALVES. Maintain water service to existing connections during
construction, under any and all conditions and at no additional cost to the COUNTY.
Thoroughly clean and swab all pipe and fittings for cut-ins with a concentrated
solution of calcium hypochlorite.
C. Request for Water System Shutdowns: When plans call for connection to existing water
distribution facilities or the CONTRACTOR plans to shut down existing utilities or where
damage to such facilities is likely in order to complete construction of items und er this
contract, furnish the County Manager or designee with a written request for connection.
The COUNTY Water Distribution Section will identify the locations of all water valves
needed to isolate the point of connection in the event that the existing f acilities are
damaged while making the connection. Identify in the request means which the
CONTRACTOR proposes to use in order to provide effective shutdown of the system.
Include in a connection and shutdown schedule details of shutdown time and duration.
No connections to existing utilities – or construction where shutdown of, or damage to,
existing utilities may occur – shall commence prior to County Manager or designee
approval of the connection and shutdown plan and schedule.
D. Request for Wastewater Diversion: Submit a request for each diversion necessary
during construction to the County Manager or designee and the ENGINEER sufficiently
in advance of any required diversion. Identify in the request the valves, bypass piping,
portable pumper trucks or any other means which the CONTRACTOR proposes to use
in order to provide effective shutdown of the system. Include in a connection and
shutdown schedule details of shutdown time and duration. No connections to existing
utilities – or construction where shutdown of, or damage to, existing utilities may occur
– shall commence prior to County Manager or designee approval of the connection and
shutdown plan and schedule.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Comply with specifications and standards for each specific product involved.
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions of projects, including elements subject to damage or to
movement during cutting and patching.
B. After uncovering work, inspect conditions affecting installation of products, or
performance of the work.
C. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the ENGINEER in writing; do
not proceed with work until the ENGINEER has provided further instructions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. In cases where service to utility customers is interrupted, provide adequate
equipment with backup onsite to assure prompt restoration of service.
B. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure structural value or
integrity or affected portion of work.
C. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of project from damage.
D. Provide protection from elements for that portion of the project that may be exposed
by cutting and patching work, and maintain excavations free from water.
E. Material Removal: Cut and remove all materials to the extent shown or as required
to complete the work. Remove materials in a careful manner with no damage to
adjacent facilities. Remove materials that are not salvageable from the site.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. Execute cutting and demolition by methods that will prevent damage to other work,
and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs.
B. Execute excavating and backfilling by methods which will prevent settlement or
damage to other work.
C. Employ original installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching for:
1. Weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements.
2. Sight-exposed finished surfaces.
D. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to
comply with specified products, functions, tolerances, and finishes.
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E. Restore work, which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide
completed work in accord with requirements of contract documents.
F. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through
surfaces.
G. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish to match adjacent
finishes:
1. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection.
2. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
3.4 PAVEMENT RESTORATION
A. Restore all pavement or roadway surfaces in accordance with Section 320117 –
Pavement Repair and Restoration.
B. Restore, replace or rebuild existing street paving, including underdrains, if any are
encountered, where damaged, using the same type of construction as was in the
original. Be responsible for restoring all such work, including subgrade, base
courses, curb and gutter or other appurtenances where present. The County
Manager or designee will obtain the permits listed in the Contract Documents.
Obtain and pay for at CONTRACTOR’s expense any additional local or other
governmental permits as may be required for the opening of streets and be satisfied
as to any requirements other than those herein set forth which may effect the type,
quality and manner of carrying on the restoration of surfaces by reason of
jurisdiction of such governmental bodies.
C. This section does not describe the construction of new road surfaces or the
complete resurfacing of existing pavements.
D. In all cases, the CONTRACTOR will be required to maintain, without additional
compensation, all permanent replacement of street paving, done by him under this
Contract for a period of 12 months after the acceptance of the Contract, including
the removal and replacement of such work wherever surface depressions or
underlying cavities result from settlement of trench backfill.
E. Perform all the final resurfacing or repaving of streets or roads, over the excavations
made and be responsible for relaying paving surfaces of roads that have failed or
been damaged at any time before the termination of the maintenance period on
account of work done by him. Resurface or repave over any tunnel jacking, or boring
excavation that settles or breaks the surface, repave to the satisfaction of the
County Manager or designee and at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Conform
backfilling of trenches and the preparation of subgrades to the requirements of
excavation and backfilling of pipeline trenches.
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 8 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
F. Where pipeline construction crosses paved streets, driveways or sidewalks, the
CONTRACTOR may elect, at no additional cost to the COUNTY, to place the pipe
by the jacking and boring, horizontal direction drilling, or tunneling method in lieu of
cutting and patching of the paved surfaces. Such work shall be accomplished in
accordance with all applicable sections of the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION
Section 020500
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS
Page 9 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 1 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to install High
Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pressure pipe, fittings, and appurtenances as shown
on the Drawings and specified in the Contract Documents.
B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) – Collier County Utilities has the option of
approving the use of HDPE for pipeline crossings of roadways, ditches, canals,
and environmentally sensitive lands. HDPE mains shall have the same equivalent
internal diameter and equivalent pressure class rating as the corresponding PVC
pipe, unless otherwise approved by the County Manager or designee. For all
roadway crossings requiring casing pipe, a steel or DR 11 HDPE casing pipe must
be provided. The Department of Transportation having jurisdiction of said road
and right-of-way must grant specific approval.
1.2 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. All standard specifications, i.e., Federal, ANSI, ASTM, etc., made a portion of
these Specifications by reference, shall be the latest edition and revision thereof.
1.3 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Furnish all HDPE pipe, fittings, and appurtenances by a single manufacturer who
is fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be
furnished.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit to the ENGINEER, a list of materials to be furnished, the names of the
suppliers, and the appropriate shop drawings for all HDPE pipe and fittings.
B. Submit the pipe manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable
sections of the Specifications.
C. Submit shop drawings showing installation method and the proposed method
and specialized equipment to be used.
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 2 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.5 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
A. All work shall be inspected by the County Manager or designee who shall have
the authority to halt construction if, in his opinion, these specifications or
standard construction practices are not being followed. Whenever any portion
of these specifications is violated, the County Manager or designee, may order
further construction to cease until all deficiencies are corrected.
1.6 WARRANTY AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Warrant all work to be free from defects in workmanship and materials for a period
of one year from the date of completion of all construction. If work meets these
specifications, a letter of acceptance, subject to the one year warranty period,
shall be given at the time of completion. A final acceptance letter shall be given
upon final inspection at the end of the one year warranty period, provided the work
still complies with these specifications. In the event deficiencies are discovered
during the warranty period, the CONTRACTOR shall correct them without
additional charge to the COUNTY before final acceptance. During the warranty
period, the ENGINEER will determine if warranty repairs or replacement work
shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR. The decision of the ENGINEER shall
be binding upon the CONTRACTOR.
B. Installer Certification for The CONTRACTOR installing thermal butt fused HDPE
pipe.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Provide polyethylene pressure pipe manufactured from PE3408 PE4710
polyethylene meeting AWWA C906 standards. When specified by the ENGINEER
on the construction drawings, as an alternate to PVC, HDPE (ductile iron pipe
sized) piping can be used for buried applications. Iron pipe sized (IPS) HDPE
piping can be used for below-ground applications as determined by the
ENGINEER.
B. The diameter of DR 11 HDPE casing pipe provided for roadway crossings or other
purposes shall conform to the following.
For HDPE pressure carrier pipes, casing spacers are not required when HDPE
DR11 (or DR17 for 42” to 54” or DR21 for 63”) casing is used. The casing inside
diameter shall be a minimum of two inches larger than the carrier pipe’s outside
diameter.
C. HDPE to HDPE pipe connections shall be by thermal butt fusion. Thermal fusion
shall be accomplished in accordance with the pipe manufacturer and fusion
equipment supplier specifications. The CONTRACTOR installing thermal butt
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 3 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
fused HDPE pipe shall be certified in this type of work and have a minimum of five
years experience performing this type of work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide
certification to the Engineer of Record, who will provide the Engineering Review
Services Department with the certification.
D. Qualification of Manufacturer: The Manufacturer shall have manufacturing and
quality control facilities capable of producing and assuring the quality of the pipe
and fittings required by these specifications. The Manufacturer’s production
facilities shall be open for inspection by the County Manager or designee.
Qualified manufacturers shall be approved by the County Manager or designee.
E. See the County Approved Product List, Appendix F, for manufacturers that are
qualified. Products from other manufacturers proposed for the work must
receive approval from the County Manager or designee prior to ordering.
F. Materials: Materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and fittings
shall be PE3408 PE4710 high density polyethylene meeting cell classification
445574C 345434C or 445574E 345434E per ASTM D3350; and meeting Type III,
Class B or Class C, Category 5, Grade P34 per ASTM D1248; and shall be listed
in the name of the pipe and fitting manufacturer in PPI (Plastics Pipe Institute) TR-
4, Recommended Hydrostatic Strengths and Design Stresses for Thermoplastic
Pipe and Fittings Compounds, with a standard grade rating of 1600 psi at 73°F.
The Manufacturer shall certify that the materials used to manufacture pipe and
fittings meet these requirements.
G. Polyethylene Pipe: Polyethylene pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with
ASTM F714, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside
Diameter or ASTM D3035, Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on
Controlled Outside Diameter and shall be so marked. Each production lot of pipe
shall be tested for (from material or pipe) melt index, density, % carbon, (from
pipe) dimensions and either quick burst or ring tensile strength (equipment
permitting).
H. Color Identification: HDPE must have at least three equally spaced horizontal
colored marking stripes. Permanent identification of piping service shall be
provided by adhering to the following colors.
Blue – potable water (Underground HDPE pipe shall be one of the
following:
a. Solid-wall blue pipe;
b. Co-extruded blue external skin; or
c. White or black pipe with blue stripes incorporated into, or
applied to, the pipe wall.
White – raw water
Green – wastewater, sewage
Pantone Purple – non-potable irrigation, reclaimed or reuse water
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 4 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
I. Polyethylene Fittings and Custom Fabrications: Polyethylene fittings and custom
fabrications shall be molded or fabricated by the pipe manufacturer. Butt fusion
outlets shall be made to the same outside diameter, wall thickness, and tolerances
as the mating pipe. All fittings and custom fabrications shall be fully rated for the
same internal pressure as the mating pipe. Pressure de-rated fabricated fittings
are prohibited.
J. Molded Fittings: Molded fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM
D3261, Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE)
Plastic Pipe and Tubing, and shall be so marked. Each production lot of molded
fittings shall be subjected to the tests required under ASTM D3261.
K. X-Ray Inspection: The Manufacturer shall submit samples from each molded
fittings production lot to x-ray inspection for voids, and shall certify that voids were
not found.
L. Fabricated Fittings: Fabricated fittings shall be made by heat fusion joining
specially machined shapes cut from pipe, polyethylene sheet stock, or molded
fittings. Fabricated fittings shall be rated for internal pressure service equivalent to
the full service pressure rating of the mating pipe. Directional fittings 16” IPS and
larger such as elbows, tees, crosses, etc., shall have a plain end inlet for butt
fusion and flanged directional outlets. Part drawings shall be submitted for the
approval of the ENGINEER.
M. Polyethylene Flange Adapters: Flange adapters shall be made with sufficient
through-bore length to be clamped in a butt fusion joining machine without the use
of a stub-end holder. The sealing surface of the flange adapter shall be machined
with a series of small v-shaped grooves to provide gasketless sealing, or to
restrain the gasket against blow-out.
N. Back-up Rings and Flange Bolts: Flange adapters shall be fitted with lap joint
flanges pressure rated equal to or greater than the mating pipe. The lap joint
flange bore shall be chamfered or radiused to provide clearance to the flange
adapter radius. Flange bolts and nuts shall be Grade 2 or higher.
2.2 MANUFACTURER’S QUALITY CONTROL
A. The pipe and fitting manufacturer shall have an established quality control
program responsible for inspecting incoming and outgoing materials. Incoming
polyethylene materials shall be inspected for density, melt flow rate, and
contamination. The cell classification properties of the material shall be certified
by the supplier, and verified by Manufacturer’s Quality Control. Incoming
materials shall be approved by Quality Control before processing into finished
goods. Outgoing materials shall be checked for:
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 5 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Outside diameter, wall thickness, and eccentricity as per ASTM D2122 at a
frequency of at least once/hour or once/coil, whichever is less frequent.
2. Out of Roundness at frequency of at least once/hour or once/coil, whichever is
less frequent.
3. Straightness, inside and outside surface finish, markings and end cuts shall be
visually inspected as per ASTM F714 on every length of pipe.
B. Quality Control shall verify production checks and test for:
1. Density as per ASTM D1505 at a frequency of at least once per extrusion lot.
2. Melt Index as per ASTM D1238 at a frequency of at least once per extrusion
lot.
3. Carbon content as per ASTM D1603 at a frequency of at least once per day per
extrusion line.
4. Quick burst pressure (sizes thru 4-inch) as per ASTM D1599 at a frequency of
at least once per day per line.
5. Ring Tensile Strength (sizes above 4-inch equipment permitting) as per ASTM
D2290 at a frequency of at least once per day per line.
6. ESCR (size permitting) as per ASTM F1248 at a frequency of at least once per
extrusion lot.
C. X-ray inspection shall be used to inspect molded fittings for voids, and knit line
strength shall be tested. All fabricated fittings shall be inspected for joint
quality and alignment.
2.3 COMPLIANCE TESTS
A. In case of conflict with Manufacturer's certifications, the CONTRACTOR,
ENGINEER, or County Manager or designee may request re-testing by the
manufacturer or have re-tests performed by an outside testing service. All re-
testing shall be at the requestor's expense, and shall be performed in accordance
with the Specifications.
B. Installation shall be in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations and this
specification. All necessary precautions shall be taken to ensure a safe working
environment in accordance with the applicable codes and standards.
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 6 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PRESSURE PIPE AND
FITTINGS
A. Install all high density polyethylene (HDPE) pressure pipe by direct bury,
directional bore, or a method approved by the COUNTY or ENGINEER prior to
construction. If directional bore is used, or if directed by the County Manager or
designee or ENGINEER, surround the entire area of construction by silt barriers.
Install all high density polyethylene pressure pipe and fittings in accordance with
Manufacturer's recommendations, and this specification. Take all necessary
precautions to ensure a safe working environment in accordance with the
applicable codes and standards.
3.2 HEAT FUSION JOINING
A. Make joints between plain end pipes and fittings by butt fusion, and joints between
the main and saddle branch fittings by using saddle fusion using only procedures
that are recommended by the pipe and fitting Manufacturer. Ensure that persons
making heat fusion joints have received training and certification for heat fusion in
the Manufacturer's recommended procedure. Maintain records of trained
personnel, and shall certify that training was received not more than 12 months
before commencing construction. External and internal beads shall not be
removed.
3.3 MECHANICAL JOINING
A. HDPE pipe and fittings shall be fused together by heat welding when possible.
HDPE pipe and fittings may be joined together or to other materials by means of
flanged connections with back-up rings, by mechanical joint adapter with glands,
or mechanical couplings designed for joining HDPE pipe or for joining HDPE pipe
to another material. A stainless steel sleeve insert shall be used with a
mechanical coupling. Mechanical couplings shall be fully pressure rated and fully
thrust restrained such that when installed in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations, a longitudinal load applied to the mechanical coupling will
cause the pipe to yield before the mechanical coupling disjoins.
3.4 BRANCH CONNECTIONS
A. Make branch connections to the main with saddle fittings or tees. Saddle fuse
polyethylene saddle fittings to the main pipe.
3.5 EXCAVATION
A. Excavate trenches in conformance to this specification, the plans and drawings, or
as authorized in writing by the County Manager or designee, and in accordance
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 7 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
with all applicable codes. Remove excess groundwater. Where necessary, shore
or reinforce trench walls.
3.6 LARGE DIAMETER FABRICATED FITTINGS
A. Butt fuse fabricated directional fittings 16" IPS and larger to the end of a pipe.
Make up the flanged directional outlet connections in the trench.
3.7 MECHANCIAL JOINT AND FLANGE INSTALLATION
A. Install mechanical joints and flange connections in accordance with the
Manufacturer's recommended procedure. Center and align flange faces to each
other before assembling and tightening bolts. Do not use the flange bolts to draw
the flanges into alignment. Lubricate bolt threads, and fit flat washers under the
flange nuts. Tighten bolts evenly according to the tightening pattern and torque
step recommendations of the Manufacturer. At least one hour after initial
assembly, re-tighten flange connections following the tightening pattern and
torque step recommendations of the Manufacturer. The final tightening torque
shall be 100 ft-lbs or less as recommended by the Manufacturer.
3.8 FOUNDATION AND BEDDING
A. Lay pipe on grade and on a stable foundation. Remove unstable or mucky trench
bottom soils, and install a 6-inch foundation or bedding of compacted Class I
material to pipe bottom grade. Remove excess groundwater from the trench
before laying the foundation or bedding and the pipe. A trench cut in rock or stony
soil shall be excavated to 6 inches below pipe bottom grade, and brought back to
grade with compacted Class I bedding. Remove all ledge rock, boulders, and
large stones.
3.9 PIPE HANDLING
A. When lifting with slings, use only wide fabric choker slings to lift, move, or lower
pipe and fittings. Do not use wire rope or chain. Slings shall be of sufficient
capacity for the load, and shall be inspected before use. Do not use worn or
defective equipment.
3.10 TESTING
A. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing: Pressure test and flush HDPE pipes after swabbing
in accordance with Section 022501 and 025400.
END OF SECTION
Section 330502
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE
(HDPE) PIPE AND FITTINGS
Page 8 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 1 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 333200
PUMP STATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK FOR COUNTY PUMP STATIONS
A. This section includes the following items for COUNTY owned and operated pump
stations: wet wells, access covers, pumps, wet well equipment, valves, emergency
bypasses, pump control panels, pump controller, antenna subsystem,
disconnects, electric meters, electric service, pump wiring, lightning arrestors, and
odor control systems.
B. Conform all pump stations to the specifications, Utilities Detail Drawings, and
latest National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements.
C. When a pump station has a peak design flow coming into the station greater than
500 gpm, contact Public Utilities Planning and Project Management Department
for specifications.
D. For systems eligible to be taken over by the COUNTY, provide enough room to
operate and maintain all water and wastewater systems in a simple and non-
awkward manner. If a pump station pump needs to be replaced, provide enough
room for the COUNTY to readily remove the pump, and to do so without
interfering with traffic. To be eligible for conveyance to the COUNTY, the pump
station easement area must be designed to 30’X30’, or twice the depth of the wet
well by twice the depth of the wet well, whichever is larger, as defined in the
Collier County Standards and Procedures Ordinance, Subsection 7.7(c), as
amended or superseded.
E. Schedule required COUNTY inspections of (1) pump station installation prior to
cover-up and (2) pump station start-up.
F. Install all fencing and gates around the pump station in accordance with Section
323113.
G. Communications: When proposing fiber-optic connectivity at pump stations, a letter
of availability shall be requested to the COUNTY for review and approval.
H. Elevated platforms shall be provided where necessary to provide access to wet wells,
pump station control panels, electrical devices and panels, generators, and bypass
equipment. Typically, these platforms shall be limited to locations with existing grades
requiring equipment to be located at a higher elevation due to the Florida Building
Code (FBC), FEMA, and the ASCE Standard 7 and 24 requirements.
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 2 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK FOR PRIVATE GRINDER PUMP STATIONS
A. This section includes the following items for privately owned and operated grinder pump
stations: wet wells, pumps, impeller, valves, level control, alarm, well equipment, pump
control panels, pump controller, disconnects, and sloping requirements for private pump
stations.
B. All maintenance tasks for private grinder pump stations must be possible without entry into
the grinder pump station per 29 CFR 1910.146 (OSHA Permit-Required Confined Spaces).
C. The grinder pump station shall be free from electrical and fire hazards as required for
functionality in a residential environment. The completed assembled and wired grinder
pump station shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) to be safe and
appropriate for the intended use. UL listing of components of the grinder pump station, or
third-party testing to UL standard is not acceptable.
D. All private grinder pump stations shall bear the seal of NSF International to show that
station meets accepted standards for plumbing equipment in or near residences, shall be
free from noise, odor, or health hazards, and shall have been tested by an independent
laboratory to certify its capability to perform as specified in either individual or low-pressure
sewer system applications.
E. Private pump service sewers shall conform to applicable parts of the Florida Building Code
and the COUNTY's Design Criteria. Where the COUNTY's standards are more restrictive
than the Florida Building Code, the COUNTY's standards shall prevail.
F. Private pump station force main connections must follow the COUNTY's requirements for
testing.
G. Schedule required COUNTY inspections of (1) testing of force main connection prior to
cover-up and (2) pump station start-up.
H. Prior to the start-up inspection, the following documentation must be furnished to the
COUNTY via electronic mail or a secure electronic file transfer service:
1. As-built drawing (in both PDF and DWG formats) showing the completed pump station
and force main locations, sizes, materials, and elevations along with the location of all
valves, the pump-out connection, the control panel, and the generator receptacle on
the property and
2. A pump test curve from the pump manufacturer.
PART 2 EQUIPMENT
2.1 MATERIALS FOR COUNTY PUMP STATIONS
A. All stainless steel components and hardware shall be a minimum of Type 304,
unless otherwise specified.
B. Wet Well: The concrete structure shall consist of precast, reinforced sections
conforming to ASTM C76 and/or ASTM C478. 8-foot diameter wet wells shall
have a minimum wall thickness of 8 inches. Wall thickness for larger wet wells
shall conform to ASTM standards for wall thickness, but shall not be less than 8
inches in any case. The minimum inside diameter for all wet wells eligible to be
owned and maintained by Collier County shall be 8 feet. As a deviation, a 6-foot
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 3 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
diameter wet well can be utilized if the ENGINEER can demonstrate that the wet
well is sufficient hydraulically and the developer can demonstrate that the pump
station shall be used for the perpetual and exclusive use of that development. For
pump stations that will not be owned and maintained by Collier County, the
ENGINEER shall set the design specifications for the wet well, provided such
design does not in any way endanger the health, safety and/or welfare of the
public. Base riser section shall be monolithically cast with the base slab. All
concrete shall utilize Type 2 cement and have a minimum compressive strength of
4000 psi at 28 days. On new construction, if more than one hole is abandoned
and required to be cemented in, provide a new wet well barrel section. Reinforcing
steel for all wet well structures should be sized by the unit manufacturer and
verified by the ENGINEER. All connections to the wet well for gravity sewer piping
shall be equal to those for manholes as described in Section 333913. Factory
double coat all exterior surfaces with an acceptable bituminous or epoxy sealer a
minimum of 18 mils thick. Seal all riser joints utilizing plastic joint sealing
compound (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). Reinforcement and
top slab thickness shall be specified by the design ENGINEER for H-20 loadings
in all cases. Minimum reinforced slab thickness shall be 8 inches. Typical
standards for wet wells are available in the Collier County Standard Details. The
ENGINEER shall be responsible for designing all wet well structures to overcome
buoyancy forces exerted on the installed structure. Coat all wet well interiors with
an acceptable field applied internal protection (see County Approved Product List,
Appendix F) in accordance with Section 099723.
C. Above-Ground Valves and Piping: Above-ground valves and piping must be
positioned so that it does not lie above any gravity sewer line entering the wet
well, unless field conditions dictate otherwise and the COUNTY has granted prior
approval. Typical above-ground valves and piping standards are shown in the
Collier County Standard Details. All valve and flange bolting shall be Type 316
stainless steel.
D. Pumps: Sewage pumps (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F) shall be
of the submersible type suitable for operation in sewage of temperature not
exceeding 115 degrees Fahrenheit. Pump head curves and design specifications
for each application proposed shall be submitted for review and approval within
the ENGINEER’s hydraulic design report. All pumps shall be three-phase unless
approved by a Utility Deviation Form. At least one (1) pump in each wet well shall
be equipped with an opening in the volute with a bolted cover for a mix -flush
system (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F).
E. Access Covers: Access covers for pump station wet wells shall be above the 100-
year flood elevation unless the structure is located within a documented velocity
and tidal flood zone, and elevation differentials prohibit such installation. In such
cases, watertight access covers shall be utilized. The ENGINEER shall provide
shop drawings of such access covers for review and approval by THE County
Manager or designee prior to use. Access covers shall be constructed of diamond
plate aluminum sheets and aluminum structural members. All access covers shall
be attached to aluminum angle frames with stainless steel hinges and fasteners.
Angle frames shall be firmly anchored into the top concrete slab of the structure.
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 4 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
All access covers shall be equipped with a ratchet-type restraint mechanism to
prevent accidental closing of the cover and torsion bar or spring assist type
openers. Assist openers shall be manufactured of stainless steel. Access covers
shall be designed for H-20 loadings.
F. Wet Well Equipment: All pump discharge piping shall be HDPE pipe and shall be
in conformance with pipe utilized for wastewater force mains. All fittings shall be
HDPE fused, flange/flange, or Uni-Flange connections. All nuts, bolts, fasteners,
brackets, pump guide rails and other hardware located inside the wet well shall be
316 stainless steel. A pump out with a screened vent shall be provided on all
installations, with the pipe extended through the wet well lid (see details).
Electrical systems and components (e.g. motors, lights, cables, conduits, switch
boxes, control circuits, etc.) in raw wastewater wetwells, or in enclosed or partially
enclosed spaces where hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or vapors
may be present shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC)
requirements for Class I Group D, Division 1 locations. Electrical equipment
located in wet wells shall be suitable for use under corrosive conditions.
G. Valves: Discharge piping for each pump shall be equipped with a weighted check
valve and plug valve. A tee with an isolation plug valve, equipped with a quick
coupling (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F), shall be provided for a
means of emergency bypass access to the wastewater force main. Valves shall
be supported by stainless steel pipe supports.
H. Emergency Bypass: A 4-inch emergency bypass connection shall be provided
down-stream from the in-line discharge piping valves. The connection shall be
readily accessible and be equipped with a plug-type isolation valve and 4-inch
male camlock type quick coupling and cap.
I. Pump Control Panel (see County Approved Product List, Appendix F): Panel
enclosure construction shall be equal to a NEMA 4X stainless steel with 3-point
latch where required and utilize stainless steel. When possible, panel door shall
open away from wetwell and not towards wetwell hatch to ensure safety during
maintenance of wetwell and panel. To ensure proper installation of control panel,
contact the Wastewater Division prior to rough-in or installation of control panel,
for a pre-construction meeting with respective Wastewater Collections personnel.
Control panels shall be mounted on two 6-inch by 6-inch precast concrete posts.
All mounting bars, nuts, bolts, etc. shall be stainless steel. A 110/120-volt (110V)
receptacle shall be provided inside the control panel for pump stations that have
outdoor control panels. Ground fault interruption (GFI) protection shall be provided
for all outdoor outlets.
J. Pump Controller: Provide a pump control panel (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) including a telemetry control unit (TCU) for pump controlling
purposes. At a minimum, the TCU shall include an integrated 2-Watt digital radio
with and Ethernet module for dual communications capability, an 18-amp-hour
back-up battery, a manufacturer’s prefabricated wire harness, all manufacturer
recommended surge protection, and suitable devices for measuring wastewater flow.
The TCU shall incorporate three on-board fail-safe HOA switches and
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 5 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Triplex/Duplex/Simplex configurable operation mode. An on-board 240 or 460 VAC
three-phase monitor shall be provided. The Alarm light and bell shall be activated by
the TCU and the external push-button alarm silence switch shall be wired into the
TCU. The TCU shall incorporate an on-board 4- by 20- character LCD display for
elapsed runtime of each pump. During the automatic sequence, the pumps shall be
controlled in an alternate mode. Pump controller shall be Data Flow Systems model
TCU800 with features listed above.
K. Antenna Subsystem: Provide a high gain antenna (see County Approved Product
List, Appendix F) for use to transmit and receive TCU data to and from the
COUNTY’s existing SCADA server. Antenna shall utilize all welded-aluminum
elements. Element connections utilizing nuts and bolts are not acceptable.
Antenna shall have a single radiator element connected to a type N female
connector. Antenna shall be supported on a mast/pole and have DC grounding for
lightning protection. Antenna mounting hardware shall be made of stainless steel.
Antenna shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of the RTA
series as provided by Data Flow Systems, Inc. Antenna mast/pole shall be a
21foot by 1.25 inch SCH80 galvanized pole. Mounting of the antenna mast/pole
shall be in accordance with all applicable local and state building codes as they
pertain to structural strength and wind velocity requirements. Tower shall meet or
exceed the quality and reliability of the 25G manufactured by Rohn. Coaxial cable
shall be RTC 400 as supplied by Data Flow Systems, Inc. Type N connectors
shall be utilized at both ends of the coax. Type N connectors shall be sealed with
3-inch sections of Alpha FIT321-1-0 sealant shrink tubing. Coaxial cable shall be
secured to the mast/pole with E.V.A.-coated 316 stainless steel cable ties. Cable
ties shall meet or exceed the quality, reliability and performance of AE112 cable
ties manufactured by Band-It. For pump stations to be conveyed to the County, a
startup and successful testing of Data Flow telemetry equipment by Data Flow
representatives and County Wastewater Collections instrumentation and
telemetry representatives is required prior to County acceptance. After initial
startup, for pump stations to be conveyed to the County, the latitude and longitude
of pump stations shall be provided.
L. Disconnect: A circuit breaker disconnect shall be provided to isolate the pump
control panel. Disconnect shall be installed on the service line between the
electric meter and control panel and shall be lockable in the “ON” or “OFF”
position. Disconnects shall be housed in a NEMA 4X, stainless steel enclosure or
better.
M. Electric Meter: The electric meter servicing the pump station shall be located
adjacent to the pump control panel, and shall be located and wired to service only
the pump station facility.
N. Electric Service: All underground electric services shall be fully conduited in 2-inch
diameter Schedule 80 PVC pipe from the power company source point to the
pump control panel. The maximum length of the electric service from the power
company transformer to the pump control panel shall be 200 feet. One spare conduit
shall be provided and terminated in the meter. Only copper service wire shall be
utilized. Sizing of the service wire shall be verified with the power company and the
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 6 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
extent and location of the service shall be indicated on the record drawings. The
CONTRACTOR shall certify that the voltage drop across the service does not exceed
five percent (5%) of the power company’s line voltage at full load start-up of the pump
station pumps. All pump stations shall have minimum 100-amp service. All electrical
components shall be located within the COUNTY right-of-way or County Utility
Easement (CUE).
O. Pump Wiring: Power wiring for each pump, from the control panel to the wet well
shall be conduited in separate 2-inch diameter Schedule 80 PVC pipe and an
appropriately sized water-tight fitting with separate strain relief shall be installed
on each line. A spare parallel 2-inch PVC pipe conduit from the panel to the wet
well shall be provided. All wire shall be stranded THHN or MTW copper wire. The
pump motor cords shall be flexible and serviceable under conditions of extreme
usage. Total of angle bends shall be 180 degrees or less. All conduits between
wetwell and control panel shall not exceed a total of 180 degrees of bends per
run. All service conduits shall be 2" Schedule 80 PVC except where noted. The
pump motor cords shall be flexible and have an appropriate amount of slack.
P. Lightning Arrestors: All pump stations shall be equipped with lightning arrestor(s)
(see County Approved Product List, Appendix F). The lightning arrestor shall be
installed externally on the load side of the disconnect, between the disconnect
and the main breaker. The penetration through the disconnect must be made
below the working mechanism of the disconnect.
Q. Odor Control Systems for Community Pump Stations: Furnish and install an
8’X11’ concrete slab for potential future odor control system. A Pre-Engineered
Biofiltration Odor Control System shall be furnished if required by the engineer of
record.
R. Platforms and stairs shall meet the Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) Part 1910, applicable FBC requirements, and ASCE Standards 7 and 24. All
platform and stair designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered
Professional Engineer. The Engineer of Record shall identify Flood Hazard Area,
Flodd Design Class (ASCE 24) and other applicable loadings. All components shall
be aluminum with stainless steel hardware. Standard stairs shall be utilized. Fall
protection shall be provided on all exposed sides by use of an OSHA approved
guardrail system. Where required for access, removable guardrail sections shall be
provided. Grating shall be slip resistant and bonded at ends of bearing bars and
openings.
S. All platforms and stairs shall be supported by a concrete foundation system. The
foundation designs and plans shall be prepared by a Florida Registered Professional
Engineer. It shall meet the requirements of the FBC, ASCE 7 (Dead, Live, Flood, and
Wind), ASCE 24 (Flood Resistant) and other regulatory requirements. Where head
clearance under the platform is less than 6’-8”, provisions shall be made to limit
access.
2.2 MATERIALS FOR PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 7 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
A. All private grinder pump stations shall conform to the requirements specified in Section
2.1 above, unless otherwise stated in this section.
B. Pumps: Private pump stations shall be constructed using progressive cavity, non-
clogging, non-jamming, positive or semi-positive displacement grinder pump(s)
capable of operating at a negative total dynamic head (TDH) equipped with thermal
overload protection. Grinder pumps shall be capable of grinding all material typically
found in domestic or commercial wastewater to a fine slurry that will pass through the
pump, 1-1/4-inch NPT discharge piping and downstream appurtenances.
C. Impeller: The grinder impeller shall be a one-piece, rotating type cutter wheel
constructed from hardened 4140 steel. The cutter teeth shall be treated and hardened
to 56 to 60 Rockwell C. The shredder ring shall be stationary type with a staggered
tooth pattern and made of white cast iron per ASTM A532(1B).
D. Valves: In addition to valve requirements described in Section 2.1, an anti-siphon valve
shall be integral with the grinder pump station pump. The anti-siphon port diameter shall be
no less than 60% of the inside diameter of the grinder pump station discharge piping. The
check valve will provide a full-ported passageway when open and shall introduce a friction
loss of less than 6 inches of water at maximum rated flow.
E. Level Control: Level sensing control for private grinder pump stations shall be a non-fouling
type with no moving parts in contact with the wastewater.
F. Alarms: All grinder pump station shall be equipped with a high level audible and visual
warning alarm to notify the residential or commercial property owner(s) of a high wet well
level.
G. Wet Well: The wet-well basin for all grinder pump stations shall be constructed from any
watertight material suitable for light commercial applications, such as high-density
polyethylene (HDPE), polyethylene (PE), or glass-fiber reinforced polyester (FRP). FRP
wet wells must conform to ASTM D3753. All grinder pump station components must
function normally when exposed to 150 percent of the maximum external soil and
hydrostatic pressure. The grinder pump station shall have all necessary penetrations
molded in and factory sealed. To ensure a leak free installation, no field penetrations will
be acceptable. No secondary welding of the wet well basin or cover will be accepted. The
wet well shall be vented to the atmosphere.
H. Wet Well Equipment: Pumps and all electrical devices, components, and connections
inside the wet well shall be explosion proof.
I. Anti-Siphon/Check Valve: All private grinder pump stations shall be equipped with a factory
installed, gravity operated flapper-type integral check valve and anti-siphon valve built into
the stainless-steel discharge piping, per Section 2.1 and Section 2.2. valve requirements.
J. Pump Control Panel: All electrical elements for private grinder pump stations shall be
furnished pre-wired and housed in a NEMA 4X enclosure. In a flood zone, a NEMA 6P
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 8 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
enclosure is required if the control panel is mounted less than a foot above the base flood
elevation. A NEMA Control circuit shall be 115 volts. The door of the control box shall be
hinged of the dead type with locking hasp and suitable accessories to allow wall mounting.
Motor shall be activated by a magnetic type contactor and protected by a UL-listed
electrical monitoring system against damaging high current or low voltage conditions. An
automatic reset, integral thermal overload protector shall protect the motor against
excessive heat. The sensor shall reset automatically when the motor cools. An alarm test
switch, HOA switch, run light, auto/off switch, and overload reset button shall be supplied
inside the control box. A terminal strip with box type connections shall be supplied to make
all power and control connections. All terminals shall be marked for easy identification. A
ground terminal strip shall also be provided and labeled.
K. Disconnect: The grinder pump station shall be equipped with a factory-installed NEMA 6P
electrical quick disconnect for all power and control functions.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Finished grade shall be 1 inch to 4 inches below the bottom of the lid and shall slope away
from the wet well.
B. Fill grinder pump stations with water prior to backfill compaction to prevent deformation of
the basin wall and follow all other manufacturer’s installation instructions.
END OF SECTION
Section 333200
PUMP STATIONS
Page 9 of 8
COLLIER COUNTY
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
NO TEXT FOR THIS PAGE
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 1 of 18
SECTION 409500
FIBER-OPTIC COMMUNICATION STANDARDS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 OVERVIEW
A. The standards herein pertain to all work associated with the procurement,
installation, configuration, and testing of fiber-optic communications and
associated infrastructure for County installations.
B. All contractors and subcontractors selected to perform fiber-optic communications
work for the County shall adhere to the standards described in this document.
C. Additional requirements may be defined in engineering plans related to the fiber-
optic communications work performed. In the event of a conflict, the most
stringent requirement shall be followed. In the event of a conflict where the most
stringent requirement cannot be resolved, Contractor shall inform County in
writing identifying the discrepancy for final direction.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Common Abbreviations
1. Amps: Ampere.
2. ANSI: American National Standards Institute.
3. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials.
4. AWG: American Wire Gauge.
5. CCITD: Collier County Information Technology Department.
6. CFR: Code of Federal Regulations.
7. dB: Decibel.
8. EIA: Electronic Industries Alliance.
9. FDEP: Florida Department of Environmental Protection.
10. HASB: High Airspeed Blowing.
11. HDPE: High Density Polyethylene.
12. IT: Information Technology.
13. km: Kilometer.
14. lbs: Pounds.
15. m: Meter.
16. N: Newton.
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 2 of 18
17. NEC: National Electric Code.
18. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association.
19. NESC: National Electrical Safety Code.
20. nm: Nanometer.
21. OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
22. OTDR: Optical Time Domain Reflectometer.
23. PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride.
24. RCDD: Registered Communications Distribution Designer.
25. RUS: United States Rural Utilities Service.
26. SC: Subscriber Connection.
27. SDR: Standard Dimension Ratio.
28. SMF: Single Mode Fiber.
29. SRM: Standard Route Marker.
30. TIA: Telecommunications Industry Association.
31. UV: Ultraviolet.
32. VAC: Volts Alternating Current.
33. WGU: Wire Grounding Unit.
1.3 COORDINATION ACTIVITIES
A. Work involving the installation of fiber-optic cabling and equipment will interface
with equipment provided by Others including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Mounting of the IT Telecommunications Panel
a. The IT telecommunications panel shall be mounted to an
equipment rack at the installation site. Refer to County Utility
Detail G-12.
B. Contractor shall determine all interface and installation requirements at the site
prior to procurement and delivery and coordinate as required with County.
C. Permitting:
1. Contractor is responsible for determining and obtaining all necessary
permits for the work being performed, including, but not limited to:
a. Stormwater.
b. Utilities.
c. Right-of-way.
d. Canal crossings [South Florida Water Management District].
e. FDEP.
2. Contractor is responsible for all permitting fees.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor Qualifications:
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 3 of 18
1. Contractor shall be firms, corporations, individuals, or partnerships
normally engaged in the deployment, maintenance, and repairs of
fiber-optics at the municipal, county or state level.
2. Contractor shall have one or more of the following certifications
a. Registered Communications Distribution Designer (RCDD)
b. IMSA Fiber Optics for Traffic Stem Technician 2
c. IMSA Traffic Signal Technician Level 2
d. IMSA Traffic Signal Technician Level 3
3. Contractor shall have a minimum of 5 years of experience performing
fiber-optic communications work based on the relevant scope
definition category or categories above.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Each subsection below specifies the minimum requirements for each type of
product. Contractor shall adhere to product requirements below unless otherwise
approved by County in writing.
2.2 FIBER-OPTIC CABLE
A. General: Provide all-dielectric, dry-filled, loose-tube, dispersion-unshifted, single-
mode fiber (SMF) with low water peak, gel free, and suitable for underground (i.e.,
in conduit) and aerial outside plant installation. All fiber optic cable shall be splice-
compatible with existing dispersion-unshifted SMF and require no electronic
equipment for dispersion compensation between new and existing fiber. Ensure
that all components that comprise a single length of cable are continuous and of
the same material. Furnish only commercial off-the-shelf materials, equipment,
and components.
B. Optical Fibers:
1. Ensure that the optical fibers used in the cable meet or exceed the
Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) and Electronic
Industries Alliance (EIA) TIA/EIA-492-CAAB specification, the U.S.
Department of Agriculture Rural Utilities Service (RUS) 7 CFR
1755.900, and International Telecommunication Union ITU-T G.652.D
requirements. Use only optical fibers meeting the additional
requirements as follows:
a. Optical:
1) Cabled Fiber Attenuation:
a) 1310 nm; Less than or equal to 0.35 dB/km.
b) 1550 nm; Less than or equal to 0.25 dB/km.
2) Point Discontinuity:
a) 1310 nm; Less than or equal to 0.05 dB/km.
b) 1550 nm; Less than or equal to 0.05 dB/km.
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 4 of 18
2. Ensure that all fiber in the buffer tube is usable fiber that complies with
attenuation requirements. Ensure that fibers do not adhere to each
other. Ensure that the fiber is free of surface imperfections and
inclusions. Ensure that all fiber optic core glass is from the same
manufacturer.
C. Buffer Tubes: Ensure that the fiber optic cable includes loose buffer tubes that
isolate internal optical fibers from outside forces and provide protection from
physical damage as well as water ingress and migration. Ensure that buffer
tubes provide freedom of movement for internal optical fibers. Ensure buffer
tubes allow for expansion and contraction of the cable without damage to
internal optical fiber. Ensure that fiber does not adhere to the inside of the
tube. Ensure that buffer tubes permit intentional scoring and breakout without
damage to the fiber. Ensure that each fiber optic cable buffer tube contains
12 fibers per tube.
D. Color Code:
1. Ensure that the marking and color-coding of the fibers and buffer tubes
conforms to the TIA-598-D standard.
2. Ensure that colors are permanent and stable during temperature
cycling, and not subject to fading or smearing onto each other or into
the water-blocking material. Ensure that fibers are colored with UV
curable inks that remain clearly distinguishable as the intended color.
E. Strength Member: Ensure that the fiber optic cable contains a dielectric central
and outside elements that prevent buckling of the cable and provide tensile
strength. Ensure that the fiber optic cable can withstand a pulling tension of
600 lbs. without damage to any components of the fiber optic cable.
F. Outer Jacket:
1. Mark the jacket with the cable manufacturer’s name, fiber type, fiber
count, date of manufacture”, and the sequential cable lengths marked
in feet. All fiber-optic cabling shall have a stripe, yellow in color, along
the entire length of the cable, and shall be marked "Collier County
BCC IT" at three-foot intervals. Provide legible marking with
contrasting color to that of the cable jacket.
G. Performance:
1. Bend radius: Ensure that the fiber optic cable is capable of
withstanding a minimum unloaded bend radius of 10 times the cable
diameter and a minimum loaded bend radius of 20 times the cable
diameter when loaded to pulling tension of 600 pounds. Test the cable
as required in the TIA -455-33B standard. Ensure that bending the
fiber optic cable up to the minimum bend radius does not affect the
optical characteristics of the fiber.
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 5 of 18
2. Cable Strength: Ensure that the fiber optic cable is capable of
withstanding a pulling tension of 600 pounds during installation without
increasing the fiber attenuation more than 0.8 dB/mile and without
changing other optical fiber characteristics after the tensile load is
removed. Ensure that optical fiber is proof-tested by the fiber
manufacturer at a minimum of 100 kilo pounds per square inch.
Ensure that the cable will withstand 25 impact cycles and the change
in attenuation does not exceed 0.2 dB at 1550 nm when tested
according to the requirements as detailed in the TIA -455-25D
standard. Ensure that the change in attenuation will not exceed 0.15
dB during loading at 1550 nm, and that no fiber displays a measurable
change in attenuation after load removal.
2.3 FIBER-OPTIC CONNECTION HARDWARE
A. General: Ensure that all splice enclosures, organizers, cable end preparation
tools, and procedures are compatible with the fiber optic cable, and are
approved by the County in writing.
B. Splice Enclosures:
1. Contain all optical fiber splices within a splice enclosure. Ensure that
the enclosures provide storage for splices, fiber, and buffer tubes.
Ensure that the splice enclosure restores the mechanical and
environmental integrity of the fiber optic cable, encases the sheath
opening in the cable, and organizes and stores optical fiber. Ensure all
hinges and latching devices are stainless steel. Ensure that the
enclosure is airtight and prevents water intrusion. Ensure that the
splice enclosure can accommodate pressurization and has the ability
to be reentered without requiring specialized tools or equipment.
Ensure that the enclosure provides fiber and splice organizers
including splice trays and strain relief.
2. Ensure that splice enclosures are hermetically sealed to protect
internal components from environmental hazards such as moisture,
insects, and UV light. Fiber optic splice enclosures shall also:
3. Comply with the Telcordia Technologies’ GR-771-CORE standard and
all applicable NEC requirements.
4. Provide space for future expansion equal to 100% of the initial
utilization.
5. Provide fiber optic cable penetration end caps to accommodate a
minimum installation of two trunk fiber optic cables and two fiber optic
drop cables. Ensure that the enclosure end caps are factory-drilled to
the proper diameter to accept and seal the fiber optic cable entries.
Ensure that the cable entry locations can accommodate an assortment
of cables with outside diameters ranging from 0.45 inches to 0.55
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 6 of 18
inches, plus 10%, without jeopardizing the waterproof characteristics
of the enclosure.
C. Splice Trays: Ensure that splice trays are securely attached and accessible and
provide sufficient storage for the fiber cable. Ensure splice trays provide
access to individual fibers without disrupting other fibers in the tray. Ensure
that splice trays hold the buffer tubes rigidly in place and provide protection
for fusion splices. Ensure that the raceway accommodates the minimum bend
radius of the fiber. Ensure that splice trays allow visible inspection of the fiber.
Ensure that splice trays include a cover with a locking mechanism to hold it in
place.
D. Cable Terminations:
1. Use Type SC connectors for all new network installations. Ensure that
all connectors include a ceramic ferrule and provide a strain relief
mechanism when installed on a single fiber cable that contains
strength elements. Ensure that the optical fiber within the body of all
connectors is mechanically isolated from cable tension, bending, and
twisting.
E. Pre-Terminated Connector Assemblies: Ensure that pre-terminated cable
assemblies consist of fiber optic cables with factory-installed connectors on
one end of the cable and an un-terminated optical fiber on the other. Ensure
that the pre-terminated connector assemblies are installed with fusion splices.
Ensure that all buffer tubes and fibers are protected once the attachment of
pre-terminated connector assemblies is complete.
F. Buffer Tube Fan-Out Kits: Ensure that a buffer tube fan-out kit is installed when
fiber optic cables are terminated. Use a kit compatible with the fiber optic
cable being terminated and that is color-coded to match the optical fiber color
scheme. Ensure that the buffer tube fan-out kit supports 12 fiber strands.
G. Patch Panels:
1. Ensure that the patch panel is compatible with the fiber optic cable
being terminated and color coded to match the optical fiber color
scheme. Ensure that the patch panel has a minimum of 12 SC-type
panel connectors unless otherwise shown in the Plans. Ensure that
the patch panel dimensions do not exceed 14 inches x 6 inches x 4
inches for fiber counts of twelve or less. Ensure the patch panel is
suitable for mounting within an approved cabinet at the field device
location. Ensure patch panels are sized to accommodate specified
coupler housings and maintain sufficient bend radius for cables.
Ensure the patch panel is sized to occupy the minimum space
required for capacity.
2. Connector Panels:
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 7 of 18
a. Ensure that the connector panel provides 12 SC-type,
bulkhead-mount coupling connectors. Ensure that each
coupling connector allows connection of a cable terminated on
one side of the panel to a cable on the opposite side.
2.4 IT TELECOMMUNICATIONS PANEL
A. General:
1. Function: Receive incoming fiber-optic cable at installation site from
County network.
2. Major parts include fiber-optic patch panel, network cabling, and
accessories.
B. Enclosure Specifications:
1. Manufacturers and Products:
a. American Products; AP Minifort Model AM-462418-24RU.
b. No substitutions.
2. Panel Size:
a. Include mounting bracket accessory from panel manufacturer
for installation.
b. Increase panel size if and as needed to accommodate
additional network equipment or to increase heat dissipation to
reach an internal steady-state operating temperature below the
maximum operating temperature of all contained equipment.
3. Provide ground bar inside enclosure.
4. All conduit penetrations shall be made through the bottom face of the
enclosure. Side or top penetrations are not acceptable.
5. Include quad 120 VAC power receptacle gang box inside enclosure.
6. Enclosure shall include a standard rack for mounting of rack-mounted
equipment.
2.5 CONDUIT
A. Materials of Construction: Use materials that have been tested and listed by a
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory to the following industry standards:
• High Density Polyethylene (HDPE):
o For use outside site boundaries, such as roadside pull boxes and
splice enclosures.
• HDPE Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) 13.5: ASTM F2160, NEMA TC-7
• All HDPE conduit shall be orange in color.
• Schedule 80 PVC:
o For use inside site boundary for interconnection of fiber-optic
equipment and to on-site fiber-optic handholes, pull boxes, and splice
enclosures.
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 8 of 18
B. Locate Wire: Ensure that locate wire is a single copper solid conductor with a
minimum gauge of No. 12 AWG with blue shielding. Ensure locate wire is
insulated using a 45-millimeter minimum thickness polyethylene sheath that is
orange in color and marked to identify the manufacturer and the conductor
size.
C. Locate Wire Grounding: Ensure that locate wires are attached to a wire
grounding unit (WGU) dedicated to safely dissipate high transient voltages or
other foreign electrical surges induced into the designated system. Ensure
the WGU conforms to the following:
1. Allows signals generated by locate system transmitters to pass
through the protection system without going to ground.
2. The protection system automatically resets and passes locate system
transmitter signals after the unit has been grounded to dissipate over-
voltages.
3. Is intended for below or above grade applications. Ground the WGU to
a driven rod within 10 feet of the system using a No. 6 AWG single
conductor wire with green insulation.
4. The WGU system meets the minimum standards listed below for surge
protection:
a. Surge Element: Three-element maximum duty fail-safe gas
tube.
b. Rating: 40,000 Amp surge capacity (single-cycle, 8 by 20
microsecond waveform).
c. Life: Minimum 1,000 surges (1000 Amps to ground).
d. Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohm minimum at 100 volts of
direct current.
e. Clamp Voltages:
1) Impulse at 100 volts per microsecond.
2) Direct Current: 300 to 500 volts.
D. Route Markers:
1. Ensure Standard Route Marker (SRM) is a rigid, three-sided driven
post used for location and notification purposes only.
2. Ensure that each SRM is labeled and identified as a County IT fiber
optic cable marker unless otherwise shown in the Plans. The labels
must include the contact information for the Collier County IT
department, and a telephone number to call prior to any excavation in
the area. Ensure that the identification information is permanently
imprinted on the top fitting, and will not peel, fade, or deteriorate.
3. Ensure that SRM posts are white with an orange top fitting cover with
black or white lettering and graphics. Ensure that the SRM is a tubular
configuration, and both the marker post and the top fitting are made
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 9 of 18
from virgin Type 111 HDPE. Ensure that any fasteners used with the
SRM are constructed of stainless steel.
4. Ensure that all SRMs have a minimum outside diameter of 3.5 inches
with a minimum wall thickness of 0.125 inches. Ensure that the top
fitting cover is a minimum of 1.5 feet long and has an outside diameter
of 3.75 inches with a minimum wall thickness of 0.125 inches. Ensure
that each SRM provides a tensile strength of 4,200 pounds per square
inch as required in ASTM D638. Ensure that each SRM is
manufactured for use in temperatures range of minus 30° to 165°F in
accordance with NEMA TS 2.
5. Ensure the SRM can withstand an impact force of 70 pounds per foot
at 32°F in accordance with ASTM D2444, before and after UV
conditioning for 2,000 hours in accordance with ASTM G154. Ensure
that the control sample of any material tested maintains a minimum of
70 percent of its original tensile strength.
6. Ensure that SRMs installed at the minimum 2-foot depth can withstand
at least one impact at 45 miles per hour by a vehicle weighing at least
3,500 pounds and that after impact, post returns to an upright position
within 10 degrees of vertical alignment within 30 seconds from the
time of impact.
2.6 PULL AND SPLICE BOXES
A. General:
1. The box bodies and covers shall be free of flaws such as cracks,
sharp, broken, or uneven edges, and voids.
2. Ensure in-ground boxes have an open bottom design.
B. Marking:
1. The following information shall be permanently cast or engraved into
the top surface of all pull and splice box covers. If used, identification
plates shall be UV stable, mechanically fastened, and bonded with
adhesive material suitable for outdoor applications.
a. Mark application as “COMMUNICATIONS”
b. Manufacturer’s name or logo.
C. Dimensions:
1. For fiber optic cable applications, pull boxes with nominal cover
dimensions of 24 inches wide by 36 inches long or larger and no less
than 18 inches deep shall be provided.
2. Rectangular splice boxes with nominal cover dimensions of 30 inches
wide by 48 inches long or larger and no less than 18 inches deep shall
be provided.
D. Fabrication:
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 10 of 18
1. Box covers shall be constructed of concrete, polymer concrete or other
materials meeting the requirements of this Section.
2. Box covers with lifting slots and a flush-seating lockdown mechanism
shall be provided. Penta-head or other non-standard, security type
lockdown lag bolts shall be used. Lockdown bolts and lifting slots shall
be Type 316, 304, or 302 passivated stainless steel or brass.
Lockdown bolt assembly shall be designed to prevent seizing and can
be removed without damaging the cover or box body. The lockdown
bolt threaded insert/nut assembly shall be field replaceable.
3. The box construction shall be an ANSI Tier 22 Quazite brand
enclosure.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Conduit:
1. Ensure installed conduit system conforms to fiber-optic system
requirements, including:
a. Conduits: Size and number.
b. Access Holes, Handholes, and Pull Boxes: Location and size,
to ensure cables may be installed without exceeding
manufacturer’s limitations.
c. Outlet Boxes: Size to coordinate with outlet cover plates for
adequate volume and bend radius.
2. Expansion Plugs: Seal conduit to stop ingress of water and grit with
fabricated expansion plugs.
3. Ensure duct bank, conduit, and other confined routing is free and clear
of debris before cable placement.
3.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Cable End Sealing: Ensure that fiber optic cable ends are capped or sealed to
prevent the entry of moisture during shipping, handling, storage, and
installation. Equip one end of the fiber optic cable with flexible pulling eyes.
B. Protective Wrap: Ensure that the fiber optic cable is shipped and stored with a
protective wrap or other approved mechanical reel protection device over the
outer turns of the fiber optic cable on each reel. Ensure that the wrap is
weather resistant and protects the cable reel from environmental hazards.
Ensure that the cable reel remains wrapped until cable is to be installed.
C. Packaging, Shipping and Receiving: Ensure that the packaging and delivery of
fiber optic cable reels comply with the following minimum requirements:
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 11 of 18
1. Ensure cable is shipped on reels of marked continuous length.
2. Ensure each cable is shipped on a separate, strongly constructed reel
designed to prevent damage to the cable during shipment and
installation.
3. Ensure each reel has a minimum of 6 feet on each end of the cable
available for testing.
4. Ensure that all fiber optic cable is continuous and free from damage.
5. Ensure no point discontinuities greater than 0.1 dB per reel.
6. Ensure satisfactory transmission loss test results as required by the
TIA-455-61-A standard.
7. Ensure that the manufacturer submits the date of manufacture;
product and serial numbers; cable data, including the reel length;
refraction index; the project name and location; type of fiber and
quantity of strands used; technical product data sheets; and reel
numbers.
D. Manufacturer Testing and Certification: Submit documentation of all factory tests
performed by the manufacturer for all fiber optic cable, splicing material, cable
terminations, and patch panels as requested by the County.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Fiber-Optic Cable Installation:
1. Install all materials and equipment according to the latest version of
the manufacturer’s installation procedures. Ensure that all materials
and installation practices are in accordance with the applicable OSHA
requirements as found in 29 CFR Part 1926, Safety and Health
Standards for Construction. In addition, perform the following:
a. Ensure conduit and innerduct is clean and free from damage
prior to installing fiber optic cable.
b. Document the sequential cable length markings at each splice
box and pull box wall that the cable passes through and include
the information with the as-built documentation.
2. Provide all incidental parts needed to complete the installation as
necessary for a complete and properly operating system.
3. Cable Identification:
a. All fiber cable shall be striped with a yellow color along the
entire length of the cable.
b. A cable tag with permanent ink shall denote “COLLIER
COUNTY BCC IT FIBER-OPTIC CABLE” shall be affixed on
the cable at every 3-foot interval.
4. Pulling:
a. Install the fiber optic cable by hand or by using a mechanical
pulling machine. If a mechanical pulling machine is used, equip
the machine with a monitored or recording tension meter.
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 12 of 18
Ensure that at no time the manufacturer’s recommended
maximum pulling tension is exceeded. Ensure that the central
strength member and aramid yarn are attached directly to the
pulling eye during cable pulling. Use pulling attachments to
ensure that the optical and mechanical characteristics are not
degraded during the fiber optic cable installation.
b. Ensure that excess cable is coiled in a figure eight and fed
manually when pulling through pull boxes and splice boxes by
hand. If pulleys and sheaves will be used to mechanically pull
through pull boxes and splice boxes, ensure that the cable will
never be pulled through a radius less than the manufacturer’s
minimum bend radius. Use large diameter wheels, pulling
sheaves, and cable guides to maintain the appropriate bend
radius. Provide tension monitoring at all times during the pulling
operation. Ensure that cable pulling lubricant used during
installation is recommended by the optical fiber cable
manufacturer.
5. Blowing: Use either the high airspeed blowing (HASB) method or the
piston method. When using the HASB method, ensure that the volume
of air passing through the conduit does not exceed 600 cubic feet per
minute or the conduit manufacturer’s recommended air volume,
whichever is more restrictive. When using the piston method, ensure
that the volume of air passing through the conduit does not exceed
300 cubic feet per minute or the conduit manufacturer’s recommended
air volume, whichever is more restrictive.
6. Slack Cable Storage: Provide and store fiber optic cable at each pull
box and splice box to allow for future splices, additions, or repairs to
the fiber network. Store the fiber optic cable without twisting or
bending the cable below the minimum bend radius.
a. Store a total of 200 feet of fiber optic backbone cable in splice
boxes, with 100 feet of cable on each side of the cable splice
point.
b. Store a minimum of 100 feet of fiber optic drop cable in splice
boxes.
c. Store 100 feet of spare fiber optic cable in pull boxes.
7. Fiber Optic Connection - Splicing:
a. Perform all optical fiber splicing using the fusion splicing
technique, and according to the latest version of the
manufacturer’s cable installation procedures, industry accepted
installation standards, codes, and practices. Ensure that all
splices match fiber and buffer tube colors.
b. Ensure that splice loss does not exceed a maximum of 0.05 dB
per splice as measured on the fusion splice machine when
splicing newly installed fibers together. Ensure that splice loss
does not exceed a maximum of 0.1 dB per splice as measured
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 13 of 18
on the fusion splice machine when splicing newly installed
fibers to existing fibers.
c. Where a fiber cable is to be accessed for lateral or drop signal
insertion, only open the buffer tube containing the fiber to be
accessed and only cut the actual fiber to be accessed. If a fiber
end is not intended for use, cut the fiber to a length equal to
that of the fiber to be used and neatly lay it into the splice tray.
d. Treat any fibers exposed during splicing with a protective
coating and place in a protective sleeve or housing to protect
the fiber from damage or contaminants. Neatly store all splice
enclosures within a splice box.
8. Splice Plan: Submit a splice plan showing the location and
configuration of splices in the system for approval by the County.
Perform all splicing according to the splice plan. Document each splice
location and identify the source and destination of each fiber in each
splice tray. Document all fiber colors and buffer jacket colors used
during installation and develop a sequential fiber numbering plan as
required in the TIA -598-D standard for color-coding in the
documentation.
9. Splice Equipment: Use a fusion splice machine to splice all optical
fiber. Ensure that splice equipment is new from the factory, or
equipment has been serviced and certified by the factory or its
authorized representative within the previous 12 months from the
commencement of its use. Ensure that the calibration certificate is
maintained in the splicing equipment case or provided electronically
when requested. Clean all splicing equipment and calibrate according
to the manufacturer’s recommendations prior to each splicing session
at each location.
B. Cable Termination Installation: Ensure that cables, buffer tubes, or strands are
neatly routed, secured, and terminated in a patch panel in coordination with
the County. Ensure all cable termination points include documentation
regarding the identification, route, and function of each fiber installed at that
location. Ensure that a copy of this information is placed alongside the
installed equipment (for instance, in a document pouch or drawer within a
field cabinet).
C. Patch Panel Installation: Ensure that patch panels are neatly installed and
secured in a weather-proof enclosure.
D. Conduit Installation:
1. Install the conduit in accordance with NEC or National Electrical Safety
Code (NESC) requirements and the Standard Plans. Construct conduit
runs as straight as possible. Mark the location of the conduit system
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 14 of 18
with route markers every 1,000 feet and at every pull box and splice
box. Ensure that all route markers used are new and consistent in
appearance.
2. Install a No. 12 AWG pull wire or polypropylene cord inside the full
length of all conduits. Ensure that a minimum of 24 inches of pull
wire/cord is accessible at each conduit termination.
3. Ensure the conduit includes all required fittings and incidentals
necessary to construct a complete installation.
4. Prevent the ingress of water, dirt, sand, and other foreign materials
into the conduit prior to, during, and after construction. Seal the ends
of conduit after wiring is complete with a moisture resistant sealant
that is designed for this specific application.
5. Install the conduit system so the fiber optic cable maintains the
minimum bend radius. Use approved methods for connecting inner
duct or conduit within or between plowed portions, trenched portions,
and bored portions. Coupling method and material to be in compliance
with manufacturer’s installation guidelines.
6. Conduit Terminations:
a. Where conduit enters a box, fitting, or other enclosure, provide
a bushing or adapter (end bell, conduit adapter, etc.) to prot ect
the conductor or cable from abrasion unless the box, fitting, or
enclosure provides equivalent protection.
b. For conduit to be encased in concrete, wrap with tape, or
otherwise protect all terminations to prevent the entrance of
concrete.
c. Connect new underground conduits to existing underground
conduits with a pull box.
d. Seal conduits terminating in a pull box or junction box with a
moisture resistant sealant.
7. Restoration of Trench Areas: Restore the conduit trench construction
area to an acceptable condition. Such work includes repair or
replacement of all pavement areas, sidewalks, driveways, curbs,
structures, landscaping, grass areas (including removal of excavated
materials and spoils), removal and disposal of drilling fluids, and
backfilling areas disturbed by the conduit installation.
8. Above-Ground Installation
a. Use conduit designed and manufactured for use in long-term
above-ground applications with UV stabilization to prevent
material deterioration.
b. Securely attach above-ground conduit installations to the
surface of the supporting structure using conduit straps. As a
minimum, use conduit straps located on 5-foot centers.
9. Elbow Curvature:
a. For 2-inch conduit, the radius of curvature of the centerline of
any bend shall not be less than 9.5 inches.
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 15 of 18
E. Fiber-Optic Cable Locate Wire:
1. Installation:
a. Install locate wire in the trench or bore with all underground
conduits to provide end-to-end electrical continuity for
electronically locating the underground conduit system. When
conduit is placed by trenching, bury locate wire along the
centerline of the top outer surface of installed conduit.
b. Do not run locate wires into field cabinets. Terminate locate
wires at the following locations or as shown on the Plans,
nearest pull box to a field cabinet, nearest pull b ox to a
building, and splice box locations. Ensure that wire termination
occurs in a pull box.
c. Install WGUs in pull boxes and splice boxes as shown in the
Plans. Mount the device in a location high enough from the
bottom of the box to allow access to terminal facilities without
disturbing cables present within the box. Terminate the locate
wires and connect the WGU to ground in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Testing: Test the locate wire system after installation to ensure that it
functions and can be used to accurately locate the conduit system.
Perform continuity tests and insulation resistance tests on all locate
wires. Replace, or repair defective locate wire at no additional cost.
F. Route Markers:
1. Install route markers for new fiber optic cable installations, replace
route markers as shown in the Plans, and ensure the following:
a. Markers are plumb and level and the notification information is
clearly visible when viewed from the side facing the roadway.
b. Markers are set within the right of way.
c. Markers are placed at a one-foot offset from the conduit
system.
d. The top of the marker post is a minimum of five feet and
maximum of six feet above the finish grade
e. Place marker at each pull box location.
f. Markers are installed on both sides of a stream, river, or other
water crossing, and on both sides of aboveground attachments
such as bridges and walls.
2. Remove and replace all marker posts damaged during installation at
no additional cost. Provide as-built documentation at the completion of
installation that includes location of all installed route markers and
correlates the marker to the fiber optic infrastructure that it signifies.
G. Pull and Splice Boxes:
1. Do not install power and communication cables in the same box.
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 16 of 18
2. Install pull and splice boxes in accordance with Plans. Ensure that the
pull or splice box cover is flush with the concrete apron or sidewalk.
Prior to installation, pour in a bed of pea rock or crushed stone at least
one foot deep, with horizontal dimensions four inches longer than the
width and length of the pull box. The pull or splice box installation
shall be placed so that the inside edge of the box rests entirely on a
gravel bed. Do not install pull or splice boxes in roadways, driveways,
parking areas, ditches, or public sidewalk curb ramps. Avoid placing
pull and splice boxes in low-lying locations with poor drainage. Ensure
that pull and splice boxes house fiber optic cable without exceeding
the cable bend radius.
3. Provide conductive metal ground rod that is at least 5/8 inches in
diameter and 48 inches long. Ground rod shall be installed vertically
within three inches of the inside edge of the pull or splice box, with at
least 10 inches of the rod exposed above the gravel base.
4. Placement and Spacing: Pull boxes shall be spaced a maximum of
1,000 feet apart, and within 20 feet of either side of a roadway, and
within 10 linear feet of any fiber optics termination point. The County
agency shall reserve sole determination whether spacing of pull boxes
shall be less or more than the standard 1,000 feet apart.
5. Relocation of Pull and Splice Boxes:
a. Relocation of pull and splice boxes shall consist of removing an
existing box and installing the box at the location shown in the
Plans. Restore the area of the box removal and relocation to
the condition of the adjacent area. The costs for restoration will
be included in the Contract unit price of the relocation.
b. Boxes damaged due to the Contractor’s operations must be
replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the County.
Replacement boxes must be of the same material and size of
the existing box, unless directed otherwise by the CCITD.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Installation Testing:
1. General:
a. Notify the CCITD of cable testing at least 14 calendar days in
advance. Submit the testing procedures to the CCITD staff for
approval prior to commencement of testing. Perform all tests at
1310 nm and 1550 nm wavelengths, and include the last
calibration date of all test equipment with the test parameters
set on the equipment in the test documentation. Ensure that the
last calibration date of all test equipment is within the last 12
months and that the calibration certificate is maintained in the
test equipment case or provided electronically when requested.
Test all installed fibers (terminated and un-terminated) using
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 17 of 18
methods identified in this Section. All tests must be conducted
with a launch box.
b. Fibers containing splices or fibers terminated on both ends
must be bidirectionally tested.
c. Present the results of the optical time domain reflectometer
(OTDR) testing (i.e., traces for each fiber) and a loss table
showing details for each splice and termination tested to the
CCITD in an approved electronic format. Ensure all OTDR
testing complies with the EIA/TIA-455-61 standard.
2. OTDR Attenuation Testing: Perform testing on all fibers to ensure that
attenuation does not exceed allowable loss (0.35 dB/km for 1310 nm
wavelength, 0.25 dB/km for 1550 nm wavelength, plus 0.5 dB for any
connectors and 0.1 dB for splices). Repair or replace cable sections
exceeding allowable attenuation at no cost to the County.
3. OTDR Tracing: Test all fibers with an OTDR at wavelengths of 1310
and 1550 nm.
4. Splice Loss Testing: Ensure that the splice loss for a SMF fusion
splice does not exceed a maximum bidirectional average of 0.1 dB per
splice when measured using an OTDR. Repair or replace splices that
exceed allowable attenuation at no cost to the County.
5. Connector Loss Testing: Ensure that the attenuation in the connector
at each termination panel and its associated splice does not exceed
0.6 dB when measured using an OTDR. Repair or replace connectors
exceeding allowable attenuation at no cost to the County.
B. Fiber Optic Cable Locator: Locate and mark all existing County owned or
maintained fiber optic facilities within project limits prior to performing any
subsurface work. Locate and mark as necessary to ensure that all fiber optic
facilities are located and visibly marked at all times.
C. Fiber-Optic Cable Warranty: Ensure that the fiber optic cable, the splice
enclosures, and terminations have a manufacturer’s warranty covering defects for
a minimum of two years from the date of final acceptance. Ensure the warranty
includes providing replacements, within 10 calendar days of notification, for
defective parts and equipment during the warranty period at no cost to the
County.
D. Pull and Splice Box Warranty: Ensure all pull, splice, and junction boxes have a
manufacturer’s warranty covering defects for a minimum of one year from the date
of final acceptance. Ensure the warranty includes providing replacements, within
30 calendar days of notification, for defective parts and equipment during the
warranty period at no cost to the County.
E. Documentation and Closeout
SECTION 409500
FINAL DRAFT
Section 409500
COLLIER COUNTY FIBER-OPTIC STANDARDS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Page 18 of 18
1. Within ten (10) days following successful installation and testing of the
fiber-optic communication work, Contractor shall provide the County
both printed and electronic copies of as-built network drawings.
2. At minimum, as-builts shall contain:
a. Network block diagrams, identifying endpoints for fiber
termination, number of fiber strands and cables, and topology
layout.
b. Updated site plan of each affected installation site identifying
location of the IT telecommunications cabinet, in addition to pull
boxes and handhole locations at the installation and
interconnecting conduit.
c. Updated overall site plan identifying the fiber-optic cable
installation for the entire project, including all interconnecting
segments between installations or other endpoint locations.
Overall site plant shall include all pull boxes, splice vaults,
handholes, and fiber cable lengths.
d. As-built plans shall additionally be provided as converted
Google Earth and Visio formats for County use.
END OF SECTION
DETAILS
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
Collier County
VENT (FACTORY DRILLEDFIELD INSTALLED)LOCKABLE LIDDISCHARGE SLIDE FACEQUICK DISCONNECTSS DISCHARGE WYEFEMALE NPT(FACTORY INSTALLED)QUICK-COUPLING UNIT WITH 2-HANDLELOCKING CAP ON PIPE RISER ASAPPLICABLE PER DESIGN CRITERIA.PLACE INSIDE METER BOX FLUSH WITHFINISHED GRADE.PLUG VALVEOR CURB STOPMIN. ELEVATION100 YEAR FLOOD STAGETOP/OVERFLOWFINISH GRADE SHALL BE 1" TO 4" BELOWBOTTOM OF THE LID AND FINAL GRADESHALL SLOPE AWAY FROM THE GRINDERPUMP STATION.NEMA 6P ELECTRICALQUICK DISCONNECTEQUALIZERDIAPHRAGMGROUTCONCRETE BALLASTSEE NOTE 7NOTES:1. ALL NEW PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS SHALL BE DUPLEXSTATIONS WITH GRINDER PUMPS.2. PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS ARE TO BE LOCATED NOCLOSER THAN 100-FEET FROM A PUBLIC DRINKINGWATER SUPPLY WELL AND NO CLOSER THAN 75-FEETFROM A PRIVATE DRINKING WATER WELL.3. FORCE MAIN AND POTABLE WATER LINES SHALL BESEPARATED 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY.4. FORCE MAIN SHALL CROSS UNDER WATER LINES WITH18 INCHES OF VERTICAL CLEARANCE.5. ALL PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVEA GENERATOR RECEPACLE6. WET WELL MUST INCLUDE A BOTTOM FLANGE TOSUPPORT CONCRETE BALLAST SIZED TO PREVENTFLOTATION WHEN EMPTY AND FULLY SUBMERGED.7. A PRIVATE PUMP STATION SERVING MULTIPLEBUILDINGS REQUIRES SURGE PROTECTION BY ALIGHTING ARRESTOR, SOURCE CAPACITOR, OR OTHERSIMILAR PROTECTION DEVICE, AND PHASEPROTECTION.8. SEE PRIVATE PUMP STATIONS PANEL SPECIFICATIONSECTION 333200 2.2J FOR PANEL REQUIREMENTS.POSITIVE OR SEMI-POSITIVEDISPLACEMENT TYPE PUMP(FIELD INSTALLED)POWER/ALARM CABLETO CONTROL PANELPUMPS ON ELEVATION PUMPS OFF ELEVATIONALARM ELEVATIONPIPE INLETANTI-SYPHONCHECK VALVERESERVE CAPACITYSTORAGE VOLUMEEFFECTIVE VOLUMECURB ORVALVE BOXCollier County
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxCollier County
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxCollier County
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxCollier County
PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL DETAIL - FRONT ELEVATION
SCALE: 1" = 4'-0"
PUMP STATION CONTROLPANEL DETAIL - PLAN VIEW
SCALE: 1" = 4'-0"
PUMP STATION CONTROL PANEL DETAIL - BACK ELEVATION
SCALE: 1" = 4'-0"
SINGLE SIDE ALTERNATE - PLAN VIEW
SCALE: 1" = 4'-0"
GR
Collier County
GR
Collier County
GR
Collier County
2" CONDUIT CONTAINING120 VAC POWER CABLE
2" CONDUIT CONTAINING DATA LINK CABLE( COPPER OR FIBER-OPTIC ETHERNET AS DETERMINED )
2" CONDUIT CONTAINING ITSINGLE-MODE FIBER-OPTIC CABLE - 48 STRANDS MINIMUM
GRADE
FIBER OPTICPULL BOX
4
TO CONTROL PANEL 2
MINIMUM PULL BOX DIMENSIONS:
24" W X 36"L X 18"D
3TO PANELBOARD
ITTELECOMMUNICATIONSPANEL
TO SITE GROUND
INCOMING FIBER-OPTIC CONDUITFROM PROPERTY BOUNDARY
1
1 DETAIL
ELEVATION
PULL BOX
GROUND ROD (AS REQUIRED)
12" BED OF PEAROCKOR CRUSHED STONE
FOR DRAINAGE.
APPROVED GROUNDCONNECTION(AS REQUIRED)
1'-0"VARIES 1'-0"6" MIN.
PLAN
SECONDARY CONDUIT(AS REQUIRED)
GROUND ROD(AS REQUIRED)
CONDUIT(AS SHOWN IN PLANS)
CONCRETE APRON
VARIES
1'-0"2" CONDUIT(AS SHOWN IN PLANS)VARIESCollier County
APPENDIX B
Water Meter Sizing Form
Preparer's Information:Project Information:Date ====>
Name ============>Permit or AR Number
Title ==============>Name of Project ===>
Company=========>Project Address ===>
Address ==========>
Phone ============>
Email Address =====>
Please Note:
3. For remodeling projects this form must be submitted only if there is a net increase in fixture flow value.
Meter Size Required:
GPM Meter Size Requested:
Existing Meter Size:
Demand Range (GPM)Meter Size
0 to 30 3/4"
30.1 to 50 1"
50.1 to 100 1 1/2"
100.1 to 160 2"
160.1 to 435 3"
435.1 to 750 4"
750.1 to 1600 6"
1600.1 to 2800 8"
2800.1 to 4200 10"
Demand ranges from AWWA M22
Table 6-1 Third Edition
[Affix Engineering/Architect Stamp Here]
Signature of Engineer/Architect of Record for Project and Date
Type or Print Name of Engineer/Architect of Record for Project
1. All commercial facilities must be metered separately from residential facilities with the exception of those commercial facilities that are within a master metered residential development
and designed for the exclusive use of the residents within such development.
2. The Design Engineer/Architect must submit signed and sealed documentation supporting meter sizing. Sizing shall be based upon fixture flow values, as shown on the following page
and the table on page 3, unless approved otherwise by Utility Deviation. If an increase in meter size is requested to accommodate for fire flow, the Engineer/Architect should check
appropriate box below. A Utility Deviation will not be required for increasing meter size for fire flow requirements. For all meter sizes, the Engineer/Architect must consider all relevant
factors before selecting the final meter size.
This Section to be filled out by Engineer/Architect of Record:
Demand in accordance with the Fixture Flow Value Worksheet
and the Table for Estimating Demand
If the meter size requested is larger than the meter size required per the table velow, please indicate the reason for the request by
checking the appropriate box:
Water Meter Sizing Form
One Form Per Meter
Fire Flow Other (Please attach Utility Deviation approval)Fire Flow
Effective: June 2024
Water Meter Sizing Form
Fixture Occupancy Type of Supply
Control
Load Values, in
Water Supply
Fixture Units
(wsfu) Total
# of Fixtures Per Unit Fixture Flow Value
Bathroom group Private Flush tank 3.6 x =
Bathroom group Private Flushometer valve 8 x =
Bathtub Private Faucet 1.4 x =
Bathtub Public Faucet 4 x =
Bidet Private Faucet 2 x =
Combination fixture Private Faucet 3 x =
Dishwashing machine Private Automatic 1.4 x =
Drinking fountain Offices, etc.3/8″ valve 0.25 x =
Kitchen sink Private Faucet 1.4 x =
Kitchen sink Hotel, restaurant Faucet 4 x =
Laundry trays (1 to 3)Private Faucet 1.4 x =
Lavatory Private Faucet 0.7 x =
Lavatory Public Faucet 2 x =
Service sink Offices, etc.Faucet 3 x =
Shower head Public Mixing valve 4 x =
Shower head Private Mixing valve 1.4 x =
Urinal Public 1″ flushometervalve 10 x =
Urinal Public 3/4″ flushometervalve 5 x =
Urinal Public Flush tank 3 x =
Washing machine (8 lb)Private Automatic 1.4 x =
Washing machine (8 lb)Public Automatic 3 x =
Washing machine (15 lb)Public Automatic 4 x =
Water closet Private Flushometer valve 6 x =
Water closet Private Flush tank 2.2 x =
Water closet Public Flushometer valve 10 x =
Water closet Public Flush tank 5 =
Water closet Public or private Flushometer tank 2 x =
For any fixtures not listed, submit manufacturer's data sheets and enter appropriate description and value:
x =
x =
x =
x =
x =
Fixture Flow Value worksheet from FBC 2023 edition
Total Fixture Value Per Unit =====>
Number of Units with this Fixture Count =====>
Grand Total of Fixture Flow Value (Per Unit Total x Number of Units)** =====>
**Use total Fixture Flow Value on "Table for Estimating Demand" to estimate water meter demand.
Other:
Other:
Other:
Other:
Other:
Fixture Flow Value Worksheet
Please call Public Utilities Engineering (239) 252-2380 with any questions.
Enter # of Fixtures of each Fixture Type, per unit, then multiply by appropriate Load Value to get Fixture Flow Value
Effective: June 2024
Water Meter Sizing Form
Load Demand Load Demand
Fixture Flow Value Gallons per minute Fixture Flow Value Gallons per minute
1 3.0 ------
2 5.0 ------
3 6.5 ------
4 8.0 ------
5 9.4 5 15.0
6 10.7 6 17.4
7 11.8 7 19.8
8 12.8 8 22.2
9 13.7 9 24.6
10 14.6 10 27.0
11 15.4 11 27.8
12 16.0 12 28.6
13 16.5 13 29.4
14 17.0 14 30.2
15 17.5 15 31.0
16 18.0 16 31.8
17 18.4 17 32.6
18 18.8 18 33.4
19 19.2 19 34.2
20 19.6 20 35.0
25 21.5 25 38.0
30 23.3 30 42.0
35 24.9 35 44.0
40 26.3 40 46.0
45 27.7 45 48.0
50 29.1 50 50.0
60 32.0 60 54.0
70 35.0 70 58.0
80 38.0 80 61.2
90 41.0 90 64.3
100 43.5 100 67.5
120 48.0 120 73.0
140 52.5 140 77.0
160 57.0 160 81.0
180 61.0 180 85.5
200 65.0 200 90.0
225 70.0 225 95.5
250 75.0 250 101.0
275 80.0 275 104.5
300 85.0 300 108.0
400 105.0 400 127.0
500 124.0 500 143.0
750 170.0 750 177.0
1,000 208.0 1,000 208.0
1,250 239.0 1,250 239.0
1,500 269.0 1,500 269.0
1,750 297.0 1,750 297.0
2,000 325.0 2,000 325.0
2,500 380.0 2,500 380.0
3,000 433.0 3,000 433.0
4,000 535.0 4,000 535.0
5,000 593.0 5,000 593.0
Table for estimating demand taken from Florida Building Code 2023 Edition
Enter # of Fixtures of each Fixture Type, per unit, then
multiply by appropriate Load Value to get Fixture Flow
SUPPLY SYSTEMS PREDOMINANTLY FOR FLUSH
VALVES
Table for Estimating Demand
Please call Public Utilities Engineering (239) 252-2380 with any questions.
Effective: June 2024
APPENDIX F
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
All Systems
Appendix F Page 1 of 12 Rev. 03/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Casing Spacer End Seals Power Seal EndSeal Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B
Casing Spacer End Seals Cascade Waterworks MFG Co. CCES Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B
Casing Spacers Stainless Steel Power Seal 4810 Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 BG-5
Casing Spacers Stainless Steel Cascade Waterworks MFG Co. CCS Section 330523.16, Page 4, 3.1 B-5
Electronic Markers 3M Electronic Ball Marker 1423, 1424 & 1428 Section 1: 2.6.1, 3.1.4, 3.2.1/WW-10/WW-
12/WW-16
Electronic Markers OMNI MARKER 161, 162 & 168 Section 330518, Page 9, 3.2 O.2
Joint Restraint Devices EBAA Iron Sales Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5, 2.1
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices Romac Industries Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5, 2.1
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices Sigma Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5,
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices Star Pipe Products Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5, 2.1
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices Ford Meter Box Company Section 1: 2.3/Section 330503, Page 5,
L/Section 330504, Page 7, 2.5 F
Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On
joints for push joint pipe
American Cast Iron Pipe
Company Flex-Ring & Lok-Ring Section 330504, Page 7, F.3
Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On
joints for push joint pipe McWane Inc. Super-Lock & TR Flex Section 330504, Page 7, F.3
Joint Restraint Devices, Push-On
joints for push joint pipe U.S. Pipe Section 330504, Page 7, F.3
Metalized Tape Reef Industries, Inc. Houston,
TX Terra Tape Section 330518, Page 9, O.1
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
All Systems
Appendix F Page 2 of 12 Rev. 03/2024
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Metalized Tape Proline Safety Products Detectable Tape Section 330518, Page 9, O.1
Rubber Gasket pipe McWane Inc. Long-Span Pipe Section 330518, Page 10, Q.1
Rubber Gasket pipe American Cast Iron Pipe
Company Flanged Section 330518, Page 10, Q.1
Rubber Gasket pipe US Pipe Flanged Section 330518, Page 10, Q.1
Single Sealed Gasket Push-on type
joint
American Cast Iron Pipe
Company Fastite Section 330504, Page 10, 3.3.C
Single Sealed Gasket Push-on type
joint U.S. Pipe Tyton Section 330504, Page 10, 3.3.C
Single Sealed Gasket Push-on type
joint McWane Inc. Tyton Section 330504, Page 10, 3.3.C
Two-part Coal tar Epoxy Madewell Products Corp. Madewell 1104 Section 330518, Page 6, 3.2 G.4
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Water Systems
Appendix F Page 3 of 12 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Automatic Flushing Device, Ground
Mounted Mueller/Hydro-Guard HG-1 W-2
Automatic Flushing Device, Ground
Mounted Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse #9400-WC W-2
Automatic Flushing Device, Hydrant
Mounted Mueller/Hydro-Guard HG-6 W-2
Automatic Flushing Device, Hydrant
Mounted Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse #9700 W-2
Backflow Preventer Assembly See Approved Backflow
Devices List, Appendix G
Bushing Ford C18 W-6
Corporation Stops Ford F1100NL SERIES W-6
Corporation Stops Ford FB1100NL SERIES W-6
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 4104NL W-5
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 4101 BF NL W-5
Corporation Stops Mueller H10045N, H15008N Section 331200, Page 2, 2.3 A.1
Corporation Stops Mueller H-10046N/
H-10046 W-5
Coupling Ford Model numbers vary by
application W-6
Coupling A.Y. McDonald Model numbers vary by
application W-6
Coupling Mueller Model numbers vary by
application W-6
Curb Stop Ford B43xxxW-NL W-12
Curb Stop A.Y. McDonald 76102-22 W-12
Curb Stop Mueller Mark II Oriseal H-15172N Section 331200, Page 2, 2.3 A.1
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Water Systems
Appendix F Page 4 of 12 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
HDPE Stab Fitting Elster Hydrosert
Hydrant American Darling 6-inch B-84-B Section 331619, Page 2, 2.1 G
Hydrant Clow Medallion Section 331619, Page 2, 2.1 G
Hydrant Mueller Centurion A-423 Section 331619, Page 2, 2.1 G
Meter Box, Light Duty DFW Carson Light Duty Fiberlyte FL 12 W-12
Meter Box, Light Duty Carson Light Duty Fiberlyte FL30 W-12
Meter Box,Heavy Duty (Staff Use) DFW Heavy Duty
DFW1324FXX-12-AF1PT2
W-12
Meter Box,Heavy Duty (Staff Use) Carson DFW Heavy Duty
DFW37F-12-AF1PT
W-12
Meter Box,Heavy Duty (Staff Use) Hubbel DFW Heavy Duty
DFW1324F-12-AF1PT
W-12
Meter, Fire Protection (3", 4", 6", 8") Elster AMCO evoQ4 Electromagnetic Meter W-9/W-14
Meter, Fire Protection (3", 4", 6", 8",
10") Neptune HP Fire Service Turbine Meter W-9/W-14
Meter, Fire Protection (3/4", 1", 1-
1/2", 2") Mueller Systems - Hersey Residential Fire Meter W
Meter, Fire Protection (4", 6", 8",
10") Neptune HP Protectus III Fire Service
Meter W-9/W-14
Meter, Potable Water Neptune Tru/Flo W-13
Meter, Potable Water Neptune Mach 10 W-13
Pedestal Housing Channel CCWD Signature Series SPH W-5
Pedestal Housing Water Plus Corp 131632 NP-4
Pedestal Housing PenCell Plastics AV142034HDHS001009 NP-4
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Water Systems
Appendix F Page 5 of 12 Rev. 07/2018
Sampling Station Kupferle Foundry Company Eclipse 88WC Eclipse 88 W-6
Sampling Station Water Plus Corp Mueller Company 301W Mueller Safety Guard B.O.S.S. W-6
Sampling Station GIL Industries 3/4" W-6
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Water Systems
Appendix F Page 6 of 12 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Service Saddles (Brass) Ford F202B Section 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1
Service Saddles (Brass) Mueller DR2 B Section 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1
Service Saddles (PVC) Perm Bact
Sample Point Powerseal P3401 SERIES Section 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1/W-6
Service Saddles (PVC) Perm Bact
Sample Point Ford S 90 SERIES Section 331200, Page 7, 2.3 G.1/W-6
Service Wye Ford Y44-xxx-NL W-12
Strainer, Flanged (Staff Use) Mars Z-plate
Strainer, Flanged (Staff Use) Neptune Rilsan nylon-coated ductile iron
Tapping Saddle/ Hot taps Powerseal P3490MJ Series W-12
Valve Box Tyler/Union 461 Section 331200, Page 4, 2.3 B.2
Valve Box, Locking Cover AMPro USA LL562 Section 331200, Page , 2.3 B.2.
Valve Setter Wilkins WMJS W-9A/W-11A
Valve, Air Val-Matic Model 801AS W-11/W-14/W-16
Valve, Air Release A.R.I. D-040 (nylon),
D-040 ST ST (SS) W-5
Valve, Bacterial Sampling Station
Line Mueller Mark II Oriseal Section 331200, Page 3, 2.3 A.1
Valve, Ball Ford Section 331200, Page 3, 2.3 A.1
Valves and Appurtenances American Darling Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances A.Y. McDonald Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances Clow Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances Ford Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances Kennedy Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances Mueller Section 331200 2.3 A
Valves and Appurtenances U.S. Pipe Section 331200 2.3 A
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Irrigation Quality (IQ) Systems
Appendix F Page 6 of 12 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
120VAC Surge Suppressor Edco HSP121 NP-E3
12VDC Power Supply Allen Bradley 1606-XLS NP-E3
12VDC Power Supply Sola HD SDN-P NP-E3
12VDC Power Supply PULS Dimension - QS NP-E3
24VDC Power Supply Allen Bradley 1606-XLE NP-E3
24VDC Power Supply Sola HD SDN-P NP-E3
24VDC Power Supply PULS Dimension - QS NP-E3
Antenna Subsystem Data Flow Systems, Inc. RTA209 Yagi Antenna NP-E9
Back Pressure Sustaining Valve Ames No. 920 NP-1/NP-E2
Plate Strainer, Top Access Mars NP-1/NP-E2
Corporation Stops Ford FB 1100-NL/
FB 1100 NP-2
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 74704B NP-2
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 74104NL/
74104 NP-4
Corporation Stops A.Y. McDonald 74101 BF NL/
74101 BF NP-4
Corporation Stops Mueller H-10046N/
H-10046 NP-4
Curb Stop Ford B43-444W-NL, Compression x
Meter Swivel NP-2
Data Radio Integra TR NP-E3
Data Signal Line Surge Processor Edco PC642 Series NP-E3
Geomembrane GSE Environmental Section 334713, Page 4, 1.6 A.1
Level Transducer Wika NP-E6
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Irrigation Quality (IQ) Systems
Appendix F Page 7 of 12 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Meter Box DFW 12" D1200 AMR Series, Light
Duty NP-2
Meter Box Carson Light Duty NP-2
Flow Meter, Magnetic Endress+Hauser W400 NP-1/NP-E2
Meter, Non-Potable Propeller
McCrometer
Water Specialties No. ML-04-X
with 4-20 MA Output
Transmitter, TR-16
NP-1/NP-E2
Pedestal Housing Channel CCWD Signature Series
SPH14206C1B1L01 NP-4
Pedestal Housing Water Plus Corp 131632 NP-4
Pedestal Housing PenCell Plastics AV142034HDHS001009 NP-4
Rain Gauge ISCO 674 NP-E5
Service Wye Ford Y44-264-NL NP-2
Service Wye A.Y. McDonald 708YS22 NP-2
Service Wye Mueller P-15343N NP-2
Surge Suppression Edco SS65 Series NP-E6/NP-E7
Surge Suppression CITEL TSP15M NP-E6/NP-E7
Surge Suppression, Main Service Lea USP-M Series NP-E5
Tapping Saddle/ Hot taps Powerseal P3490MJ Series NP-2
Valve, Air Release A.R.I. D-040 NP-4
Valve, Air Release A.R.I. D-040 SS NP-4
Valve, Air Release GA Industries 942SS NP-4
Valve, Air Release GA Industries Combination Section 1 2.7/NP-1/NP-4/NP-E2
Valve, Rising Stem Gate/ OS&Y American Flow Control AFC-2500 SERIES NP-1/NP-E2
Valve, V-Port Ball
DeZurik
VPB - flanged, type 317
stainless, and Teflon seat and
bearings
NP-1
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Irrigation Quality (IQ) Systems
Appendix F Page 8 of 12 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Valve, V-Port Ball - Motor
(Actuator) Rotork IQTM NP-E2
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 9 of 12 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Access Frame (Pump Station) U.S. Foundry AHD WW-7/WW-8
Access Hatch, Aluminum Bilco J-AL H20 (5-1/2" depth) WW-13 WW-8/WW-8A/WW-8B
Access Hatch, Aluminum Halliday H1W (3-1/2" depth) WW-13 WW-8/WW-8A/WW-8B
Access Hatch, Aluminum U.S. Foundry AHS (5" depth) WW-13 WW-8/WW-8A/WW-8B
Antenna Subsystem Data Flow Systems, Inc. RTA209 Yagi Antenna Section 333200, Page 4, 2.1 J/WW-17
Biofiltration Odor Control System Evoqua Zabocs (pre-engineered) Section 333200, Page 5, 2.1 P
Ceramic Epoxy Lining Vulcan Painters Protecto 401 Coating Section 330504, Page 3, 2.1.B
Chimney Seal Cretex Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K/WW-3/WW-
4/WW-5
Chimney Seal Trelleborg Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K/WW-3/WW-
4/WW-5
Coaxial Cable Data Flow Systems, Inc. RTC 400 Section 333200, Page 2.1 J/WW-17
Diaphragm Seals Ashcroft Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 G
Diaphragm Seals Mansfield and Green Type SB Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 G
Diaphragm Seals Trerice Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 G
Flanged Adapter Connections EBAA Iron Sales E2100 SERIES Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.c.
Flanged Adapter Connections Victaulic Vic Flange Style 741 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.c.
Flow Meter Endress-Hauser Promag W400 Section 333313, Page 9, 2.2 M.1
Generator Receptacle and Angle
Adapter Crouse-Hinds AR2042 with S22 option, and
an AJA1 angle adaptor WW-7/WW-9
Grass Covered Porous Pavement Invisible Structures Grasspave2 WW-8/WW-8A/WW-8B
Inflow Protector, Stainless Steel Sewer Shield, Inc. Maitland, FL Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 K
Internal Protection IET Sytems IET Coating System Section 333913, Page 5, 3.1 F/Section
099723/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-7
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 10 of 13 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Internal Protection Raven Lining Systems -
Broken Arrow, OK Raven 405 Section 333913, Page 5, 3.1F/Section
099723/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-7
Internal Protection Kerneos - Chesapeake, VA Sewpercoat Lining System Section 333913, Page 5, 3.1F/Section
099723/WW-3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-7
Junction Box Hoffman A12106NFSS WW-9
Lightning Arrestor Square D SDSA-1175 for 1-phase Section 333200, Page 5, 2.1 O/WW-9
Lightning Arrestor Square D SDSA-3650 for 3-phase Section 333200, Page 5, 2.1 O/WW-9
Liquid Level Regulators (Float
Switch) Roto-Float WW-7/WW-8
Liquid Level Regulator (Float
Switch) Dura-Float 2900 Series B4 WW-7/WW-8
Pipe Interior Lining Permox CTF Ceramic Epoxy Lining Section 330504, Page 3, 2.1 B
Plastic Joint Sealing Compound Hamilton Kent, Toronto/Ontario,
Canada Kent-Seal Section 333913, Pages 2, 2.1 A/WW-
3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-6/WW-7/WW-18
Plastic Joint Sealing Compound Henry Ram-Nek Section 333913, Pages 2, 2.1 A/WW-
3/WW-4/WW-5/WW-6/WW-7/WW-18
Polymer Concrete Manholes US Composite Pipe, Inc. Section 034100, Page 5, 2.2 D
Polymer Concrete Manholes Armorock Section 034100, Page 5, 2.2 D
Power Distribution Blocks Schneider (Square D) Class 9080 Power Distribution
Blocks
WW-9/WW-9A/WW-9B
Pump Control Panel ECS Section 333200, Page 43, 2.1 I/WW-
7/WW-9
Pump Control Panel Suncoast Hydraulic Section 333200, Page 43, 2.1 I/WW-
7/WW-9
Pump Controller Data Flow Systems, Inc. TCU Section 333200, Page 3, 2.1 J
Riser Ring, HDPE/EPP Ladtech/Cretex(EPP) Riser Ring Section 333913, Page 4, 2.2 L
Sealing Compound Crouse-Hindz Chico Sealing Compound WW-9/WW-9A/WW-9B
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 11 of 13 Rev. 07/2018
Sealing Element GPT Link-Seal Section 333313, Page 9, 2.2 I.1/WW-18
Sewage Pump Flygt N-Series Section 333200, Page 2, 2.1 D
Sewer Clean-Out Rim and Cover U.S. Foundry 7621 WW-11
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 12 of 13 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Sewer Manhole Frame and Covers Pamrex WW-5
Sewer Manhole Frame and Covers U.S. Foundry 105M WW-2
Sewer Manhole Frame and Covers U.S. Foundry 420-C-ORS Section 333913, Page 2, 2.1A/WW-3/WW-
4/WW-5/WW-6/WW-18
Sleeve Type Couplings Powerseal STYLE 3501 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.d.
Sleeve Type Couplings Dresser Style 38 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.d.
Sleeve Type Couplings Smith Blair Style 413 Section 333313, Page 8, 2.2 F.1.d.
Tower Rohn WW-17
Valve Box Brooks WW-9
Valve, 3-Way Plug (Staff Use) Milliken Valve Co. Modle M604 WW-7/WW-8
Valve, 3-Way Plug (Staff Use) Dezurik Model D202 WW-7/WW-8
Valve, Air Release HTECH 2" SS MODEL # 8889860041 WW-13/WW-14/Section 333313, Page 7,
2.2 D.11
Valve, Air Release A.R.I. D-025 WW-13/WW-14 WW-5/Section 333313,
Page 7,
2.2 D.11
Valve, Check Kennedy Valve Manufacturing
Co. MODEL 1106LW/106LW WW-7/WW-8/Section 333313, Page 5, 2.2
C
Valve, Check Mueller A-2600, A2602 WW-7/WW-8, Section 333313, Page 5,
2.2 C
Valve, Check Milliken Valve Co. 8001 WW-7/WW-8, Section 333313, Page 5,
2.2 C
Valve, Check GA Industries 340-W WW-7/WW-8, Section 333313, Page 5,
2.2 C
Valve, Duckbill (Staff Use) Red Valve Co., Inc. Longwood,
FL "Tideflex" WW-7
Collier County Public Utilities Department
County Approved Product List
Wastewater Systems
Appendix F Page 13 of 13 Rev. 07/2018
NOTES:
1) Substitutions for any item listed below shall be submitted using the "Vendor and Manufacturer Approval Application Form," Appendix E, and
reviewed to be considered an equal.
2) If a product is not listed, refer to the Specifications for performance standards.
Item Manufacturer Model(s) Location in Standards Manual
Valves, Plug DeZurik Model PEC & PEF (MJ &
Flange)
WW-7/WW-8(A)(B)/Section 333313, Page
2, 2.2 A.1
Valves, Plug Milliken Valve Co. Model M600 & M601 (MJ &
Flange)
WW-7/WW-8(A)(B)/Section 333313, Page
2, 2.2 A.1
APPENDIX G
VENDOR SIZE MODEL NO. TYPE
USE
Ames / Watts 3/4" - 2"
LF4000B / LF009 RP Residential or commercial potable
water locations
Watts 3/4" - 2"LF919 RP Residential or commercial potable
water locations
Wilkins 3/4" - 2"975XL RP Residential or commercial potable
water locations
Ames / Watts 2.5" - 10"C400 / 957 RP Large size meter - potable water for
commercial or residential applications
Watts 2.5" - 10"LF909 RP Large size meter - potable water for
commercial or residential applications
Wilkins 2.5" - 10"375 or 375AST RP Large size meter - potable water for
commercial or residential applications
Ames 3/4" - 2"LF4000B RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Watts 3/4" - 2"LF009 RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Wilkins 3/4" - 2"RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Ames Colt 2.5" - 10"C400 (w/OSY)RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Watts 2.5" - 10"LF909 (w/OSY)RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Wilkins 2.5" - 10"375 or 375AST (w/OSY)RP Combo services: fire and domestic
lines
Ames 2"3000B DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Watts 2" - 3"007DCDA DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Wilkins 2"950XLTDA DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Ames 2.5" - 10"C300/M300 DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Watts 3" - 10"709DCDA DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Wilkins 2.5" - 12"350DA or 350ASTDA DCDA Fire Lines - Standard
Wilkins 4" - 10"450DA or 450STDA
(N-Shape)
Approved Backflow Devices
Note: All fire line Backflow Devices shall be UL or FM approved for fire service installation. Above is a small list, others
may be used if requirements are met and information is provided
Appendix G Rev. 07/2011
975XL
Fire Lines - Standard DCDA
APPENDIX H
1
Appendix H
Basic User Application & Agreement for Delivery and Reuse of Irrigation Quality (IQ) Water
1. Property & Customer Information
Property Owner Name: Date:
Mailing Address: Phone Number:
Service Address: Email Address:
Section_____Township_____Range_____ Folio (Parcel) Number:
Total Property Acres: Acres irrigated by IQ Water only:
2. Irrigation Information
Total Number of Zones:
Each Zones Gallons per Minute-Use another sheet if necessary
Zone1 = Zone 6 = Zone 11 =
Zone 2 = Zone 7 = Zone 12 =
Zone 3 = Zone 8 = Zone 13 =
Zone 4 = Zone 9 = Zone 14 =
Zone 5 = Zone 10 = Zone 15 =
Maximum number of zones running at once =
3. Do you have a backflow prevention device installed on your potable (drinking) water line?
Yes No Unknown
4. For what purpose are you using IQ Water? Please select all that apply.
Golf Course Irrigation
Common Area Irrigation (i.e. condo associations, parks, schools, medians)
Single Family Home landscape irrigation
Cooling Tower
Other, please specify
5. How many total individual dwelling units will this serve? Please enter a number or N/A. A single family
home = 1, a condo with 20 units = 20
Golf Course Irrigation
Common Area Irrigation (i.e. condo associations, parks, schools, medians)
6. What is your estimated average and maximum IQ Water usage in gallons per day?
2
I,___________________________, (property owner) have read, understand, and shall abide Collier County
Ordinance, No. 2013-______as amended; Collier County Ordinance No. 1997-33, as amended; Ordinance No. 2001-
73, as amended, the Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations that pertain to the use o f IQ Water.
I understand that due to the composition of IQ water, it may not be suitable for the irrigation of certain susceptible
vegetation, and I agree that the District will not be held liable for damages that may occur to susceptible vegetation
or any damages that may occur due to the uses of IQ Water, and agree to defend and hold harmless the Collier
County Water-Sewer District (District) from all claims and judgments arising therefrom against the District by any
person. It is further agreed that submission of th is application does not ensure IQ water delivery and the Owner
further agrees that the County shall not be liable to the Owner for any damages or expenses incurred by the Owner
as a result of the District’s failure to deliver IQ Water.
It is further agreed that District employees or authorized agents shall have the right to enter the applicant’s property
served by the District with IQ Water to inspect the IQ Water System and shall have the right to discontinue IQ Water
service should any infraction exist.
Sign and return the completed application, an 8.5”X11” drawing of property detailing desired meter location, and
the Legal Property Description to: Reuse Manager, 4370 Mercantile Ave, Naples, FL 34104.
Printed Name:____________________________Signed:____________________________Date:__________
Frequently Asked Questions
1. Where can I find the applicable Ordinances? www.municode.com
2. Where can I find my Legal Property Description? On your deed which may be found at
www.collierappraiser.com
3. Where can I find applicable State laws regarding IQ/reclaimed water? www.dep.state.fl.us/water/reuse
4. Where do I find billing information? www.colliercountyfl.gov
5. How do I report IQ water, potable water, or sewer issues? Call (239) 252-2600 for IQ water and
wastewater and (239) 252-6245 for potable water.
6. What are irrigated acres? The acres that are irrigated, you can calculate irrigated acres by subtracting
non irrigated areas such as ponds, mulched areas, etc; from the site’s pervious acres.
___________________________For District Use Only______________________________________
Service Level: Bulk Pressurized Pressurized & Distributed
User Type: Major User Basic User
Base Charge: Allocation Based Meter Based Charge
Peak GPM for proposed system___________________ Minimum Meter Size Required___________________
Existing Service Tap/Tap Fee $____________________ Existing Customer_____________________________
Meter Hang Fee $______________________________ Total Fees $__________________________________
Approved by:__________________________________ Date:_______________________________________
Notes:______________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________